As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2011

Registration No. 333-176604

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
Form S-11
  
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES



 

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Governing Instruments)

3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
(770) 818-4100

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

John A. Williams
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
(770) 818-4100

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



 

With copies to:

   
Peter M. Fass, Esq.
James P. Gerkis, Esq.
PROSKAUER ROSE LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York 10036-8299
Tel: (212) 969-3000
Fax: (212) 969-2900
  Leonard A. Silverstein, Esq.
Jeffrey R. Sprain, Esq.
PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.
3625 Cumberland Boulevard,
Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
Tel: (770) 818-4100
Fax: (770) 818-4105
  Martin Traber, Esq.
Steven Vazquez, Esq.
FOLEY & LARDNER LLP
100 North Tampa Street,
Suite 2700
Tampa, FL 33602
Tel: (813) 229-2300
Fax: (813) 221-4210


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

     
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and one Warrant to purchase 20 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (2)   $ 150,000,000     $ 17,415.00  
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock included as part of the Units (3)            
Warrants included as part of the Units (4)           (5)  
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (8)   $ 27,000,000     $ 3,134.70 (6)  
Common Stock issuable upon redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (7) (8)            
Total   $ 177,000,000     $ 20,549.70*  

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) We are registering hereunder 150,000 Units.
(3) We are registering hereunder 150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.
(4) We are registering hereunder Warrants to purchase 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock.
(5) No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act.
(6) Includes the offering price attributable to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, assuming an exercise price of $9.00 per share. The registration fee has been calculated in accordance with Rules 457(c) and 457(i) of the Securities Act.
(7) We also are registering hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issuable upon the redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be issued for no additional consideration, and therefore no registration fee is required pursuant to Rule 457(i) of the Securities Act.
(8) Pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act, such number of shares of Common Stock registered hereby also shall include an indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events or adjustments in the number of shares issuable as provided in the Warrants and in the articles supplementary setting forth the rights, preferences and limitations of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.
* $20,295.44 has been previously paid.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell the securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS NOVEMBER 2, 2011   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Minimum of 2,000 Units consisting of 2,000 Shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Warrants to Purchase 40,000 Shares of Common Stock
  
Maximum of 150,000 Units consisting of 150,000 Shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Warrants to Purchase 3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. is an externally managed Maryland corporation incorporated on September 18, 2009 and formed primarily to acquire and operate multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States.

We are offering a minimum of 2,000 and a maximum of 150,000 shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, referred to as our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, and warrants, referred to as the Warrants, to purchase a minimum of 40,000 and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering. This prospectus also covers the shares of common stock that are issuable from time to time upon exercise of the Warrants and that may be issuable upon redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants will be sold in units, or Units, with each Unit consisting of (i) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock with an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, and (ii) one Warrant to purchase 20 shares of common stock, exercisable by the holder at an exercise price of 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock determined using the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the date of issuance of such Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Unit will be sold at a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit. Units will not be issued or certificated. The shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately. The Warrants are not exercisable until one year from the date of issuance and expire four years from the date of issuance. The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will rank senior to our common stock with respect to payment of dividends and distribution of amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Holders of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will have no voting rights except as otherwise required.

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE Amex, or AMEX, under the symbol “APTS.” On August 30, 2011, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the AMEX was $6.87 per share. There is no established trading market for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or any of the Warrants and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or any of the Warrants on any national securities exchange.

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 24 of this prospectus for a discussion of the risks which should be considered in connection with your investment in our securities. Some of these risks include:

There is limited liquidity for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants. There is no public trading market for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants, and we do not currently intend to list our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants on a securities exchange.
If our common stock is no longer listed on the AMEX or another appropriate exchange, we would be required to register the offering in any state in which we subsequently offered our Units. This would require termination of this offering and could result in our raising an amount of gross proceeds that is substantially less than the gross proceeds expected to be raised if the maximum offering is sold. This would reduce our ability to purchase additional properties and limit the diversification of our portfolio.
We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient cash flow to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
We paid a quarterly dividend on our common stock of $0.125 per share for the second quarter of 2011, and our cash available for distribution was insufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend.
We are depending on our manager to select investments and conduct our operations. Adverse changes in the financial condition of our manager or our relationship with our manager could adversely affect us.
There are substantial conflicts of interest between us and our sponsor, our manager and their respective affiliates regarding affiliate compensation, investment opportunities and management resources.
If we are able to qualify as a REIT and as long as we maintain our status as a REIT, we will be subject to numerous limitations and qualifications imposed on us under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, including that five or fewer individuals, as specially defined for these purposes, generally are prohibited from beneficially owning more than 50% of our outstanding shares (based on value) during the last half of each taxable year.
Upon the sale of any individual property, holders of Series A Preferred Stock do not have a priority over holders of our common stock regarding return of capital. Investors in the Series A Preferred Stock should note that holders of common stock will receive additional


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital;
There is no clawback for distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest (except in limited circumstances), and such distributions are payable upon the sale of an asset even if investors have not received a return of their entire investment;
Our charter contains various restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our securities.
Maintenance of our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act, our intent to qualify as a REIT, and our REIT qualification (assuming that we are able to qualify as a REIT) impose significant limits on our operations.
Our investment objectives and strategies may be changed without stockholder consent.
We are not yet a REIT and may be unable to qualify as a REIT.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Attorney General of the State of New York, nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete or passed on or endorsed the merits of this offering. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

     
  Per Unit   Minimum Offering   Maximum Offering
Public offering price   $ 1,000.00     $ 2,000,000     $ 150,000,000 (1)  
Selling commissions (2)   $ 70.00     $ 140,000     $ 10,500,000  
Dealer manager fee (2)   $ 30.00     $ 60,000     $ 4,500,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $ 900.00     $ 1,800,000     $ 135,000,000  

(1) Initial gross proceeds. If the Warrants are exercised in full at 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock and assuming a current market price of $6.89 per share of common stock, the company will receive additional gross proceeds equal to a minimum of $330,800 and a maximum of $24,810,000.
(2) Selling commissions and the dealer manager fee are paid on a reasonable best efforts basis and will equal 7% and 3% of aggregate gross proceeds, respectively. Each is payable to our dealer manager.

The dealer manager of this offering is International Assets Advisory, LLC. The dealer manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of Units, but will use its reasonable best efforts to sell the Units offered. However, the dealer manager must sell the minimum number of Units offered (2,000 Units) if any are sold. The minimum permitted purchase is generally $5,000, but purchases of less than $5,000 may be made in the discretion of the dealer manager. We expect to sell a minimum of $2,000,000 in Units and a maximum of $150,000,000 in Units in the offering by December 31, 2012, which may be extended through December 31, 2013, in our sole discretion. If we extend the offering period beyond December 31, 2012, we will supplement this prospectus accordingly. We may terminate this offering at any time or may offer Units pursuant to a new registration statement.

We will deposit all subscription payments in an escrow account held by the escrow agent, UMB Bank N.A., in trust for the subscriber’s benefit, pending release to us. 2,000 Units must be sold by December 31, 2012 or we will terminate this offering and promptly return your subscription payments in accordance with the provisions of the escrow agreement.

In this prospectus, we present certain economic and industry data and forecasts derived from cited third party sources, which data and forecasts are publicly available for free or upon payment as part of a subscription service. None of such data and forecasts was prepared specifically for us. No third party source that has prepared such information has reviewed or passed upon our use of the information in this prospectus, and no third party source is quoted or summarized in this prospectus as an expert. All statements contained in this prospectus in connection with or related to such data and forecasts are attributed to us, and not to any such third party source or any other person.

International Assets Advisory, LLC
as Dealer Manager

Prospectus dated         , 2011


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
Our Company     1  
Market Opportunities     2  
Our Competitive Strengths     3  
Our Investment Strategy     3  
Our Target Markets     3  
Our Financing Strategy     4  
Risk Management     4  
Summary Risk Factors     4  
Our Structure     7  
Management Agreement     7  
Conflicts of Interest     15  
Operating and Regulatory Structure     15  
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Securities     17  
Distribution Policy     18  
The Offering     20  
Capital Structure     23  
Covered Security     23  
Our Corporate Information     23  
RISK FACTORS     24  
Risks Related to this Offering     24  
Risks Related to an Investment in Our Company     25  
Risks Related to Our Organization, Structure and Management     31  
Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest     37  
General Risks Related to Investments in Real Estate     40  
Risks Associated with Debt Financing     50  
Risks Related to Our Real Estate-Related Investments     54  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations     55  
Employee Benefit Plan Risks     62  
RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE USA PATRIOT ACT AND RELATED ACTS     63  
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     64  
ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS     66  
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES     68  
DISTRIBUTION POLICY     69  
MARKET PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK     70  
CAPITALIZATION     71  
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION     72  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     73  
Overview     73  
Industry Outlook     73  
Critical Accounting Policies     74  
Recent Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements     76  
Results of Operations     76  
Liquidity and Capital Resources     81  
Contractual Obligations     85  
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements     85  
Inflation     85  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     85  
PRIOR PERFORMANCE SUMMARY     87  
Prior Performance of Affiliates of Our Sponsor     87  
BUSINESS     93  
Our Company     93  
Our Manager     95  
John A. Williams     95  
Market Opportunities     96  
Our Competitive Strengths     99  
Our Investment Strategy     99  
Our Target Markets     103  
Our Financing Strategy     104  
Risk Management     105  
Investment Committee     105  
Policies With Respect to Certain Other Activities     105  
Operating and Regulatory Structure     106  
Competition     109  
Employees     110  
Legal Proceedings     110  
Other Information     110  
DESCRIPTION OF REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS     111  
Properties Owned     111  
Summit Crossing     111  
Stone Rise     112  
Trail Creek     114  

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
OUR MANAGEMENT     116  
Our Directors and Executive Officers     116  
Corporate Governance — Board of Directors and Committees     122  
Executive and Director Compensation     124  
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics     128  
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation     128  
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification     128  
OUR MANAGER AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT     130  
General     130  
Officers of Our Manager     130  
Management Agreement     130  
Management Compensation     134  
Investment Committee     139  
1% Manager Revenue Interest     139  
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     140  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS     141  
Agreements With Institutional and Other Investors     141  
Conflicts of Interest     143  
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES     149  
General     149  
Common Stock     149  
Preferred Stock     150  
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock     150  
Meetings and Special Voting Requirements     154  
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer     155  
Distribution Policy and Distributions     156  
Stockholder Liability     157  
Business Combinations     158  
Control Share Acquisitions     158  
Subtitle 8     159  
Transfer Agent and Registrar     160  
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE     161  
Rule 144     161  
Registration Rights Agreement     161  
SUMMARY OF OUR ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS     162  
Charter and By-law Provisions     162  
Stockholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights     162  
Board of Directors     162  
Inspection of Books and Records; Stockholder Lists     163  

iii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Amendment of the Organizational Documents     163  
Dissolution or Termination of the Company     163  
Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business     163  
Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability     164  
REIT Qualification     165  
SUMMARY OF OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT     166  
Description of Partnership Units     166  
Management of the Operating Partnership     168  
Indemnification     169  
Transferability of Interests     169  
Extraordinary Transactions     169  
Issuance of Additional Units     170  
Capital Contributions     170  
Distributions     171  
Liquidation     172  
Allocations     172  
Operations     173  
Limited Partner Exchange Rights     173  
Special Limited Partner     173  
Tax Matters     174  
Duties and Conflicts     174  
Term     174  
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS     175  
General     176  
REIT Qualification Tests     178  
Excess Inclusion Income     185  
Tax Aspects of Investments in Partnerships     186  
INVESTMENT BY TAX-EXEMPT ENTITIES AND ERISA CONSIDERATIONS     195  
General     195  
Minimum and Other Distribution Requirements — Plan Liquidity     196  
Annual or More Frequent Valuation Requirement     196  
Fiduciary Obligations — Prohibited Transactions     197  
Plan Assets — Definition     197  
Plan Assets — Registered Investment Company Exception     197  
Publicly Offered Securities Exemption     197  
Plan Assets — Operating Company Exception     198  
Plan Assets — Not Significant Investment Exception     199  
Consequences of Holding Plan Assets     199  
Prohibited Transactions     199  

iv


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Prohibited Transactions — Consequences     200  
Reporting     200  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     201  
IPO Warrant     202  
LEGAL MATTERS     204  
EXPERTS     204  
ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS     204  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION     204  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     F-1  
APPENDIX A PRIOR PERFORMANCE TABLES     A-1  
APPENDIX B FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT     B-1  
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS     II-1  
SIGNATURES     II-7  
EXHIBIT INDEX     II-8  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the dealer manager has not, authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the dealer manager and dealers are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

Until         , 2011, all dealers that effect transactions in securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to any unsold allotments or subscriptions.

v


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read carefully the detailed information set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “company,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, and “our manager” refers to Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, our external manager and advisor, a Delaware limited liability company.

Our Company

We are a Maryland corporation formed primarily to acquire and operate multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. As part of our property acquisition strategy, we may enter into forward purchase contracts or purchase options for to-be-built multifamily communities and we may make mezzanine loans, provide deposit arrangements or provide performance assurances, as may be necessary or appropriate, in connection with the construction of these properties. As a secondary strategy, we also may acquire senior mortgage loans, subordinate loans or mezzanine debt secured by interests in multifamily properties, membership or partnership interests in multifamily properties and other multifamily related assets as determined by our manager as appropriate for us. We refer to these asset classes as our target assets. We conduct substantially all our operations through our operating partnership, Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P.

We are externally managed and advised by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is controlled by John A. Williams, our sponsor and a veteran of the multifamily industry with over four decades of experience, including the founding of the multifamily real estate investment trust, Post Properties, Inc. (NYSE:PPS), and Leonard A. Silverstein. Pursuant to the terms of a management agreement between our manager and us, our manager is responsible for administering our day-to-day business operations, identifying and acquiring targeted real estate investments, overseeing the management of the investments, handling the disposition of the real estate investments and providing us with our management team and appropriate support personnel.

We also hope to benefit from Mr. Williams’ current organization and platform that specializes in multifamily real estate investment and management. With operations in over 20 nationwide markets, Mr. Williams’ organization includes (i) Williams Realty Advisors, LLC, or WRA — a full service investment management firm, (ii) Williams Asset Management, LLC, or WAM — a full service acquisition, asset management and disposition firm, and (iii) RAM Partners, LLC, or RAM, and Williams Residential Management, LLC, or WRM — both full-service property level management firms. RAM provides third party property level management services and WRM handles all owned assets within the Williams umbrella group. Collectively, RAM and WRM manage over 27,500 multifamily units. We believe these organizations will provide the full range of services necessary to fulfill our investment objectives.

On April 5, 2011, we completed our initial public offering, or the IPO, of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock. The public offering price of the shares sold in the offering was $10.00 per share. We received total gross proceeds of $45.0 million from the IPO. After deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, the aggregate net proceeds we received from the IPO approximately $39.8 million. Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, on April 5, 2011, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, the Company sold 500,000 shares of its common stock to Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, or WOF, at the public offering price of $10.00 per share, for total gross proceeds of $5 million. Aggregate offering expenses in connection with the private placement were approximately $0.3 million; therefore we received approximately $4.7 million in net proceeds from the private placement. WOF is an affiliate of the Company and our manager.

On May 4, 2011, in connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to our underwriters in the IPO, we closed the sale of 107,361 shares of our common stock at $10.00 per share. The total gross proceeds we received from this sale were approximately $1.1 million. After deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable, the aggregate net proceeds we received from this sale totaled approximately $1.0 million.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also intend to raise additional capital in the future.

Our manager intends to brand all apartment communities owned by the Company as “A Preferred Apartment Community”, to make “A Preferred Apartment Community” a trademarked logo and ultimate tagline for each of our communities that will signify certain brand and management standards, and intends to obtain all rights to the trademarks, including federal registration of the trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to secure such brand. There can be no assurance that such trademarks will be issued. The strategy will allow each individual community to be part of a centralized marketing and advertising campaign, in addition to property level marketing and advertising. We expect that these campaigns will further enhance each individual property's presence in the marketplace, and we believe that this will allow our communities to be perceived as premier over other properties within the marketplace. Our manager intends to enter into a non-exclusive license agreement with the Company as licensee with respect to all intellectual property of the manager other than trademarks. The license agreement will terminate automatically upon termination of our management agreement or will terminate upon a material breach of the license agreement that remains uncured for more than 30 days after receipt of notice of such breach. If the trademarks relating to the “A Preferred Apartment Community” brand are issued, our manager intends to enter into a non-exclusive license agreement with the Company as licensee with respect to the manager’s trademarks on substantially similar terms as the initial intellectual property license agreement.

On April 15, 2011, we acquired 100% of the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Rise JV LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 216-unit multifamily community located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or Stone Rise, for a total purchase price of $30.15 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. The membership interests in Oxford Rise JV LLC were owned by WOF.

On April 21, 2011, we acquired 100% of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Summit Partners, LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 345-unit multifamily community located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia, or Summit Crossing, for a total purchase price of $33.2 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, or WRF, owned a majority of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC. WRF is an affiliate of the Company and our manager.

On April 29, 2011, we acquired Oxford Trail, a 204-unit multifamily community located in Hampton, Virginia, or Trail Creek, for a total purchase price of $23.5 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. We purchased a fee-simple interest in the property from Oxford Trail JV LLC. WRF owned indirectly an approximately 10% membership interest in Oxford Trail JV LLC.

On June 30, 2011, we made a mezzanine loan investment of $6.0 million to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, to partially finance the construction of a 96-unit multifamily community located adjacent to our existing Trail Creek multifamily community in Hampton, Virginia. Oxford Hampton Partners LLC was required to fully draw down the mezzanine loan on the closing date. WRF has contributed 100% of the cash equity in Oxford Hampton Partners LLC to date.

Market Opportunities

As a result of the recent United States financial crisis and downturn in the United States economy, multifamily assets have seen a dramatic drop in their value. A combination of higher capitalization rates and downward pressure on renter incomes has adversely affected owners of multifamily assets and limited their options. Many recent transactions were highly leveraged with favorable initial financing terms. In many instances, the initial terms of these financings are about to expire or the debt is about to mature. These owners may have difficulty refinancing given the state of the real estate credit markets and their only options may be a sale at a discount to their original investment or foreclosure. We believe our investments will benefit from the following:

the lower levels of new supply projected for the next several years;
the expected rebound in the general economy;
the continual introduction of the “echo boom” generation into the market; and

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the decline in homeownership.

We believe this stress in the market will create multiple opportunities for investments.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we distinguish ourselves from our competitors through the following competitive advantages:

the experience of Mr. Williams and his management team who have significant expertise in multifamily real estate and real estate-related debt investments and capital markets;
benefits from Mr. Williams’ and his management team’s relationships in the multifamily industry, which we expect to include access to a pipeline of investment opportunities; and
asset and property management teams focused on multifamily assets, including third party property management of over 22,500 multifamily units across 15 states, asset management of over 3,000 multifamily units across four states and in-house property management of over 5,100 multifamily units across six states.

Our Investment Strategy

Our investment strategy will include, without limitation, the following:

acquiring assets where assets or the owners of assets are overleveraged or where the owners may be struggling to meet current debt service obligations on such assets, or, in certain circumstances, where owners are financial institutions or conduits under either legal or economic compulsion to sell;
multifamily properties which we believe will generate sustainable cash available for distribution sufficient to allow us to cover the dividends that we expect to declare and pay and which we believe will have the potential for capital appreciation;
taking advantage of supply constraints in multifamily housing in part as a result of a lack of new construction over the past several years; and
taking advantage of favorable financing available from the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae).

We currently do not anticipate investing in unimproved property, developing new construction properties or acquiring new construction, except we would consider a forward purchase or option to purchase contract on a to-be -built multifamily asset with appropriate provisions for minimum occupancy and income thresholds in order for us to expect the asset to be priced appropriately. In connection with entering into a forward purchase or option to purchase contract, we may be required to provide a deposit, a mezzanine loan or other assurances of our ability to perform our obligations under the forward purchase or option to purchase contract. We do not currently anticipate making any mezzanine loans other than in the context of such forward purchase or option to purchase contracts.

Although some of our initial acquisitions were from affiliates of our manager, we anticipate that our future asset acquisitions generally will be from unaffiliated third parties. However, we would still consider an acquisition from an affiliated third party if such acquisition made financial sense to us and was approved by our conflicts committee comprised of independent directors.

Our Target Markets

Generally, we expect to target metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, of approximately one million people or more with favorable economic conditions. The conditions of a market we may monitor include, but are not limited to, job growth, household income, the pipeline of new supply for multifamily units, the pipeline of new supply for single family units, current and forecasted occupancy for multifamily units, current and forecasted rental rate growth for multifamily units, and other statistics that may be relevant to individual markets. In addition, we will analyze forecast data from our manager’s affiliates gathered in their operations to support our assumptions. We also will utilize our management team’s network of industry contacts and

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relationships to generate significant information about current and future market conditions. See the section entitled “Business — Our Target Assets” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of our target assets.

Our Financing Strategy

We intend to utilize leverage in making our investments. The number of different investments we will acquire will be affected by numerous factors, including the amount of funds available to us. By operating on a leveraged basis, we will have more funds available for our investments. This will allow us to make more investments than would otherwise be possible, resulting in a larger and more diversified portfolio. See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for more information about the risks related to operating on a leveraged basis.

We intend to target leverage levels (secured and unsecured) between 50% and 65% of the value of our tangible assets (including our real estate assets, real estate loan investments, accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents) on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. As of June 30, 2011, our outstanding debt (both secured and unsecured) was approximately 56.5% of the value of our tangible assets on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. Neither our charter nor our by-laws contain any limitation on the amount of leverage we may use. Our investment guidelines, which can be amended by our board without stockholder approval, limit our borrowings (secured and unsecured) to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing. These targets, however, will not apply to individual real estate assets or investments. Other than in connection with forward purchase contracts or purchase option agreements where we have provided a mezzanine loan for development, at the date of acquisition of each asset, we anticipate that the cost of investment for such asset will be substantially similar to its fair market value. However, subsequent events, including changes in the fair market value of our assets, could result in our exceeding these limits. In addition, we intend to acquire all our properties through separate special purpose entities and we intend to finance each of these properties using financing techniques for that property alone without any cross-collateralization to our other properties or guarantees by us or our operating partnership. Finally, we intend to have no long-term corporate level debt. See the section entitled “Business — Our Financing Strategy” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of our borrowing policies.

Our secured and unsecured aggregate borrowings are intended by us to be reasonable in relation to our net assets and will be reviewed by our board of directors at least quarterly. In determining whether our borrowings are reasonable in relation to our net assets, we expect that our board of directors will consider many factors, including without limitation, the lending standards of government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other companies for loans in connection with the financing of multifamily properties, the leverage ratios of publicly traded and non-traded REITs with similar investment strategies, cash flow coverage, whether we have positive leverage (in that, the board will compare the capitalization rates of our properties to the interest rates on the indebtedness of such properties) and general market and economic conditions. There is no limitation on the amount that we may borrow for any single investment.

Risk Management

Risk management is a fundamental principle in our manager’s construction of our portfolio and in the management of each investment. Diversification of our portfolio by investment size and location is critical to controlling portfolio-level risk. Over the long term, we intend that no single asset will exceed 15% of our total assets and that we will not have more than 25% of our total assets invested in any single MSA. However, until a sufficient number of properties are acquired, we anticipate that we will have single assets in excess of 15% of our total assets and more than 25% of our assets in a single MSA.

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. If we are unable to effectively manage the impact of these risks, we may not meet our investment objectives, and therefore, you should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks that should be considered in connection with your investment in our securities. Some of the more significant risks relating to the underwritten offering and an investment in our securities include:

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There is limited liquidity for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants. There is no public trading market for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants, and we do not currently intend to list our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants on a securities exchange. If you are able to sell your Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants, you may have to sell them at a significant discount. Beginning one year from the date of original issuance and ending four years from the date of such issuance, the Warrants are exercisable for shares of our common stock, which currently are publicly traded on the AMEX. Beginning two years from the date of original issuance, the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be redeemable by the holder, payable, in our sole discretion, in cash or equal value of common stock;
The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is a “covered security” and therefore not subject to registration in the various states due to its seniority to the common stock, which is listed on the AMEX. If our common stock is no longer listed on the AMEX or another appropriate exchange, we would be required to register the offering in any state in which we subsequently offered our Units. This would require termination of this offering and could result in our raising an amount of gross proceeds that is substantially less than the gross proceeds expected to be raised if the maximum offering is sold. This would reduce our ability to purchase additional properties and limit the diversification of our portfolio. Although the Warrants are not “covered securities,” most states include an exemption for Warrants that are exercisable into a listed security. Therefore, the Warrants are subject to state registration in any state that does not provide such an exemption and the offering must be declared effective in order to sell the Warrants in these states;
We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient cash flow to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders;
We paid a quarterly dividend on our common stock of $0.125 per share for the second quarter of 2011; our cash available for distribution was insufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and we used approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve, designed for this purpose, to cover this shortfall;
You may not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments before you make your purchase of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants, thus making your investment more speculative;
No public market currently exists and no active market may ever develop for shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants;
If we, through our manager, are unable to find suitable investments, then we may not be able to achieve our investment objectives or pay distributions;
Our properties may be adversely affected by current economic conditions and uncertainty, as well as economic cycles and risks inherent to the geographical markets we intend to target and the apartment community sector;
Upon the sale of any individual property, holders of Series A Preferred Stock do not have a priority over holders of our common stock regarding return of capital. Investors in the Series A Preferred Stock should note that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital;
There is no clawback for distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest (except in limited circumstances), and such distributions are payable upon the sale of an asset even if investors have not received a return of their entire investment;
We may be unable to pay or maintain cash distributions or increase distributions over time;

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may borrow money, sell assets or use proceeds of this offering to make distributions to our stockholders if we are unable to make distributions with our cash flows from our operations. Such distributions could reduce the cash available to us and could constitute a return of capital to stockholders;
We are dependent upon our sponsor, our manager and their respective affiliates to conduct our operations, and therefore, any adverse changes in the financial health of our sponsor, our manager or their affiliates could hinder our operating performance and the return on your investment;
There are numerous conflicts of interest between the interests of investors and our interests or the interests of our manager, our sponsor and their respective affiliates, which we may not experience if we were self-managed;
The incentive structure of our manager’s special limited partnership interest may result in our manager recommending riskier or more speculative investments;
The ownership of 36,666 shares of our common stock by NELL Partners, the ownership by WOF of 1,000,000 shares of common stock and the ownership by WRF of 690,000 shares of common stock will limit the ability of holders of shares of common stock not affiliated with our sponsor to influence corporate matters;
Our investment objectives and strategies may be changed without stockholder consent;
We are obligated to pay substantial fees to our manager and its affiliates, including fees payable without regard to our profitability;
There are significant risks associated with maintaining as high a level of leverage as we expect to maintain (generally 50% to 65% of our tangible assets value on a portfolio basis based on fair market value and our investment guidelines allow borrowings up to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing and our charter and our by-laws contain no limitations on the amount of leverage we may use);
If we are able to qualify as a REIT and as long as we maintain our status as a REIT, we will be subject to limitations on ownership and transferability of our shares of common stock;
We are subject to risks associated with the significant dislocations and liquidity disruptions currently existing or occurring in the United States credit markets;
We may fail to qualify or continue to qualify to be treated as a REIT; and
We may be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act and thus subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Structure

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009. The following chart shows our structure after giving effect to this offering:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(1) NELL Partners, Inc. is controlled by John A. Williams, our sponsor, and Leonard A. Silverstein.
(2) Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC is controlled by NELL Partners, Inc. Other than the 1% Manager Revenue Interest (as defined in the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — 1% Manager Revenue Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus) held by WOF, all interests of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC are held by NELL Partners, Inc.
(3) The common stock investors in the initial public offering own registered shares of common stock of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. The 500,000 shares of common stock acquired by WOF in the private placement offering are not registered shares.
(4) NELL Partners, Inc. owns 36,666 shares of common stock and WOF owns 1,000,000 shares of common stock. 690,000 shares of common stock were sold to Williams Realty Fund I, LLC in the initial public offering and 500,000 shares of common stock were sold to WOF in the initial public offering.
(5) Each property is expected to be held in a special purpose entity.
(6) As the special limited partner of the operating partnership, our manager is entitled to receive a participation in net sales proceeds of our investments. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation — Special Limited Partnership Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus for information relating to the calculation of distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest and conditions under which it may be paid.
(7) The shares of common stock issuable upon the redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be registered shares.

Management Agreement

We are externally managed and advised by our manager. Our manager is subject to the supervision and oversight of our board of directors at all times and has only such functions and authority as we delegate to it. We do not expect to have any employees.

We have entered into a third amended and restated management agreement, or management agreement, with our manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our manager provides us with a management team and appropriate support personnel to implement our business strategy and perform certain services for us,

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to oversight by our board of directors. Our manager is responsible for, among other duties (1) performing and administering all our day-to-day operations, (2) determining investment criteria in conjunction with our board of directors, (3) sourcing, analyzing and executing asset acquisitions, sales and financings, (4) performing asset management duties, (5) performing property management duties, and (6) performing financial and accounting management. Our manager has an investment committee that oversees our investment guidelines, our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines and policies.

The initial term of the management agreement expires on April 5, 2016 and will be automatically renewed for a one-year term each anniversary date thereafter unless previously terminated as described below. Our independent directors will review our manager’s performance and fees that may be payable to our manager annually, and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of our independent directors, based upon (1) unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us, or (2) our determination that the fees payable to our manager are not in accordance with market rates, subject to our manager’s right to prevent such termination due to above-market fees by accepting a reduction of fees to at or below market rates agreed to by at least 75% of our independent directors. We must provide 180 days’ prior written notice of any such termination. We also may terminate the management agreement at any time, including during the initial term, without the payment of any termination fee, with at least 30 days’ prior written notice from our board of directors for cause, as defined in the management agreement, in the absence of our manager’s cure. We do not have the right to decline to renew the management agreement. Our manager may decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days’ prior written notice. Our manager may terminate the management agreement for good reason, with at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in the absence of our cure. Unless the manager declines to renew the management agreement or the management agreement is terminated for cause, our manager will be paid accrued fees upon termination as described in the table below.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the fees and expense reimbursements that we will pay to our dealer manager, our manager (or persons affiliated with or related to our manager, including our officers) and to our independent directors:

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Selling Commission   For acting as the dealer manager, we will pay to our dealer manager 7% of gross proceeds of this offering. Our dealer manager may reallow all or a portion of the selling commissions to participating broker-dealers.   $140,000/$10,500,000
Dealer Manager Fee   For acting as the dealer manager, we will pay to our dealer manager 3% of gross proceeds of this offering. Our dealer manager may reallow up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds it receives as dealer manager fees to participating broker-dealers.   $60,000/$4,500,000
Other Offering Expenses   We will reimburse our manager up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds for actual expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Other offering expenses include all expenses to be paid by us in connection with the offering, such as our legal, accounting, printing, mailing and filing fees, charges of our escrow holder and transfer agent, reimbursement of bona fide, itemized and detailed due diligence expenses of our dealer manager.   $30,000/$2,250,000
Acquisition and Operational Stage
Acquisition Fees   Fees payable to our manager in the amount of 1.0% of the gross contract purchase price of the property, loan or other real estate-related asset purchased, for services in connection with selecting, evaluating and acquiring such asset. For purposes of this prospectus, “gross contract purchase price” means the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase of a property or the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase of loans or other real-estate related assets, in each case inclusive of acquisition expenses and any indebtedness assumed or incurred in respect of such investment but exclusive of acquisition fees.   $16,700/$1,252,500 (assuming no debt) $47,714/$3,548,571 (assuming we incur our expected leverage of 65% of acquisition cost) $66,800/$5,010,000 (assuming we incur our maximum leverage of 75% of acquisition cost)

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Acquisition Expenses (1)   We will reimburse our manager for expenses actually incurred (including personnel costs) related to selecting, evaluating and acquiring assets on our behalf, regardless of whether we actually acquire the related assets. Personnel costs associated with providing such services will be determined based on the amount of time incurred by the applicable employee of our manager and the corresponding payroll and payroll related costs incurred by our manager. In addition, we also will pay third parties, or reimburse our manager or its affiliates, for any investment-related expenses due to third parties, including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses, travel and communications expenses, costs of appraisals, accounting fees and expenses, third-party brokerage or finder’s fees, title insurance expenses, survey expenses, property inspection expenses and other closing costs, regardless of whether we acquire the related assets.   Not determinable at this time.
Asset Management Fee (2)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.50% of the total value of our assets (including cash or cash equivalents) based on the adjusted cost of our assets before reduction for depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and cumulative acquisition costs charged to expense in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP (adjusted cost will include the purchase price, acquisition expenses, capital expenditures and other customarily capitalized costs). This fee will be payable monthly in arrears, based on assets held by us on the last date of the prior month, adjusted for appropriate closing dates for individual property acquisitions.   Not determinable at this time.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Property Management and Leasing Fee (2)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to 4% of the monthly gross revenues of our properties managed, for services in connection with the rental, leasing, operation and management of our properties and the supervision of any third parties that are engaged by our manager to provide such services. Our manager may subcontract the performance of its property management and leasing services duties to third parties or affiliates and pay all or a portion of its property management fee to such persons with whom it contracts for these services. Our manager will be responsible for all fees payable to third parties or affiliates in connection with subcontracted property management and leasing duties. The property management and leasing fee will be payable monthly in arrears, based on the actual gross revenues for the prior month.   Not determinable at this time.
General and Administrative Expenses Fee (1) (2) (3)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to 2% of our monthly gross revenues.   Not determinable at this time.
Disposition Fee on Sale of Assets   We may pay our manager a commission upon the sale of one or more of our properties or other assets in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) one-half of the commission that would be reasonable, customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset, and (b) 1% of the sale price of the asset. Payment of such fee may be made only if the manager provides a substantial amount of services in connection with the sale of the asset as determined by a majority of our independent directors. In addition, the amount paid when added to all other commissions paid to unaffiliated parties in connection with such sale shall not exceed the lesser of (1) the commission that would be reasonable, customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset and (2) an amount equal to 6% of the sale price of such asset.   Not determinable at this time because actual amounts are dependent upon the sale price of specific assets and what would be reasonable, customary and competitive at the time of sale.
Construction Fee, Development Fee and Landscaping Fee   We will pay our manager a construction fee, development fee and landscaping fee at market rates customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset in connection with the construction, development or landscaping of a property, or for management and oversight of expansion projects and other capital improvements.   Not determinable at this time because actual amounts are dependent upon market rates in light of the size, type and location of the asset.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Accrued Fees Upon Termination   If the management agreement is terminated by reason of a change of control, by us without cause in connection with the expiration of a renewal term, by the manager for good reason or upon our liquidation, the manager will be entitled to receive payment of any earned but unpaid compensation and expense reimbursements accrued as of the date of termination.   Not determinable at this time.
Awards Under Our Stock Incentive Plan   We have adopted a stock incentive plan pursuant to which our directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), employees of our manager and its affiliates, employees of entities that provide services to us, directors of our manager or of entities that provide services to us, certain of our consultants and certain consultants to our manager and its affiliates or entities of such consultants that provide services to us may be granted equity incentive awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares or other stock-based awards. Our compensation committee will determine all awards under our stock incentive plan and the vesting schedule for the grants.   The total number of shares that may be made subject to awards under our stock incentive plan will not exceed 567,500 shares of our common stock.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Compensation to Independent Directors   We pay to each of our independent directors a retainer of $50,000 per year. We also pay an annual retainer of $10,000 to the chair of our audit committee. In addition, each independent director will be paid a fee of $2,000 for each board committee meeting the director attends in person and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance of meetings of our board or board committees. We may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to our stock incentive plan in lieu of paying an independent director his or her annual fees and/or meeting fees in cash. To date, we have issued shares of our common stock in lieu of paying cash as compensation to our independent directors and currently expect to continue paying such compensation in shares of common stock. Any fees owed to our independent directors will be paid in shares of restricted common stock through April 2013. After such date, any such fees may be paid in cash or stock. Our independent directors also may receive awards under our stock incentive plan. Our compensation committee will determine all awards to our independent directors under our stock incentive plan and the vesting schedule for such awards.   The independent directors, as a group, will receive for a full fiscal year estimated aggregate compensation of approximately $350,000, payable in cash or shares of our common stock.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units) /
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Liquidation Stage
Special Limited Partnership Interest   Our manager has a special limited partnership interest in our operating partnership entitling it to distributions from our operating partnership equal to 15% of any net sale proceeds from an asset (which equals the proceeds actually received by us from the sale of such asset after paying off outstanding debt related to the sold asset and paying any seller related closing costs, including any commission paid to our manager in connection with the sale of the asset, less expenses allocable to the sold asset) remaining after the payment of (i) the capital and expenses allocable to all realized investments (including the sold asset), and (ii) a 7% priority annual return on such capital and expenses; provided, however, that all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock have been paid in full. This distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest is payable upon the sale of an asset even if holders of our preferred stock have not received a return of their capital, but only after the holders of our preferred stock have received payment in full of all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. It is also possible that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.   Not determinable at this time
     The special limited partner shall be entitled to tax distributions, at our sole discretion as the general partner, provided such distributions do not prevent us from satisfying the requirements for qualification as a REIT. Any tax distributions shall offset future distributions to which the special limited partner is entitled.

(1) Amounts paid in respect of acquisition expenses and the general and administrative expenses fee include our portion of any expenses incurred by our manager on behalf of joint ventures in which we are a participant.
(2) The total amount of the asset management, property management and leasing and general and administrative fees and expenses paid or reimbursed to our manager will be capped at 1.50% of total value of our assets (including cash and cash equivalents) based on the adjusted cost of our assets before reduction for depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and cumulative acquisition costs charged to expense in accordance with GAAP (adjusted cost will include the purchase price, acquisition expenses, capital expenditures and other customarily capitalized costs).
(3) In addition to the general and administrative expenses fee, we may reimburse our manager for certain costs and expenses it incurs in connection with the services it provides to us, including, but not limited

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to, personnel costs. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Agreement” included elsewhere in this prospectus for details relating to these additional costs and expenses.

Conflicts of Interest

NELL Partners, an entity controlled by Messrs. Williams and Silverstein and the sole member of our manager, owns 36,666 shares of common stock. Conflicts of interest may exist between us and our sponsor, our manager and some of their respective affiliates, including NELL Partners and other affiliates of our manager. Some of these potential conflicts include:

The possibility that our manager’s affiliates may own and operate properties that meet our investment profile or in markets in which we own investments and will compete for tenants and sales opportunities;
Competition for the time and services of personnel that work for us and our manager’s affiliates;
Substantial compensation payable by us to our manager and its affiliates for their various services, which may not be on market terms and is payable, in many cases, whether or not our stockholders receive distributions;
The possibility that we may acquire or consolidate with our manager to internalize our management on terms that are other than arm’s length;
The possibility that we may do business with entities that have pre-existing relationships with our manager’s affiliates, which may result in a conflict between our business and the ongoing business relationships our manager’s affiliates have with each other and other entities;
The possibility that our manager, its officers and their respective affiliates will face conflicts of interest relating to the purchase, leasing and disposition of properties and the acquisition of real estate-related debt and securities, and that such conflicts may not be resolved in our favor, thus potentially limiting our investment opportunities, impairing our ability to make distributions and reducing the value of our common stock, our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants;
The possibility that our manager and its affiliates may make recommendations to us that we buy, hold or sell property or other investments that may result in payments to them;
The possibility that, if we acquire properties from or make investments in entities owned or sponsored by affiliates of our manager, the price may be higher than we would pay if the transaction were the result of arm’s-length negotiations with a third party, but we would do so only if our board of directors, including a majority of our independent directors, approves the investment and only if there is justification for such excess price;
The possibility that our manager, its officers and their respective affiliates, some of whom are also our officers (and our directors), will face conflicts of interest caused by their ownership or control of our manager and their roles with other programs and other entities, resulting in actions that are not in the long-term best interests of our stockholders;
Conflicts of interest also may arise in connection with the potential sale or refinancing of our properties or the enforcement of agreements with our manager and its affiliates; and
The possibility that, if our manager and its affiliates provide services in connection with the management of a particular property, we may retain assets which are not as profitable and sell assets which provide a greater return.

See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Conflicts of Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus for details on these and other conflicts of interest.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

REIT Qualification

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. In addition, we may hold certain of our assets through taxable REIT subsidiaries, or

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRSs, which may be subject to corporate-level income tax at regular rates. Our qualification as a REIT depends on our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code, relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the concentration of ownership of our shares of capital stock. We believe that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that our proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

So long as we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our REIT taxable income we distribute currently to our stockholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at least 90% of their REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the statutory relief provisions of the Code do not apply, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year during which we lost our REIT qualification. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we are not a REIT would not be deductible by us, nor would they be required to be made. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain state and local taxes on our income or property and to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income.

Investment Company Act of 1940 Considerations

We intend to conduct our operations so that our company and each of its subsidiaries are exempt from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, a company is an “investment company” if it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act, a company is deemed to be an “investment company” if it is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis, or the 40% test. “Investment securities” exclude U.S. Government securities and securities of majority owned subsidiaries that are not themselves investment companies and are not relying on the exception from the definition of investment company set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.

We intend to acquire real estate and real-estate related assets directly, for example, by acquiring fee interests in real property, or by purchasing interests, including controlling interests, in REITs or other “real estate operating companies,” such as real estate management companies and real estate development companies, that own real property. We also may acquire real estate assets through investments in joint venture entities, including joint venture entities in which we may not own a controlling interest. We anticipate that our assets generally will be held in direct or indirect wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries of the company, each formed to hold a particular asset.

We intend to conduct our operations so that our company and most, if not all, of its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will comply with the 40% test. We will continuously monitor our holdings on an ongoing basis to determine the compliance of our company and each wholly owned and majority owned subsidiary with this test. Because we expect that most of our assets will be real estate investments, we expect that most, if not all, of the company’s wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will not be relying on exemptions under either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. Consequently, interests in these subsidiaries (which are expected to constitute most, if not all, of our assets) generally will not constitute “investment securities.” Accordingly, we believe that our company and most, if not all, of its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will not be considered investment companies under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

In addition, we believe that neither our company nor any of its wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries will be considered investment companies under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because they will not engage primarily, or propose to engage primarily, or hold themselves out as being

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Rather, our company and its subsidiaries will be primarily engaged in non-investment company businesses related to real estate. Consequently, the company and its subsidiaries expect to be able to conduct their respective operations such that none of them will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The determination of whether an entity is a majority owned subsidiary of our company is made by us. The Investment Company Act defines a majority owned subsidiary of a person as a company 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by another company which is a majority owned subsidiary of such person. The Investment Company Act further defines voting securities as any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company. We treat companies in which we own at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities as majority owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test. We have not requested that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, approve our treatment of any entity as a majority owned subsidiary and the SEC staff has not done so. If the SEC staff were to disagree with our treatment of one or more companies as majority owned subsidiaries, we would need to adjust our strategy and our assets in order to comply with the 40% test. Any such adjustment in our strategy could have a material adverse effect on us.

We intend to conduct our operations so that neither we nor any of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries fall within the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. If our company or any of its wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries inadvertently falls within one of the definitions of “investment company,” we intend to rely on the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, which is available for entities primarily engaged in the business of “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” In addition to prohibiting the issuance of certain types of securities, this exclusion generally requires that at least 55% of an entity’s assets must be comprised of mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate, also known as “qualifying assets,” and at least 80% of the entity’s assets must be comprised of qualifying assets and a broader category of assets that we refer to as “real estate related assets” under the Investment Company Act. Additionally, no more than 20% of the entity’s assets may be comprised of miscellaneous assets.

Qualification for exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act will limit our ability to make certain investments. For example, these restrictions may limit the ability of our company and its subsidiaries to invest directly in mortgage-related securities that represent less than the entire ownership in a pool of mortgage loans, debt and equity tranches of securitizations and certain asset-backed securities, distressed debt, subordinated debt and real estate companies or in assets not related to real estate. Although we intend to monitor our portfolio, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain this exemption from registration for our company or each of our subsidiaries.

To the extent that the SEC staff provides more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the definition of investment company and the exceptions to that definition, we may be required to adjust our investment strategy accordingly. Additional guidance from the SEC staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the investment strategy we have chosen.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Securities

To assist us in complying with the limitations on the concentration of ownership of a REIT imposed by the Code, among other purposes, our charter prohibits, with certain exceptions, any stockholder from beneficially or constructively owning, applying certain attribution rules under the Code, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of our outstanding shares of stock or more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of any class or series of our shares of stock. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, waive the 9.8% ownership limit with respect to a particular stockholder if it is presented with certain representations and undertakings required by our charter and other evidence satisfactory to it that such ownership will not then or in the future jeopardize our qualification as a REIT. Our board of directors agreed to waive the 9.8% ownership limit with respect to the holdings by: (1) NELL Partners of 36,666 shares of common stock; (2) WOF of 1,000,000 shares of common stock; and (3) WRF of 690,000 shares of common stock.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our charter also prohibits any person from, among other things:

beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock that would result in our being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code, or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; or
transferring shares of our capital stock if such transfer would result in our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons.

In addition, our charter provides that any ownership or purported transfer of our capital stock in violation of the foregoing restrictions will result in the shares so owned or transferred being automatically transferred to a charitable trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary (or, in the case of a transfer that would result in our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, be void), and the purported owner or transferee acquiring no rights in such shares. If a transfer to a charitable trust would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of the restriction, the transfer resulting in such violation will be void from the time of such purported transfer.

Distribution Policy

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gain, and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income. We generally intend to pay, over time, quarterly dividends in an amount equal to 100% of our net taxable income. On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend to our common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011, that was paid on July 15, 2011, in the amount of $0.125 per share of common stock, totaling approximately $646,487. On August 4, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share, which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011. As expected, cash available for distribution was not sufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve, designed for this purpose, was used to cover this shortfall. For the remainder of 2011, we currently expect to maintain a quarterly dividend payment to common stockholders of $0.125 per share. To the extent we continue to pay dividends at this rate, we currently expect that cash available for distribution will be sufficient to fund the dividend payments to common stockholders for the third and fourth quarters of 2011. Although not currently anticipated, if our board of directors determines to authorize distributions in excess of the income or cash flow generated from our target assets, we may make such distributions from the proceeds of this or future offerings of equity or debt securities or other forms of debt financing or the sale of our assets.

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the initial stated value of $1,000 per share, or the “Stated Value.” Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will begin accruing on the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared (or the next business day if the 20th day is not a business day), beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

Any distributions we make will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our actual results of operations. These results and our ability to pay distributions will be affected by various factors, including the net income from our portfolio of investments, our operating expenses and any other expenditures. For more information, see the section entitled “Distribution Policy” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We cannot assure you that we will make any distributions to our stockholders.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The computation of our ratio of earnings to fixed charges indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Since we commenced revenue-generating operations in April 2011, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges is not a meaningful measure for any period prior to 2011.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock offered by us    
    A minimum of 2,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and a maximum of 150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be offered as part of the Units through our dealer manager in the offering on a reasonable best efforts basis.
    Ranking.   The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will rank senior to the our common stock with respect to payment of dividends and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Investors in the Series A Preferred Stock should note that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.
    Stated Value.   Each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will have an initial “Stated Value” of $1,000, subject to appropriate adjustment in relation to certain events, such as recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, as set forth in the articles supplementary setting forth the rights, preferences and limitations of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “Articles Supplementary”).
    Dividends.   Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will begin accruing on the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20 th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.
    Redemption at the Option of a Holder.   Beginning two years from the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 10% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
    Beginning three years from the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 5% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
    Beginning four years from the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 3% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
    Beginning five years from the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.
    If a holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock causes the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, we have the right, in our sole discretion, to pay the redemption price in cash or in equal value of our common stock, based on the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the redemption, in exchange for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.
    In addition, subject to restrictions, beginning on the date of original issuance and ending two years thereafter, we will redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock of a holder who is a natural person upon his or her death at the written request of the holder’s estate at a cash redemption price equal to the Stated Value, plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon through and including the date of redemption.
    Optional Redemption by the Company.   After ten years from the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, we will have the right (but not the obligation) to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at 100% of the Stated Value, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. If we choose to redeem any shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, we have the right, in our sole discretion, to pay the redemption price in cash or in equal value of our common stock, based on the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the redemption, in exchange for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.
    Our obligation to redeem any of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is limited to the extent that we do not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or we are restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.
    Liquidation.   Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of our common stock or any other class or series of capital stock ranking junior to our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid out of our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders, after payment or provision for our debts and other liabilities, a liquidation preference equal to the Stated Value per share, plus accrued but unpaid dividends.
    Voting Rights.   The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock has no voting rights.
Warrants offered by us    
    A minimum offering of Warrants to purchase up to 40,000 shares of common stock and a maximum offering of Warrants to purchase up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock will be offered as part of the Units through our dealer manager in the offering on a reasonable best efforts basis.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    The Warrants will be exercisable beginning one year from the date of original issuance and ending four years from the date of such issuance.
    The initial exercise price will equal 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock on the date of issuance of the Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share. The current market price will be determined using the weighted average price of the previous 20 days of trading volume.
Capital stock to be outstanding after the offering    
    2,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, assuming the minimum offering of 2,000 Units, or
    150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, assuming the maximum offering of 150,000 Units, and
    5,173,399 shares of common stock (1)
Estimated use of proceeds    
    Assuming we sell all the Units offered for sale, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of Units in this offering of approximately $132.8 million after deducting estimated offering expenses, including selling commissions and the dealer manager fee, payable by us of approximately $17.2 million. We intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in connection with the acquisition of multifamily properties. If all the net proceeds of the offering are used to directly acquire multifamily properties, we estimate that these properties would have an aggregate gross value (inclusive of mortgage indebtedness) of approximately $357.9 million. We intend to acquire such properties through the incurrence of indebtedness (secured and unsecured) of approximately 65% of the value of our tangible assets on a portfolio basis, with the balance of the acquisition cost thereof funded through the use of the net proceeds of this offering. Until appropriate assets can be identified, our manager may invest the net proceeds of the offering in interest-bearing short-term investments that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. Any interest-bearing short-term investment we make likely will provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from our target assets. See the section entitled “Estimated Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
AMEX symbol for common stock    
    Our common stock is listed on the AMEX under the trading symbol “APTS.” There is no established public trading market for the offered shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or the Warrants and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or the Warrants on any national securities exchange.

(1) The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering as shown above reflects the 5,173,399 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 5, 2011. This number excludes (a) shares of common stock that may be issued upon redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, offered hereby, and (b) the minimum of 40,000 and the maximum of 3,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants offered hereby. This number also excludes (i) approximately 538,128 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plan; and (ii) 150,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the outstanding warrant to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock issued to International Assets Advisory, LLC, in it capacity as financial advisor in the IPO (the “IPO Warrant”). The IPO Warrant has an exercise price of $12.50 per share.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capital Structure

Following this offering, the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will rank senior to our common stock and to the Class A Limited Partnership Units and Class B Limited Partnership Units issued by our operating partnership and on parity with the Series A Redeemable Preferred Limited Partnership Units issued by our operating partnership with respect to both payment of dividends and distribution of amounts upon liquidation. Our board of directors has the authority to issue shares of additional series of preferred stock that could be senior in priority to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.

Covered Security

The term “covered security” applies to securities exempt from state registration because of their oversight by federal authorities and national-level regulatory bodies pursuant to Section 18 of the Securities Act. Generally, securities listed on national exchanges are the most common type of covered security exempt from state registration. A non-traded security can also be a covered security if it has a seniority greater than or equal to other securities from the same issuer that are listed on a national exchange such as the AMEX. Our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is a covered security because it is senior to our common stock and therefore is exempt from state registration. Typically, securities issued by non-traded REITs do not meet the requirements necessary to be classified as covered securities, and therefore they are subject to state registration. Although the Warrants are not “covered securities,” most states include an exemption for Warrants that are exercisable into a listed security. Therefore, the Warrants are subject to state registration in any state that does not provide such an exemption and the offering must be declared effective in order to sell the Warrants in these states.

There are several advantages to both issuers and investors of a security being deemed a covered security. These include:

More Investors — Covered securities can be purchased by a broader range of investors than can non-covered securities. The common stock of a non-traded REIT is not a covered security and is subject to suitability requirements that vary from state to state. These so-called “Blue Sky” regulations often prohibit the sale of securities to certain investors and may prohibit the sale of securities altogether until a specific volume of sales have been achieved in other states.
Issuance Costs — Covered securities may have lower issuance costs since they avoid the expense of dealing with the various regulations of each of the 50 states and Washington, D.C. This could save time and money and allows issuers of covered securities the flexibility to enter the real estate markets at a time of their choosing. All investors of the issuer would benefit from any lower issuance costs that may be achieved.

There are several disadvantages to investors of a security being deemed a covered security. These include:

Lack of Suitability Standards — Since there are no investor eligibility requirements, there is no prohibition on the sale of the securities to certain investors, including investors that may not be suitable to purchase the securities.
No State Review — Investors will not receive an additional level of review and possible protection afforded by the various state regulators.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30339. Our telephone number is (770) 818-4100. Our website is www.pacapts.com . The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

The purchase of our securities involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in conjunction with the other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment in our securities. The risks discussed in this prospectus could adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects and financial condition. This could cause the value of our securities to decline and/or you to lose part or all of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face, but do represent those risks and uncertainties that we believe are material to us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that, as of the date of this prospectus, we deem immaterial also may harm our business.

Risks Related to this Offering

There is no public market for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants and we do not expect one to develop.

There is no public market for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants offered in this offering, and we currently have no plan to list these securities on a securities exchange or to include these shares for quotation on any national securities market. Additionally, our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our securities, and these restrictions may inhibit your ability to sell the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants promptly or at all. Furthermore, the Warrants will expire four years from the date of issuance. If you are able to sell the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants, you may only be able to sell them at a substantial discount from the price you paid. Therefore, you should purchase the Units only as a long-term investment. After one year from the date of issuance, the Warrants will be exercisable at your option for shares of our common stock, which currently are publicly traded on the AMEX. Beginning two years from the date of original issuance, the holder of shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may require us to redeem such shares, with the redemption price payable, in our sole discretion, in cash or in equal value of common stock, based on the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the redemption. If we opt to pay the redemption price in shares of common stock, you may receive publicly traded shares as we currently expect to continue listing our common stock on the AMEX.

We will be required to terminate this offering if our common stock is no longer listed on the AMEX or another national securities exchange.

The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is a “covered security” and therefore is not subject to registration in the various states in which it may be sold due to its seniority to our common stock, which is listed on the AMEX. If our common stock is no longer listed on the AMEX or another appropriate exchange, we will be required to register the offering of our Units in any state in which we subsequently offer the Units. This would require the termination of this offering and could result in our raising an amount of gross proceeds that is substantially less than the amount of the gross proceeds we expect to raise if the maximum offering is sold. This would reduce our ability to purchase additional properties and limit the diversification of our portfolio.

Although the Warrants are not “covered securities,” most states include an exemption for Warrants that are exercisable into a listed security. Therefore, the Warrants are subject to state registration in any state that does not provide such an exemption and the offering must be declared effective in order to sell the Warrants in these states.

There may not be a broad market for our common stock, which may cause our common stock to trade at a discount and make it difficult for you to sell the common stock for which your Warrants are exercisable and for which your Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may be redeemable at our option.

Our common stock for which the Warrants are exercisable trades on the AMEX under the symbol “APTS.” Listing on the AMEX or another national securities exchange does not ensure an actual market for our common stock. Accordingly, an actual market for our common stock may not be maintained, the market for our common stock may not be liquid, the holders of our common stock may be unable to sell their shares of our common stock, and the prices that may be obtained following the sale of our common stock upon the

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exercise of your Warrants or the redemption of your Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may not reflect the underlying value of our assets and business.

The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is a senior security, and ranks prior to our common stock with respect to dividends and payments upon liquidation.

The rights of the holders of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock rank senior to the rights of the holders of shares of our common stock as to dividends and payments upon liquidation. Unless full cumulative dividends on our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have been declared and paid (or set apart for payment), we will not declare or pay dividends with respect to any shares of our common stock for any period. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends at the rate of 6% per annum, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of shares of our common stock or any other class of our equity securities.

We will be able to call your shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock for redemption under certain circumstances without your consent.

We will have the ability to call the outstanding shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock after ten years from the date of original issuance of such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. At that time, we will have the right to redeem, at our option, the outstanding shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at 100% of the Stated Value per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Company

Our limited operating history makes it difficult for you to evaluate our likely performance and this investment.

We were incorporated on September 18, 2009, and our manager was organized on May 18, 2010. Thus, we and our manager are both recently formed entities with limited operating histories and we both may be unable to successfully operate our businesses or achieve our investment objectives. The past performance of other real estate investment programs sponsored by our sponsor, John A. Williams, or his affiliates may not be indicative of the performance we may achieve. We have limited income, cash flow, funds from operations and funds from which we can make distributions to you. We may not be able to conduct our business as planned and/or successfully carry out our business as planned.

You should consider our prospects in light of the risks, uncertainties and difficulties frequently encountered by companies like ours that do not have a substantial operating history, many of which may be beyond our control. Therefore to be successful in this market, we must among other things:

identify and acquire investments that further our investment strategy;
attract, integrate, motivate and retain qualified personnel to manage our day-to-day operations;
respond to competition both for investment opportunities and potential investors in our company; and
build and expand our operations structure to support our business.

We cannot guarantee that we will succeed in achieving these goals, and our failure to do so could cause you to lose all or a portion of your investment.

We differ from prior programs sponsored by our sponsor in a number of respects, and therefore, the past performance of those programs may not be indicative of our future results.

The past performance of prior investment programs sponsored by our sponsor, John A. Williams, is not indicative of our future results and you should not rely on such past performance to predict our future results. Our business is different in a number of respects from the operations of prior programs and our portfolio is unlikely to mirror the portfolios of the prior programs, resulting in returns to our stockholders that vary from

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

those generated by those prior programs. The prior programs of our sponsor, which were generally conducted through privately held entities, were not subject to the up-front commissions, fees and expenses associated with public offerings, the limitations on leverage associated with a public program, or to many of the laws and regulations to which we are and will be subject. Further, Post Properties, Inc., a publicly held REIT founded by our sponsor, operated under substantially different investment guidelines and economic conditions than we will face in our business. As a result of all these and other factors, you should not assume that your investment will generate returns, if any, comparable to those experienced by investors in the prior programs sponsored by our sponsor or his affiliates.

We may suffer from delays in locating suitable investments, which could adversely affect the return on your investment.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives and to make distributions to our stockholders is dependent upon our manager’s performance in the acquisition of, and arranging of financing for, investments, as well as our property manager’s performance in the selection of residents and the negotiation of leases. The current market for properties that meet our investment objectives is highly competitive, as is the leasing market for such properties. The more proceeds we raise in this offering, the greater our challenge will be to invest all the net offering proceeds on attractive terms. You will not have the opportunity to evaluate the terms of transactions or other economic or financial data concerning our investments. You must rely entirely on the oversight of our board of directors, the management ability of our manager and the performance of our manager and property manager. We cannot be sure that our manager will be successful in obtaining suitable investments on financially attractive terms.

Additionally, as a public company, we are subject to ongoing reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to the Exchange Act, we may be required to file with the SEC financial statements of properties we acquire and investments we make in real estate-related assets. To the extent any required financial statements are not available or cannot be obtained, we will not be able to acquire the investment. As a result, we may be unable to acquire certain properties or real estate-related assets that otherwise would be a suitable investment. We could suffer delays in our investment acquisitions due to these reporting requirements.

Furthermore, if we acquire properties prior to, during, or upon completion of construction, it will typically take several months following completion of construction to rent available space. Therefore, you could suffer delays in the receipt of distributions attributable to those particular properties.

Delays we encounter in the selection and acquisition of investments could adversely affect your returns. In addition, if we are unable to invest our offering proceeds in real properties and real estate-related assets in a timely manner, we will hold the proceeds of this offering in an interest-bearing account, invest the proceeds in short-term, investment-grade investments, which generate lower returns than we anticipate with our target assets, or, ultimately, liquidate. In such an event, our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and the returns to our stockholders would be adversely affected.

We face competition from other apartment communities and housing alternatives for tenants, and we face competition from other acquirers of apartment communities for investment opportunities, both of which may limit our profitability and returns to you.

The residential apartment community industry is highly competitive. This competition could reduce occupancy levels and revenues at our apartment communities, which would adversely affect our operations. We face competition from many sources, including from other apartment communities both in the immediate vicinity and the geographic market where our apartment communities are and will be located. Overbuilding of apartment communities may occur. If overbuilding does occur, this would increase the number of apartment units available and may decrease occupancy and unit rental rates.

Furthermore, apartment communities we acquire most likely compete, or will compete, with numerous housing alternatives in attracting tenants, including owner occupied single- and multi-family homes available to rent or purchase. Competitive housing in a particular area and the increasing affordability of owner occupied single- and multi-family homes available to rent or buy caused by declining mortgage interest rates

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and government programs to promote home ownership could adversely affect our ability to retain our tenants, lease apartment units and increase or maintain rental rates.

The competition for apartment communities may significantly increase the price we must pay for assets we seek to acquire, and our competitors may succeed in acquiring those properties or assets themselves. In addition, our potential acquisition targets may find our competitors to be more attractive because they may have greater resources, may be willing to pay more for the properties or may have a more compatible operating philosophy. In particular, larger apartment REITs may enjoy significant competitive advantages that result from, among other things, a lower cost of capital and enhanced operating efficiencies. In addition, the number of entities and the amount of funds competing for suitable investment properties may increase. This competition will result in increased demand for these assets and therefore increased prices paid for them. Because of an increased interest in single-property acquisitions among tax-motivated individual purchasers, we may pay higher prices if we purchase single properties in comparison with portfolio acquisitions. If we pay higher prices for our properties, our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to you may be materially and adversely affected.

The cash distributions you receive may be less frequent or lower in amount than you expect.

Our board of directors will determine the amount and timing of distributions. In making this determination, our directors will consider all relevant factors, the amount of cash available for distribution, capital expenditure and reserve requirements and general operational requirements. We cannot assure you how long it may take to generate sufficient available cash flow to fund distributions nor can we assure you that sufficient cash will be available to make distributions to you. With limited prior operations, we cannot predict the amount of distributions you may receive and we may be unable to pay, maintain or increase distributions over time. Our inability to acquire properties or real estate-related investments may have a negative effect on our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay distributions.

Further, if the aggregate amount of our distributions in any given year exceeds our earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the excess amount will be either (i) a return of capital, or (ii) a gain from the sale or exchange of property to the extent that a stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock equals or is reduced to zero as the result of our current or prior year distributions, in each case for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For further information regarding the tax consequences if we make distributions other than from funds from operations, please see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Upon the sale of any individual property, holders of Series A Preferred Stock do not have a priority over holders of our common stock regarding return of capital.

Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock do not have a right to receive a return of capital prior to holders of our common stock upon the individual sale of a property. Depending on the price at which such property is sold, it is possible that holders of our common stock will receive a return of capital prior to the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, provided that any accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid in full to holders of Series A Preferred Stock. It is also possible that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.

There is no clawback for distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest (except in limited circumstances), and such distributions are payable upon the sale of an asset even if investors have not received a return of their entire investment.

Our manager has a special limited partnership interest in our operating partnership entitling it to distributions from our operating partnership equal to 15% of any net sale proceeds from an asset (which equals the proceeds actually received by us from the sale of such asset after paying off outstanding debt related to the sold asset and paying any seller related closing costs, including any commission paid to our manager in connection with the sale of the asset, less expenses allocable to the sold asset) remaining after the payment of (i) the capital and expenses allocable to all realized investments (including the sold asset), and (ii) a 7% priority annual return on such capital and expenses; provided, however, that all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock have been paid in full. This distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest is payable upon the sale of an asset even if holders of our preferred stock have not received a return of their capital, but only after the holders of our preferred stock have received payment in full of all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. There is no clawback for distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest except in limited circumstances. As a result, distributions

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with respect to the special limited partnership interest may be payable upon the sale of an asset even if the holders of preferred stock and holders of common stock have not received a return of their entire investment, provided that any accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid to holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

Distributions paid from sources other than our cash flow from operations, particularly from proceeds of this offering, will result in us having fewer funds available for the acquisition of properties and other real estate-related investments, which may adversely affect our ability to fund future distributions with cash flow from operations and may adversely affect your overall return.

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on shares of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will begin accruing on the date of their issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20 th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend to our common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011, that was paid on July 15, 2011, in the amount of $0.125 per share of common stock, totaling approximately $646,487. On August 4, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share, which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011. As expected, cash available for distribution was not sufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve, designed for this purpose, was used to cover this shortfall. For the remainder of 2011, we currently expect to maintain a quarterly dividend payment to common stockholders of $0.125 per share. To the extent we continue to pay dividends at this rate, we currently expect that cash available for distribution will be sufficient to fund the dividend payments to common stockholders for the third and fourth quarters of 2011.

As mentioned above, we have paid distributions from sources other than from our cash flow from operations. Until we acquire additional properties or other real estate-related investments, we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay distributions. Our inability to acquire additional properties or other real estate-related investments may result in a lower return on your investment than you expect. If we have not generated sufficient cash flow from our operations and other sources, such as from borrowings, the sale of additional securities, advances from our manager, our manager’s deferral, suspension and/or waiver of its fees and expense reimbursements, to fund distributions, we may use the proceeds from this offering. Moreover, our board of directors may change our distribution policy, in its sole discretion, at any time. Distributions made from offering proceeds are a return of capital to stockholders, from which we will have already paid offering expenses in connection with this offering. We have not established any limit on the amount of proceeds from this offering that may be used to fund distributions, except that, in accordance with our organizational documents and Maryland law, we may not make distributions that would: (1) cause us to be unable to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; (2) cause our total assets to be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus senior liquidation preferences, if any; or (3) jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT.

If we fund distributions from the proceeds of this offering, we will have less funds available for acquiring properties or real estate-related investments. As a result, the return you realize on your investment may be reduced. Funding distributions from borrowings could restrict the amount we can borrow for investments, which may affect our profitability. Funding distributions with the sale of assets or the proceeds of this offering may affect our ability to generate cash flows. Funding distributions from the sale of additional securities could dilute your interest in us if we sell shares of our common stock or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of our common stock to third party investors. Payment of distributions from the mentioned sources could restrict our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, affect our profitability and/or affect the distributions payable to you upon a liquidity event, any or all of which may have an adverse effect on your investment.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We do not have agreements or letters of intent in place for any financing sources and our ability to obtain financing on reasonable terms would be impacted by negative market conditions.

Currently, we do not have any agreements or letters of intent in place for any financing sources. Our strategy depends, in part, on our ability to obtain financing on reasonable terms. Recently, domestic and international financial markets have experienced unusual volatility and uncertainty. Liquidity has tightened in overall financial markets, including the debt and equity capital markets. The dislocation in the credit markets has had a negative effect on the ability of purchasers of real estate to obtain financing. Consequently, there is greater uncertainty regarding our ability to access the credit markets in order to attract financing on reasonable terms. Returns on our assets and our ability to make acquisitions could be adversely affected by our inability to secure financing on reasonable terms, if at all.

We established the offering price for the Units pursuant to negotiations among us and our dealer manager; as a result, the actual value of your investment may be substantially less than what you pay.

The selling price of the Units has been determined pursuant to negotiations among us and the dealer manager, based upon the following primary factors: the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete; our prospects for future earnings; an assessment of our management; the present state of our development; the prevailing conditions of the equity securities markets at the time of the offering; the present state of the market for non-traded REIT securities; and current market valuations of public companies considered comparable to our company. Because the offering price is not based upon any independent valuation, the offering price is not indicative of the proceeds that you would receive upon liquidation.

Your percentage of ownership may become diluted if we issue new shares of stock or other securities, and issuances of additional preferred stock or other securities by us may further subordinate the rights of the holders of our common stock.

We may make redemption payments under the terms of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock in shares of our common stock. Although the dollar amounts of such payments are unknown, the number of shares to be issued in connection with such payments may fluctuate based on the price of our common stock. Any sales or perceived sales in the public market of shares of our common stock issuable upon such redemption payments could adversely affect prevailing market prices of shares of our common stock. The issuance of common stock upon such redemption payments also may have the effect of reducing our net income per share (or increasing our net loss per share). In addition, the existence of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may encourage short selling by market participants because the existence of redemption payments could depress the market price of shares of our common stock.

Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to cause us to issue additional shares of our common stock or to raise capital through the issuance of additional preferred stock (including equity or debt securities convertible into preferred stock), options, warrants and other rights, on such terms and for such consideration as our board of directors in its sole discretion may determine. Any such issuance could result in dilution of the equity of our stockholders. Our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, authorize us to issue common stock or other equity or debt securities (a) to persons from whom we purchase apartment communities, as part or all of the purchase price of the community, or (b) to our manager in lieu of cash payments required under the management agreement or other contract or obligation. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may determine the value of any common stock or other equity or debt securities issued in consideration of apartment communities or services provided, or to be provided, to us.

Our charter also authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to designate and issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock in addition to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock offered in this offering (including equity or debt securities convertible into preferred stock) and to set or change the voting, conversion or other rights, preferences, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions and qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each class or series of shares so issued. If any additional preferred stock is publicly offered, the terms and conditions of such preferred stock (including any equity or debt securities convertible into preferred stock) will be set forth in a registration statement registering the issuance of such preferred stock or equity or debt securities convertible into preferred

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock. Because our board of directors has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each class or series of preferred stock, it may afford the holders of any series or class of preferred stock preferences, powers, and rights senior to the rights of holders of common stock or the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. If we ever create and issue additional preferred stock or equity or debt securities convertible into preferred stock with a distribution preference over common stock or the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, payment of any distribution preferences of such new outstanding preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of distributions on our common stock and our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. Further, holders of preferred stock are normally entitled to receive a preference payment if we liquidate, dissolve, or wind up before any payment is made to the common stockholders, likely reducing the amount common stockholders would otherwise receive upon such an occurrence. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of additional preferred stock may delay, prevent, render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities, or the removal of incumbent management.

Stockholders have no rights to buy additional shares of stock or other securities if we issue new shares of stock or other securities. We may issue common stock, convertible debt or preferred stock pursuant to a subsequent public offering or a private placement, or to sellers of properties we directly or indirectly acquire instead of, or in addition to, cash consideration. Investors purchasing Units in this offering who do not participate in any future stock issuances will experience dilution in the percentage of the issued and outstanding stock they own. In addition, depending on the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you also may experience dilution in the book value and fair market value of, and the amount of distributions paid on, your shares of our common stock or Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.

If certain communications we made after filing our registration statement in connection with our initial public offering are found to have violated the Securities Act, we could be required to repurchase securities sold in the initial public offering or pay damages to persons who purchased shares of our common stock in our initial public offering.

On March 14, 2011, we sent letters to potential investors who may have invested in our initial public offering through our directed share program. These letters were distributed to a limited number of people, with all of whom we had a pre-existing personal or business relationship. Each letter included a copy of our preliminary prospectus filed on March 10, 2011. In addition, our recorded electronic road show presentation was temporarily posted on a website, together with an electronic link to our preliminary prospectus. We believe that these communications were “free writing prospectuses” permitted under SEC rules, and that our dissemination of or making available these materials did not violate the Securities Act. There nevertheless is a risk that one or both of these communications may be deemed to be a prospectus not meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, which would result in a violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

If the communications were ultimately determined to have violated Section 5 of the Securities Act, then purchasers in our initial public offering that received the directed share program letters and/or viewed the electronic road show, and potentially all purchasers of shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, would have the right under the Securities Act for a period of one year from the date of the violation to seek recovery of the consideration paid in connection with their purchases, with interest thereon but less any income received from shares, or, if they had already sold the shares of our common stock, sue for damages resulting from their purchases. The total amount of these damages could equal the gross proceeds of the initial public offering, plus interest and the purchasers’ attorneys’ fees. We could be directly or indirectly responsible for these payments or damages. We also could be subject to enforcement actions by the SEC, which could result in injunctive relief or the imposition of fines. There can be no guarantee that we would be successful in refuting any of or all such claims. If any such claims were to succeed, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the resulting damages or to finance a repurchase of our shares of common stock and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The properties we acquire may not produce the cash flow required to meet our REIT minimum distribution requirements, and we may decide to borrow funds to satisfy such requirements, which could adversely affect our overall financial performance.

We may decide to borrow funds in order to meet the REIT minimum distribution requirements even if our management believes that the then prevailing market conditions generally are not favorable for such borrowings or that such borrowings would not be advisable in the absence of certain tax considerations. If we borrow money to meet the REIT minimum distribution requirement or for other working capital needs, our expenses will increase, our net income will be reduced by the amount of interest we pay on the money we borrow and we will be obligated to repay the money we borrow from future earnings or by selling assets, any or all of which may decrease future distributions to stockholders.

To qualify as a REIT and to maintain REIT status, we may be forced to forego otherwise attractive opportunities, which may delay or hinder our ability to meet our investment objectives and may reduce your overall return.

To qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy certain tests on an ongoing basis concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature of our assets and the amounts we distribute to our stockholders. We may be required to make distributions to stockholders at times when it would be more advantageous to reinvest cash in our business or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. Compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits and the value of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Organization, Structure and Management

The ownership by NELL Partners, Inc. of 36,666 shares of our common stock, the ownership by Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, the ownership by Williams Realty Fund I, LLC of 690,000 shares of our common stock, and the ownership by other affiliates of our sponsor of additional shares of our common stock will limit the ability of holders of shares of our common stock not affiliated with our sponsor to influence corporate matters.

Currently, NELL Partners, Inc., which is controlled by Messrs. Williams and Silverstein, is the owner of 36,666 shares of our common stock, Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor, owns 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor, owns 690,000 shares of our common stock. These entities collectively own and control a significant portion of our common stock. Pursuant to these holdings, our sponsor and its affiliates have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets, for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control limits the ability of the other holders of shares of our common stock to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that the common stockholders not affiliated with us or our sponsor do not view as beneficial, including transactions with our manager or affiliates of our manager. Additionally, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected because of the imbalance of control among the stockholders.

We are dependent upon our sponsor, our manager and their affiliates to conduct our operations, and therefore, any adverse changes in the financial health of our sponsor, our manager or their affiliates, or our relationship with any of them, could hinder our operating performance and the return on your investment.

We are an externally advised REIT, which means that our manager provides our management team and support personnel and administers our day-to-day business operations. We are dependent on our sponsor, John A. Williams, our manager and their affiliates to manage our operations and acquire and manage our portfolio of real estate assets. Our manager will make all decisions with respect to the management of our company, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. Our manager will depend upon the fees and other compensation that it will receive from us in connection with the purchase, management and sale of our investments to conduct its operations. Any adverse changes in the financial condition of, or our relationship with, our sponsor, our manager or their affiliates could hinder their ability to successfully manage our operations and our portfolio of investments.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In February 2010, iStar Tara, LLC effected a non-judicial foreclosure relating to The Mansion hotel property in Atlanta, Georgia, where Mr. Williams, our sponsor, served as a guarantor to a loan related to the property. Various actions followed, culminating in a mutual settlement among the parties. Our manager, which Mr. Williams controls together with Mr. Silverstein, was not a party to this dispute, and it has informed us that the terms of the settlement are not expected to have a material impact on its business or its operations. Mr. Williams has informed us that he believes the settlement has not and will not have a material adverse impact on his financial condition.

In June 2010, litigation was initiated when Mr. Williams and Leonard Silverstein, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and a Director of our company, among others, filed a lawsuit against Synovus Bank seeking judicial declaration that they have no liability under certain guarantees executed by them in favor of Synovus Bank (as successor-in-interest to Bank of North Georgia) in connection with certain real estate loans on the basis that all such liabilities were allegedly released by Synovus Bank pursuant to a release agreement executed by Northside Guaranty, LLC, an entity wholly owned by our sponsor, and Bank of North Georgia. Synovus Bank has asserted counterclaims against, among other counterclaim defendants, Messrs. Williams and Silverstein, including counterclaims alleging that Messrs. Williams and Silverstein remain liable to Synovus Bank pursuant to the guarantees at issue. The counterclaims against Messrs. Williams and Silverstein in these legal proceedings, if adversely determined against them, would have a material adverse effect on their respective net worth. Messrs. Williams and Silverstein have informed us of their respective beliefs that they have meritorious defenses against these counterclaims and plan to pursue such defenses vigorously.

In April 2010, RBC Bank (USA) filed a lawsuit against, among others, Mr. Williams alleging that he is liable to RBC Bank (USA) for breach of certain guaranties executed by Mr. Williams in favor of RBC Bank (USA) in connection with certain real estate loans. The claims against Mr. Williams in these legal proceedings, if adversely determined against Mr. Williams, would have a material adverse effect on Mr. Williams’ net worth. Mr. Williams has informed us of his belief that he has meritorious defenses against these claims and plans to pursue such defenses vigorously. On October 13, 2011, Mr. Williams entered into a term sheet for a Settlement Agreement with RBC Bank (USA), pursuant to which his alleged guaranties in favor of the bank would be released, resulting in no material adverse effect to Mr. Williams.

On July 8, 2011, Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation (“Caterpillar”) commenced an action against Mr. Williams in the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia. In this action, Caterpillar seeks to recover $1,238,208.51, plus accrued interest, legal fees and costs, under a personal guaranty given by Mr. Williams in connection with a loan by Caterpillar to VMV, Ltd. Mr. Williams is the 100% indirect owner of VMV, Ltd. Mr. Williams has informed us of his belief that he has meritorious defenses to Caterpillar’s claims and that he intends to vigorously contest them.

Our success is dependent on the performance of our manager.

Our manager has broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering, and you will have no opportunity to evaluate the terms of transactions or other economic or financial data concerning our investments that are not described in this prospectus or other periodic filings with the SEC. We will rely on the management ability of our manager, subject to the oversight and approval of our board of directors. Accordingly, you should not purchase our securities unless you are willing to entrust all aspects of our day-to-day management to our manager. If our manager suffers or is distracted by adverse financial or operational problems in connection with its operations or the operations of our sponsor unrelated to us, our manager may be unable to allocate time and/or resources to our operations. If our manager is unable to allocate sufficient resources to oversee and perform our operations for any reason, we may be unable to achieve our investment objectives or to pay distributions to you.

If our manager loses or is unable to retain or replace key personnel, our ability to implement our investment strategies could be hindered, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions and the value of your investment.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the contributions of certain of our executive officers and other key personnel of our manager. In particular, we depend on the skills and expertise of John A. Williams, the director of our investment strategies. Neither we nor our manager has an employment agreement

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with any of our or its key personnel, including Mr. Williams, and we cannot guarantee that all, or any, of such personnel, will remain affiliated with us or our manager. If any of our key personnel were to cease their affiliation with our manager, our operating results could suffer. Further, we do not intend to maintain key person life insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of Mr. Williams or any of our key personnel.

We believe our future success depends upon our manager’s ability to hire and retain highly skilled managerial, operational and marketing personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we cannot assure you that our manager will be successful in attracting and retaining such skilled personnel. If our manager loses or is unable to obtain the services of key personnel, our ability to implement our investment strategies could be delayed or hindered, and the value of your investment may decline.

Furthermore, our manager may retain independent contractors to provide various services for us, including administrative services, transfer agent services and professional services. Such contractors have no fiduciary duty to our manager or us and may not perform as expected or desired. Any such services provided by independent contractors will be paid for by us as an operating expense.

Payment of fees to our manager and its affiliates will reduce cash available for investment and payment of distributions.

Our manager and its affiliates will perform services for us in connection with, among other things, the offer and sale of our securities, the selection and acquisition of our investments, and the management and leasing of our properties, the servicing of our mortgage, bridge, mezzanine or other loans, the administration of our other investments and the disposition of our assets. They will be paid substantial fees for these services. These fees will reduce the amount of cash available for investment or distributions to stockholders. For a detailed discussion of these fees, see “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation.”

If our sponsor, our manager or their affiliates waive certain fees due to them, our results of operations and distributions may be artificially high.

From time to time, our sponsor, our manager and/or their affiliates may agree to waive or defer all or a portion of the acquisition, asset management or other fees, compensation or incentives due to them, pay general administrative expenses or otherwise supplement stockholder returns in order to increase the amount of cash available to make distributions to stockholders. If our sponsor, our manager and/or their affiliates choose to no longer waive or defer such fees, compensation and incentives or to cease paying general administrative expenses or supplementing stockholder returns, our results of operations will be lower than in previous periods and your return on your investment could be negatively affected.

The Maryland General Corporation Law prohibits certain business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us to be acquired.

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an “interested stockholder” or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After the expiration of the five-year period described above, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder must generally be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation, other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected, or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under the Maryland General Corporation Law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. The Maryland General Corporation Law also permits various exemptions from these provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination with Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. As a result, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC may be able to enter into business combinations with us that may not be in the best interest of our stockholders, without compliance with the super-majority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute. The business combination statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer. See the sections entitled “Description of Securities — Business Combinations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Stockholders have limited control over changes in our policies and operations.

Our board of directors determines our major policies, including with regard to financing, growth, debt capitalization, REIT qualification and distributions. Our board of directors may amend or revise these and other policies without a vote of the stockholders. Holders of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock have no voting rights. Under our charter and the Maryland General Corporation Law, holders of our common stock generally have a right to vote only on the following matters:

the election or removal of directors;
the amendment of our charter, except that our board of directors may amend our charter without stockholder approval to:
º change our name;
º change the name or other designation or the par value of any class or series of stock and the aggregate par value of our stock;
º increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock that we have the authority to issue;
º increase or decrease the number of shares of any class or series of stock that we have the authority to issue; and
º effect certain reverse stock splits;
our liquidation and dissolution; and
our being a party to a merger, consolidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all our assets or statutory share exchange.

All other matters are subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

Our authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock may prevent a change in our control.

Our charter authorizes us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of common or preferred stock, without stockholder approval, up to 415,066,666 shares. In addition, our board of directors may,

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without stockholder approval, amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue and classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common or preferred stock and set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may establish a class or series of shares of common or preferred stock that could delay or prevent a merger, third party tender offer or similar transaction or a change in incumbent management that might involve a premium price for our securities or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Because of our holding company structure, we depend on our operating subsidiary and its subsidiaries for cash flow and we will be structurally subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such operating subsidiary and its subsidiaries.

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. Our only significant asset is and will be the general and limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. We conduct, and intend to conduct, all our business operations through our operating partnership. Accordingly, our only source of cash to pay our obligations is distributions from our operating partnership and its subsidiaries of their net earnings and cash flows. We cannot assure you that our operating partnership or its subsidiaries will be able to, or be permitted to, make distributions to us that will enable us to make distributions to our stockholders from cash flows from operations. Each of our operating partnership’s subsidiaries is or will be a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from such entities. In addition, because we are a holding company, your claims as stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will be able to satisfy your claims as stockholders only after all our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to recover on claims against our directors and officers are limited, which could reduce your and our recovery against them if they negligently cause us to incur losses.

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that a director has no liability in such capacity if he performs his duties in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. A director who performs his or her duties in accordance with the foregoing standards should not be liable to us or any other person for failure to discharge his or her obligations as a director.

In addition, our charter provides that our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages unless the director or officer actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, or is adjudged to be liable to us or our stockholders based on a finding that his or her action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. Our charter also requires us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any individual who is a present or former director or officer and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. With the approval of our board of directors, we may provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of the Company, including our manager and its affiliates. For details regarding the circumstances under which we are required or authorized to indemnify and to advance expenses to our directors, officers or our manager, see the section entitled “Our Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We also are permitted to purchase and maintain insurance or provide similar protection on behalf of any directors, officers, employees and agents, including our manager and its affiliates, against any liability asserted which was incurred in any such capacity with us or arising out of such status. This may result in us having to expend significant funds, which will reduce the available cash for distribution to our stockholders.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we internalize our management functions, the holders of our previously outstanding common stock could be diluted, and we could incur other significant costs associated with internalizing and being self-managed.

In the future, our board of directors may consider internalizing the functions performed for us by our manager by acquiring our manager’s assets. The method by which we could internalize these functions could take many forms. There is no assurance that internalizing our management functions will be beneficial to us and our stockholders. Such an acquisition could also result in dilution of your interests as a stockholder and could reduce earnings per share and funds from operation per share. For example, we may not realize the perceived benefits or we may not be able to properly integrate a new staff of managers and employees or we may not be able to effectively replicate the services provided previously by our manager or its affiliates. Internalization transactions involving the acquisition of managers affiliated with entity sponsors have also, in some cases, been the subject of litigation. Even if these claims are without merit, we could be forced to spend significant amounts of time and money defending claims which would reduce the amount of time and funds available for us to invest in properties or other investments and to pay distributions. All these factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay distributions.

Your investment return may be reduced if we are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

We are not registered, and do not intend to register ourselves or any of our subsidiaries, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we become obligated to register the company or any of our subsidiaries as an investment company, the registered entity would have to comply with a variety of substantive requirements under the Investment Company Act imposing, among other things, limitations on capital structure, restrictions on specified investments, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates and compliance with reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy disclosure and other rules and regulations that would significantly change our operations.

We intend to conduct our operations, directly and through wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries, so that we and each of our subsidiaries are exempt from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, a company is not deemed to be an “investment company” if it neither is, nor holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, nor proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act, a company is not deemed to be an “investment company” if it neither is engaged, nor proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and does not own or propose to acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.

We believe that we and most, if not all, of our wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will not be considered investment companies under either Section 3(a)(1)(A) or Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act. If we or any of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries would ever inadvertently fall within one of the definitions of “investment company,” we intend to rely on the exception provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act. Under Section 3(c)(5)(C), the SEC staff generally requires a company to maintain at least 55% of its assets directly in qualifying assets and at least 80% of qualifying assets in a broader category of real estate related assets to qualify for this exception. Mortgage-related securities may or may not constitute qualifying assets, depending on the characteristics of the mortgage-related securities, including the rights that we have with respect to the underlying loans. The company’s ownership of mortgage-related securities, therefore, is limited by provisions of the Investment Company Act and SEC staff interpretations. See the section entitled “Business — Our Investment Strategy” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The method we use to classify our assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act will be based in large measure upon no-action positions taken by the SEC staff in the past. These no-action positions were issued in accordance with factual situations that may be substantially different from the factual situations we may face, and a number of these no-action positions were issued more than ten years ago. No assurance can be given that the SEC staff will concur with our classification of our assets. In addition, the SEC staff may, in the future, issue further guidance that may require us to re-classify our assets for purposes of qualifying for an

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exclusion from regulation under the Investment Company Act. If we are required to re-classify our assets, we may no longer be in compliance with the exclusion from the definition of an “investment company” provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

A change in the value of any of our assets could cause us or one or more of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries to fall within the definition of “investment company” and negatively affect our ability to maintain our exemption from regulation under the Investment Company Act. To avoid being required to register us or any of our subsidiaries as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be unable to sell assets we would otherwise want to sell and may need to sell assets we would otherwise wish to retain. In addition, we may have to acquire additional income- or loss-generating assets that we might not otherwise have acquired or may have to forgo opportunities to acquire interests in companies that we would otherwise want to acquire and would be important to our investment strategy.

As part of our manager’s obligations under the management agreement, our manager will agree to refrain from taking any action which, in its sole judgment made in good faith, would subject us to regulation under the Investment Company Act. Failure to maintain an exclusion from registration under the Investment Company Act would require us to significantly restructure our business plan. For example, because affiliate transactions are generally prohibited under the Investment Company Act, we would not be able to enter into transactions with any of our affiliates if we are required to register as an investment company, and we may be required to terminate our management agreement and any other agreements with affiliates, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business and pay distributions. If we were required to register us as an investment company but failed to do so, we would be prohibited from engaging in our business, and criminal and civil actions could be brought against us. In addition, our contracts would be unenforceable unless a court required enforcement, and a court could appoint a receiver to take control of us and liquidate our business.

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

Our manager, our executive officers and their affiliates may face competing demands relating to their time, and if inadequate time is devoted to our business, your investment may be negatively impacted.

We rely on our executive officers and the executive officers and employees of our manager and its affiliates for the day-to-day operation of our business. These persons also conduct or may conduct in the future day-to-day operations of other programs and entities sponsored by or affiliated with our manager or sponsor. Because these persons have or may have such interests in other real estate programs and engage in other business activities, they may experience conflicts of interest in allocating their time and resources among our business and these other activities. The amount of time that our manager and its affiliates spend on our business will vary from time to time and is expected to be more while we are raising money and acquiring investments. During times of intense activity in other programs and ventures, they may devote less time and fewer resources to our business than are necessary or appropriate to manage our business. We expect that as our real estate activities expand, our manager will attempt to hire additional employees who would devote substantially all their time to our business. There is no assurance that our manager will devote adequate time to our business. If our manager, our sponsor or any of their respective affiliates suffers or is distracted by adverse financial or operational problems in connection with its operations unrelated to us, it may allocate less time and resources to our operations. If any of the foregoing events occur, the returns on our investments, our ability to make distributions to stockholders and the value of your investment may suffer.

Our manager, our executive officers and their affiliates may face conflicts of interest, and these conflicts may not be resolved in our favor, which could negatively impact your investment.

Our executive officers and the employees of our manager, our sponsor and their respective affiliates on which we rely could make substantial profits as a result of investment opportunities allocated to entities other than us. As a result, these individuals could pursue transactions that may not be in our best interest, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and your investment. Our manager and its affiliates may, in the future, be engaged in other activities that could result in potential conflicts of interest with the services that they will provide to us. In addition, our sponsor or his affiliates may compete with us for the acquisition and/or refinancing of properties.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our manager and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us, which could result in our manager and its affiliates taking actions that are not necessarily in the best interest of our stockholders.

Our manager and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us, including distributions with respect to our manager’s special limited partnership interest in the operating partnership, which entitles our manager to receive a participation in net sales proceeds. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation — Special Limited Partnership Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus for information relating to the calculation of distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest and conditions under which it may be paid. Further, our manager will receive an asset management fee based on the total value of our assets, and its affiliates will receive fees based on our revenues, which, in each case, could incent our manager to use higher levels of leverage to finance investments or accumulate assets to increase fees than would otherwise be in our best interests. These fees could influence our manager’s advice to us, as well as the judgment of the affiliates of our manager who serve as our officers and directors. Among other matters, the acquisition or disposition fees and other possible fees payable to affiliates of our manager in connection with its services for the seller or buyer, could affect the judgment of our manager or its affiliates with respect to property acquisitions from, or the making of investments in, other programs sponsored by our sponsor. Therefore, considerations relating to their compensation from other programs could result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders, which could hurt our income and, as a result, our ability to make distributions to you and/or lead to a decline in the value of your investment.

Property and asset management services are being provided by our manager or its affiliates, which may impact our sale of properties and, as a result, affect your investment.

Our manager is controlled by our sponsor, and is thus subject to an inherent conflict of interest. Specifically, because the manager or its affiliates will receive significant fees for property and asset management of our properties, our manager may face a conflict of interest when determining whether we should sell properties, including under circumstances where the manager or its affiliates would no longer manage the property after the transaction. As a result of this conflict of interest, we may not dispose of properties when it would be in our best interests to do so.

If we acquire properties from affiliates of our manager, the price may be higher than we would pay if the transaction were the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

The prices we pay to affiliates of our manager for our properties will be equal to the prices paid by them, plus the costs incurred by them relating to the acquisition and financing of the properties, or if the price to us is in excess of such cost, substantial justification for such excess will exist and such excess will be reasonable and consistent with current market conditions as determined by a majority of our independent directors. Substantial justification for a higher price could result from improvements to a property by the affiliate of our manager or increases in market value of the property during the period of time the property is owned by the affiliate as evidenced by an appraisal of the property. In no event will we acquire property from an affiliate at an amount in excess of its then current appraised value as determined by averaging the appraisals of two independent appraisers selected by our independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction. An appraisal is “current” if obtained within six months. These prices will not be the subject of arm’s-length negotiations, which could mean that the acquisitions may be on terms less favorable to us than those negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction. Even though we will use independent third party appraisals to determine fair market value when acquiring properties from our manager and its affiliates, we may pay more for particular properties than we would have in an arm’s-length transaction, which would reduce our cash available for other investments or distribution to our stockholders.

We may purchase real properties from persons with whom affiliates of our manager have prior business relationships, which may impact the purchase terms, and as a result, affect your investment.

If we purchase properties from third parties who have sold, or may sell, properties to our manager or its affiliates, our manager may experience a conflict between our current interests and its interest in preserving any ongoing business relationship with these sellers. As a result of this conflict, the terms of any transaction

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

between us and such third parties may not reflect the terms that we could receive in the market on an arm’s-length basis. If the terms we receive in a transaction are less favorable to us, our results from operations may be adversely affected.

The absence of arm’s-length bargaining may mean that our agreements may not be as favorable to you as they otherwise could have been.

Any existing or future agreements between us and our sponsor, our manager or any of their respective affiliates were not and will not be reached through arm’s-length negotiations. Thus, such agreements may require us to pay more than we would if we were using unaffiliated third parties. The management agreement, the operating partnership agreement and the terms of the compensation to our manager and its affiliates or distributions to our manager were not arrived at through arm’s-length negotiations. The terms of the management agreement, the operating partnership agreement and similar agreements may not solely reflect your best interest and may be overly favorable to the other party to such agreements including in terms of the substantial compensation to be paid to or the potential substantial distributions to these parties under these agreements.

Our manager and its affiliates receive fees and other compensation based upon our investments, which may impact operating decisions, and as a result, affect your investment.

John A. Williams controls our manager. In addition, Mr. Williams is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President and Chief Executive Officer of our manager. As a result, Mr. Williams has a direct interest in all fees paid to our manager and is in a position to make decisions about our investments in ways that could maximize fees payable to our manager and its affiliates. Some compensation is payable to our manager whether or not there is cash available to make distributions to our stockholders. To the extent this occurs, our manager and its affiliates benefit from us retaining ownership and leveraging our assets, while our stockholders may be better served by the sale or disposition of, or lack of leverage on, the assets. For example, because asset management fees payable to our manager are based on total assets under management, including assets purchased using debt, our manager may have an incentive to incur a high level of leverage in order to increase the total amount of assets under management. In addition, our manager’s ability to receive fees and reimbursements depends on our revenues from continued investment in real properties and real estate-related investments. Therefore, the interest of our manager and its affiliates in receiving fees may conflict with the interest of our stockholders in earning a return on their investment in our common stock.

We may compete with other entities affiliated with our sponsor for investments and tenants.

Our sponsor or his affiliates have sponsored existing programs with investment objectives and strategies similar to ours, and may sponsor other similar programs in the future. Our sponsor and his affiliates are not prohibited from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any other business or from possessing interests in any other business ventures, including ventures involved in the acquisition, development, ownership, management, leasing or sale of real estate. Our sponsor and/or one or more of his affiliates may simultaneously owe fiduciary duties to us and one or more of these business ventures. If our sponsor or his affiliates breach their fiduciary or contractual obligations to us, or do not resolve conflicts of interest, we may not meet our investment objectives, which could reduce our expected cash available for distributions to you.

Our sponsor and/or his affiliates may own and/or manage properties in the same geographical areas in which we expect to acquire real estate assets or may compete with us for acquisitions of these assets. Our properties may compete for tenants with other properties owned and/or managed by our sponsor and his affiliates. Our sponsor may face conflicts of interest when evaluating acquisitions as well as tenant opportunities for our properties and other properties owned and/or managed by our sponsor and his affiliates, and these conflicts of interest may have a negative impact on our ability to acquire suitable investments and attract and retain tenants for our properties.

If we invest in joint ventures, the objectives of our partners may conflict with our objectives.

In accordance with our acquisition strategies, we may make investments in joint ventures or other partnership arrangements between us and affiliates of our sponsor or with unaffiliated third parties. We also

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may purchase properties in partnerships, co-tenancies or other co-ownership arrangements. Such investments may involve risks not otherwise present when acquiring real estate directly, including, for example:

joint venturers may share certain approval rights over major decisions;
a co-venturer, co-owner or partner may at any time have economic or business interests or goals which are or which become inconsistent with our business interests or goals, including inconsistent goals relating to the sale of properties held in the joint venture or the timing of termination or liquidation of the joint venture;
a co-venturer, co-owner or partner in an investment might become insolvent or bankrupt;
we may incur liabilities as a result of an action taken by our co-venturer, co-owner or partner;
a co-venturer, co-owner or partner may be in a position to take action contrary to our instructions or requests or contrary to our policies or objectives, including our policy with respect to qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a REIT;
disputes between us and our joint venturers may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and directors from focusing their time and effort on our business and result in subjecting the properties owned by the applicable joint venture to additional risk; or
under certain joint venture arrangements, neither venture partner may have the power to control the venture, and an impasse could be reached which might have a negative influence on the joint venture.

These events could result in, among other things, exposing us to liabilities of the joint venture in excess of our proportionate share of these liabilities. The partition rights of each owner in a jointly owned property could reduce the value of each portion of the divided property. Moreover, there is an additional risk neither co-venturer will have the power to control the venture, and under certain circumstances, an impasse could be reached regarding matters pertaining to the co-ownership arrangement, which might have a negative influence on the joint venture and decrease potential returns to you. In addition, the fiduciary obligation that our sponsor or our board of directors may owe to our partner in an affiliated transaction may make it more difficult for us to enforce our rights.

If we have a right of first refusal or buy/sell right to buy out a co-venturer, co-owner or partner, we may be unable to finance such a buy-out if it becomes exercisable or we may be required to purchase such interest at a time when it would not otherwise be in our best interest to do so. If our interest is subject to a buy/sell right, we may not have sufficient cash, available borrowing capacity or other capital resources to allow us to elect to purchase an interest of a co-venturer subject to the buy/sell right, in which case we may be forced to sell our interest as the result of the exercise of such right when we would otherwise prefer to keep our interest. Finally, we may not be able to sell our interest in a joint venture if we desire to exit the venture.

General Risks Related to Investments in Real Estate

Economic conditions may adversely affect the multifamily real estate market and our income.

A multifamily property’s income and value may be adversely affected by international, national and regional economic conditions. Currently, the U.S. and international markets are experiencing increased levels of volatility due to a combination of many factors, including decreasing values of home prices and commercial real estate, limited access to credit markets, increased energy costs, increased unemployment rates, the debt crisis in the United States and Europe, and recovery from the recent national and global recession. If such conditions persist, the multifamily real estate industry may experience a significant decline in business caused by a reduction in overall renters. The current weak economy and increase in unemployment rates also may have an adverse affect on our operations if the tenants occupying the multifamily properties we acquire cease making rent payments to us.

In addition, local real estate conditions such as an oversupply of properties or a reduction in demand for properties, availability of “for sale” properties, competition from other similar properties, our ability to provide adequate maintenance, insurance and management services, increased operating costs (including real

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

estate taxes), the attractiveness and location of the property and changes in market rental rates, may adversely affect a property’s income and value. The continued rise in energy costs could result in higher operating costs, which may adversely affect our results from operations. In addition, local conditions in the markets in which we own or intend to own properties may significantly affect occupancy or rental rates at such properties. The risks that may adversely affect conditions in those markets include: layoffs, business closings, relocations of significant local employers and other events negatively impacting local employment rates and the local economy; an oversupply of, or a lack of demand for, apartments; a decline in household formation; the inability or unwillingness of residents to pay rent increases; and rent control, rent stabilization and other housing laws, which could prevent us from raising rents.

We cannot predict when the multifamily real estate market will recover. Therefore, to the extent that there are adverse economic conditions in the multifamily market, such conditions could result in a reduction of our income and cash available for distributions and thus affect the amount of distributions we can make to you.

Our investments in real estate-related investments will be subject to the risks typically associated with real estate, which may have a material affect on your investment.

Our loans held for investment generally will be directly or indirectly secured by a lien on real property, or the equity interests in an entity that owns real property, that, upon the occurrence of a default on the loan, could result in our acquiring ownership of the property. We will not know whether the values of the properties ultimately securing our loans will remain at the levels existing on the dates of origination of those loans. If the values of the underlying properties decline, our risk will increase because of the lower value of the security associated with such loans. In this manner, real estate values could impact the values of our loan investments. Any investments in mortgage-related securities, collateralized debt obligations and other real estate-related investments (including potential investments in real property) may be similarly affected by real estate property values. Therefore, our investments will be subject to the risks typically associated with real estate.

The value of real estate may be adversely affected by a number of risks, including:

natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods;
acts of war or terrorism, including the consequences of terrorist attacks, such as those that occurred on September 11, 2001;
adverse changes in national and local economic and real estate conditions;
an oversupply of (or a reduction in demand for) space in the areas where particular properties are located and the attractiveness of particular properties to prospective tenants;
changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance therewith and the potential for liability under applicable laws;
costs of remediation and liabilities associated with environmental conditions affecting properties; and
the potential for uninsured or underinsured property losses.

The value of each property is affected significantly by its ability to generate cash flow and net income, which in turn depends on the amount of rental or other income that can be generated net of expenses required to be incurred with respect to the property. Many expenditures associated with properties (such as operating expenses and capital expenditures) cannot be reduced when there is a reduction in income from the properties. These factors may have a material adverse effect on the ability of the borrowers to pay their loans, as well as on the value that we can realize from assets we own or acquire.

Natural disasters could significantly reduce the value of our properties and your investment.

Natural disasters, including hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, wildfires and floods, could significantly reduce the value of our properties. While we will attempt to obtain adequate insurance coverage for natural disasters, insurance may be too expensive or may not properly compensate us for the long-term loss in value that a property may suffer if the area around it suffers a significant natural disaster. As a result, we may not

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be compensated for the loss in value. Any diminution in the value of our properties or properties underlying an investment that is not fully reimbursed will reduce our profitability and adversely affect the value of your investment.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future terrorist attacks would have on us. We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance and the value of our real estate. The events of September 11, 2001 created significant uncertainty regarding the ability of real estate owners to obtain insurance coverage protecting against terrorist attacks at commercially reasonable rates. We may not be able to obtain insurance against the risk of terrorism because it may not be available or may not be available on terms that are economically feasible. The terrorism insurance that we obtain may not be sufficient to cover loss for damages to our properties as a result of terrorist attacks. The inability to obtain sufficient terrorism insurance or any terrorism insurance at all could limit our investment options as some mortgage lenders insist that specific coverage against terrorism be purchased by commercial owners as a condition of providing loans. We intend to obtain terrorism insurance if required by our lenders, but the terrorism insurance that we obtain may not be sufficient to cover loss for damages to our properties as a result of terrorist attacks. In addition, where insurance against the risk of terrorism is not available or is not available on terms that are economically feasible, we may be required to provide other financial support, either through financial assurances or self-insurance, to cover potential losses. We cannot assure you that we will have adequate coverage for such losses.

Compliance with the governmental laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our properties, including permit, license and zoning requirements, may adversely affect our ability to make future acquisitions or renovations, result in significant costs or delays and adversely affect our growth strategy.

Our properties are subject to various covenants and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers, may restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or community standards organizations at any time with respect to our properties, including prior to acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic, asbestos-cleanup or hazardous material abatement requirements. We cannot assure you that existing regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that would increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be materially and adversely affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning approvals. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning approvals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our costs associated with and the risk of failing to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, may affect cash available for distributions.

Our properties are generally expected to be subject to the ADA. Under the ADA, all places of public accommodation are required to comply with federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. The ADA has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial facilities” that generally require that buildings and services be made accessible and available to people with disabilities. The ADA’s requirements could require removal of access barriers and could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, monetary penalties or, in some cases, an award of damages. We will attempt to acquire properties that comply with the ADA or place the burden on the seller or a third party to ensure compliance with such laws. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to acquire properties or allocate responsibilities in this manner. If we cannot, our funds used for compliance with these laws may affect cash available for distributions and the amount of distributions to you.

The multifamily communities we acquire must comply with Title III of the ADA, to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” and/or “commercial facilities”, as defined by the ADA. Compliance with the ADA could require removal of structural barriers to handicapped access in certain public areas of our

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

multifamily communities where such removal is readily achievable. The ADA does not, however, consider residential properties, such as multifamily communities to be public accommodations or commercial facilities, except to the extent portions of such facilities, such as the leasing office, are open to the public.

We must comply with the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or the FHAA, and failure to comply may affect cash available for distributions.

We must comply with the FHAA, which requires that apartment communities first occupied after March 13, 1991 be accessible to handicapped residents and visitors. Compliance with the FHAA could require removal of structural barriers to handicapped access in a community, including the interiors of apartment units covered under the FHAA. Recently there has been heightened scrutiny of multifamily housing communities for compliance with the requirements of the FHAA and Disabilities Act and an increasing number of substantial enforcement actions and private lawsuits have been brought against apartment communities to ensure compliance with these requirements. Noncompliance with the FHAA could result in the imposition of fines, awards of damages to private litigants, payment of attorneys’ fees and other costs to plaintiffs, substantial litigation costs and substantial costs of remediation.

Rising expenses could reduce cash flow and funds available for future acquisitions, which may have a material affect on your investment.

Our properties will be subject to increases in tax rates, utility costs, operating expenses, insurance costs, repairs and maintenance, administrative and other expenses. Some of the leases on our properties may require the tenants to pay all or a portion of utility costs; however, most of these utility costs will be borne by us. Such increased expenses could adversely affect funds available for future acquisitions or cash available for distributions.

Failure to generate sufficient cash flows from operations may reduce distributions to stockholders.

We intend to rely primarily on our cash flow from operations to make distributions to our stockholders. The cash flow from equity investments in our multifamily properties depends on the amount of revenue generated and expenses incurred in operating our properties. The revenue generated and expenses incurred in operating our properties depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. For instance, rents from our properties may not increase as expected or the real estate-related investments we purchase may not generate the anticipated returns. If our investments do not generate revenue sufficient to meet our operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditures, our cash flows and ability to make distributions to you will be adversely affected.

If we purchase assets at a time when the multifamily real estate market is experiencing substantial influxes of capital investment and competition for properties, the real estate we purchase may not appreciate or may decrease in value.

The multifamily real estate market may experience substantial influxes of capital from investors. This substantial flow of capital, combined with significant competition for the acquisition of real estate, may result in inflated purchase prices for such assets and compression of capitalization rates. To the extent we purchase real estate in such an environment, we are subject to the risk that, if the real estate market subsequently ceases to attract the same level of capital investment, or if the number of companies seeking to acquire such assets decreases, our returns will be lower and the value of our assets may not appreciate or may decrease significantly below the amount we paid for such assets.

We may be unable to sell a property if or when we decide to do so, which could adversely impact our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

In connection with the acquisition of a property, we may agree on restrictions that prohibit the sale of that property for a period of time or impose other restrictions, such as a limitation on the amount of debt that can be placed or repaid on that property. Even absent such restrictions, the real estate market is affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, availability of financing, interest rates and supply and demand. We cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any property for the price or on the terms set by us, or whether any price or other terms offered by a prospective purchaser would

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be acceptable to us. We cannot predict the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of a property or real estate-related asset. If we are unable to sell a property or real estate-related asset when we determine to do so, it could have a significant adverse effect on our cash flow and results of operations. As a result, we may not have funds to make distributions to our stockholders.

We may have difficulty selling real estate investments, and our ability to distribute all or a portion of the net proceeds from such sale to our stockholders may be limited.

Real estate investments are relatively illiquid, and as a result, we will have a limited ability to vary our portfolio in response to changes in economic or other conditions. We also will have a limited ability to sell assets in order to fund working capital and similar capital needs. When we sell any of our properties, we may not realize a gain on such sale. We may elect not to distribute any proceeds from the sale of properties to our stockholders; for example, we may use such proceeds to:

purchase additional properties;
repay debt, if any;
buy out interests of any co-venturers or other partners in any joint venture in which we are a party;
create working capital reserves; or
make repairs, maintenance, tenant improvements or other capital improvements or expenditures to our remaining properties.

We may not make a profit if we sell a property, which could adversely impact our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders.

The prices that we can obtain when we determine to sell a property will depend on many factors that are presently unknown, including the operating history, tax treatment of real estate investments, demographic trends in the area and available financing. There is a risk that we will not realize any significant appreciation on our investment in a property. Accordingly, your ability to recover all or any portion of your investment under such circumstances will depend on the amount of funds so realized and claims to be satisfied therefrom.

Our ability to sell our properties also may be limited by our need to avoid a 100% penalty tax that is imposed on gain recognized by a REIT from the sale of property characterized as dealer property. In order to ensure that we avoid such characterization we may be required to hold our properties for a minimum period of time and comply with certain other requirements in the Code, or possibly hold some properties through TRSs that must pay full corporate-level income taxes.

We may incur liabilities in connection with properties we acquire.

Our anticipated acquisition activities are subject to many risks. We may acquire properties that are subject to liabilities or that have problems relating to environmental condition, state of title, physical condition or compliance with zoning laws, building codes, or other legal requirements. In each case, our acquisition may be without any, or with only limited, recourse with respect to unknown liabilities or conditions. As a result, if any liability were asserted against us relating to those properties or entities, or if any adverse condition existed with respect to the properties or entities, we might have to pay substantial sums to settle or cure it, which could adversely affect our cash flow and operating results. However, some of these liabilities may be covered by insurance. In addition, we intend to perform customary due diligence regarding each property or entity we acquire. We also will attempt to obtain appropriate representations and undertakings from the sellers of the properties or entities we acquire, although it is possible that the sellers may not have the resources to satisfy their indemnification obligations if a liability arises. Unknown liabilities to third parties with respect to properties or entities acquired might include, without limitation:

liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination;
claims by tenants or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties;
liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

Such liabilities could cause losses that adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

The costs of compliance with environmental laws and other governmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our income and the cash available for any distributions.

All real property and the operations conducted on real property are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and human health and safety. Examples of Federal laws include: National Environmental Policy Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act and the Hazard Communication Act. These laws and regulations generally govern wastewater discharges, air emissions, the operation and removal of underground and above-ground storage tanks, the use, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination associated with disposals. Some of these laws and regulations may impose joint and several liability on residents, owners or operators for the costs of investigation or remediation of contaminated properties, regardless of fault or the legality of the original disposal. In addition, the presence of these substances, or the failure to properly remediate these substances, may adversely affect our ability to sell or rent the property or to use the property as collateral for future borrowing.

There also may be potential liability associated with lead-based paint arising from lawsuits alleging personal injury and related claims. The existence of lead paint is especially a concern in residential units. A structure built prior to 1978 may contain lead-based paint and may present a potential for exposure to lead, however, structures built after 1978 are not likely to contain lead-based paint.

Property values also may be affected by their proximity to electric transmission lines. Electric transmission lines are one of many sources of electro-magnetic fields, or EMFs, to which people may be exposed. Research completed regarding potential health concerns associated with exposure to EMFs has produced inconclusive results. Notwithstanding the lack of conclusive scientific evidence, some states now regulate the strength of electric and magnetic fields emanating from electric transmission lines, and other states have required transmission facilities to measure for levels of EMFs. On occasion, lawsuits have been filed (primarily against electric utilities) that allege personal injuries from exposure to transmission lines and EMFs, as well as from fear of adverse health effects due to such exposure. This fear of adverse health effects from transmission lines has been considered both when property values have been determined to obtain financing and in condemnation proceedings. We may not, in certain circumstances, search for electric transmission lines near our properties, but are aware of the potential exposure to damage claims by persons exposed to EMFs.

Recently, indoor air quality issues, including mold, have been highlighted in the media and the industry is seeing mold claims from lessees rising. Due to such recent increase in mold claims and given that the law relating to mold is unsettled and subject to change, we could incur losses from claims relating to the presence of, or exposure to, mold or other microbial organisms, particularly if we are unable to maintain adequate insurance to cover such losses. We also may incur unexpected expenses relating to the abatement of mold on properties that we acquire.

Limited quantities of asbestos-containing materials are present in various building materials such as floor coverings, ceiling texture material, acoustical tiles and decorative treatment. Environmental laws govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos. These laws could be used to impose liability for release of, and exposure to, hazardous substances, including asbestos-containing materials, into the air. Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos (i) properly manage and maintain the asbestos, (ii) notify and train those who may come into contact with asbestos, and (iii) undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. These laws may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators of real properties for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos fibers. As the owner of our properties, we may be liable for any such costs.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compliance with new or more stringent laws or regulations or stricter interpretation of existing laws may require material expenditures by us. We cannot assure you that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose any material environmental liability, or that the current environmental condition of our properties will not be affected by the operations of residents, existing conditions of the land, operations in the vicinity of the properties, or the activities of unrelated third parties. In addition, there are various local, state and federal fire, health, life-safety and similar regulations that we may be required to comply with. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in fines and/or damages, suspension of personnel of our manager and/or other sanctions.

Discovery of previously undetected environmentally hazardous conditions may adversely affect our operating results.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. The costs of removal or remediation could be substantial. These laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic substances.

Environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Environmental laws provide for sanctions in the event of noncompliance and may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, by private parties. Certain environmental laws and common law principles govern the presence, maintenance, removal and disposal of certain building materials, including asbestos and lead-based paint (which are both discussed above).

The cost of defending against such claims of liability, of compliance with environmental regulatory requirements, of remediating any contaminated property, or of paying personal injury claims could materially adversely affect our business, assets or results of operations and, consequently, amounts available for distribution to you.

We cannot assure you that properties which we acquire will not have any material environmental conditions, liabilities or compliance concerns. Accordingly, we have no way of determining at this time the magnitude of any potential liability to which we may be subject arising out of environmental conditions or violations with respect to the properties we own.

We may suffer losses that are not covered by insurance.

If we suffer losses that are not covered by insurance or that are in excess of insurance coverage, we could lose invested capital and anticipated profits. We intend to obtain comprehensive insurance for our properties, including casualty, liability, fire, extended coverage and rental loss customarily obtained for similar properties in amounts which our manager determines are sufficient to cover reasonably foreseeable losses, and with policy specifications and insured limits that we believe are adequate and appropriate under the circumstances. Material losses may occur in excess of insurance proceeds with respect to any property as insurance proceeds may not provide sufficient resources to fund the losses. However, there are types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as losses due to wars, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, pollution, environmental matters, mold or terrorism which are either uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may be insured subject to limitations, such as large deductibles or co-payments.

In addition, many insurance carriers exclude asbestos-related claims from standard policies, price asbestos endorsements at prohibitively high rates or add significant restrictions to such coverage.

Because of our inability to obtain specialized coverage at rates that correspond to our perceived level of risk, we may not obtain insurance for acts of terrorism or asbestos-related claims. We will continue to evaluate the availability and cost of additional insurance coverage from the insurance market. If we decide in the future to purchase insurance for terrorism or asbestos, the cost could have a negative impact on our results of operations. If an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occurs on a property, we could lose our capital invested in the property, as well as the anticipated future revenues from the property and, in the case of debt that is recourse to us, would remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

related to the property. Any loss of this nature would adversely affect us. Although we intend to adequately insure our properties, we cannot assure that we will successfully do so.

We may be unable to secure funds for future capital improvements, which could adversely impact our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

When residents do not renew their leases or otherwise vacate their space, in order to attract replacement residents, we may be required to expend funds for capital improvements to the vacated apartment units and common areas. In addition, we may require substantial funds to renovate a multifamily community in order to sell it, upgrade it or reposition it in the market. If we have insufficient capital reserves, we will have to obtain financing from other sources. We intend to establish capital reserves in an amount we, in our discretion, believe is necessary. A lender also may require escrow of capital reserves in excess of any established reserves. If these reserves or any reserves otherwise established are designated for other uses or are insufficient to meet our cash needs, we may have to obtain financing from either affiliated or unaffiliated sources to fund our cash requirements. We cannot assure you that sufficient financing will be available or, if available, will be available on economically feasible terms or on terms acceptable to us. Moreover, certain reserves required by lenders may be designated for specific uses and may not be available for capital purposes such as future capital improvements. Additional borrowing will increase our interest expense, therefore, our financial condition and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may be adversely affected.

We may not have control over costs arising from rehabilitation of properties.

We may elect to acquire properties which require rehabilitation. In particular, we may acquire “affordable” properties that we will rehabilitate and convert to market rate properties. Consequently, we may retain independent general contractors to perform the actual physical rehabilitation work and will be subject to risks in connection with a contractor’s ability to control the rehabilitation costs, the timing of completion of rehabilitation, and a contractor’s ability to build and rehabilitate in conformity with plans and specifications.

Short-term apartment leases expose us to the effects of declining market rent, which could adversely impact our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

We expect that most of our apartment leases will be for a term of one year or less. Because these leases generally permit the residents to leave at the end of the lease term without any penalty, our rental revenues may be impacted by declines in market rents more quickly than if our leases were for longer terms.

The profitability of our acquisitions is uncertain.

We intend to acquire properties selectively. Acquisition of properties entails risks that investments will fail to perform in accordance with expectations. In undertaking these acquisitions, we will incur certain risks, including the expenditure of funds on, and the devotion of management’s time to, transactions that may not come to fruition. Additional risks inherent in acquisitions include risks that the properties will not achieve anticipated occupancy levels and that estimates of the costs of improvements to bring an acquired property up to our standards may prove inaccurate.

Competition with third parties in acquiring properties and other assets may reduce our profitability and the return on your investment.

We compete with many other entities engaged in real estate investment activities, including individuals, corporations, bank and insurance company investment accounts, other REITs, real estate limited partnerships, and other entities engaged in real estate investment activities. Many of these entities have significant financial and other resources, including operating experience, allowing them to compete effectively with us. Competitors with substantially greater financial resources than us may be able to accept more risk than we can effectively manage. In addition, those competitors that are not REITs may be at an advantage to the extent they can utilize working capital to finance projects, while we (and our competitors that are REITs) will be required by the annual distribution provisions under the Code to distribute significant amounts of cash from operations to our stockholders.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will face competition from other apartment communities and the affordability of single-family homes, which may limit our profitability and the returns to our stockholders.

The multifamily apartment industry is highly competitive. This competition could reduce occupancy levels and revenues at our multifamily communities, which would adversely affect our operations. Our competitors include those in other apartment communities both in the immediate vicinity where our multifamily communities will be located and the broader geographic market. Such competition also may result in overbuilding of apartment communities, causing an increase in the number of apartment units available and potentially decreasing our occupancy and apartment rental rates. We also may be required to expend substantial sums to attract new residents. The resale value of the property could be diminished because the market value of a particular property will depend principally upon the value of the leases of such property. In addition, increases in operating costs due to inflation may not be offset by increased apartment rental rates. Further, costs associated with real estate investment, such as real estate taxes and maintenance costs, generally are not reduced when circumstances cause a reduction in income from the investment. These events would cause a significant decrease in revenues and could cause us to reduce the amount of distributions to our stockholders.

Moreover, the residential apartment community industry is highly competitive. This competition could reduce occupancy levels and revenues at our apartment communities, which would adversely affect our operations. We expect to face competition from many sources, including from other apartment communities both in the immediate vicinity and the broader geographic market where our apartment communities will be located. Overbuilding of apartment communities may occur. If so, this will increase the number of apartment units available and may decrease occupancy and apartment rental rates. In addition, increases in operating costs due to inflation may not be offset by increased apartment rental rates. We may be required to expend substantial sums to attract new residents.

Additionally, the large amount of foreclosed homes available at very attractive prices, along with the low residential mortgage interest rates currently available and government sponsored programs to promote home ownership, has resulted in a record high level on the National Association of Realtor’s Housing Affordability Index, an index used to measure whether or not a typical family could qualify for a mortgage loan on a typical home. The foregoing factors may encourage potential renters to purchase residences rather than renting an apartment, thereby causing a decline in the pool of available renters for our properties.

Some or all of our properties have incurred, and will incur, vacancies, which may result in reduced revenue and resale value, a reduction in cash available for distribution and a diminished return on your investment.

Some or all of our properties have incurred, and will incur, vacancies. If vacancies of a significant level continue for a long period of time, we may suffer reduced revenues resulting in lower cash distributions to you. In addition, the resale value of the property could be diminished because the market value of a particular property will depend principally upon the value of the leases of such property.

We are dependent on our investment in a single asset class, making our profitability more vulnerable to a downturn or slowdown in the sector or other economic factors.

We expect to concentrate our investments in the multifamily sector. As a result, we will be subject to risks inherent in investments in a single type of property. A downturn or slowdown in the demand for multifamily housing may have more pronounced effects on the cash available for distribution or on the value of our assets than if we had more fully diversified our investments. See the section entitled “Business — Market Opportunities” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Failure to succeed in new markets may have adverse consequences on our performance.

We may make acquisitions outside of our existing market areas if appropriate opportunities arise. Our sponsor’s, our manager’s or any of their affiliates’ historical experience in their existing markets does not ensure that we will be able to operate successfully in new markets, should we choose to enter them. We may be exposed to a variety of risks if we choose to enter new markets, including an inability to accurately evaluate local market conditions, to identify appropriate acquisition opportunities, to hire and retain key

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

personnel, and a lack of familiarity with local governmental and permitting procedures. In addition, we may abandon opportunities to enter new markets that we have begun to explore for any reason and may, as a result, fail to recover expenses already incurred.

Acquiring or attempting to acquire multiple properties in a single transaction may adversely affect our operations.

We are likely to acquire multiple properties in a single transaction. Such portfolio acquisitions are more complex and expensive than single-property acquisitions, and the risk that a multiple-property acquisition does not close may be greater than in a single-property acquisition. Portfolio acquisitions also may result in us owning investments in geographically dispersed markets, placing additional demands on our ability to manage the properties in the portfolio. In addition, a seller may require that a group of properties be purchased as a package even though we may not want to purchase one or more properties in the portfolio. In these situations, if we are unable to identify another person or entity to acquire the unwanted properties, we may be required to operate, or attempt to dispose of, these properties. To acquire multiple properties in a single transaction we may be required to accumulate a large amount of cash. We would expect that the returns that we can earn on such cash will be less than the ultimate returns on real property, and therefore, accumulating such cash could reduce the funds available for distributions. Any of the foregoing events may have an adverse effect on our operations.

If we sell properties by providing financing to purchasers, we will bear the risk of default by the purchaser.

If we decide to sell any of our properties, we intend to use our commercially reasonable efforts to sell them for cash. However, in some instances we may sell our properties by providing financing to purchasers. If we provide financing to purchasers, we will bear the risk of default by the purchaser and will be subject to remedies provided by law, which could negatively impact distributions to our stockholders. There are no limitations or restrictions on our ability to take such purchase money obligations. We may, therefore, take a purchase money obligation secured by a mortgage as full or partial payment for the purchase price of a property. The terms of payment to us generally will be affected by custom in the area where the property being sold is located and the then-prevailing economic conditions. If we receive promissory notes or other property in lieu of cash from property sales, the distribution of the proceeds of sales to our stockholders, or their reinvestment in other assets, will be delayed until the promissory notes or other property are actually paid, sold or refinanced or we have otherwise disposed of such promissory notes or other property. In some cases, we may receive initial down payments in cash and other property in the year of sale in an amount less than the selling price and subsequent payments will be spread over a number of years. If any purchaser defaults under a financing arrangement with us, it could negatively impact our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our revenue and net income may vary significantly from one period to another due to investments in opportunity-oriented properties and portfolio acquisitions, which could increase the variability of our cash available for distributions.

We may make investments in opportunity-oriented properties in various phases of development, redevelopment or repositioning and portfolio acquisitions, which may cause our revenues and net income to fluctuate significantly from one period to another. Projects do not produce revenue while in development or redevelopment. During any period when our projects in development or redevelopment or those with significant capital requirements increase without a corresponding increase in stable revenue-producing properties, our revenues and net income likely will decrease. Many factors may have a negative impact on the level of revenues or net income produced by our portfolio of investments, including higher than expected construction costs, failure to complete projects on a timely basis, failure of the properties to perform at expected levels upon completion of development or redevelopment, and increased borrowings necessary to fund higher than expected construction or other costs related to the project. Further, our net income and stockholders’ equity could be negatively affected during periods with large portfolio acquisitions, which generally require large cash outlays and may require the incurrence of additional financing. Any such reduction in our revenues and net income during such periods could cause a resulting decrease in our cash available for distributions during the same periods.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may obtain properties with lock-out provisions, or agree to such provisions in connection with obtaining financing, which may prohibit us from selling a property, or may require us to maintain specified debt levels for a period of years on some properties.

We may agree to obtain certain properties from contributors who contribute their direct or indirect interest in such properties to our operating partnership in exchange for operating partnership units and agree to restrictions on sales or refinancing, called “lock-out” provisions, that are intended to preserve favorable tax treatment for the contributors of such properties and otherwise agree to provide the indemnities to contributions. Additionally, we may agree to lock-out provisions in connection with obtaining financing for the acquisition of properties. Furthermore, we may agree to make a certain amount of debt available for these contributors to guarantee in order to preserve their favorable tax treatment. Lock-out provisions and the consequences of related tax indemnities could materially restrict us from selling, conveying, transferring otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the interest in these properties in a taxable transaction or from refinancing properties. This would affect our ability to turn our investments into cash and thus affect cash available to return capital to you. Lock-out provisions could impair our ability to take actions during the lock-out period that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, and therefore, might have an adverse impact on the value of our shares. In particular, lock-out provisions could preclude us from participating in major transactions that could result in a disposition of our assets or a change in control even though that disposition or change in control might be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Risks Associated with Debt Financing

We plan to incur mortgage indebtedness and other borrowings, which may increase our business risks.

We intend to acquire properties subject to existing financing or by borrowing new funds. In addition, we may incur or increase our mortgage debt by obtaining loans secured by selected, or by all of our, real properties to obtain funds to acquire additional real properties and/or make capital improvements to properties. We also may borrow funds, if necessary, to satisfy the requirement that we generally distribute to stockholders as dividends at least 90% of our annual REIT taxable income (excluding net capital gain), or otherwise as is necessary or advisable to assure that we maintain our qualification as a REIT.

We intend to incur mortgage debt on a particular property only if we believe the property’s projected cash flow is sufficient to service the mortgage debt. However, if there is a shortfall in cash flow requiring us to use cash from other sources to make the mortgage payments on the property, then the amount available for distributions to stockholders may be affected. In addition, incurring mortgage debt increases the risk of loss since defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and our loss of the property securing the loan which is in default. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds. We may, in some circumstances, give a guaranty on behalf of an entity that owns one or more of our properties. In these cases, we will be responsible to the lender for satisfaction of the debt if it is not paid by such entity. If any mortgages contain cross-collateralization or cross-default provisions, there is a risk that more than one property may be affected by a default.

Any mortgage debt which we place on properties may contain clauses providing for prepayment penalties. If a lender invokes these penalties upon the sale of a property or the prepayment of a mortgage on a property, the cost to us to sell the property could increase substantially, and may even be prohibitive. This could lead to a reduction in our income, which would reduce cash available for distribution to stockholders and may prevent us from borrowing more money.

Interest-only indebtedness may increase our risk of default and ultimately may reduce our funds available for distributions to our stockholders.

We also may finance our property acquisitions using interest-only mortgage indebtedness. During the interest-only period, the amount of each scheduled payment will be less than that of a traditional amortizing mortgage loan. The principal balance of the mortgage loan will not be reduced (except in the case of prepayments) because there are no scheduled monthly payments of principal during this period. After the

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest-only period, we will be required either to make scheduled payments of amortized principal and interest or to make a lump-sum or “balloon” payment at maturity. These required principal or balloon payments will increase the amount of our scheduled payments and may increase our risk of default under the related mortgage loan. If the mortgage loan has an adjustable interest rate, the amount of our scheduled payments also may increase at a time of rising interest rates. Increased payments and substantial principal or balloon maturity payments or prepayment penalties will reduce the funds available for distribution to our stockholders because cash otherwise available for distribution will be required to pay principal and interest associated with these mortgage loans.

There is no limitation on the amount we may invest in any single property or other asset.

Our investment guidelines limit our borrowings (secured and unsecured) to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing. Subject to these limitations on overall leverage in our investment guidelines, which can be amended by our board of directors without stockholder approval, there is no limitation in our charter or our by-laws on the amount we can borrow for the purchase of any individual property or other investment. Use of excessive leverage could result in our loss of investment in one or more properties, which could adversely affect your shares of common stock.

If mortgage debt is unavailable at reasonable rates, it may make it difficult for us to finance or refinance properties, which could reduce the number of properties we can acquire, our cash flows from operations and the amount of cash distributions we can make.

If we are unable to borrow monies on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, we likely will have to reduce the number of properties we can purchase, and the return on the properties we do purchase may be lower. If we place mortgage debt on properties, we run the risk of being unable to refinance the properties when the debt becomes due or of being unable to refinance on favorable terms. If interest rates are higher when we refinance the properties, our income could be reduced. As such, we may find it difficult, costly or impossible to refinance indebtedness which is maturing. If any of these events occur, our interest cost would increase as a result, which would reduce our cash flow. This, in turn, could reduce cash available for distribution to our stockholders and may hinder our ability to raise capital by issuing more stock or borrowing more money. If we are unable to refinance maturing indebtedness with respect to a particular property and are unable to pay the same, then the lender may foreclose on such property.

Financial and real estate market disruptions during 2007 and lasting into 2011 could adversely affect the multifamily property sector’s ability to obtain financing from the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), which could adversely impact us.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are major sources of financing for the multifamily sector and both experienced significant losses beginning in 2008 and continuing into 2011 due to credit-related expenses, securities impairments and fair value losses. If new U.S. government regulations (i) heighten Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s underwriting standards, (ii) adversely affect interest rates, or (iii) reduce the amount of capital they can make available to the multifamily sector, it could reduce or remove entirely a vital resource for multifamily financing. Any potential reduction in loans, guarantees and credit-enhancement arrangements from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could jeopardize the effectiveness of the multifamily sector’s available financing and decrease the amount of available liquidity and credit that could be used to acquire and diversify our portfolio of multifamily assets.

The conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related efforts, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government, may adversely affect our business.

Due to increased market concerns about Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s ability to withstand future credit losses associated with securities held in their investment portfolios, and on which they provide guarantees, without the direct support of the U.S. federal government, on July 30, 2008, the government passed the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, or the HERA. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or the FHFA, placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the U.S. Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s debt and mortgage-related securities. As the conservator of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the FHFA controls and directs the operations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and may (i) take over the assets of and operate Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with all the powers of the stockholders, the directors and the officers of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and conduct all business of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; (ii) collect all obligations and money due to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; (iii) perform all functions of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac which are consistent with the conservator’s appointment; (iv) preserve and conserve the assets and property of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and (v) contract for assistance in fulfilling any function, activity, action or duty of the conservator.

In addition to the FHFA becoming the conservator of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the U.S. Treasury has taken three additional actions: (i) the U.S. Treasury and the FHFA have entered into preferred stock purchase agreements between the U.S. Treasury and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury will ensure that each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintains a positive net worth; (ii) the U.S. Treasury has established a new secured lending credit facility which will be available to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Banks, which is intended to serve as a liquidity backstop, which was indefinitely extended; and (iii) the U.S. Treasury has initiated a temporary program to purchase U.S. government agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities, or RMBS, issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that these actions will be adequate for their needs. If these actions are inadequate, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could continue to suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. The future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could be significantly reduced and the nature of their guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Any changes to the nature of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could redefine what constitutes a U.S. government agency RMBS and could have broad adverse market implications. Such market implications could negatively affect the performance and market value of our investments.

The potential reduction or winding down of the role Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac play in the mortgage market may materially adversely affect the multifamily sector and our business, operations and financial condition.

On February 11, 2011, the U.S. Treasury and the U.S. Department of Housing & Urban Development issued a report to the U.S. Congress entitled “Reforming America’s Housing Finance Market” that lays out, among other things, three options for long-term reform, which would reduce or wind down the role that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac play in the mortgage market. These proposals are: (a) a privatized system of housing finance with the government insurance role limited to the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), the United States Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”) and the Department of Veterans’ Affairs’ (the “VA”) assistance for narrowly targeted groups of borrowers; (b) a privatized system of housing finance with assistance from the FHA, USDA and VA for narrowly targeted groups of borrowers and a guarantee mechanism to scale up during times of crisis; and (c) a privatized system of housing finance with FHA, USDA and VA assistance for low- and moderate-income borrowers and catastrophic reinsurance behind significant private capital. Any such proposals, if enacted, may have broad and material adverse implications for the multifamily sector and our business, operations and financial condition. We expect such proposals to be the subject of significant discussion and it is not yet possible to determine whether or when any of such proposals may be enacted, what form any final legislation or policies might take and how proposals, legislation or policies emanating from this report may impact the multifamily sector and our business, operations and financial condition. We are evaluating, and will continue to evaluate, the potential impact of the proposals set forth in this report.

Our ability to obtain financing on reasonable terms could be impacted by negative capital market conditions.

Recently, domestic financial markets have experienced unusual volatility, uncertainty and a tightening of liquidity in both the investment grade debt and equity capital markets. The commercial real estate debt markets are also experiencing volatility as a result of certain factors including the tightening of underwriting

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

standards by lenders and credit rating agencies and the lack of an efficient securitization market. Credit spreads for major sources of capital widened significantly during the U.S. credit crisis as investors demanded a higher risk premium. Should the overall cost of borrowings increase, either by increases in the index rates or by increases in lender spreads, we will need to factor such increases into the economics of our acquisitions. This may result in our acquisitions generating lower overall economic returns and potentially reducing cash flow available for distribution.

The recent dislocations in the debt markets have reduced the amount of capital that is available to finance real estate, which, in turn, (a) may no longer allow real estate investors to rely on capitalization rate compression to generate returns, and (b) has slowed real estate transaction activity, all of which may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on revenues and income from the acquisition and operations of real properties and mortgage loans. Investors will need to focus on market-specific growth dynamics, operating performance, asset management and the long-term quality of the underlying real estate asset.

In addition, the state of the debt markets could have an impact on the overall amount of capital investing in real estate which may result in price or value decreases of real estate assets.

Consequently, there is greater uncertainty regarding our ability to access the credit market in order to attract financing on reasonable terms. Investment returns on our assets and our ability to make acquisitions could be adversely affected by our inability to secure financing on reasonable terms, if at all.

High levels of debt or increases in interest rates could increase the amount of our loan payments, which could reduce the cash available for distribution to stockholders.

As mentioned above, we incur and expect to continue to incur debt. High debt levels would cause us to incur higher interest charges, would result in higher debt service payments, and could be accompanied by restrictive covenants. Interest we pay could reduce cash available for distribution to stockholders. Additionally, if we incur variable rate debt, increases in interest rates would increase our interest costs, which would reduce our cash flow and our ability to make distributions to you. If we need to repay existing debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to liquidate one or more of our investments in properties at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such investments and could result in a loss.

Lenders may require us to enter into restrictive covenants relating to our operations, which could limit our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

In providing financing to us, a lender may impose restrictions on us that affect our ability to incur additional debt, make certain investments, reduce liquidity below certain levels, make distributions to our stockholders and otherwise affect our distribution and operating policies. In general, we expect our loan agreements to restrict our ability to encumber or otherwise transfer our interest in the respective property without the prior consent of the lender. Such loan documents may contain other negative covenants that may limit our ability to discontinue insurance coverage, replace our manager or impose other limitations. Any such restriction or limitation may have an adverse effect on our operations and our ability to make distributions to you. Further, such restrictions could make it difficult for us to satisfy the requirements necessary to qualify as a REIT and, once qualified, to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

Some of our mortgage loans may have “due on sale” provisions, which may impact the manner in which we acquire, sell and/or finance our properties.

In purchasing properties subject to financing, we may obtain financing with “due-on-sale” and/or “due-on-encumbrance” clauses. Due-on-sale clauses in mortgages allow a mortgage lender to demand full repayment of the mortgage loan if the borrower sells the mortgaged property. Similarly, due-on-encumbrance clauses allow a mortgage lender to demand full repayment if the borrower uses the real estate securing the mortgage loan as security for another loan. These clauses may cause the maturity date of such mortgage loans to be accelerated and such financing to become due. In such event, we may be required to sell our properties on an all-cash basis, to acquire new financing in connection with the sale, or to provide seller financing. It is not our intent to provide seller financing, although it may be necessary or advisable for us to do so in order to facilitate the sale of a property. It is unknown whether the holders of mortgages encumbering our properties

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will require such acceleration or whether other mortgage financing will be available. Such factors will depend on the mortgage market and on financial and economic conditions existing at the time of such sale or refinancing.

Lenders may be able to recover against our other properties under our mortgage loans.

In financing our property acquisitions, we will seek to obtain secured nonrecourse loans. However, only recourse financing may be available, in which event, in addition to the property securing the loan, the lender may look to our other assets for satisfaction of the debt. Therefore, should we be unable to repay a recourse loan with the proceeds from the sale or other disposition of the property securing the loan, the lender could look to one or more of our other properties for repayment. Also, in order to facilitate the sale of a property, we may allow the buyer to purchase the property subject to an existing loan whereby we remain responsible for the debt.

The derivative financial instruments that we may use may be costly and ineffective and may reduce the overall returns on your investment.

To the extent that we use derivative financial instruments in connection with our floating interest rate debt, we will be exposed to credit, basis and legal enforceability risks. Derivative financial instruments may include interest rate swap contracts, interest rate cap or floor contracts, futures or forward contracts, options or repurchase agreements. In this context, credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. If the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes us, which creates credit risk for us. Basis risk occurs when the index upon which the contract is based is more or less variable than the index upon which the hedged asset or liability is based, thereby making the hedge less effective. Finally, legal enforceability risks encompass general contractual risks, including the risk that the counterparty will breach the terms of, or fail to perform its obligations under, the derivative contract. If we are unable to manage these risks effectively, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to make distributions to you will be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Real Estate-Related Investments

Our investments in senior debt, mezzanine debt and membership or partnership interests in entities that own multifamily properties will be subject to the specific risks relating to the particular company and to the general risks of investing in real estate-related loans and securities, which may result in significant losses.

We may invest in senior debt, mezzanine debt and membership or partnership interests in entities that own multifamily properties. These investments will involve special risks relating to the particular company, including its financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, business and prospects. In particular, the debt securities may not be collateralized and also may be subordinated to the entity’s other obligations. We are likely to invest in debt securities of companies that are not rated or are rated non-investment grade by one or more rating agencies. Investments that are not rated or are rated non-investment grade have a higher risk of default than investment grade rated assets and therefore may result in losses to us. We have not adopted any limit on such investments.

These investments also will subject us to the risks inherent with real estate investments referred to in this prospectus, including the risks described with respect to commercial properties and similar risks, including:

risks of delinquency and foreclosure, and risks of loss in the event thereof;
the dependence upon the successful operation of, and net income from, real property;
risks generally incident to interests in real property; and
risks specific to the type and use of a particular property.

These risks may adversely affect the value of our investments in entities that own multifamily properties and the ability of our borrowers thereof to make principal and interest payments in a timely manner, or at all, and could result in significant losses.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our mezzanine loan assets will involve greater risks of loss than senior loans secured by income-producing properties.

We may originate (in connection with a forward purchase or option to purchase contract) or acquire mezzanine loans in entities that own multifamily properties, which take the form of subordinated loans secured by second mortgages on the underlying property or loans secured by a pledge of the ownership interests of either the entity owning the property or a pledge of the ownership interests of the entity that owns the interest in the entity owning the property. These types of assets involve a higher degree of risk than long-term senior mortgage lending secured by income-producing real property, because the loan may become unsecured as a result of foreclosure by the senior lender and because it is in second position and there may not be adequate equity in the property. In the event of a bankruptcy of the entity providing the pledge of its ownership interests as security, we may not have full recourse to the assets of such entity, or the assets of the entity may not be sufficient to satisfy our mezzanine loan. If a borrower defaults on our mezzanine loan or debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a borrower bankruptcy, our mezzanine loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt. As a result, we may not recover some of or all our initial expenditure. In addition, mezzanine loans may have higher loan-to-value ratios than conventional mortgage loans, resulting in less equity in the property and increasing the risk of loss of principal. Significant losses related to our mezzanine loans would result in operating losses for us and may limit our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

If we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will be subjected to tax on our income and the amount of distributions we make to our stockholders will be less.

We intend to qualify as a REIT under the Code, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. A REIT generally is not taxed at the corporate level on income and gains it distributes to its stockholders on a timely basis. Although we do not intend to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, as to our REIT status, we have received the opinion of our tax counsel, Proskauer Rose LLP with respect to our qualification as a REIT. This opinion has been issued in connection with the offering. Investors should be aware, however, that opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS or on any court. The opinion of Proskauer Rose LLP represents only the view of our counsel based on our counsel’s review and analysis of existing law and on certain representations as to factual matters and covenants made by us, including representations relating to the values of our assets and the sources of our income and representations related to our future conduct. Proskauer Rose LLP has no obligation to advise us or the holders of our common stock of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed in its opinion or of any subsequent change in applicable law. Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex rules for which there are only limited judicial or administrative interpretations. The determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely within our control may affect our ability to continue to qualify as a REIT. In addition, future legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly change the tax laws with respect to qualification as a REIT or the U.S. federal income tax consequences of such qualification, including changes with retroactive effect.

If we elect to be taxed as a REIT and then were to fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year:

we would not be allowed to deduct our distributions to our stockholders when computing our taxable income;
we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on our taxable income at regular corporate rates and possibly increased state and local taxes;
we could be disqualified from being taxed as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification was lost, unless entitled to relief under certain statutory provisions;
we would have less cash to make distributions to our stockholders; and
we might be required to borrow additional funds or sell some of our assets in order to pay corporate tax obligations we may incur as a result of our disqualification.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although we intend to operate in a manner intended to qualify as a REIT, it is possible that future economic, market, legal, tax or other considerations may cause our board of directors to determine to delay or revoke our REIT election. Even if we qualify as a REIT, we expect to incur some taxes, such as state and local taxes, taxes imposed on certain subsidiaries and potential U.S. federal excise taxes.

While we are relying upon opinion of counsel that we have met the asset tests for the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2011, we may not have met such requirements, in which case we would rely upon the reasonable cause exception to such requirement provided in Code Section 856(c)(7)(A) and seek relief from the IRS to such effect, which we believe we satisfy. However, there is no assurance the IRS will agree with our position and grant such relief.

We encourage you to read the “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” section below for further discussion of the tax issues related to the offering.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, in certain circumstances, we may incur tax liabilities that would reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. For example, net income from the sale of properties that are “dealer” properties sold by a REIT (a “prohibited transaction” under the Code) will be subject to a 100% tax. We may not make sufficient distributions to avoid excise taxes applicable to REITs. We also may decide to retain net capital gain we earn from the sale or other disposition of our property and pay income tax directly on such income. In that event, our stockholders would be treated as if they earned that income and paid the tax on it directly. However, stockholders that are tax-exempt, such as charities or qualified pension plans, would have no benefit from their deemed payment of such tax liability unless they file U.S. federal income tax returns and thereon seek a refund of such tax. We also may be subject to state and local taxes on our income or property, including franchise, payroll and transfer taxes, either directly or at the level of our operating partnership or at the level of the other companies through which we indirectly own our assets, such as our TRSs, which are subject to full U.S. federal, state, local and foreign corporate-level income taxes. Any taxes we pay directly or indirectly will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

To qualify as a REIT we must meet annual distribution requirements, which may force us to forgo otherwise attractive opportunities or borrow funds during unfavorable market conditions. This could delay or hinder our ability to meet our investment objectives and reduce your overall return.

In order to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders each year at least 90% of our annual REIT taxable income (excluding net capital gain), determined without regard to the deduction for distributions paid. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and net capital gain and to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on any amount by which distributions we pay with respect to any calendar year are less than the sum of (i) 85% of our ordinary income, (ii) 95% of our capital gain net income, and (iii) 100% of our undistributed income from prior years. These requirements could cause us to distribute amounts that otherwise would be spent on investments in real estate assets and it is possible that we might be required to borrow funds, possibly at unfavorable rates, or sell assets to fund these distributions. Although we intend to make distributions sufficient to meet the annual distribution requirements and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our earnings while we qualify as a REIT, it is possible that we might not always be able to do so. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” included in this prospectus.

Certain of our business activities are potentially subject to the prohibited transaction tax, which could reduce the return on your investment.

Our ability to dispose of property during the first few years following acquisition is restricted to a substantial extent as a result of our REIT qualification. Under applicable provisions of the Code regarding prohibited transactions by REITs, we will be subject to a 100% penalty tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of any property (other than foreclosure property) that we own, directly or through any subsidiary entity, including our operating partnership, but generally excluding our TRSs, that is deemed to be inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of trade or business. Whether

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

property is inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business depends on the particular facts and circumstances surrounding each property. While we qualify as a REIT, we intend to avoid the 100% prohibited transaction tax by (1) conducting activities that may otherwise be considered prohibited transactions through a TRS (but such TRS will incur income taxes), (2) conducting our operations in such a manner so that no sale or other disposition of an asset we own, directly or through any subsidiary, will be treated as a prohibited transaction or (3) structuring certain dispositions of our properties to comply with a prohibited transaction safe harbor available under the Code for properties held for at least two years. However, despite our present intention, no assurance can be given that any particular property we own, directly or through any subsidiary entity, including our operating partnership, but excluding our TRSs, will not be treated as inventory or property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.

The use of TRSs would increase our overall tax liability.

Some of our assets may need to be owned or sold, or operations conducted, by TRSs. Any of our TRSs will be subject to U.S. federal and state income tax on their taxable income. The after-tax net income of our TRSs would be available for distribution to us. Further, we will incur a 100% excise tax on transactions with our TRSs that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. For example, to the extent that the rent paid by one of our TRSs exceeds an arm’s-length rental amount, such amount is potentially subject to the excise tax. We intend that all transactions between us and our TRSs will be conducted on an arm’s-length basis, and therefore, any amounts paid by our TRSs to us will not be subject to the excise tax; provided , however, that no assurance can be given that no excise tax would arise from such transactions.

We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could increase our tax liability, reduce our operating flexibility and reduce the market price of our common stock.

In recent years, numerous legislative, judicial and administrative changes have been made in the provisions of U.S. federal income tax laws applicable to investments similar to an investment in shares of our common stock. Additional changes to the tax laws are likely to continue to occur, and we cannot assure you that any such changes will not adversely affect the taxation of a stockholder. Any such changes could have an adverse effect on an investment in our shares or on the market value or the resale potential of our assets. You are urged to consult with your own tax adviser with respect to the impact of recent legislation on your investment in our shares and the status of legislative, regulatory or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our shares. You also should note that our counsel’s tax opinion was based upon existing law and Treasury Regulations, applicable as of the date of its opinion, all of which will be subject to change, either prospectively or retroactively.

Although REITs generally receive better tax treatment than entities taxed as regular corporations, it is possible that future legislation would result in a REIT having fewer tax advantages, and it could become more advantageous for a company that invests in real estate to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a corporation. As a result, our charter provides our board of directors with the power, under certain circumstances, to revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election and cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, without the vote of our stockholders. Our board of directors has fiduciary duties to us and our stockholders and could only cause such changes in our tax treatment if it determines in good faith that such changes are in the best interest of our stockholders.

If the operating partnership fails to maintain its status as a partnership, its income may be subject to taxation.

We intend to maintain the status of the operating partnership as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, if the IRS were to successfully challenge the status of the operating partnership as a partnership for such purposes, it would be taxable as a corporation. In such event, this would reduce the amount of distributions that the operating partnership could make to us. This would also result in our losing REIT status, and becoming subject to a corporate level tax on our own income. This would substantially reduce our cash available to pay distributions and the yield on your investment. In addition, if any of the partnerships or limited liability companies through which the operating partnership owns its properties, in whole or in part, loses its characterization as a partnership and is not otherwise disregarded for U.S. federal

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income tax purposes, it would be subject to taxation as a corporation, thereby reducing distributions to the operating partnership. Such a recharacterization of an underlying property owner could also threaten our ability to maintain our REIT qualification.

Our investments in certain debt instruments may cause us to recognize “phantom income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though no cash payments have been received on the debt instruments, and certain modifications of such debt by us could cause the modified debt to not qualify as a good REIT asset, thereby jeopardizing our REIT qualification.

Our taxable income may substantially exceed our net income as determined based on GAAP, or differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash may occur. For example, we may acquire assets, including debt securities requiring us to accrue original issue discount, or OID, or recognize market discount income, that generate taxable income in excess of economic income or in advance of the corresponding cash flow from the assets referred to as “phantom income.” In addition, in the event a borrower with respect to a particular debt instrument encounters financial difficulty rendering it unable to pay stated interest as due, we may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income. We may also be required under the terms of the indebtedness that we incur to use cash received from interest payments to make principal payment on that indebtedness, with the effect that we will recognize income but will not have a corresponding amount of cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

As a result of the foregoing, we may generate less cash flow than taxable income in a particular year and find it difficult or impossible to meet the REIT distribution requirements in certain circumstances. In such circumstances, we may be required to (1) sell assets in adverse market conditions, (2) borrow on unfavorable terms, (3) distribute amounts that would otherwise be used for future acquisitions or used to repay debt, or (4) make a taxable distribution of our shares of common stock as part of a distribution in which stockholders may elect to receive shares of common stock or (subject to a limit measured as a percentage of the total distribution) cash, in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements.

The failure of a mezzanine loan to qualify as a real estate asset would adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT.

In general, in order for a loan to be treated as a qualifying real estate asset producing qualifying income for purposes of the REIT asset and income tests, the loan must be secured by real property. We may originate (in connection with a forward purchase or option to purchase contract) or acquire mezzanine loans that are not directly secured by real property but instead secured by equity interests in a partnership or limited liability company that directly or indirectly owns real property. In Revenue Procedure 2003-65, the IRS provided a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan that is not secured by real estate would, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, be treated by the IRS as a qualifying real estate asset. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law and in many cases it may not be possible for us to meet all the requirements of the safe harbor. We cannot provide assurance that any mezzanine loan in which we invest would be treated as a qualifying asset producing qualifying income for REIT qualification purposes. If any such loan fails either the REIT income or asset tests, we may be disqualified as a REIT.

Furthermore, if we participate in any appreciation in value of real property securing a mortgage loan and the IRS characterizes such “shared appreciation mortgage” as equity rather than debt, for example, because of a large interest in cash flow of the borrower, we may be required to recognize income, gains, and other items with respect to the real property for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This could affect our ability to qualify as a REIT.

The allocation of the purchase price for the Units between the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants that make up the Units may cause you to recognize “phantom income” with respect to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes, even though you will not receive any cash payments corresponding to such income.

If the allocation of the purchase price for the Units between the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants that comprise the Units results in an “issue price” for the Series A Redeemable

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Stock that is lower than the price at which the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may be redeemed under certain circumstances, this difference in price (the “redemption premium”) will be treated as a constructive distribution of additional stock on preferred stock under Section 305(c) of the Code, unless the redemption premium is less than a statutory de minimis amount. Any such constructive distribution may need to be taken into account under principles similar to the principles governing the inclusion of accrued original issue discount under Section 1272(a) of the Code.

We intend to take a position, through an appropriate valuation methodology, on an allocation of the purchase price for the Units between the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants that make up the Units. If the allocation results in a value for the Warrant in excess of the statutory de minimis amount, we will report the premium in gross income of U.S. holders as it accrues under a constant yield method and include the amount on the annual dividend reporting form, Form 1099-DIV. However, our position on the allocation of the purchase price to the Warrants is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS were to take a different position regarding such allocation, U.S. holders would be required to include a different amount of redemption premium in gross income as it accrues under a constant yield method and may be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as ordinary income rather than as capital gain. In addition, a non-U.S.-holder’s receipt of such constructive dividend may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax to the same extent as an actual distribution. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a more detailed discussion.

We may choose to make distributions in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay income taxes in excess of the cash dividends you receive.

In connection with our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income (excluding net capital gains) to our stockholders. In order to satisfy this requirement, we may distribute taxable dividends to our common stockholders that are payable in cash and shares of our common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend with respect to the taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011 could be payable in our common stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. stockholders may be required to pay income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. Accordingly, U.S. stockholders receiving a distribution of our shares may be required to sell shares received in such distribution or may be required to sell other stock or assets owned by them, at a time that may be disadvantageous, in order to satisfy any tax imposed on such distribution. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock, by withholding or disposing of part of the shares in such distribution and using the proceeds of such disposition to satisfy the withholding tax imposed. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, such sale may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock.

Further, while Revenue Procedure 2010-12 applies only to taxable dividends payable by us in a combination of cash and stock with respect to the taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011, and it is unclear whether and to what extent we will be able to pay taxable dividends in cash and stock in later years. Moreover, various tax aspects of such a taxable cash/stock dividend are uncertain and have not yet been addressed by the IRS. No assurance can be given that the IRS will not impose additional requirements in the future with respect to taxable cash/stock dividends, including on a retroactive basis, or assert that the requirements for such taxable cash/stock dividends have not been met.

Dividends payable by REITs generally do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income payable to U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% for tax years beginning before January 1, 2013. Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although this legislation does not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, the more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including our common stock.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge our liabilities effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.

The REIT provisions of the Code may limit our ability to hedge our liabilities. Any income from a hedging transaction we enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes, price changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry real estate assets, if properly identified under applicable Treasury Regulations, does not constitute “gross income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions will likely be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the gross income tests. See the section entitled “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Gross Income Tests — Hedging Transactions” included elsewhere in this prospectus. As a result of these rules, we may need to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a TRS. This could increase the cost of our hedging activities because our TRSs would be subject to tax on gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, losses in a TRS will generally not provide any tax benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable income of such TRS.

Complying with REIT requirements may force us to forgo and/or liquidate otherwise attractive investment opportunities.

To qualify as a REIT, we must ensure that we meet the REIT gross income tests annually and that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified REIT real estate assets, including certain mortgage loans and certain kinds of mortgage-related securities. The remainder of our investment in securities (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our assets (other than government securities and qualified real estate assets) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total securities can be represented by securities of one or more TRSs. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate assets from our portfolio or not make otherwise attractive investments in order to maintain our qualification as a REIT. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our stockholders.

The share ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% share ownership limit in our charter may inhibit market activity in our shares of stock and restrict our business combination opportunities.

In order to qualify as a REIT, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, actually or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding shares of stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year, other than the first year for which a REIT election is made. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity actually or constructively owns our shares of stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our shares of stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year after 2011. To help insure that we meet these tests, among other purposes, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of our shares of stock.

Our charter, with certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT while we so qualify. Unless exempted by our board of directors, as long as we qualify as a REIT, our charter prohibits, among other limitations on ownership and transfer of shares of our stock, any person from beneficially or constructively owning (applying certain attribution rules under the Code) more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of our outstanding shares of stock

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of any class or series of our shares of stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from these restrictions to any proposed transferee whose ownership in excess of 9.8% of the value of our outstanding shares would result in the termination of our qualification as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

These ownership limits could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of the stockholders.

Non-U.S. stockholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and may be subject to tax upon the disposition of our shares.

Subject to certain exceptions, distributions received from us will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends (including any deemed dividend) ordinarily will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the distributions are treated as “effectively connected” with the conduct by the non-U.S. stockholder of a U.S. trade or business. Capital gain distributions attributable sales or exchanges of U.S. real property generally will be taxed to a non-U.S. stockholder as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Gain recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale or exchange of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation unless such stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” within the meaning of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. Our common stock will not constitute a “U.S. real property interest” so long as we are a “domestically-controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically-controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT if at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of such REIT’s stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We believe, but cannot assure you, that we have been a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity, and because our common stock will be publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity.

Even if we do not qualify as a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity at the time a non-U.S. stockholder sells or exchanges our common stock, gain arising from such a sale or exchange would not be subject to U.S. taxation under FIRPTA as a sale of a U.S. real property interest if: (1) our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, and (2) such non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the applicable testing period. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Special Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Stockholders — Sale of our Shares by a Non-U.S. Stockholder” included elsewhere in this prospectus. We encourage you to consult your own tax advisor to determine the tax consequences applicable to you if you are a non-U.S. stockholder.

Potential characterization of distributions or gain on sale may be treated as unrelated business taxable income to tax-exempt investors.

If (1) we are a “pension-held REIT,” (2) a tax-exempt stockholder has incurred debt to purchase or hold our common stock or (3) a holder of common stock is a certain type of tax-exempt stockholder, dividends on, and gains recognized on the sale of, common stock by such tax-exempt stockholder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as unrelated business taxable income under the Code.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employee Benefit Plan Risks

If you fail to meet the fiduciary and other standards under ERISA or the Code as a result of an investment in our stock, you could be subject to liability and penalties.

Special considerations apply to the purchase of stock or holding of Warrants by employee benefit plans subject to the fiduciary rules of Title I of ERISA, including pension or profit sharing plans and entities that hold assets of such ERISA Plans, and plans and accounts that are not subject to ERISA, but are subject to the prohibited transaction rules of Section 4975 of the Code, including IRAs, Keogh Plans, and medical savings accounts (collectively, we refer to ERISA Plans and plans subject to Section 4975 of the Code as “Benefit Plans”). If you are investing the assets of any Benefit Plan, you should satisfy yourself that:

your investment is consistent with your fiduciary obligations under ERISA and the Code;
your investment is made in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Benefit Plan, including the Benefit Plan’s investment policy;
your investment satisfies the prudence and diversification requirements of Sections 404(a)(1)(B) and 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, if applicable, and other applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
your investment will not impair the liquidity of the Benefit Plan;
your investment will not produce UBTI for the Benefit Plan;
you will be able to value the assets of the plan annually in accordance with ERISA requirements and applicable provisions of the Benefit Plan; and
your investment will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Fiduciaries may be held personally liable under ERISA for losses as a result of failure to satisfy the fiduciary standards of conduct and other applicable requirements of ERISA. In addition, if an investment in our stock or holding of Warrants constitutes a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code, the fiduciary of the plan who authorized or directed the investment may be subject to imposition of excise taxes with respect to the amount invested and an IRA investing in the stock may lose its tax exempt status.

Plans that are not subject to ERISA or the prohibited transactions of the Code, such as government plans or church plans, may be subject to similar requirements under state law. Such plans should satisfy themselves that the investment satisfies applicable law. We have not, and will not, evaluate whether an investment in our stock or holding of Warrants is suitable for any particular plan.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE USA PATRIOT ACT AND RELATED ACTS

In accordance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended, or the USA PATRIOT Act, the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants offered hereby may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered, directly or indirectly, to any “unacceptable investor,” which means anyone who is:

a “designated national,” “specially designated national,” “specially designated terrorist,” “specially designated global terrorist,” “foreign terrorist organization,” or “blocked person” within the definitions set forth in the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department;
acting on behalf of, or an entity owned or controlled by, any government against whom the U.S. maintains economic sanctions or embargoes under the Regulations of the U.S. Treasury Department;
within the scope of Executive Order 13224 — Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, effective September 24, 2001;
subject to additional restrictions imposed by the following statutes or regulations, and executive orders issued thereunder: the Trading with the Enemy Act, the Iraq Sanctions Act, the National Emergencies Act, the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the United Nations Participation Act, the International Security and Development Cooperation Act, the Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act of 1994, the Foreign Narcotics Kingpin Designation Act, the Iran and Libya Sanctions Act of 1996, the Cuban Democracy Act, the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act and the Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriation Act or any other law of similar import as to any non-U.S. country, as each such act or law has been or may be amended, adjusted, modified or reviewed from time to time; or
designated or blocked, associated or involved in terrorism, or subject to restrictions under laws, regulations, or executive orders as may apply in the future similar to those set forth above.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, plans and objectives. When we use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:

use of proceeds of the offering;
our business and investment strategy;
our projected operating results;
actions and initiatives of the U.S. government and changes to U.S. government policies and the execution and impact of these actions, initiatives and policies;
the state of the U.S. economy generally or in specific geographic areas;
economic trends and economic recoveries;
our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements, including through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;
financing and advance rates for our target assets;
our expected leverage;
general volatility of the securities markets in which we invest;
changes in the values of our assets;
our expected portfolio of assets;
our expected investments;
interest rate mismatches between our target assets and our borrowings used to fund such investments;
changes in interest rates and the market value of our target assets;
changes in prepayment rates on our target assets;
effects of hedging instruments on our target assets;
rates of default or decreased recovery rates on our target assets;
the degree to which our hedging strategies may or may not protect us from interest rate volatility;
impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;
our ability to qualify as a REIT and, once qualified, maintain our qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
our ability to maintain our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act;
availability of investment opportunities in mortgage-related and real estate-related investments and securities;
availability of qualified personnel;
estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our stockholders in the future;
our understanding of our competition; and

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate values, the debt securities markets or the general economy.

The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. Some of these factors are described in this prospectus under the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ESTIMATED USE OF PROCEEDS

The table below sets forth our estimated use of proceeds from the offering. The first scenario assumes we sell the minimum number of 2,000 Units in this offering, and the second scenario assumes we sell the maximum of 150,000 Units in the offering, with both scenarios contemplating a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit.

The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants will be sold in Units, with each Unit consisting of (i) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock with an initial Stated Value of $1,000 per share, and (ii) one Warrant to purchase 20 shares of common stock, exercisable by the holder at an exercise price of 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock determined using the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the date of issuance of such Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Unit will be sold at a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit. Units will not be issued or certificated. The shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately.

Estimated Application of Proceeds of the Offering

       
  Minimum Offering   Maximum Offering
     Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
Gross offering proceeds   $ 2,000,000       100.00 %     $ 150,000,000       100.00 %  
Offering expenses:
                                   
Selling commissions (1)   $ 140,000       7.00 %     $ 10,500,000       7.00 %  
Dealer manager fee (1)   $ 60,000       3.00 %     $ 4,500,000       3.00 %  
Other offering expenses (2)   $ 30,000       1.50 %     $ 2,250,000       1.50 %  
Amount available for investment (3)   $ 1,770,000       88.50 %     $ 132,750,000       88.50 %  
 
Cash down payment (equity)   $ 1,622,286       81.11 %     $ 121,671,429       81.11 %  
Acquisition fees (real estate commissions) (4)   $ 47,714       2.39 %     $ 3,578,571       2.39 %  
Working capital reserve   $ 100,000       5.00 %     $ 7,500,000       5.00 %  
Proceeds invested   $ 1,770,000       88.50 %     $ 132,750,000       88.50 %  
Offering expenses   $ 230,000       11.50 %     $ 17,250,000       11.50 %  
Total application of proceeds   $ 2,000,000       100.00 %     $ 150,000,000       100.00 %  

(1) Assumes selling commissions equal to 7.0% of gross offering proceeds and a dealer manager fee of 3.0% of gross offering proceeds. See the “Plan of Distribution” section of this prospectus for a description of these provisions.
(2) Includes all expenses (other than selling commissions and the dealer manager fee) to be paid by us or on our behalf in connection with the qualification and registration of the offering and the marketing and distribution of the Units, including, without limitation, expenses for printing and amending registration statements or supplementing prospectuses, mailing and distributing costs, all advertising and marketing expenses, charges of transfer agents, registrars and experts and fees, expenses and taxes related to the filing, registration and qualification, as necessary, of the sale of the Units under federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. We will reimburse our manager and its affiliates for such offering expenses in an amount up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds to the extent such offering expenses have not been paid directly by us. Our manager and its affiliates will be responsible for any such offering expenses that exceed 1.5% of gross offering proceeds, without recourse against or reimbursement by us. All organization and offering expenses, including selling commissions and the dealer manager fee, will be capped at 11.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering.
(3) Although the net proceeds are expected to be used in connection with the acquisition of multifamily properties and the payment of fees and expenses related thereto, the proceeds are available for our other capital needs, whether related to the repayment of debt or otherwise. For purposes of this table, however, we have assumed that we will use all the net proceeds for acquisitions of real property and the payment of related fees and expenses. Until required in connection with the acquisition of real property, other real estate-related investments or other capital needs, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in a

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

manner which will not adversely affect our ability to qualify, or maintain our qualification, as a REIT for federal tax purposes. Net proceeds do not include any amounts received by us in connection with any exercise of the Warrants.
(4) “Real estate commissions” are defined as the total of all fees and commissions paid by any person to any person, including our manager or affiliates, in connection with the selection, purchase, construction or development of any property by us, whether designated as real estate commission, acquisition fees, finders' fees, selection fees, development fees, construction fees, non-recurring management fees, consulting fees or any other similar fees or commissions howsoever designated and howsoever treated for tax or accounting purposes. No real estate commissions are being paid by us in connection with the purchase of the acquired properties other than the acquisition fee that will be paid to our manager pursuant to our management agreement with our manager. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of the acquisition fees that may be paid by us.

Assuming the maximum offering, we estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from selling our Units in the offering will be approximately $132.8 million in the aggregate, after deducting estimated offering expenses, including selling commissions and the dealer manager fee, of approximately $17.2 million. Net proceeds do not include any amounts received by us in connection with any exercise of the Warrants.

We intend to invest substantially all the net proceeds of the offering in connection with the acquisition of multifamily properties. If all the net proceeds of the offering are used to directly acquire multifamily properties, we estimate that these properties would have an aggregate gross value (inclusive of mortgage indebtedness) of approximately $357.9 million. We intend to acquire such properties through the incurrence of indebtedness (secured and unsecured) of approximately 65% of the value of our tangible assets on a portfolio basis, with the balance of the acquisition cost thereof funded through the use of the net proceeds of this offering. Until appropriate assets can be identified, our manager may invest the net proceeds of the offering in interest-bearing short-term investments that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT.

Neither our charter nor our by-laws contain any limitation on the amount of leverage we may use. Our investment guidelines, which can be amended by our board without stockholder approval, limit our borrowings (secured and unsecured) to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing. In addition, we intend to have no long-term corporate level debt.

Our manager may invest net proceeds of the offering in interest-bearing short-term investments that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT, pending investment in our target assets. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from our target assets.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The computation of our ratio of earnings to fixed charges indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately $4.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Since we commenced revenue-generating operations in April 2011, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges is not a meaningful measure for any period prior to 2011.

Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends is not presented as we do not currently have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. For these purposes, “earnings” consists of net loss plus fixed charges, less the value of unamortized deferred loan costs. Net loss is computed in accordance with GAAP and includes such non-cash items as real estate depreciation, amortization of the value of customer relationships, leases in place and above (below) market rents, amortization of deferred loan costs. Net loss also includes one-time transactional costs relating to our IPO and organizational costs. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense on mortgage debt secured by our three multifamily communities, and capitalization and amortization of deferred loan costs. Interest income is not included in this computation.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will begin accruing on the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20 th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared (or the next business day if the 20 th day is not a business day), beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common stock. U.S. federal income tax law generally requires that a REIT distribute annually at least 90% of its REIT taxable income, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gain, and that it pay tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that it annually distributes less than 100% of its net taxable income. We generally intend to pay over time regular quarterly dividends in an amount equal to the remainder of our net taxable income to holders of our common stock. On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend to our common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011, that was paid on July 15, 2011, in the amount of $0.125 per share of common stock, totaling approximately $646,487. On August 4, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share, which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011. As expected, cash available for distribution was not sufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve was used to cover this shortfall. For the remainder of 2011, we currently expect to maintain a quarterly dividend payment to common stockholders of $0.125 per share. To the extent we continue to pay dividends at this rate, we currently expect that cash available for distribution will be sufficient to fund the dividend payments to common stockholders for the third and fourth quarters of 2011. Although not currently anticipated, if our board of directors determines to make distributions in excess of the income or cash flow generated from our target assets, we may make such distributions from the proceeds of this or future offerings of equity or debt securities or other forms of debt financing or the sale of assets.

To the extent that in respect of any calendar year, cash available for distribution is less than our REIT taxable income, we could be required to sell assets or borrow funds to make cash distributions or make a portion of the required distribution in the form of a taxable stock distribution or distribution of debt securities. We generally will not be required to make distributions with respect to activities conducted through any TRS that we form following the completion of the offering. For more information, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — General” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

To satisfy the requirements to qualify as a REIT and generally not be subject to U.S. federal income and excise tax, we intend to make regular quarterly distributions of all or substantially all the remainder of our REIT taxable income to holders of our common stock out of assets legally available therefor. The amount of cash available for distribution will be decreased by any fees or expenses payable by us to our manager under the management agreement. Any distributions we make to our stockholders will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, liquidity, debt covenants, funding or margin requirements under credit facilities, repurchase agreements or other secured and unsecured borrowing agreements, maintenance of our REIT qualification, applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. Our earnings, financial condition and liquidity will be affected by various factors, including the net income from our portfolio, our operating expenses and any other expenditures. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We anticipate that our distributions generally will be taxable as ordinary income to our stockholders, although a portion of the distributions may be designated by us as qualified dividend income or capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. In addition, a portion of such distributions may be taxable stock dividends payable in our shares. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, return of capital, qualified dividend income or capital gain. For more information, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation of U.S. Stockholders” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

MARKET PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is traded on the AMEX under the symbol “APTS.” There currently is no market for our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and we do not currently intend to list our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on any securities exchange in the future. Please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering — There is no public market for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants and we do not expect one to develop.”

Our common stock began trading on the AMEX on April 1, 2011 with the closing of our initial public offering. The high and low sales prices for our common stock for the third quarter of 2011 as reported by the AMEX was $9.01 and $5.68, respectively. The last reported sales price of our common stock on October 31, 2011 was $6.50.

As of November 1, 2011, our common stock was held by 13 stockholders of record. Because many of the shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we were unable to estimate the total number of beneficial owners represented by these stockholders of record.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (a) our actual capitalization at June 30, 2011, and (b) our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the effect of the issuance of (i) 2,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock in the offering, assuming the sale of the minimum offering, and (ii) 150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, assuming the sale of the maximum offering, each after deducting estimated offering expenses, including selling commissions and the dealer manager fee, payable by us. You should read this table together with the section entitled “Estimated Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

     
  June 30, 2011
     Actual   As Adjusted
Minimum
Offering
  As Adjusted
Maximum
Offering
     (unaudited)
Stockholders' equity:
                          
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 150,000 shares authorized and 2,000 or 150,000 issued and outstanding   $     $ 20     $ 1,500  
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 400,066,666 shares authorized and 5,145,899 issued and outstanding   $ 51,459     $ 51,459     $ 51,459  
Additional paid-in capital (1)   $ 51,027,974     $ 53,027,954     $ 201,026,474  
Syndication and offering costs   $ (6,038,515 )     $ (6,268,515 )     $ (23,288,515 )  
Accumulated deficit   $ (5,180,047 )     $ (5,180,047 )     $ (5,180,047 )  
Non-controlling interest   $ 1     $ 1     $ 1  
Total equity (deficit)   $ 39,860,872     $ 41,630,872     $ 172,609,372  

(1) Included in the as adjusted additional paid in capital for the as adjusted minimum offering and maximum offering columns is the fair value of the Warrants that are included in the Units sold in this offering, which Warrants are immediately separable from our Series A Preferred Stock and which Warrants have aggregate estimated fair values of $42,668 and $3,200,088, respectively. Each Warrant is potentially exercisable into 20 shares of our common stock, beginning one year after the date of issuance and expires four years after the date of issuance. The fair value of each Warrant included in each Unit is $21.33 (or $1.07 on a per underlying share common stock basis) and was calculated utilizing the Black-Scholes-Merton model with valuation assumptions as of September 30, 2011.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data for the company on a historical basis.

The following selected financial and operating data should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

     
  For the
Three Months
Ended June 30,
2011
  For the
Six Months
Ended June 30,
2011
  For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
Statement of operations data:
                          
Revenue:
                          
Rental Revenues   $ 1,691,663     $ 1,691,663     $  
Other property revenues     185,275       185,275        
Interest income on real estate loan     1,333       1,333        
Total revenue     1,878,271       1,878,271        
Expenses:
                          
Total expenses     5,858,886       6,292,119       766,199  
Net income (loss)   $ (3,980,615)     $ (4,413,848)     $ (766,199)  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock   $ (0.81)     $ (1.78)     $ (20.90)  
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock   $ 0.125     $ 0.125     $  
Balance sheet data (end of period):
                          
Assets:
                          
Total assets   $ 97,245,235     $ 97,245,235     $ 829,812  
Liabilities:
                          
Mortgage notes payable (long-term)   $ 55,637,000     $ 55,637,000     $  
Note payable (short-term)                 1,470,948  
Accrued interest     168,056       168,056       15,064  
Dividends payable     646,487       646,487        
Security deposits and prepaid rents     148,180       148,180        
Deferred real estate loan income     74,333       74,333        
Total liabilities   $ 57,384,363     $ 57,384,363     $ 1,486,012  
Total equity (deficit)   $ 39,860,872     $ 39,860,872     $ (656,200)  

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business” and our audited financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2010 and our unaudited financial statements as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are an externally managed Maryland corporation incorporated on September 18, 2009 formed primarily to acquire and operate multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. As a secondary strategy, we also may acquire senior mortgage loans, subordinate loans or mezzanine debt secured by interests in multifamily properties, membership or partnership interests in multifamily properties and other multifamily assets as determined by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, our manager, as appropriate for us. We collectively refer to these asset classes as our target assets.

In addition, while we currently do not anticipate investing in unimproved property, developing new construction properties or acquiring new construction, as part of our property acquisition strategy we plan to consider forward purchase contracts on, or options to purchase, to-be-built multifamily assets with appropriate provisions that may include minimum occupancy, income thresholds, due diligence requirements and, if necessary or appropriate, financing. In connection with entering into a forward purchase contract or purchase option, we may make mezzanine loans, provide deposit arrangements, or provide performance assurances, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the construction of these properties.

We expect to seek to generate returns for our stockholders by taking advantage of the current environment in the real estate market created by the recent United States financial crisis and downturn in the United States economy to acquire multifamily assets that have seen a dramatic drop in value due to, among other factors, downward pressure on renter incomes. As the real estate market and economy stabilize, we intend to employ efficient management techniques to grow income and create asset value.

As market conditions change over time, we intend to adjust our investment strategy to adapt to such changes as appropriate. We continue to believe there are abundant opportunities among our target assets that currently present attractive risk-return profiles. However, in order to capitalize on the investment opportunities that may be present in the various other points of an economic cycle, we may expand or change our investment strategy and target assets. We believe that the diversification of the portfolio of assets that we intend to acquire, our ability to acquire and manage our target assets, and the flexibility of our strategy will position us to generate attractive total returns for our stockholders in a variety of market conditions.

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act. We conduct substantially all our operations through our operating partnership, Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P.

We commenced revenue-generating operations in April 2011.

Industry Outlook

We believe gradually improving conditions in the United States’ economy, as evidenced by stabilized unemployment figures and improved public company earnings reports, especially during the second quarter of 2011, should eventually translate into overall job growth and resulting improvements in consumer confidence, creating upward movement of rents. We expect current high occupancy rates to improve as net absorption of available unit inventory continues over the near term. The pipeline of new multifamily construction is currently small, due to a difficult construction financing environment. The recent downgrade of the U.S. credit rating by Standard & Poor’s and the subsequent downgrade of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae could result in higher near-term borrowing costs that could reduce further the amount of new multifamily construction. We

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

expect the supply of multifamily housing units to eventually grow as market rent increases overcome financing, commodity, and other cost challenges, boosting revenue projections and making more construction projects viable for builders and developers.

We believe the combination of a more sustainable, but restrained, current and future lending approach from the banking industry, coupled with continued hesitance and reluctance among prospective homebuyers about the net benefits of home ownership versus renting, will continue to work in the industry’s favor, resulting in gradual increases in market rents, low concessions and opportunities for increases in ancillary fee income. In addition, we believe immigration rates to the U.S. will be lower than in recent years, driven by fewer available jobs due to the economic downturn and recently enacted legislation in certain states aiming to curb illegal immigration. As new residents of the United States are believed to be primarily renters rather than home buyers, we expect a softening of market rents due to this factor. More than offsetting this effect, we believe will be a firming effect upon market rents by the ongoing migration of the domestic echo-boomer generation into the workforce, resulting in a net increase in demand for rental housing.

Critical Accounting Policies

Below is a discussion of the accounting policies that management believes are critical. We consider these policies critical because they involve significant management judgments, assumptions, and estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain and because they are important for understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. These judgments affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and our disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. With different estimates or assumptions, materially different amounts could be reported in our financial statements. Additionally, other companies may utilize different estimates that may impact the comparability of our results of operations to those of companies in similar businesses.

Real Estate

Cost Capitalization .  Investments in real estate properties will be carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 40 years for buildings, 5 – 10 years for building and land improvements and 5 to 10 years for computers, furniture, fixtures and equipment. Third-party acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred. Repairs, maintenance and tenant turnover costs will be charged to expense as incurred and significant replacements and betterments will be capitalized. Repairs, maintenance and tenant turnover costs include all costs that do not extend the useful life of the real estate property. We will consider the period of future benefit of an asset to determine its appropriate useful life.

Real Estate Acquisition Valuation .  We generally will record the acquisition of income-producing real estate as a business combination. All assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination will be measured at their acquisition-date fair values. Acquisition costs generally will be expensed as incurred and restructuring costs that do not meet the definition of a liability at the acquisition date will be expensed in periods subsequent to the acquisition date. In addition, changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period will be recorded to income tax expense.

We will assess the acquisition-date fair values of all tangible assets, identifiable intangibles and assumed liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent appraisers (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis)and that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it were vacant.

We will record above-market and below-market in-place lease values for acquired properties based on the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases, and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining average non-cancelable term of the leases. We will amortize any recorded above-market or below-market lease values as a reduction or increase, respectively, to rental income over the remaining average non-cancelable term of the respective leases.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intangible assets include the value of in-place leases, which represents the estimated value of the net cash flows of the in-place leases to be realized, as compared to the net cash flows that would have occurred had the property been vacant at the time of acquisition and subject to lease-up. These estimates will include estimated carrying costs, such as real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses and estimates of lost rentals at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods. Acquired in-place lease value will be amortized to operating expense over the average remaining non-cancelable term of the respective in-place leases.

Estimates of the fair values of the tangible assets, identifiable intangibles and assumed liabilities will require us to make significant assumptions to estimate market lease rates, property-operating expenses, carrying costs during lease-up periods, discount rates, market absorption periods, the number of years the property will be held for investment and market interest rates. The use of inappropriate assumptions would result in an incorrect valuation of our acquired tangible assets, identifiable intangibles and assumed liabilities, which would impact the amount of our net income.

Impairment of Real Estate, Loans and Related Intangible Assets .  We will monitor events and changes in circumstances that could indicate that the carrying amounts of our real estate, loans and related intangible assets may not be recoverable or realized. When conditions suggest that our tangible and intangible assets may be impaired, we will compare their carrying value to their estimated undiscounted future cash flows, including proceeds from their eventual disposition. If, based on this analysis, we do not believe that we will be able to recover the carrying value of our tangible and intangible assets, we would record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the real estate and related intangible assets. Fair market value will be determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis. This analysis will require management to use future estimates of net operating income, expected hold period, capitalization rates and discount rates. The use of inappropriate assumptions would result in an incorrect valuation of the assets which would impact the amount of our net income and our assets on our balance sheet.

Rents and Other Receivables

We will periodically evaluate the collectability of amounts due from tenants and will maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of tenants to make required payments then due under lease agreements. We will write off the balance of amounts due from tenants when we deem the amounts to be uncollectible.

Revenue Recognition

We expect to lease apartment units under operating leases with terms generally of 13 months or less. Generally, credit investigations will be performed for prospective residents and security deposits will be obtained. Rental revenue, net of concessions, will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. However, if the difference between the straight-line basis and recognition as earned is not material, we will recognize rental revenue as it is earned.

We will recognize gains on sales of real estate either in total or deferred for a period of time, depending on whether a sale has been consummated, the extent of the buyer’s investment in the property being sold, whether our receivable, if any, is subject to future subordination, and the degree of our continuing involvement with the property after the sale, if any. If the criteria for profit recognition under the full-accrual method are not met, we will defer gain recognition and account for the continued operations of the property by applying the percentage-of-completion, reduced profit, deposit, installment or cost recovery method, as appropriate, until the appropriate criteria are met.

Other income, including interest earned on our cash, will be recognized as it is earned. We will recognize interest income on real estate loans on an accrual basis over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Direct loan origination fees and origination or acquisition costs, will be amortized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to interest income. We will stop accruing interest on loans when there is concern as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest of the loan.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income Taxes

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. We expect to have little or no taxable income prior to December 31, 2011. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of our annual REIT taxable income to our stockholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain and which does not equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP). As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent we distribute qualifying dividends to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the IRS grants us relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, we intend to operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.

Equity Compensation

We calculate the fair value of equity compensation instruments at the date of grant based upon estimates of their expected term, the expected volatility of and dividend yield on our common stock over this expected term period and the market risk-free rate of return. When appropriate, we will also estimate forfeitures of these instruments and accrue the compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the vesting period(s).We record the fair value of restricted stock awards as the product of the trailing 5-day volume-weighted average price and the number of shares of stock granted.

Recent Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combination (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations . This new guidance requires pro forma disclosure of revenue and earnings for the combined entity as though all business combinations that occurred during the period had occurred as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period presented. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. This new guidance was effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption had no effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Results of Operations

Overview

We commenced business operations in the second quarter of 2011 with the acquisitions of the Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek multifamily communities on April 15, 21 and 29, 2011, respectively. The sources of financing were approximately $34.0 million (including approximately $2.3 million of closing costs) from the proceeds of our initial public offering, which closed on April 5, 2011, and secured first mortgage financing of approximately $55.6 million. On June 30, 2011, we made a mezzanine loan investment of $6.0 million to partially finance the construction of a 96-unit multifamily community that is located adjacent to our existing Trail Creek multifamily community in Hampton, Virginia and, in connection therewith, received an option to purchase the community.

We recorded a net loss of approximately $4.0 million and $4.4 million for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, respectively. Adjusted Funds from Operations, or AFFO, were $429,857 for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011 and Cash Available for Distribution, or CAD, was $419,917 at June 30, 2011. See the Adjusted Funds From Operations and Cash Available for Distribution sections within this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for definitions of these non-GAAP measures and a reconciliation to net loss attributable to the Company, which we believe is the most comparable GAAP measure. On July 15, 2011 we paid our first quarterly dividend of $.125 per share, for a total of $646,487. As expected, since we did not own the Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek communities for the full quarter ended June 30, 2011, CAD was not sufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve, designed for this purpose, was used to cover this shortfall. We expect, however, that CAD will be sufficient to fund our projected dividend distributions for the remaining quarters of 2011.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acquired properties

On April 15, 2011, we acquired 100% of the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Rise JV LLC), the fee-simple owner of a multifamily community located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or Stone Rise. WOF owned the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for information on our relationship with WOF.

On April 21, 2011, we acquired 100% of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Summit Partners, LLC), the fee-simple owner of a multifamily community located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia, or Summit Crossing. WRF owned a majority of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for information on our relationship with WRF.

On April 29, 2011, we acquired Oxford Trail, a multifamily community located in Hampton, Virginia from Oxford Trail JV LLC, or Trail Creek. WRF owned an approximately 10% membership interest in Oxford Trail JV LLC. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for information on our relationship with WRF.

       
Community   Purchase
Price
(millions)
  Mortgage
Debt
at June 30,
2011 (millions)
  Mortgage
Debt at
June 30, 2011/
Purchase
Price
  Number of Units
Summit Crossing   $ 33.20     $ 20.86       62.8 %       345  
Trail Creek     23.50       15.28       65.0 %       204  
Stone Rise     30.15       19.50       64.7 %       216  
Total   $ 86.85     $ 55.64       64.1 %       765  

         
  Year
Completed
  Number of
Units
  Average
Unit Size
(sq. ft.)
  At June 30, 2011   Three months ended
June 30, 2011
Community   Physical Occupancy (1)   Average Economic Occupancy (2)
Summit Crossing     2007       345       1,034       95.4 %       82.3 %  
Trail Creek     2006       204       988       94.6 %       86.6 %  
Stone Rise     2008       216       1,078       94.4 %       77.4 %  
Total              765       1,033       94.9 %       82.0 %  

(1) Count of occupied units (including models) divided by total units at reporting date.
(2) Gross potential rent less vacancy losses, model expenses, bad debt expenses and concessions divided by gross potential rent.

Real estate loan investment

On June 30, 2011, we made a mezzanine loan investment of $6.0 million to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC (“Hampton Partners”), a Georgia limited liability company and a related party, to partially finance the construction of a 96-unit multifamily community located adjacent to the Company’s existing Trail Creek multifamily community in Hampton, Virginia. Hampton Partners was required to fully draw down the mezzanine loan on the closing date. WRF has contributed 100% of the cash equity in Oxford Hampton Partners LLC to date.

The mezzanine loan matures on June 29, 2016, with no option to extend and pays interest at a fixed rate of 8.0% per annum. Interest will be paid monthly with principal and any accrued but unpaid interest (including the exit fee) due at maturity. Under the terms of a purchase option agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the mezzanine loan, we have an option (but not an obligation) to purchase the property between and including April 1, 2014 and June 30, 2014 for $17,825,600, which is the amount of the aggregate project costs as set forth in the approved construction budget on the closing date. If the property is

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sold to, or refinanced by, a third party before July 1, 2014, we will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 14% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party on or after July 1, 2014, then we will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 12% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. The calculation of the cumulative internal rate of return will include the loan’s fees received at closing. Since the minimum exit fee, assuming the purchase option is not exercised, is the amount needed to provide a 12% cumulative internal rate of return, we will accrue each period the additional exit fee earned based on the 12% rate assuming the loan was paid off at period end. The accrued exit fee will be recorded as interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. As of June 30, 2011, no additional exit fee was earned by us.

If we exercise the purchase option and acquire the property, any accrued and unpaid exit fee will be treated as additional basis in the acquired project.

The mezzanine loan is secured by a pledge of 100% of the membership interests of Hampton Partners. Partial prepayment of the mezzanine loan is not permitted without our consent. The mezzanine loan is subordinate to a senior loan of up to an aggregate amount of $10 million that is held by an unrelated third party. W. Daniel Faulk, Jr. and Richard A. Denny, both unaffiliated third parties, have guaranteed to us the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications. This guaranty is subject to the rights held by the senior lender pursuant to a standard intercreditor agreement with the senior lender.

In connection with the closing of the mezzanine loan, we received a loan fee of 2% of the loan amount, or $120,000, and a loan commitment fee of $14,333. We paid an acquisition fee of $60,000 to our manager out of these funds. The net fees received by us will be recognized as an adjustment of yield over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

Revenues

We recorded total revenue of approximately $1.9 million for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 as we commenced operations with the acquisitions of three multifamily communities in April 2011. Rental revenue from tenants of the multifamily communities comprised approximately 90% of total revenues for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and began with the dates of acquisition. Occupancy rates and rent growth are the primary drivers of increases in rental revenue from acquired multifamily communities. At June 30, 2011, the combined properties had physical occupancy rates of 94.9% of the total units available for rent, including model units. Average economic occupancy rates, defined as gross potential rent less vacancy losses, model expenses, bad debt expenses and concessions divided by gross potential rent were approximately 82.0% for the period beginning with the dates of acquisition through June 30, 2011. At acquisition, we recorded an intangible liability for below market leases in place at the Stone Rise community of $181,671, which is to be amortized into income over the average remaining lease term, which is approximately six months. We expect to receive accretive results to revenue in future periods as these lower-priced leases are renewed at higher expected market rates.

Factors which we believe affect market rents include vacant unit inventory in local markets, local and national economic growth and resultant employment stability, income levels and growth, the ease of obtaining credit for home purchases, and changes in demand due to consumer confidence in the above factors.

We also collect revenue from tenants for items such as utilities, application fees, lease termination fees, and late charges. Other property revenues were approximately 9.9% of total revenues for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011.

We recorded one day of interest income, totaling $1,333, from the mezzanine loan investment which closed on June 30, 2011. The $6.0 million loan accrues interest at 8.0% per annum.

Property operating and maintenance expense

We recorded expenses for the operations and maintenance of our multifamily communities of $436,801, or 8.4% and 7.9% of total operating expenses for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, respectively. The primary components of operating and maintenance expense are salary and benefits expense of property personnel, utilities, property repairs, and landscaping costs. The number of employees assigned by our property manager to our three multifamily communities was 17 at June 30, 2011 and is not expected to change materially over the foreseeable future. The expenses incurred for property repairs and, to a lesser

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

extent, utilities could generally be expected to increase gradually over time as the buildings and properties age and become worn. Utility costs may generally be expected to increase in future periods as rate increases from providing carriers are passed on to users, at the rate of inflation or slightly higher.

Management fees

We pay a fee for property management services to our manager in an amount of 4% of gross property revenues as compensation for services such as rental, leasing, operation and management of our communities and the supervision of any subcontractors. For the period beginning with the dates of acquisition through June 30, 2011, these costs totaled $75,053. We also paid general and administrative expense fees and asset management fees to our manager which totaled $145,266 for the period beginning with the dates of acquisition through June 30, 2011. The percentage of these costs charged is governed by the Third Amended and Restated Management Agreement with our manager.

Real estate taxes

We are liable for property taxes due to the various counties and municipalities that levy such taxes on real property for each of our three multifamily communities. The assessed values of our communities, the estimated annual effective tax rates and expected total property taxes for 2011, as of June 30, 2011, were:

     
Community   Assessed
Value
  Estimated
Annual
Effective
Tax Rate
  Expected
Property
Taxes 2011
Stone Rise   $ 11,130,000       3.22 %     $ 358,581  
Summit Crossing     5,763,576       2.66 %       153,449  
Trail Creek     20,795,600       1.05 %       218,494  
Total   $ 37,689,176       1.94 %       730,524  

We generally expect the assessed values of our multifamily properties to rise over time, owing to our expectation of improving market conditions, pressure on municipalities to raise revenues and increased activity in the transactional market. However, we have some insurance against any potential rise in assessments at Stone Rise because its assessed value is frozen for the years 2011 – 2015, unless there is a county wide reassessment.

Depreciation and amortization

We recorded expenses for depreciation and amortization of tangible and identifiable intangible assets of approximately $2.8 million, or 54.0% of total operating expenses, for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011.

Acquisition costs

We recorded acquisition costs for our three multifamily communities of approximately $1.4 million and $1.7 million, or 27.8% and 30.0% of total operating expenses, for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, respectively. These costs include fees paid to reimburse our manager for expenses incurred such as due diligence, purchase negotiation, appraisals, and other related costs related to acquiring real estate assets. Included in our acquisition costs for our three multifamily communities are $868,500 in acquisition fees that we paid to our manager. The acquisition fees paid to our manager are calculated as 1% of the gross purchase price of the apartment complex or of the principal amount of the real estate loan. The amount of the acquisition fees is governed by the Third Amended and Restated Management Agreement with our manager. These costs also include similar expenditures for services provided by third parties.

Professional fees

We recorded professional fee expenses of $187,239 and $231,750 for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, respectively. These costs consist principally of fees for audit, tax and legal work performed.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest expense

We recorded interest expense of $418,733 and $434,642 for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, respectively. Interest expense on mortgage indebtedness from the three acquired properties was approximately $396,000 beginning with the dates of acquisition (April 15, 21, and 29, 2011 for Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek, respectively) through June 30, 2011. The remainder was interest expense from a note payable and two lines of credit due to WOF, which were paid and retired in April 2011 with proceeds from the private placement transaction.

Funds From Operations (“FFO”)

Analysts, managers, and investors have, since the first real estate investment trusts were created, made certain adjustments to reported net income amounts under GAAP in order to better assess these vehicles’ liquidity and cash flows. FFO is one of the most commonly utilized Non-GAAP measures currently in practice. In its 2002 “White Paper on Funds From Operations”, the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT, standardized the definition of how net income/loss should be adjusted to arrive at FFO, in the interests of uniformity and comparability. The NAREIT definition of FFO (and the one we report) is:

Net income/loss:

Excluding impairment charges and gains/losses from sales of property;
Plus depreciation and amortization of real estate assets; and
After adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures

Not all companies necessarily utilize the standardized NAREIT definition of FFO, and so caution should be taken in comparing our reported FFO results to those of other companies. Our FFO results are comparable to other companies that follow the NAREIT definition of FFO and report these figures on that basis. FFO is a non-GAAP measure that is reconciled to its most comparable GAAP measure, which we believe is net loss attributable to the Company.

Adjusted Funds From Operations (“AFFO”)

AFFO makes further adjustments to FFO results in order to arrive at a more refined measure of operating and financial performance. There is no industry standard definition of AFFO and practice is divergent across the industry. We calculate AFFO as:

FFO plus:

Acquisition costs;
Organization costs;
Directors fees and expenses paid in stock;
Amortization of loan closing costs;
REIT establishment costs; and
Net mezzanine loan fees received

Less:

Recurring capital expenditures

AFFO figures we report are not necessarily comparable to those reported by other companies. AFFO is a non-GAAP measure that is reconciled to its most comparable GAAP measure, which the Company believes is net loss attributable to the Company.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Available for Distribution (“CAD”)

We calculate CAD by reversing the AFFO adjustment for REIT establishment costs. These costs include one-time exchange listing fees and other miscellaneous expenses. CAD is a non-GAAP measure that is reconciled to its most comparable GAAP measure, which the Company believes is net loss attributable to the Company.

Reconciliation of Funds From Operations, Adjusted Funds From Operations, and Cash Available for
Distribution to Net Loss Attributable to the Company

   
  Three months ended
June 30, 2011
  Six months ended
June 30, 2011
Net loss attributable to the Company   $ (3,980,615 )     $ (4,413,848 )  
Add:  Depreciation of real estate assets     754,995       754,995  
Amortization of acquired intangible assets     2,041,823       2,041,823  
Funds from operations (FFO)   $ (1,183,797)     $ (1,617,030)  
FFO per share of common stock – basic and diluted (a)   $ (0.24)     $ (0.65)  
Add:  Acquisition costs     1,442,444       1,662,160  
Organization costs     7,072       94,372  
Directors’ fees and expenses paid in stock     79,982       79,982  
Amortization of loan closing costs     21,541       21,541  
REIT establishment costs     9,940       25,849  
Depreciation/amortization on non-real estate assets     5,290       5,290  
Net mezzanine loan fees received     74,333       74,333  
Less:  Recurring capital expenditures     (26,948 )       (26,948 )  
Adjusted funds from operations (AFFO)   $ 429,857     $ 319,549  
AFFO per share of common stock – basic and diluted (a)   $ 0.09     $ 0.13  
Less: REIT establishment costs     (9,940 )       (25,849 )  
Cash available for distribution (CAD)   $ 419,917     $ 293,700  
CAD per share – basic and diluted (a)   $ 0.09     $ 0.12  
Dividends:
                 
Declared   $ 646,487     $ 646,487  
Per share of common stock   $ 0.125     $ 0.125  
(a) Calculated based upon weighted average shares of common stock outstanding – basic and diluted     4,886,486       2,474,973  
Actual shares outstanding at June 30, 2011, including 26,000 unvested shares of restricted common stock     5,171,899       5,171,899  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Short-Term Liquidity

We believe our principal short-term liquidity needs are to fund:

operating expenses directly related to our portfolio of multifamily communities (including regular maintenance items);
capital expenditures incurred to lease our multifamily communities;
interest expense on our outstanding property level debt; and
quarterly distributions that we pay to the Company’s stockholders.

Our net cash used by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $819,808. We had net cash used in operating activities, rather than net cash generated by operating activities, primarily due to less than three months of operations for all three of our multifamily communities and our mezzanine loan

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment, one-time expenses related to the acquisition of our three multifamily communities of approximately $1.7 million, and organizational costs we incurred in the period of $94,372. While we did not generate net cash from operating activities in the six months ended June 30, 2011, we believe that we will generate net cash from operating activities, on a per quarter basis, for the remainder of 2011 because we will have our multifamily communities and our mezzanine loan investment operating for the full quarters. In addition, we currently do not anticipate any additional organizational expenses or acquisition expenses related to the three acquired communities.

Net cash flows used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was approximately $93.3 million. We used approximately $87.5 million to acquire our three multifamily communities in the second quarter of 2011 and we used $6.0 million to make a mezzanine loan investment related to the construction of a multifamily property adjacent to our Trail Creek community in Hampton, Virginia and, in connection therewith, received an option to purchase the community.

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $99.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, we received gross proceeds of approximately $55.6 million from the incurrence of long-term property level debt in connection with the acquisition of our three multifamily communities. In addition, we received approximately $46.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in the IPO, including from the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option, and the concurrent private placement transaction with WOF. We used all the proceeds from our long-term property level debt financing activities to partially fund our acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2011. We used approximately $34.0 million of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock to partially fund our acquisitions during the six months ended June 30, 2011. We used approximately $1.9 million of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock to pay off all our short-term debt on April 5, 2011.

The majority of our revenue is derived from residents under existing leases at our multifamily communities. Therefore, our operating cash flow is principally dependent on: (1) the number of multifamily communities in our portfolio; (2) rental rates; (3) occupancy rates; (4) operating expenses associated with these multifamily communities; and (5) the ability of our residents to make their rental payments. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of the recent improvements in multifamily fundamentals, such as higher occupancy rates, positive new and renewal rates over expiring leases, a declining home ownership rate and a decline in turnover, which we believe are all positive developments in the multifamily industry.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 20†11. As a REIT, we are subject to a number of organizational and operating requirements, including a requirement to distribute 90% of its annual REIT taxable income to its stockholders. As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income taxes on the taxable income it distributes to its stockholders. Generally, our objective is to meet its short-term liquidity requirement of funding the payment of its current level of quarterly common stock dividends to stockholders through net cash generated from its operating results.

Dividends

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20 th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared (or the next business day if the 20 th day is not a business day), beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend to our common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011, that was paid on July 15, 2011, in the amount of $0.125 per share of common stock, totaling approximately $646,487. On August 4, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share,

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011. As expected, cash available for distribution was not sufficient to fully fund the second quarter dividend and approximately $227,000 from our working capital and dividend reserve, designed for this purpose, was used to cover this shortfall. For the remainder of 2011, we currently expect to maintain a quarterly dividend payment to common stockholders of $0.125 per share of common stock. To the extent we continue to pay dividends at this rate, we currently expect that cash available for distribution will be sufficient to fund the dividend payments to common stockholders for the third and fourth quarters of 2011. If cash available for distribution is not sufficient to meet its anticipated dividend payment rate, we would need to use our working capital and dividend reserve to fund dividend payments. Our board of directors will review the dividend quarterly, and there can be no assurance that the current dividend level will be maintained. Our dividends on our common stock can be paid as a combination of cash and stock in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirements applicable to REITs. We expect that net cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements necessary to maintain its REIT status under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In addition, we expect cash available for distribution to be sufficient to fund our projected dividend distributions for the remaining quarters of 2011.

Long-Term Liquidity Needs

We believe our principal long-term liquidity needs are to fund:

the principal amount of our long-term debt as it becomes due or matures;
capital expenditures needed for our multifamily communities;
costs associated with future capital raising activities; and
costs associated with future multifamily community acquisition and lending opportunities.

Initially, the sources to fulfill our long-term liquidity needs will consist of the net proceeds from the IPO and the private placement transaction with WOF, payments of principal and interest we receive on our mezzanine loan investment, cash generated from our operating results and the net proceeds from this offering. In the future, we may use leverage to finance our long-term cash needs through borrowings from a number of sources, including repurchase agreements, resecuritizations, securitizations, warehouse facilities and credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities). In addition, we intend to finance our investments with the net proceeds from additional issuances of our securities, including common stock, preferred stock, units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, and/or borrowings. The success of our acquisition strategy may depend, in part, on our ability to access further capital through issuances of additional securities. If we are unsuccessful in raising additional funds, we may not be able to obtain any assets in addition to those we have acquired.

Our ability to raise funds through the issuance of our securities is dependent on, among other things, general market conditions for REIT’s, market perceptions about us, and the current trading price of our common stock. We will continue to analyze which source of capital is most advantageous to us at any particular point in time, but the equity and credit markets may not consistently be available on terms that are attractive to us or at all.

We have utilized, and we intend to continue to utilize, leverage in making our investments in multifamily communities. The number of different multifamily communities we will acquire will be affected by numerous factors, including the amount of funds available to us. By operating on a leveraged basis, we will have more funds available for our investments. This will allow us to make more investments than would otherwise be possible, resulting in a larger and more diversified portfolio. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 24 for more information about the risks related to operating on a leveraged basis.

We intend to target leverage levels (secured and unsecured) between 50% and 65% of the value of our tangible assets (including our real estate assets, real estate loan investments, accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents) on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. As of June 30, 2011, our outstanding debt (both secured and unsecured) was approximately 56.5% of the value of our tangible assets on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. Neither our charter nor our by-laws contain any limitation on the amount of leverage we may use. Our investment guidelines, which can be amended by our board without stockholder

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approval, limit our borrowings (secured and unsecured) to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing. These targets, however, will not apply to individual real estate assets or investments. At the date of acquisition of each asset, we anticipate that the cost of investment for such asset will be substantially similar to its fair market value. However, subsequent events, including changes in the fair market value of our assets, could result in our exceeding these limits. In addition, we have acquired, and we intend to acquire, all our multifamily communities through separate special purpose entities and we have financed, and we intend to finance, each of these multifamily communities using financing techniques for that property alone without any cross-collateralization to our other multifamily communities or guarantees by the Company or our operating partnership. Finally, we intend to have no long-term corporate level debt.

Our secured and unsecured aggregate borrowings are intended by us to be reasonable in relation to our tangible assets and will be reviewed by our board of directors at least quarterly. In determining whether our borrowings are reasonable in relation to our tangible assets, we expect that our board of directors will consider many factors, including without limitation the lending standards of government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, for loans in connection with the financing of multifamily properties, the leverage ratios of publicly traded and non-traded REITs with similar investment strategies, and general market conditions. There is no limitation on the amount that we may borrow for any single investment.

Our ability to incur additional debt is dependent on a number of factors, including our credit ratings, the value of our assets, our degree of leverage and borrowing restrictions imposed by lenders. We will continue to monitor the debt markets, including Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac (from both of whom we have obtained single asset secured financing on all our multifamily communities in 2011), and as market conditions permit, access borrowings that are advantageous to us.

If we are unable to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all, we may have to curtail our investment activities, including acquisitions and improvements to real properties, which could limit our growth prospects. This, in turn, could reduce cash available for distribution to our stockholders and may hinder our ability to raise capital by issuing more securities or borrowing more money. We may be forced to dispose of assets at inopportune times in order to maintain our REIT qualification and Investment Company Act exemption. Our ability to generate cash from asset sales is limited by market conditions and certain rules applicable to REITs. We may not be able to sell a property or properties as quickly as we would like or on terms as favorable as we would like.

Furthermore, if interest rates or other factors at the time of financing result in higher interest rates upon financing, then the interest expense relating to that financed indebtedness would be higher. Higher interest rates on newly incurred debt may negatively impact us as well. If interest rates increase, our interest costs and overall costs of capital will increase, which could adversely affect our transaction and development activity, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders. Finally, sellers may be less inclined to negotiate with us if they believe we may be unable to obtain financing.

As of June 30, 2011, we had outstanding borrowings of approximately $55.6 million, all of which we incurred in the three months ended June 30, 2011 in connection with the acquisition of our three multifamily communities. The outstanding balance includes fixed-rate debt of approximately $20.9 million, or 37.5% of the total debt balance, and floating-rate debt of approximately $34.8 million, or 62.5% of the total debt balance.

As of June 30, 2011, we had approximately $5.6 million in cash and cash equivalents available to meet its short-term and long-term liquidity needs. As of June 30, 2011, we held $2.5 million of the cash and cash equivalents as a working capital and dividend reserve and approximately $700,000 for planned non-recurring capital expenditures for our recently acquired multifamily communities.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2011:

         
  Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations   Total   Less than
one year
  1 – 3 years   3 – 5 years   More than
five years
Long-term debt obligations   $ 69,265,750     $ 1,008,261     $ 4,035,808     $ 5,668,479     $ 58,553,202  

The table of contractual obligations above includes our long-term debt obligations consisting of payments due on mortgage obligations securing the three acquired multifamily communities. The payment stream consists of interest-only payments through May 1, 2014, followed by principal and interest payments on a 30-year amortization schedule, culminating in balloon principal payments of approximately $17.0 million, $18.1 million, and $13.3 million for Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek, respectively, each due on May 1, 2018.

Payments due to our manager by us for various property-related management and acquisition services pursuant to the management agreement are not included in the table of contractual obligations. These services are to be performed for indeterminable periods of time or are calculated based upon future operating results. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation” located elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on these arrangements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of the date of this prospectus, the only off-balance sheet arrangement we have is the IPO Warrant. For a description, and our financial treatment, of the IPO Warrant, see the section entitled “Plan of Distribution — IPO Warrant” included elsewhere in this prospectus and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements dated June 30, 2011 (unaudited), Note 9, in the financial statements contained in this prospectus.

Inflation

Virtually all our assets and liabilities will be interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors may influence our performance more so than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our financial statements will be prepared in accordance with GAAP and any distributions we may make to our stockholders will be determined by our board of directors primarily based on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet will be measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair market value without considering inflation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We will seek to manage our risks related to the credit quality of our assets, interest rates, liquidity, prepayment speeds and market value while, at the same time, seeking to provide an opportunity to stockholders to realize attractive risk-adjusted returns through ownership of our capital stock. While we do not seek to avoid risk completely, we believe the risk can be quantified from the past experience of our sponsor, our manager and their respective affiliates and seek to actively manage that risk, to earn sufficient compensation to justify taking those risks and to maintain capital levels consistent with the risks we undertake.

In addition, our current primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. We have approximately $34.8 million of floating-rate debt tied to the 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR. Approximately $19.5 million of our floating-rate debt has LIBOR effectively capped at 4.48% and approximately $15.3 million of our floating rate debt has LIBOR effectively capped at 4.05%, both through caps on the maximum interest rate on our debt under Freddie Mac's capped adjustable-rate mortgage program. We have limited market risk associated with debt maturity as all our debt was incurred in April 2011 and does not mature until May 2018.

We have and will continue to manage interest rate risk as follows:

maintain a reasonable ratio of fixed-rate, long-term debt to total debt so that floating-rate exposure is kept at an acceptable level;

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

place interest rate caps on floating-rate debt; and
take advantage of favorable market conditions for long-term debt or equity.

We use various financial models and advisors to achieve our objectives.

If interest rates under our floating-rate LIBOR-based indebtedness fluctuated by 1.0%, interest costs to us, based on outstanding borrowings at June 30, 2011, would increase by $347,850 on an annualized basis, or decrease by approximately $66,000 on an annualized basis. The difference between the interest expense amounts related to an increase or decrease in our floating-rate interest cost is because LIBOR was 0.19% at June 30, 2011, and we have limited the estimate of how much our interest costs may decrease because we use a floor of 0% for LIBOR.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRIOR PERFORMANCE SUMMARY

Prior Performance of Affiliates of Our Sponsor

The information presented in this section represents information on prior programs organized by our sponsor, John A. Williams, and his affiliates to invest in real estate. Prospective investors should not assume they will experience returns comparable to those experienced by investors in past real estate programs sponsored by affiliates of our sponsor. Further, by purchasing our securities, investors will not acquire an ownership interest in any partnerships or corporations to which the following information relates. The private funds discussed in this section were conducted through privately held entities that were not subject to the up-front commissions, fees and expenses associated with this offering or the laws and regulations that apply to us as a public company.

The information contained herein is included solely to provide prospective investors with background to be used to evaluate the real estate experience of our sponsor and his affiliates. The information summarized below is set forth in greater detail in the Prior Performance Tables included in this prospectus. Investors should direct their attention to the Prior Performance Tables for further information regarding the prior performance of the sponsor and his affiliates. In addition, as part of our registration statement, we have filed certain tables with the Securities and Exchange Commission which report detailed information regarding program property acquisitions by prior programs. Investors can obtain copies of such tables, without charge, by requesting Table VI — Acquisition of Properties by Programs from Part II of this registration statement from us.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS SECTION AND THE TABLES REFERENCED HEREIN SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS INDICATIVE OF HOW WE WILL PERFORM. THIS DISCUSSION REFERS TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PRIOR PROGRAMS AND PROPERTIES SPONSORED BY OUR SPONSOR OR HIS AFFILIATES OVER THE PERIODS LISTED THEREIN. IN ADDITION, THE TABLES INCLUDED WITH THIS PROSPECTUS (WHICH REFLECT RESULTS OVER THE PERIODS SPECIFIED IN EACH TABLE) DO NOT MEAN THAT WE WILL MAKE INVESTMENTS COMPARABLE TO THOSE REFLECTED IN SUCH TABLES. IF YOU PURCHASE SECURITIES OF PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC., YOU WILL NOT HAVE ANY OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN ANY OF THE REAL ESTATE PROGRAMS DESCRIBED IN THE TABLES (UNLESS YOU ARE ALSO AN INVESTOR IN THOSE REAL ESTATE PROGRAMS).

Post Properties

Our sponsor founded Post Properties, Inc. (PPS: NYSE), or Post Properties, in 1970, and directed its activities as a private company until 1993, by which time Post Properties had become a vertically integrated real estate company with over 14,000 apartment units and over 900 employees. Post Properties completed an initial public offering, or IPO, of its shares in 1993. From IPO through 2002, Post Properties developed or acquired an additional 52 properties totaling 17,702 apartment units. Mr. Williams continued as Chief Executive Officer of Post Properties until July 2002 and as Chairman of the Post Properties board of directors until March 2003, at which time Post Properties had a total of 79 properties containing 29,199 units and a total market capitalization of approximately $2.9 billion. Since its founding, Post Properties focused on the development, acquisition, management, and ownership of upscale multifamily apartment communities in Georgia, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Mississippi, New York, North Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and the greater Washington D.C. metropolitan area.

Development Funds

Williams Realty Fund I

In February of 2005, Williams Realty Advisors, LLC, or WRA, an affiliate of our sponsor, commenced the operations of Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, a private, closed-end real estate development program, or Fund I. Mr. Williams is Chief Executive Officer of WRA, the sole manager of Fund I. Fund I closed with $100 million of capital commitments from 91 investors in November of 2005. As of December 31, 2010, this fund has committed approximately $102 million in capital to 34 separate real estate development projects. Fund I’s primary strategy was to invest in real estate development projects across a variety of property types. Fund I’s investments are spread across several property types including rental apartments, for-sale condominiums, retail, senior housing, industrial warehouse, hotels, residential lots and office.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2010, the properties developed under Fund I are broken down as follows by aggregate budgeted project development costs: apartments — 32.3%, condominiums — 10.7%, hotel-condominiums — 17.6%, mixed-use — 6.9%, retail — 5.9%, hotel — 8.0%, senior residential — 8.2%, residential lots — 4.1%, industrial warehouse — 4.8% and office — 1.5%. As of December 31, 2010, all Fund I’s properties are located in the United States and, based on aggregate budgeted project development costs, are 91.8% in the Southeast and 8.2% in the Mid-Atlantic. The aggregate budgeted costs for development of Fund I’s projects total over $1 billion. In addition to Fund I’s investments, these projects are financed with first mortgages from banks and other financial institutions, mezzanine debt, and equity co-investment from various sources. All the development properties in Fund I are new construction. As of December 31, 2010, eleven properties have been sold, yielding an internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to Fund I for assets sold of approximately 22.4% to Fund I (before fees and expenses) and approximately 18.6% to Fund I (after fees and expenses have been allocated to the sold assets) and generating approximately $25 million in cash distributions by Fund I to its investors that is a return of approximately 1.2 times the invested capital with respect to all sold assets, where all such distributions to Fund I’s investors have been paid from the sale and/or refinancing of Fund I’s properties and none of such distributions have been paid from cash generated by operations. However, when all Fund I’s asset dispositions as of December 31, 2010 are included (including any assets lost to a foreclosure, a deed in lieu of foreclosure or any other disposition or loss that is not an arm’s-length sale), the internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to Fund I from all disposed assets is approximately -25.6% to Fund I (before fees and expenses) and approximately -33.2% to Fund I (after fees and expenses have been allocated to all the disposed assets) and the approximately $25 million in cash distributions by Fund I to its investors is a return of approximately 50% of the invested capital with respect to all disposed assets. Because of the development nature of Fund I and its investment in multiple property types, its investment objectives are not similar to ours.

The combination of the downturn in the economy and the lingering effects of the U.S. financial crisis has severely impacted the residential and commercial real estate markets. Real estate values have decreased significantly, and the lack of credit has made refinancing or selling commercial real estate hard in today’s market. Consequently, Fund I’s transaction activity has been severely curtailed. As a result of these difficult conditions, the remaining assets in Fund I face formidable challenges. Any project with a residential for-sale component, such as condos or lots, faces significantly longer sell-out periods and lower sales prices than originally anticipated. Fund I’s retail, hotel, and senior rental projects face more protracted lease-up periods and lower rents than originally anticipated. Even Fund I’s apartment properties, which are generally stabilized at 95%+ occupancy, have suffered a significant diminution in value due to lower rental rates and increased cap rates.

Another challenge exists with respect to existing loans. A majority of Fund I’s projects were commenced in 2005 and 2006 and were financed with three year construction loans, typically with extension options. Many of these loans have matured or will mature in the near future. Others projects have exhausted the interest carry allowances in their construction loan budgets. Since Fund I investments, like other borrowers, have few, if any, refinancing or recapitalization options available in today’s market, existing lenders must either extend these loans or take back the underlying properties. Fund I’s strategy is to attempt to work out acceptable loan extensions with its existing lenders that will enable it to hold these properties until they can be stabilized and sold in a more favorable transaction market. As of December 31, 2010, Fund I had six loans related to five of its properties that were in default and that represented approximately 28.1% of Fund I’s projects’ outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, Fund I lost through short sales, foreclosures and deeds in lieu of foreclosure the following six projects that, in the aggregate, constituted approximately 25.2% of Fund I’s invested capital: (1) a project with 70 residential lots located in Atlanta, Georgia in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $3.2 million was lost in a short sale in December 2009; (2) a project with 45 condominiums and a 127-room hotel located in Atlanta, Georgia in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $12.5 million was lost in a foreclosure sale in February 2010; (3) a project with 94 condominiums located in Atlanta, Georgia in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $1.6 million was lost in a foreclosure sale in May 2010; (4) a project with 232 apartments located in Atlanta, Georgia in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $0.4 million was lost through a deed in lieu of foreclosure in June 2010; (5) a project with 65 condominiums located in Nashville, Tennessee in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $4.5 million was lost in a short sale in September 2010; and (6) a project with

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approximately 133,000 square feet of retail space located in Covington, Georgia, in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $3.4 million was lost in a foreclosure sale in October 2010.

After December 31, 2010 and prior to the date of this prospectus, Fund I disposed of the following seven additional properties through five sales transactions and two short sale transactions: (1) Fund I’s interest in a project with 265 multifamily units located in Williamsburg, Virginia was sold in January 2011 to Fund I’s joint venture partner where Fund I received aggregate actual cash distributions of approximately $2.34 million from its investment of approximately $0.9 million; (2) a pre-development project located in Coral Gables, Florida in which Fund I’s investment of approximately $10.3 million was lost in a short sale in January 2011, however, Fund I has an option to purchase the Coral Gables property from the buyer in the short sale for the buyer's costs plus a stated return; (3) Fund I's interest in a 345-unit multifamily community in Atlanta, Georgia was sold to the Company in April 2011 where Fund I received aggregate cash distributions of approximately $10.3 million from its investment of approximately $6.9 million; (4) the sale of a 204-unit multifamily project in Hampton, Virginia to the Company in April 2011 where Fund I received aggregate actual cash distributions of approximately $1.2 million on its investment of approximately $0.5 million; (5) a sale transaction in May 2011 where Fund I transferred its interest in a 193-unit senior independent living facility in Atlanta, Georgia for no cash consideration; (6) a sale in June 2011 of a 210-unit age-restricted apartment complex where Fund I received no cash distributions from its investment of approximately $6.7 million; and (7) a project with approximately 120 residential lots located in Atlanta, Georgia in which Fund I’s investment of $0.5 million was lost in a short sale transaction in July 2011. If these subsequent dispositions are included in Fund I's return calculations, the internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to Fund I from all disposed assets is approximately -20.2% to Fund I (before fees and expenses) and approximately -24.2% to Fund I (after fees and expenses have been allocated to all the disposed assets) and the approximately $25 million in cash distributions by Fund I to its investors is a return of approximately 33% of the invested capital with respect to all disposed assets. In addition, the disposition of these seven additional properties would reduce Fund I's project loans in default from six loans related to five of its properties to two loans related to two of its properties and these two loans in default represent approximately 6.6% of Fund I’s projects’ outstanding indebtedness (as of December 31, 2010).

As of June 30, 2011, Fund I's two remaining properties that had a total of two loans in default that could result in a total loss of Fund I's investment in those projects as follows: (1) a mixed-use project located in Woodstock, Georgia is in technical default on its loan and, if the lender were to pursue its remedies and prevail, Fund I could lose its entire $3.9 million investment; and (2) the lender on a pre-development project located in Hyopluxo, Florida has filed a foreclosure action against the project which, if determined adversely to Fund I, would result in Fund I losing its entire $3 million investment. If these two potential dispositions are included in Fund I’s return calculations as a total loss of investment, the internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to Fund I from all disposed and potentially disposed assets is approximately -22.8% to Fund I (before fees and expenses) and approximately -26.8% to Fund I (after fees and expenses have been allocated to all the disposed assets) and the approximately $25 million in cash distributions by Fund I to its investors is a return of less than 30% of the invested capital with respect to all disposed assets. Finally, assuming the loss of these two additional properties, Fund I’s projects would have no loans in default.

In addition to the above, it will be much more difficult to resolve situations where the cash flow is insufficient to service the debt. As of December 31, 2010, Fund I had two properties with insufficient cash flow to cover debt service payments, which represent in the aggregate approximately 4.1% of Fund I's invested capital. One of the two Fund I properties with insufficient cash flow to cover its debt service payments was a 193-unit senior independent living facility in Atlanta, Georgia that represents approximately 2.8% of Fund I's invested capital. Fund I transferred its interest in this project in May 2011 so the cash flow shortfall is no longer an issue for Fund I. The other project with insufficient cash flow to cover its debt service payments is a former residential lot development site that has been converted to a multifamily development site in Hampton, Virginia that represents approximately 1.3% of Fund I's invested capital. In June 2011, this project closed on two new construction loans that paid off all outstanding debt and provided the project with the capital needed to construct a 96-unit multifamily community. See the section entitled “Business — Mezzanine Loan” elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed description of the terms of one of these loans.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

It is likely that Fund I’s investment in a number of the remaining projects will suffer either partial or, in some cases, complete losses. Finally, in connection with the economic downturn, Fund I disclosed fair values below its book values for certain assets in its December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 financial statements and recognized impairments related to a number of its assets.

Williams Opportunity Fund

In February of 2007, WRA commenced the operations of Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, a private, closed-end real estate fund. Mr. Williams is Chief Executive Officer of WRA, the sole manager of WOF. WOF closed with over $103 million of capital commitments from 82 investors in March of 2008. As of December 31, 2010, WOF has committed approximately $70.2 million in capital to 20 separate real estate projects. WOF’s primary strategy is to invest in real estate projects and related real estate assets across a variety of property types and markets, including rental apartments, retail/mixed-use, hotels, self-storage and office.

As of December 31, 2010, the properties developed under WOF are broken down as follows by aggregate project costs: apartments — 57.5%, retail/mixed-use — 1.2%, hotel — 34.8%, self-storage — 1.3% and office — 5.2%. As of December 31, 2010, all WOF’s properties are located in the United States and, based on aggregate project development costs, are 71.3% in the Southeast, 23.9% in the Mid-Atlantic and 4.8% in the Northeast. As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate budgeted costs for development of WOF’s projects totaled approximately $624 million. In addition to WOF’s investments, these projects are financed with first mortgages from banks and other financial institutions, mezzanine debt, and equity co-investment from various sources. All the development properties in WOF are new construction. As of December 31, 2010, one property has been sold, yielding an internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to WOF for the asset sold of approximately 21.2% to WOF (before fees and expenses) and approximately 14.8% to WOF (after fees and expenses have been allocated to the sold asset) and generating approximately $7.5 million in cash distributions by WOF to its investors that is approximately a 19.4% internal rate of return to WOF's investors with respect to the asset sold, where all such distributions have been paid from the sale or refinancing of WOF’s properties and none of such distributions have been paid from cash generated by operations. However, when all WOF's asset dispositions as of December 31, 2010 are included (including any assets lost to a foreclosure, a deed in lieu of foreclosure or any other disposition or loss that is not an arm’s-length sale), the internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to WOF from all disposed assets is approximately 9.3% to WOF (before fees and expenses) and approximately 2.4% to WOF (after fees and expenses have been allocated to all the disposed assets) and the approximately $7.5 million in cash distributions by WOF to its investors is approximately a 6.8% internal rate of return with respect to all disposed assets. Because of the nature of WOF and its investment in multiple property types, its investment objectives are not similar to ours.

The combination of the downturn in the economy and the lingering effects of the U.S. financial crisis has severely impacted the residential and commercial real estate markets. Liquidity and credit for the real estate industry remain scarce. Consequently, WOF’s transaction and development activity has been severely curtailed. As a result of these difficult conditions, WOF faces issues in securing the debt and co-equity required to move forward with existing projects in the pre-development stage. In addition, because of limited options for leverage levels consistent with WOF’s targets, the program may have a difficult time deploying all of its called capital in a timely fashion in investments that meet WOF’s targeted investment profile, which could adversely impact WOF’s overall results. Another challenge exists with respect to existing loans related to properties in the pre-development phase. Two of WOF’s projects in pre-development have exhausted their carrying cost reserves and have reached maturity on their pre-development loans. Since these WOF investments, like other borrowers holding properties for future development, have few, if any, refinancing/recapitalization options available in today’s market, existing lenders must either extend these loans or take back the underlying properties. WOF’s strategy is to attempt to work out acceptable loan extensions with its projects’ existing lenders that will enable it to hold these properties until they can be recapitalized in connection with starting construction of the applicable projects. As of December 31, 2010, WOF had three loans related to two of its properties that were in default, which represent approximately 18.1% of WOF’s projects’ outstanding indebtedness. However, the borrower of one of WOF’s projects that has a loan in default (that represented approximately 4.0% of WOF’s projects’ outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 2010) has

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

filed for a judicial declaration that the underlying debt is no longer valid on the basis that such debt was allegedly released by the lender pursuant to a written agreement.

After December 31, 2010 and prior to the date of this prospectus: (1) WOF’s interest in a project with 216 apartments located in Royersford, Pennsylvania was sold in January 2011 to WOF’s development partner in the project where WOF received aggregate actual cash distributions of approximately $0.56 million from its investment of approximately $0.8 million; (2) WOF's interest in a 216-unit multifamily community was sold to the Company in April 2011 where WOF received no cash distributions on its investment of approximately $3.1 million; and (3) WOF’s interest in a 300-unit multifamily community in Hall County, Georgia was sold in July 2011 where WOF received $3.4 million in cash distributions for its $3.4 million investment. If the three subsequent dispositions described above are included in WOF’s return calculations, the internal rate of return based on actual cash distributions to WOF from all disposed assets is approximately -6.1% to WOF (before fees and expenses) and approximately -15.5% internal rate of return to WOF (after fees and expenses have been allocated to all the disposed assets) and the approximately $7.5 million in cash distributions by WOF to its investors is approximately a -47.8% internal rate of return with respect to all the disposed assets.

In addition, on November 3, 2010, the borrower for one of the three loans in default (that represented approximately 14.1% of WOF’s projects’ outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 2010) filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and subsequently the lender for this loan in default filed a lawsuit against WOF for performance of its guarantee of the loan. In August of 2011, the borrower, WOF and the lender entered into a settlement agreement that would release WOF from its guaranty and allow the lender to foreclose on the property, resulting in a complete loss of WOF's investment of over $5 million. This settlement remains subject to bankruptcy court approval.

Finally, in connection with the economic downturn, WOF disclosed fair values below its book values for certain assets in its December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 financial statements and recognized impairments related to a number of its assets.

Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund

In April of 2007, WRA commenced operations of Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund, or the Acquisition Fund. Mr. Williams is the Chief Executive Officer of WRA, the sole manager of the Acquisition Fund’s sole general partner. The three original investors in the Acquisition Fund committed $300 million in equity for the purpose of acquiring select multifamily rental properties in accordance with a prescribed value-add strategy. As of June 30, 2009, the date the investment period during which the Acquisition Fund could acquire new assets expired, the Acquisition Fund had acquired nine apartment communities with an aggregate of almost 3,200 units and totaling approximately $339.5 million in costs. On a same store basis, the Acquisition Fund's portfolio experienced net operating income (NOI) growth of approximately -1.9% from 2008 to 2009. The Acquisition Fund's same store results for 2008 to 2009 represent seven assets comprising 2,296 units that were owned for all of 2008 and 2009. NOI is defined as total revenues less operating expenses and excludes capital expenditures and debt service. The Acquisition Fund's same store growth was approximately 8.1% from 2009 to 2010. The same store results for 2009 to 2010 represent nine assets and 3,199 units that were owned for all of 2009 and 2010. As of December 31, 2010, all the Acquisition Fund’s properties are located in the United States and, based on aggregate total capitalization, are 62.7% in the Southeast and 37.3% in the Southwest. All properties of the Acquisition Fund were acquired in the past five years and no program assets have been sold. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $124.2 million of capital has been called and contributed. The Acquisition Fund’s objective was to employ leverage up to 65% of the value of the program’s assets as part of its strategy to generate competitive internal rates of return, net of management fees, over an eight to ten-year period. The Acquisition Fund has an investment objective that is similar to ours. The Acquisition Fund’s portfolio consists entirely of existing multifamily properties.

The combination of the downturn in the economy and the lingering effects of the U.S. financial crisis has severely impacted the multifamily residential real estate markets. Real estate values decreased significantly, and the lack of credit made refinancing or selling commercial real estate hard in many markets. Consequently, the Acquisition Fund’s disposition activity had previously been severely curtailed. All the Acquisition Fund’s assets saw a diminution in value due to upward movement in cap rates. However, the Acquisition Fund's assets have seen improvement in both occupancy and income growth over the last 18 months as its portfolio

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has benefitted from improved market fundamentals and a well located portfolio. The current turnaround in the multifamily residential real estate market has helped the Acquisition Fund's assets to increase in value, property values on a portfolio basis are still below the original acquisition costs. Finally, as of December 31, 2010, the Acquisition Fund had not yet paid any distributions to its investors.

The adverse market conditions noted above also may cause total returns to the investors in the Acquisition Fund to be lower than originally projected. Due to the improved fundamentals and increased demand for multifamily product, the Acquisition Fund is currently exploring disposition options for the portfolio. Therefore total returns to investors in this program are unknown at this time.

Adverse Business Developments and Conditions

As noted above, neither Fund I nor WOF has paid distributions from cash generated by operations. Furthermore, the Acquisition Fund, which has an investment objective that is similar to ours, had not yet paid any distributions to its investors as of December 31, 2010. The adverse market conditions have severely impacted various real estate markets. As more fully described above, Fund I’s transaction activity and the Acquisition Fund’s disposition activity have been severely curtailed, and WOF faces issues in securing the debt and co-equity required to move forward with existing projects in the pre-development stage. In addition, as discussed above, Fund I has lost eight properties through short sales, foreclosures and deeds in lieu of foreclosure.

The information summarized herein is set forth in greater detail in the Prior Performance Tables included as Appendix A to this prospectus. Investors should direct their attention to the Prior Performance Tables for further information regarding the prior performance of our sponsor, John Williams, and his affiliates.

Other than as disclosed above, there have been no major adverse business developments or conditions experienced by any program or non-program property that would be material to investors, including as a result of recent general economic conditions.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a Maryland corporation formed primarily to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. As part of our property acquisition strategy, we may enter into forward purchase contracts or purchase options for to-be-built multifamily communities and we may make mezzanine loans, provide deposit arrangements, or provide performance assurances, as may be necessary or appropriate, in connection with the construction of these properties. As a secondary strategy, we also may acquire senior mortgage loans, subordinate loans or mezzanine debt secured by interests in multifamily properties, membership or partnership interests in multifamily properties and other multifamily related assets as determined by our manager as appropriate for us. We refer to these asset classes as our target assets.

Our promoters were John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein. Since our formation, (i) John A. Williams has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of our company and as the Chairman of our board of directors, and (ii) Leonard A. Silverstein has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of our company and as the Vice Chairman of our board of directors. We are externally managed and advised by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is controlled by John A. Williams, our sponsor and a veteran of the multifamily industry with over four decades of experience, including the founding of the multifamily real estate investment trust, Post Properties, Inc. (NYSE:PPS), and Leonard A. Silverstein. Pursuant to the terms of a management agreement between our manager and us, our manager is responsible for administering our day-to-day business operations, identifying and acquiring targeted real estate investments, overseeing the management of the investments, handling the disposition of the real estate investments and providing us with our management team and appropriate support personnel.

We also hope to benefit from Mr. Williams’ current organization and platform that specializes in multifamily real estate investment and management. With operations in over 20 nationwide markets, Mr. Williams’ organization includes (i) Williams Realty Advisors, LLC, or WRA — a full service investment management firm, (ii) Williams Asset Management, LLC, or WAM — a full service acquisition, asset management and disposition firm, and (iii) RAM Partners, LLC, or RAM, and Williams Residential Management, LLC, or WRM — both full service property level management firms. RAM provides third party services and WRM handles all owned assets within the Williams umbrella group. Collectively, RAM and WRM manage over 27,500 multifamily units. We believe these organizations provide the full range of services necessary to fulfill our investment objectives and we hope to benefit from their depth and breadth of experience in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: (i) our manager’s intent to contract directly with each of these firms to provide a substantial portion of the services our manager is required to provide in connection with running our day-to-day operations under the management agreement with us, and (ii) key employees of these firms serving as our officers and as officers of our manager.

Our manager intends to brand all apartment communities owned by the Company as “A Preferred Apartment Community”, to make “A Preferred Apartment Community” a trademarked logo and ultimate tagline for each of our communities that will signify certain brand and management standards, and intends to obtain all rights to the trademarks, including federal registration of the trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to secure such brand in connection with such branding. However, there can be no assurance that such trademarks will be issued. The strategy will allow each individual community to be part of a centralized marketing and advertising campaign, in addition to property level marketing and advertising. We expect that these campaigns will enhance further the individual property’s presence in the marketplace, and we believe that this will allow our communities to be perceived as premier over other properties within the marketplace. Our manager intends to enter into a non-exclusive license agreement with the Company as licensee with respect to all intellectual property of the manager other than trademarks. The license agreement will terminate automatically upon termination of our management agreement or upon a material breach of the license agreement that remains uncured for more than 30 days after receipt of notice of such breach. If the trademarks relating to the “A Preferred Apartment Community” brand are issued, our manager intends to enter into a non-exclusive license agreement with the Company as licensee with respect to the manager’s trademarks on substantially similar terms as the initial intellectual property license agreement.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Upon the acquisition of each of our communities, we plan to implement what we believe to be an innovative and unique marketing and branding strategy by rolling out the PAC Concierge, PAC Rewards and PAC Partners programs (as described below). We currently anticipate that all these programs will be fully implemented at each of our existing communities by the end of 2011.

The PAC Concierge program is a complimentary service for our residents designed to offer them the type of personal concierge services that you would expect at a high end resort. The concierge services are provided by a professionally trained team ready to coordinate services such as running errands and making dinner reservations, golf tee times and travel arrangements, as well as many other services. Our concierge service is available to our residents 24/7 by telephone, email or web access through our unique resident web portal.

The PAC Rewards program allows residents to accumulate and redeem rewards points for services and upgrades to their home, such as painting an accent wall, carpet cleaning or installing a ceiling fan or kitchen backsplash. Residents may accumulate Preferred Rewards, for example, when they sign their lease, pay their rent online, enroll in our direct debit/automatic payment program, renew their leases, or when a resident’s referral signs a new lease.

The PAC Partners program establishes reciprocal relationships between a Preferred Apartment Community and neighborhood businesses to provide our residents with benefits such as discounts, perks and other incentives as an enticement to frequent those businesses and to support the local community.

Our Properties

On April 15, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Rise JV LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 216-unit multifamily apartment community located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for a total purchase price of $30.15 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

On April 21, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Summit Partners LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 345-unit multifamily apartment community located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia for a total purchase price of $33.2 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

On April 29, 2011, we, through our indirectly wholly owned subsidiary Trail Creek Apartments, LLC, completed the acquisition of Oxford Trail, a 204-unit multifamily townhome community located in Hampton, Virginia for a total purchase price of $23.5 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

Real Estate Loan Investment

On June 30, 2011, we, through our indirectly owned subsidiary, Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC (the “Lender”), made a mezzanine loan investment of $6.0 million (the “Mezzanine Loan”) to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Borrower”), in connection with Borrower’s plans to construct a 96-unit multifamily community in Hampton, Virginia located adjacent to our existing Trail Creek community. The Borrower was required to fully draw down the Mezzanine Loan on June 30, 2011. WRF has contributed 100% of the cash equity in Oxford Hampton Partners LLC to date.

The Mezzanine Loan matures on June 29, 2016, with no option to extend and pays interest at a fixed rate of 8.0% per annum. Interest will be paid monthly with principal and any accrued but unpaid interest (including the exit fee) due at maturity. Under the terms of a purchase option agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, the Lender has an option (but not an obligation) to purchase the property between and including April 1, 2014 and June 30, 2014 for $17,825,600, which is the amount of the aggregate project costs as set forth in the approved construction budget on the closing date. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party before July 1, 2014, the Lender will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 14% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party on or after July 1, 2014, then the Lender will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 12% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. The calculation of the cumulative internal rate of return will include the fees received by the Lender at the closing of the Mezzanine Loan. Since the minimum exit fee, assuming the

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase option is not exercised is the amount needed to provide a 12% cumulative internal rate of return, the Lender will accrue each period the additional exit fee earned based on the 12% rate assuming the loan was paid off at period end. The accrued exit fee will be recorded as interest income in the consolidated statements of operations the Company. As of June 30, 2011, no additional exit fee was earned by the Lender.

If the Lender exercises the purchase option and acquires the property, any accrued and unpaid exit fee will be treated as additional basis in the acquired project.

The Mezzanine Loan is secured by a pledge of 100% of the membership interests of Borrower. Partial prepayment of the Mezzanine Loan is not permitted without the Lender’s consent. The Mezzanine Loan is subordinate to a senior loan of up to an aggregate amount of $10 million that is held by an unrelated third party. W. Daniel Faulk, Jr. and Richard A. Denny, both unaffiliated third parties, have guaranteed to us the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications. This guaranty is subject to the rights held by the senior lender pursuant to a customary intercreditor agreement between the Lender and the senior lender.

In connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, the Lender received a loan fee of 2% of the loan amount, or $120,000, and a loan commitment fee of $14,333. From the loan fee paid in connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, we paid a fee of $60,000, or 1.0% of the maximum loan amount, to our manager, of which WOF received $600 through its special limited liability company interest in our manager. In addition, the borrower used proceeds of the Mezzanine Loan to pay approximately $302,300 to WRF to retire an outstanding short-term loan from WRF that matured on the closing date of the Mezzanine Loan. The net fees received by us will be recognized as an adjustment of yield over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

Our Manager

Our manager is Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is controlled by John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein.

John A. Williams

John A. Williams has directed and coordinated the development, construction, and management of more than $5 billion in real estate developments for more than four decades. Approximately $3.5 billion of this activity has focused on multifamily housing, with the balance in other property types, including hotels, condominiums and offices. Mr. Williams founded Post Properties, Inc. in 1970 and took it public as a REIT in 1993. When he resigned as Chairman of Post Properties in 2003, the company had over 30,000 apartment units and had averaged FFO growth of 7% per year commencing with the IPO.

Mr. Williams has been a national leader in the urban development concept. He is widely credited with coining the phrases “Smart Growth” and “Live, Work, Play.” His urban mixed-use projects have won numerous local and national awards. He was also an early pioneer in green development having advocated for recycling in apartment communities, superior insulation, energy efficient appliances, and environmentally conscious building materials. His early efforts and vision led to many of the LEED standards that are used today.

Among the 40 awards, honors and medals Mr. Williams has received over his 43 years in the industry include being named “Entrepreneur of The Year,” by both Stanford Business School and Ernst & Young in 1990 and 1988 respectively. He has been given The Wall Street Transcript “CEO Award for Commercial Real Estate,” in 1995 along with being named “CEO of The Year,” by Financial World, in 1996. Mr. Williams was listed on National Real Estate Investor’s list of “The 20th Century’s Most Influential Developers,” along with Atlanta Business Chronicle’s award for “Atlanta Residential Developer of The Decade,” for the 1990s, followed by Harvard Business School extending its “Community Leadership Award” to Mr. Williams in 2000. He has received numerous honors and awards from Cobb County, Georgia including, “The Mack Henderson Public Service Award,” in 2005. Mr. Williams was inducted into the Multi-Housing News Hall of Fame: First Class in 2004, and given the Four Pillar Award in 2007 by The Council for Quality Growth. In the spring of 2008, Mr. Williams was inducted into the Georgia State University J. Mack Robinson College of Business Hall of Fame as well as the Georgia Institute of Technology College of Management Hall of Fame.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While serving as the initial Chairman of the Cobb-Marietta Coliseum and Exhibit Hall Authority, Mr. Williams was responsible for leading the effort to build the $200 million Exhibition Meeting Venue and Ballroom complex. These facilities were completed in 1995. The large ballroom, one of the largest in the south, was named “The John A. Williams Ballroom.” He also led the effort to build the state-of-the-art Cobb Energy Performing Arts Centre which cost $150 million. The 2,800 seat main theatre is named “The John A. Williams Theatre.”

See the section “Management — Our Directors and Executive Officers” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Market Opportunities

In the wake of the financial system troubles and downturn in the United States economy after 2007 – 2008, multifamily assets saw a dramatic drop in their value as the combination of higher capitalization rates and dwindling incomes created formidable headwinds for operators across the country. Many transactions consummated in 2005 – 2008 were highly leveraged with favorable financing terms. In many instances, these deals are financially troubled or the debt associated with these deals is about to mature. These transactions present problems for undercapitalized owners as the ability to refinance has diminished significantly and the only options that may be available are a sale at a dramatic discount to their basis or foreclosure. However, based on the lack of new supply projected for the next several years, the introduction of the “echo boom” generation into the market and the dwindling rate of homeownership, we believe multiple opportunities will be created for acquisitions.

Supply Constraints :  With the economic conditions curtailing financing and construction, we believe the new supply pipeline will remain below historical averages for the next few years. As can be seen from the charts below, for the last three years, permits for multifamily construction have diminished to an average of approximately 130,000 units annually. In addition, we believe that for the period from 2010 to 2015 the U.S. apartment stock will lose an average of 118,000 units per year to obsolescence or conversion to other uses. We believe that this combination should result in a few years of net completions of new units being well below historical averages. As the economy rebounds and demand for apartment inventory increases, we believe that there will be a shortage of new supply to keep up with the expected increased demand. We believe this window of opportunity will allow owners with desirable product to experience rent growth and enhanced occupancy levels as the market expands and supply struggles to keep pace.

Historical US MultiFamily Permits*

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Historical Permitting Comparison*

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Based on U.S. Census Bureau data as presented by Axiometrics, Inc.

Economic Improvement:   While the overall economy struggles to show consistent signs of improvement, we believe that the multifamily sector seems to be the most resilient sector in the real estate market. We believe that the historical correlation between job growth and absorption has not applied. As demonstrated in the chart below, since the third quarter of 2008, apartment absorption on a year-over-year basis has outperformed the corresponding drop in employment, with absorption posting only modest declines in the face of dramatic job losses. We believe that the rental demand for single family rental product (which accounted for a large “shadow market” in many cities) has dropped significantly, providing relatively more demand for traditional multifamily rental product.

Apartment Absorption Rate vs. Job Growth Rate*

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Based on Witten Advisors Second Quarter 2011 U.S. Apartments Markets Forecast Presentation and U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Rate of Homeownership :  We believe that one of the most significant contributors to the projection for new demand for rental units is the level of homeownership in the United States. As of June 30, 2011, the home ownership rate was approximately 65.9%, down from a high of approximately 69.2% in 2004 (figures

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

based on U.S. Census Bureau data and the Witten Advisors Second Quarter 2011 U.S. Apartments Markets Forecast Presentation). Based on industry sources, we believe that, while the current economic weakness should ease, an increase in homeownership rates is unlikely for a much longer period of time and the current downward trend shown in the chart below will continue on its current trajectory.

U.S. Historical & Projected Homeownership Rate

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Source: Figures based on U.S. Census Bureau data and related Arthur C. Nelson forecast (Metropolitan Research Center, University of Utah).

Given the more stringent underwriting standards from lenders and scrutiny from regulators that has been occurring since the beginning of the last recession, the erosion of wealth in the housing sector over the last four years, the decline in overall household income and the dramatic increase in unemployment, we expect the propensity to rent likely will continue to increase in the near term. Based on current U.S. Census Bureau data, from a demographic standpoint, there is a large population bubble of Americans under the age of 30 who we expect to be candidates for home ownership now or in the near future; however, we believe it is likely that the current climate will compel them to delay the decision to purchase a home until they are on firmer economic footing. In addition, we believe the requirements for a mortgage may continue to be stringent and that this group may find it more attractive to rent for a longer period of time until they can qualify for a desirable home. All these factors lead us to believe that an improvement in demand for the apartment market will occur as the rental pool grows in a climate where little supply is being created.

Echo Boom Generation :  As shown in the chart of U.S. Census Bureau data below, there are approximately 84 million “echo boomers” in the population currently, more than their “Baby Boomers” parents who number approximately 76.9 million. The echo boomers were born between 1977 and 1996 and the bulk of them are currently working their way into the market (age range in 2008 was 12 – 31). According to the U.S. Department of Education, for school year 2010 – 2011 more people were expected to attend universities in the United States than at any other time in history. We do not expect this trend to abate anytime in the near future. As these people graduate and work their way into the market, we believe the pool of educated, employed and qualified renters will increase dramatically.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Population by Age

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Based on U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division July 2009 Data. http://www.census.gov/popest/national/asrh/NC-EST2009-sa.html

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we distinguish ourselves from our competitors through the following competitive advantages:

experienced management team with significant expertise in real estate and real estate-related debt investments and capital markets;
access to a pipeline of investment opportunities;
benefits from our relationship with our manager and its affiliates; and
dedicated asset management team.

Our Investment Strategy

We will seek to maximize returns for our stockholders by taking advantage of the current environment in the real estate market created by the recent United States financial crisis and downturn in the United States economy. While occupancy and capitalization rates in the multifamily sector have rebounded in recent months, apartment values remain below previous market highs due to significant declines in rental rates, collections and net operating incomes that have yet to fully recover. As the real estate market and economy stabilize, we intend to employ efficient management techniques to grow income and create asset value. Our investment strategy may include, without limitation, the following:

acquiring assets where assets or the owners of assets are overleveraged and/or owners may be struggling to meet current debt service obligations on such assets, or, in certain circumstances, where owners are financial institutions or conduits under either legal or economic compulsion to sell;
acquiring assets in opportunistic, performing and stable markets throughout the United States;
multifamily properties which we believe will generate sustainable cash available for distribution sufficient to allow us to cover the dividends that we expect to declare and pay and which we believe will have the potential for capital appreciation;
taking advantage of the lack of significant new multifamily development in the last few years; and

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

taking advantage of the anticipated availability of financing from Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae that fits within our financing strategy. See the section entitled “Business — Our Financing Strategy” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of our financing strategy.

We believe that financing will be available from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac because they currently maintain that they will provide liquidity to the market in the form of debt capital at rates that meet our existing financing strategy. While market conditions may change and affect this availability, we believe Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will continue to operate and provide debt for the multifamily sector. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are providing financing in a period where their current interest rate quotes are at or near historical lows, providing favorable economics for acquisitions where we anticipate that property operations will improve.

In implementing our investment strategy, we will use our manager’s and its affiliates’ expertise in identifying attractive investment opportunities with the target classes described below, as well as their transaction sourcing, underwriting, execution and asset management and disposition capabilities. We expect that our manager will make decisions based on a variety of other factors, including expected risk-adjusted returns, credit fundamentals, liquidity, availability of adequate financing, borrowing costs and macroeconomic conditions. In addition, all investment decisions will be made with a view to obtaining and maintaining qualification as a REIT.

We believe there are numerous opportunities within the multi-family sector to acquire assets that fit our investment strategy. While cap rates have come down recently, interest rates generally remain below cap rates, providing an opportunity for buyers to achieve positive leverage (borrow at a cost of capital below the cap rate on the asset). In addition, we believe that NOI growth for multifamily assets in general will be between 5% and 8% annually through 2013.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Based on Witten Advisors Second Quarter 2011 U.S. Apartments Markets Forecast Presentation and U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that opportunity to purchase assets today at a price below replacement cost and below the recent highs in multifamily pricing that occurred in 2006 to 2008, combined with the general forecast of improving NOI growth, supports our investment strategy. However, our investment strategy is dynamic and flexible, which we anticipate will enable us to adapt to shifts in economic, real estate and capital market conditions and to exploit inefficiencies. Consistent with this strategy, our investment decisions will depend on prevailing market conditions and may change over time in response to opportunities available in different economic and capital market conditions. We believe this approach allows us to identify undervalued opportunities in all market cycles, often before other investors identify such opportunities.

In particular, we will look to acquire:

assets of varying age depending on the return profile and the specific strategy for each asset;
assets in the top submarkets of each metropolitan statistical area (MSA) defined by highest rent per square foot, highest resident income level, highest property values for single family housing, etc.;
properties that should be modern in architecture and appearance with no functional obsolescence or design flaws;
assets comprised of 200 – 600 units per property to allow increased operating efficiency, with target properties outside this profile evaluated and priced appropriately;
multifamily properties which we believe will generate sustainable cash available for distribution sufficient to allow us to cover the dividends that we expect to declare and pay and which we believe will have the potential for capital appreciation;
assets with target capitalization rates varying by market and asset type — in light of today's interest rate environment, we believe core assets in the more stable markets could range between 5.0% and 7.0% and more opportunistic assets could have significantly higher acquisition capitalization rates;
assets with exit capitalization rates forecasted based on market performance, interest rate assumptions, and asset strategy but that generally mirror entry capitalization rates (except on more opportunistic targets); and
assets in urban infill areas and suburban markets.

It is our policy to acquire our target assets primarily for income, and only secondarily for possible capital gain. We currently do not anticipate investing in unimproved property, developing new construction properties or acquiring new construction, except we would consider a forward purchase or option to purchase contract on a to-be-built multifamily asset with the appropriate provisions for minimum occupancy and income thresholds in order for us to expect the asset to be priced appropriately. In connection with entering into a forward purchase or option to purchase contract, we may be required to provide a deposit, a mezzanine loan or other assurances of our ability to perform our obligations under the forward purchase or option to purchase contract. We do not currently anticipate making any mezzanine loans other than in the context of such forward purchase or option to purchase contracts.

On June 30, 2011, Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of our operating partnership, made the Mezzanine Loan investment of $6.0 million to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, in connection with Oxford Hampton Partners LLC’s plans to construct a 96-unit townhome community in Hampton, Virginia. Oxford Hampton Partners LLC was required to fully draw down the loan on June 30, 2011. See the section entitled “Business — Mezzanine Loan” elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed description of the terms of the Mezzanine Loan.

Our target asset acquisitions would fit into three categories consisting of:

Core Assets :  Core assets can best be described as being relatively new properties (less than ten years old) in major markets and top submarkets. These properties typically are in infill and close-in suburban locations with significant barriers to entry and little-to-no deferred maintenance issues or

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

significant capital expenditures necessary to maintain market presence. The properties are typically well managed and maintained by the seller. Based on the current interest rate environment, we would expect capitalization rates to range from 5.0% to 7.0%;
Value Add Assets :  Value add assets can best be described as slightly older assets (up to 25 years old) in major markets, but submarkets can be infill or suburban. Value add assets typically have some deferred maintenance issues, capital expenditure needs and/or modest operational or occupancy deficiencies that may require more management intensive efforts than core assets. These operational deficiencies could include, but are not limited to, below market occupancy rates, unqualified or inexperienced management teams on site or at the corporate level, deferred maintenance and capital expenditure needs. Capital expenditure needs in value add assets should be no more than $10,000 to $20,000 per unit, depending on market conditions and material costs. The capitalization rates for value add assets are expected to be higher (7.00% to 8.00% currently) than core assets with higher expected returns; and
Opportunistic Assets :  Opportunistic assets can be older assets, but we would seek to avoid functional obsolescence in an asset due to defective construction and inherent flaws. Examples of functional obsolescence could include, but are not limited to, flat roofs in garden style apartments, floor plans that are significantly smaller than the market average and a high percentage of two bedroom/one bath units relative to the market. Defective construction or inherent flaws could include, but is not limited to, aluminum wiring in apartments for electricity, blu-poly piping and poor installation of mechanical systems or appliances. It is possible that we would acquire an asset with some of these flaws with the intention of correcting the issues or “updating” the asset. We would expect this type of asset to have serious physical or operational deficiencies that will require intensive efforts to correct either through management changes, renovation or a combination of both. Capital expenditure needs in opportunistic assets will probably exceed $20,000 per unit, depending on market conditions and material costs. Serious physical and operational deficiencies could include, but are not limited to, reroofing a property, repainting the interior and exterior of a property, replacing all the appliances in a property and completely renovating the common areas. Capitalization rates for these assets could be 8.0% or higher due to the potentially serious operational deficiencies with an opportunistic asset, current cap rates may be difficult to determine and may vary widely.

We also may invest in real estate related debt, including, but not limited to, previously originated first mortgage loans on multifamily properties that meet our investment criteria, which are performing or non-performing, previously originated mezzanine loans on multifamily properties that meet our investment criteria (second or subsequent mortgages), which are performing or non-performing, and tranches of securitized loans (pools of collateralized mortgaged-backed securities) on multifamily properties that meet our investment criteria, which are performing or non-performing. We will seek to invest in debt when there is a reasonable expectation that either the satisfaction of the debt under its current terms or the foreclosure of the asset securing the debt would result in a favorable return to us. We will analyze the current operations of any asset securing the debt that we seek to purchase in order to determine the likelihood of a default or foreclosure (in the case where there is not one currently) and price our bid for such debt based on the expectations of either a successful payoff by the current borrower or a need to foreclose on the asset. Other than in connection with forward purchase or option to purchase contracts, we do not intend to originate real estate related debt or make loans to other persons.

We anticipate that future acquisitions of assets by us generally will be from unaffiliated third parties, but we would still consider an acquisition from an affiliated third party if such acquisition made financial sense to us and was approved by our conflicts committee comprised of independent directors.

The investment committee will periodically review our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines (or our investment policies), and provide our board of directors an investment report at the end of each quarter in conjunction with its review of our quarterly results. Our investment guidelines, the assets in our portfolio, the decision to utilize leverage, and the appropriate levels of leverage are periodically reviewed by our board of directors as part of their oversight of our manager. Our board of directors may

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amend or revise our investment guidelines without a vote of the stockholders. If our board of directors amends or revises our investment guidelines, the board will describe such amendments or revisions in our next Form 10-Q filing, a Form 8-K or a press release.

Our Target Markets

We will use a variety of metrics and measures to assist us in determining the appropriateness of the markets we will target for acquisitions, the sub-markets within those markets and the individual assets we will acquire. Generally, we intend to target MSAs of one million people or more with favorable economic conditions. The conditions we may monitor in determining the economic conditions of a market include, but are not limited to, job growth, household income, the pipeline of new supply for multifamily units, the pipeline of new supply for single family units, current and forecasted occupancy for multifamily units, current and forecasted rental rate growth for multifamily units, and other statistics that may be relevant to individual markets. In addition, we will analyze data from our affiliate operations to corroborate any assumptions. Our affiliate operations include third party property management of 22,500 multifamily units across 15 states, asset management of over 3,000 multifamily units across four states and in-house property management of over 5,100 multifamily units across six states. In addition to the analysis of current economic conditions and forecasts and the data provided by our affiliates’ operations, we will utilize a network of industry contacts and relationships to generate significant information about current and future market conditions. The map below provides our most current analysis of the markets where we believe opportunities exist for us to acquire properties. These markets have different favorable and unfavorable traits which might cause us to make different acquisition decisions in each market, depending on the type of asset available in the market, the submarket it is located in within that market, the pricing we anticipate for that asset and our view on how the asset, the submarket and the broader market will perform. The areas in red on the map below indicate our current areas of operation. The areas in blue on the map below indicate additional markets we are currently targeting for properties to acquire, however, no assurance can be given that suitable properties will be acquired in such areas. These initial markets have been selected because our affiliated operations currently have a significant presence in these markets. We anticipate this presence will provide us more accurate and timely market data when evaluating potential acquisitions and speed and efficiency in putting in place a property management team post-acquisition. The map below is a guide and will change as additional information becomes available to us regarding national, market or local trends. As of the date of this prospectus, we currently own properties in Atlanta, Georgia MSA, Hampton, Virginia MSA, and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania MSA and we may purchase properties in markets other than those shown on the map below. See the section entitled “Description of Real Estate Investments — Property Owned” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a detailed discussion of the properties we have acquired.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Target MSA Map

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

* Target MSAs in the above map are as of June 30, 2011

Our Financing Strategy

We intend to utilize leverage in making our investments. The number of different investments we will acquire will be affected by numerous factors, including the amount of funds available to us. By operating on a leveraged basis, we will have more funds available for our investments. This will allow us to make more investments than would otherwise be possible, resulting in a larger and more diversified portfolio. See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for more information about the risks related to operating on a leveraged basis.

We intend to target leverage levels (secured and unsecured) between 50% and 65% of the value of our tangible assets (including our real estate assets, real estate loan investments, accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents) on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. As of June 30, 2011, our outstanding debt (both secured and unsecured) was approximately 56.5% of the value of our tangible assets on a portfolio basis based on fair market value. Neither our charter nor our by-laws contain any limitation on the amount of leverage we may use. Our investment guidelines, which can be amended by our board without stockholder approval, limit our borrowings (secured and unsecured) to 75% of the cost of our tangible assets at the time of any new borrowing. These targets, however, will not apply to individual real estate assets or investments. The amount of leverage we will seek for particular investments in our target assets will depend on our manager’s assessment of a variety of factors which may include the anticipated liquidity and price volatility of the assets in our investment portfolio, the potential for losses and extension risk in the portfolio, the availability and cost of financing the assets, our opinion of the creditworthiness of our financing counterparties, the health of the U.S. economy and the health of the commercial real estate market in general. In addition, factors such as our outlook on interest rates, changes in the yield curve slope, the level and volatility of interest rates and their associated credit spreads, the underlying collateral of our assets and our outlook on credit spreads relative to our outlook on interest rate and economic performance could all impact our decision and strategy for financing the target assets. At the date of acquisition of each asset, we anticipate that the cost of investment for such asset will be substantially similar to its fair market value. However, subsequent events, including changes in the fair market value of our assets, could result in our exceeding

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

these limits. Finally, we intend to acquire all our properties through separate special purpose entities and we intend to finance each of these properties using financing techniques for that property alone without any cross-collateralization to our other properties. In addition, neither we nor our operating partnership intend to provide any guaranties of property level indebtedness. Finally, we intend to have no long-term corporate level debt.

The leverage may be obtained from a variety of sources including (but not limited to) Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), commercial banks, credit companies, insurance companies, pension funds, endowments, financial services companies and other institutions who wish to provide debt financing for our assets.

Our secured and unsecured aggregate borrowings are intended by us to be reasonable in relation to our net assets and will be reviewed by our board of directors at least quarterly. In determining whether our borrowings are reasonable in relation to our net assets, we expect that our board of directors will consider many factors, including without limitation, the lending standards of government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other companies for loans in connection with the financing of multifamily properties, the leverage ratios of publicly traded and non-traded REITs with similar investment strategies, whether we have positive leverage (in that, the board will compare the capitalization rates of our properties to the interest rates on the indebtedness of such properties) and general market and economic conditions. There is no limitation on (i) the amount that we may borrow for any single investment, or (ii) the number of mortgages that may be placed on any one piece of property.

Risk Management

Risk management is a fundamental principle in our manager’s construction of our portfolio and in the management of each investment. Diversification of our portfolio by investment size and location is critical to controlling portfolio-level risk. Over the long term, it is our policy that no single asset will exceed 15% of our total assets and that we will not have more than 25% of our total assets invested in any single MSA. However, until a sufficient number of properties are acquired, we anticipate that we will have single assets in excess of 15% of our total assets and more than 25% of our assets in a single MSA. There is no limitation on (i) the percentage of assets of any one type of investment which we may invest in, and (ii) in the case of securities, the percentage of securities of any one issuer which we may acquire.

Investment Committee

Our manager has an investment committee which will meet periodically, at least every quarter, to discuss investment opportunities. The investment committee will periodically review our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines described above, and provide our board of directors an investment report at the end of each quarter in conjunction with its review of our quarterly results. From time to time, as it deems appropriate or necessary, our board of directors also will review our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines and the appropriateness of our investment guidelines and strategies.

Policies With Respect to Certain Other Activities

If our board of directors determines that additional funding is required, we may raise such funds through additional offerings of equity or debt securities or the retention of cash flow (subject to provisions in the Code concerning distribution requirements and the taxability of undistributed REIT taxable income) or a combination of these methods. If our board of directors determines to raise additional equity capital, it has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue additional common stock or preferred stock in any manner and on such terms and for such consideration as it deems appropriate, at any time. We will seek to maintain a balance between the number of outstanding shares of common stock and other types of equity securities of the company issued and outstanding as we seek to fund our capital needs. However, we can make no assurances that we will be able to achieve or maintain this balance. For example, uncertainties in the marketplace could affect the timing, amount and value of any equity securities to be issued, the success or lack of success of any capital raising program, including without limitation this offering. Moreover, general economic conditions affecting our business, financial condition and operations could affect the balance between the number of outstanding shares of common stock and other types of equity securities of the company issued and outstanding.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we may finance the acquisition of investments using the various sources of financing discussed above as described in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our investment guidelines, the assets in our portfolio, the decision to utilize leverage, and the appropriate levels of leverage are periodically reviewed by our board of directors as part of their oversight of our manager.

We may offer equity or debt securities in exchange for property or may redeem or otherwise reacquire shares of our common stock for cash. We also may redeem shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock for cash or in equal value of our common stock. In addition to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock issuable in this offering, we may establish and offer another class or series of preferred stock, including convertible preferred stock. Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and gross income tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may in the future invest in securities of other REITs or other entities (including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities) that invest in multifamily properties or otherwise have similar investment objectives. We do not intend that our investments in securities will require us to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, and we would intend to divest such securities before any such registration would be required. We do not intend to underwrite securities of other issuers.

We intend to make available to our stockholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. After our IPO, we became subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we are now required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

Our board of directors may change any of these policies without prior notice to you or a vote of our stockholders.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

REIT Qualification

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. In addition, we may hold certain of our assets through TRSs, which may be subject to corporate-level income tax at regular rates. Our qualification as a REIT depends on our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares. We believe that we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that our proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

So long as we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our REIT taxable income we distribute currently to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the statutory relief provisions of the Code do not apply, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year during which we lost our REIT qualification. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we are not a REIT would not be deductible by us, nor would they be required to be made. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain state and local taxes on our income or property and to U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income.

Investment Company Act Considerations

We intend to conduct our operations so that we and each of our subsidiaries are exempt from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act, a company is an “investment company” if it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act, a company is deemed to be an “investment company” if it is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities and owns or proposes to acquire “investment securities” having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis, or the 40% test. “Investment securities” exclude U.S. Government securities and securities of majority owned subsidiaries that are not themselves investment companies and are not relying on the exception from the definition of investment company set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.

We intend to acquire real estate and real-estate related assets directly, for example, by acquiring fee interests in real property, or by purchasing interests, including controlling interests, in REITs or other “real estate operating companies,” such as real estate management companies and real estate development companies, that own real property. We also may acquire real estate assets through investments in joint venture entities, including joint venture entities in which we may not own a controlling interest. We anticipate that our assets generally will be held in our wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries, each formed to hold a particular asset.

We intend to conduct our operations so that our company and most, if not all, of its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will comply with the 40% test. We will continuously monitor our holdings on an ongoing basis to determine the compliance of our company and each wholly owned and majority owned subsidiary with this test. Because we expect that most of our assets will be real estate investments, we expect that most, if not all, of the company’s wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will not be relying on exemptions under either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act. Consequently, interests in these subsidiaries (which are expected to constitute most, if not all, of our assets) generally will not constitute “investment securities.” Accordingly, we believe that our company and most, if not all, of its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries will not be considered investment companies under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

In addition, we believe that neither we nor any of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries will be considered investment companies under Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act because they will not engage primarily, or propose to engage primarily, or hold themselves out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Rather, we and our subsidiaries will be primarily engaged in non-investment company businesses related to real estate. Consequently, we and our subsidiaries expect to be able to conduct their respective operations such that none of them will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The determination of whether an entity is our majority owned subsidiary is made by us. The Investment Company Act defines a majority owned subsidiary of a person as a company 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by another company which is a majority owned subsidiary of such person. The Investment Company Act further defines voting securities as any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company. We treat companies in which we own at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities as majority owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test. We have not requested that the SEC staff approve our treatment of any entity as a majority owned subsidiary and the SEC staff has not done so. If the SEC staff were to disagree with our treatment of one or more companies as majority owned subsidiaries, we would need to adjust our strategy and our assets in order to continue to comply with the 40% test. Any such adjustment in our strategy could have a material adverse effect on us.

We intend to conduct our operations so that neither we nor any of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries fall within the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. If we or any of our wholly owned or majority owned subsidiaries inadvertently falls within one of the definitions of “investment company,” we intend to rely on the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, which is available for entities primarily engaged in the business of “purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” In addition to prohibiting the issuance of certain types of securities, this exclusion generally requires that at least 55% of an entity’s assets must be comprised of mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate, also known as “qualifying assets,” and at least 80% of the entity’s assets must be comprised of qualifying assets and a broader category of assets that we refer to as “real estate related assets” under the Investment Company Act. Additionally, no more than 20% of the entity’s assets may be comprised of miscellaneous assets.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will classify our assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act, including the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, in large measure based upon no-action positions taken by the SEC staff in the past. These no-action positions were issued in accordance with factual situations that may be substantially different from the factual situations we may face, and a number of these no-action positions were issued more than ten years ago. No assurance can be given that the SEC staff will concur with our classification of our assets. In addition, the SEC staff may, in the future, issue further guidance that may require us to re-classify our assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act. If we are required to re-classify our assets, we may no longer be in compliance with the exclusion from the definition of an investment company provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

For purposes of determining whether we satisfy the 55%/80% tests, we will classify the assets in which we invest as follows:

Real Property .  Based on the no-action letters issued by the SEC staff, we will classify our fee interests in real properties as qualifying assets. In addition, based on no-action letters issued by the SEC staff, we will treat our investments in joint ventures, which in turn invest in qualifying assets such as real property, as qualifying assets only if we have the right to approve major decisions affecting the joint venture; otherwise, such investments will be classified as real estate-related assets. We expect that no less than 55% of our assets will consist of investments in real property, including any joint ventures that we control.

Securities .  We intend to treat as real estate-related assets debt and equity securities of both non-majority owned publicly traded and private companies primarily engaged in real estate businesses, including REITs and other real estate operating companies, and securities issued by pass-through entities of which substantially all the assets consist of qualifying assets or real estate-related assets.

Loans .  Based on the no-action letters issued by the SEC staff, we will classify our investments in various types of whole loans as qualifying assets, as long as the loans are “fully secured” by an interest in real estate at the time we originate or acquire the loan. However, we will consider loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 100% to be real estate-related assets. We will treat our mezzanine loan investments as qualifying assets so long as they are structured as “Tier 1” mezzanine loans in accordance with the guidance published by the SEC staff in a no-action letter that discusses the classifications of Tier 1 mezzanine loans under Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act.

Consistent with no-action positions taken by the SEC staff, we will consider any participation in a whole mortgage loan, including B-Notes, to be a qualifying real estate asset only if (1) we have a participation interest in a mortgage loan that is fully secured by real property; (2) we have the right to receive our proportionate share of the interest and the principal payments made on the loan by the borrower, and our returns on the loan are based on such payments; (3) we invest only after performing the same type of due diligence and credit underwriting procedures that we would perform if we were underwriting the underlying mortgage loan; (4) we have approval rights in connection with any material decisions pertaining to the administration and servicing of the loan and with respect to any material modification to the loan agreements; and (5) if the loan becomes non-performing, we have effective control over the remedies relating to the enforcement of the mortgage loan, including ultimate control of the foreclosure process, by having the right to: (a) appoint the special servicer to manage the resolution of the loan; (b) advise, direct or approve the actions of the special servicer; (c) terminate the special servicer at any time with or without cause; (d) cure the default so that the mortgage loan is no longer non-performing; and (e) purchase the senior loan at par plus accrued interest, thereby acquiring the entire mortgage loan.

We will base our treatment of any other investments as qualifying assets and real estate-related assets on the characteristics of the underlying collateral and the particular type of loan (including whether we have foreclosure rights with respect to those securities or loans that have underlying real estate collateral) and we will make these determinations in a manner consistent with guidance issued by the SEC staff.

Qualification for exemption from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act will limit our ability to make certain investments. For example, these restrictions may limit the ability of our company and our subsidiaries to invest directly in mortgage-related securities that represent less than the entire ownership in a pool of mortgage loans, debt and equity tranches of securitizations and certain

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

asset-backed securities, distressed debt, subordinated debt and real estate companies or in assets not related to real estate. Although we intend to monitor our portfolio, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain this exemption from registration for our company or each of our subsidiaries.

A change in the value of any of our assets could negatively affect our ability to maintain our exemption from regulation under the Investment Company Act. To maintain compliance with the exclusion provided by Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the Investment Company Act, we may be unable to sell assets we would otherwise want to sell and may need to sell assets we would otherwise wish to retain. In addition, we may have to acquire additional assets that we might not otherwise have acquired or may have to forego opportunities to acquire assets that we would otherwise want to acquire and would be important to our investment strategy.

To the extent that the SEC staff provides more specific guidance regarding any of the matters bearing upon the definition of investment company and the exceptions to that definition, we may be required to adjust our investment strategy accordingly. Additional guidance from the SEC staff could provide additional flexibility to us, or it could further inhibit our ability to pursue the investment strategy we have chosen.

If we are required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we would become subject to substantial regulation with respect to our capital structure (including our ability to use borrowings), management, operations, transactions with affiliated persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act), and portfolio composition, including restrictions with respect to diversification and industry concentration and other matters. Compliance with the Investment Company Act would, accordingly, limit our ability to make certain investments and require us to significantly restructure our business plan.

Competition

Our profitability depends, in large part, on our ability to acquire our target assets at attractive prices. We are subject to significant competition in acquiring our target assets. In particular, we will compete with a variety of institutional investors, including other REITs, specialty finance companies, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, hedge funds, mortgage bankers, commercial finance and insurance companies, governmental bodies and other financial institutions. We also may compete with John A. Williams and his affiliates for investment opportunities. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, there are several REITs with similar investment objectives, including a number that have been recently formed, and others may be organized in the future. These other REITs will increase competition for the available supply of real estate-related assets suitable for purchase or origination. Some of our anticipated competitors have greater financial resources, access to lower costs of capital and access to funding sources that may not be available to us. In addition, some of our competitors are not subject to the operating constraints associated with REIT tax compliance or maintenance of an exemption from the Investment Company Act. Furthermore, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments, or pay higher prices, than we can. Current market conditions may attract more competitors, which may increase the competition for our target assets. An increase in the competition for such assets may increase the price of such assets, which may limit our ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for our stockholders, thereby adversely affecting the market price of our outstanding stock.

In the face of this competition, we expect to have access to our manager’s and its affiliates’ professionals and their industry expertise, which we believe will provide us with a competitive advantage and help us assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for potential investments. We expect that these relationships will enable us to compete more efficiently and effectively for attractive investment opportunities. In addition, we believe that current market conditions may have adversely affected the financial condition of certain competitors. Thus, not having a legacy portfolio also may enable us to compete more effectively for attractive investment opportunities. Although we believe we are well positioned to compete effectively in each facet of our business, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve our business goals or expectations due to the extensive competition in our market sector. For additional information concerning these competitive risks, see “Risk Factors.”

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employees

We are externally managed by our manager pursuant to the third amended and restated management agreement between our manager and us. All our officers are employees of our manager or its affiliates. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Agreement” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor our subsidiaries nor, to our knowledge, our manager is currently subject to any legal proceedings that we or our manager consider to be material. To our knowledge, none of our properties is currently subject to any legal proceeding that we consider material.

Other Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400, Atlanta Georgia 30339. Our telephone number is (770) 818-4100. Our website is www.pacapts.com . The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS

Properties Owned

The following table provides information as of June 30, 2011 regarding our three multifamily communities.

               
               
Current Name of Multifamily Community   Location of Multifamily Community   Number
of Units
  Average Per Unit Monthly Rents (1)   Purchase Price (2)   Mortgage
Debt
Amount (4)
  Interest
Rate (4)
  Property Management Agent (3)   Annual Property Management Fee
Summit Crossing     Suburban Atlanta,
Georgia
      345     $ 887     $ 33,307,434     $ 20,862,000       4.71 %       An affiliate
of our manager
      4.0 %  
Stone Rise     Suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania       216     $ 1,232     $ 30,584,741     $ 19,500,000       2.96 % (5)       An affiliate
of our manager
      4.0 %  
Trail Creek     Hampton Roads,
Virginia
      204     $ 1,070     $ 23,583,054     $ 15,275,000       2.99 % (5)       An affiliate
of our manager
      4.0 %  

(1) Exclusive of additional amounts recoverable from tenants for utilities and rent concessions that may be offered to tenants.
(2) The purchase price of acquired properties is based on the aggregate value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired.
(3) Each of the multifamily communities is operated under a management agreement between our manager and Williams Residential Management, LLC, or the property manager, an affiliate of our manager.
(4) Mortgage debt amount and interest rate at June 30, 2011. Interest rate varies monthly and is calculated by adding 2.77% to the British Banker’s Association’s one month LIBOR Rate for United States Dollar deposits, or LIBOR, for Stone Rise and 2.80% to LIBOR for Trail Creek. LIBOR was 0.19% on June 30, 2011.
(5) Variable monthly interest rates are capped at 7.25% and 6.85% for Stone Rise and Trail Creek, respectively.

See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Agreements With Institutional and Other Investors — Real Estate Property Acquisitions” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summit Crossing

On April 21, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Summit Partners LLC), (“Summit Crossing”) the fee-simple owner of a 345-unit multifamily community located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia for a total purchase price of $33.2 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

We funded the purchase price from proceeds of the IPO and concurrent private placement transaction and a non-recourse first mortgage loan in the original principal amount of approximately $20.9 million. The loan bears interest at a fixed rate of interest equal to 4.71% per annum. The loan requires monthly payments of accrued interest only from the period of June 1, 2011 to May 1, 2014. Beginning on June 1, 2014, the Loan will require monthly payments of accrued interest and principal based on a 30-year amortization period. The loan matures on May 1, 2018. The loan may not be partially prepaid, but may be prepaid in full at any time. However, any prepayment before February 1, 2018 will require us to pay a prepayment premium. The prepayment premium is the greater of (1) 1% of the loan balance and (2) the present value of the difference in payments implied between the stated interest rate on the loan and the equivalent rate on a U.S. Treasury security whose maturity coincides with the maturity of the loan at the time the prepayment is being calculated. In the case where a U.S. Treasury security does not have a maturity date equal to the maturity date of the loan, the interpolation of the yield between the securities immediately shorter and immediately longer than the maturity of the loan shall be used. At maturity a balance of approximately $14.3 million will be due on the loan, assuming no prior principal prepayment on the loan.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summit Crossing is a multifamily community consisting of 345 units located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia. The community consists of 26 garden and townhome buildings on a 19-acre landscaped setting. A gated and controlled access community, Summit Crossing is comprised of a unit mix of 83 one-bedroom garden apartment homes, 40 one-bedroom townhomes, 53 two-bedroom garden apartment homes, and 166 two-bedroom townhomes and 3 three-bedroom garden apartment homes. The property was constructed in 2007 and its apartment homes have an average size of 1,024 square feet. We believe that the Summit Crossing property is suitable and adequate for use as a multifamily apartment complex. No major renovations, improvements or developments are planned for the Summit Crossing property.

There are currently nine other apartment communities in the area that we believe are competitive with Summit Crossing, with seven of those properties located two to three miles south in Alpharetta/North Fulton County. Including Summit Crossing, these ten properties total 3,842 units, have an average unit size of 1,094 square feet and an average year of construction of 2000. In addition to existing competitive properties, the market in which Summit Crossing is located currently has no properties under construction or planned, but an affiliate of the seller of Summit Crossing owns two adjacent parcels each entitled for multi family development that would allow for the future development of a 162 unit community and a 150 unit community. Other than those two parcels, there is no other multifamily zoned land in Summit Crossing’s market. In addition to the specific competitive conditions described above, general competitive conditions affecting Summit Crossing include those identified in the section entitled “Competition” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

All the leased space is residential with leases ranging from an initial term of three months to one year. The average historical occupancy rate (determined by the total number of units actually occupied at the specified point in time indicated) for the last five years is as follows:

 
At December 31, 2010     94.8 %  
At December 31, 2009     93.8 %  
At December 31, 2008     85.4 %  
At December 31, 2007     76.5 %  
At December 31, 2006     N/A  

No single tenant occupies 10% or more of Summit Crossing.

The average historical effective net annual rental rate per unit (including any tenant concessions and abatements) at the property is as follows:

 
Year ending December 31, 2010   $ 10,476  
Year ending December 31, 2009   $ 10,212  
Year ending December 31, 2008   $ 10,536  
Year ending December 31, 2007   $ 10,728  
Year ending December 31, 2006     N/A  

Property taxes paid on Summit Crossing for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 were $142,698.44. Summit Crossing was subject to a tax rate of 2.4719% of its assessed value.

Under a contract with our manager, Williams Residential Management, LLC, an affiliate of our manager, will act as property manager of Summit Crossing. In the opinion of the management of the Company, Summit Crossing is adequately covered by insurance.

Stone Rise

On April 15, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Rise JV LLC), (“Stone Rise”) the fee-simple owner of a 216-unit multifamily apartment community located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for a total purchase price of $30.15 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

We funded the purchase price from proceeds of the IPO and concurrent private placement transaction and a non-recourse first mortgage in the original principal amount of $19.5 million. The loan bears interest at an adjustable interest rate that is calculated each month. The adjustable interest rate is set at 277 basis points

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

above the British Banker’s Association’s one month LIBOR and is capped at 7.25% per annum. The loan requires monthly payments of accrued interest only from the period of June 1, 2011 to May 1, 2014. Beginning on June 1, 2014, the loan will require monthly payments of accrued interest and principal based on a 30-year amortization period. The loan matures on May 1, 2018. The loan may not be partially prepaid, but may be prepaid in full at any time. However, any prepayment before February 1, 2018 will require us to pay a prepayment premium. Prepayment premiums are as follows: Year 1 — 5% of principal being prepaid; Year 2 — 4% of principal being prepaid; Year 3 — 3% of principal being prepaid; Year 4 — 2% of principal being prepaid; and Year 5 to maturity — 1% of principal being prepaid. At maturity a balance of approximately $17.0 million will be due on the loan, assuming no prior principal prepayment on the loan.

Stone Rise is an existing multifamily apartment complex consisting of 216 units located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The community consists of 8 garden buildings on a 20-acre landscaped setting. Stone Rise is comprised of a unit mix of 72 one-bedroom garden apartment homes and 144 two-bedroom garden apartment homes. The property was constructed in 2008 and its apartment homes have an average size of 1,078 square feet. We believe the Stone Rise property is suitable and adequate for use as a multifamily apartment complex. No major renovations, improvements or developments are planned for the Stone Rise property.

There are currently six other apartment communities in the area that we believe are competitive with Stone Rise. All these properties are located south of Stone Rise nearer to Interstate 76 and Highway 202. Including Stone Rise, the seven properties total 1,602 units, have an average unit size of 1,027 square feet and an average year of construction of 2002. Further, in Chester County, Pennsylvania, the county in which Stone Rise is located, no new construction of multifamily properties is currently on-going or planned. In addition, new construction is constrained due to a current lack of sewer availability that requires any new construction to bear the burden of constructing and maintaining a waste water treatment plant and drip irrigation system. In addition to the specific competitive conditions described above, general competitive conditions affecting Stone Rise include those identified in the section entitled “Competition” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

All the leased space is residential with leases ranging from an initial term of three months to one year. The average historical occupancy rate (determined by the total number of units actually occupied at the specific point in time indicated) for the last five years is as follows:

 
At December 31, 2010     94.0 %  
At December 31, 2009     79.2 %  
At December 31, 2008     21.8 %  
At December 31, 2007     N/A  
At December 31, 2006     N/A  

No single tenant occupies 10% or more of Stone Rise.

The average historical effective net annual rental rate per unit (including any tenant concessions and abatements) at the property is as follows:

 
Year ending December 31, 2010   $ 14,640  
Year ending December 31, 2009   $ 14,556  
Year ending December 31, 2008   $ 16,284  
Year ending December 31, 2007     N/A  
Year ending December 31, 2006     N/A  

Property taxes paid on Stone Rise for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 were $392,887. Stone Rise was subject to a base property tax rate of 0.6295% of its assessed value. In addition, Stone Rise was subject to an additional property tax rate of 2.55% of its 2009 assessed value for the first half of 2010 and to an additional property tax rate of 2.617% of its 2010 assessed value for the second half of 2010.

Under a contract with our manager, Williams Residential Management, LLC, an affiliate of our manager, will act as property manager of Stone Rise. In the opinion of the management of the Company, Stone Rise is adequately covered by insurance.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trail Creek

On April 29, 2011, we, through our indirectly wholly owned subsidiary Trail Creek Apartments, LLC, completed the acquisition of a 204-unit multifamily townhome community located in Hampton, Virginia (“Trail Creek”) for a total purchase price of $23.5 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs.

We purchased a fee-simple interest in the property from Oxford Trail JV LLC and funded the purchase price from proceeds of the IPO and concurrent private placement transaction and a non-recourse first mortgage in the original principal amount of approximately $15.3 million. The loan bears interest at an adjustable interest rate that is calculated each month. The adjustable interest rate is set at 2.80% above LIBOR, and is capped at 6.85% per annum. The loan requires monthly payments of accrued interest only from the period of June 1, 2011 to May 1, 2014. Beginning on June 1, 2014, the loan will require monthly payments of accrued interest and principal based on a 30-year amortization period. The loan matures on May 1, 2018. The loan may not be partially prepaid but may be prepaid in full at any time. However, any prepayment before February 1, 2018 will require us to pay a prepayment premium. Prepayment premiums are as follows: Year 1 —  5% of the loan balance; Year 2 — 4% of the loan balance; Year 3 — 3% of the loan balance; Year 4 — 2% of the loan balance; and Year 5 to maturity — 1% of the loan balance. At maturity a balance of approximately $18.1 million will be due on the loan, assuming no prior principal prepayment on the loan.

Trail Creek is a multifamily community consisting of 204 units located in Hampton, Virginia. The community consists of 20 two-story townhome buildings on approximately 16.92 acres. Trail Creek is comprised of a unit mix of 84 one-bedroom townhomes and 120 two-bedroom townhomes. The property was constructed in 2006 and its townhomes have an average size of 984 square feet. We believe the Trail Creek property is suitable and adequate for use as a multifamily apartment complex. No major renovations, improvements or developments are planned for the Trail Creek property.

There are currently seven other apartment communities in the area that we believe are competitive with Trail Creek, with five of those properties located within approximately two to three miles of Trail Creek. Including Trail Creek, these eight properties total 1,981 units, have an average unit size of 1,009 square feet and an average year of construction of 2004. In addition to existing competitive properties, the market in which Trail Creek is located currently has two properties under construction or planned that total 446 units. In addition to the specific competitive conditions described above, general competitive conditions affecting Trail Creek include those identified in the section entitled “Competition” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

All the leased space is residential with leases ranging from an initial term of three months to one year. The average historical occupancy rate (determined by the total number of units actually occupied at the specified point in time indicated) for the last five years is as follows:

 
At December 31, 2010     97.3 %  
At December 31, 2009     94.8 %  
At December 31, 2008     92.1 %  
At December 31, 2007     69.3 %  
At December 31, 2006     7.2 %  

No single tenant occupies 10% or more of Trail Creek.

The average historical effective net annual rental rate per unit (including any tenant concessions and abatements) at the property is as follows:

 
Year ending December 31, 2010   $ 12,528  
Year ending December 31, 2009   $ 12,336  
Year ending December 31, 2008   $ 12,360  
Year ending December 31, 2007   $ 12,180  
Year ending December 31, 2006   $ 11,808  

Property taxes paid on Trail Creek for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 were $240,893. Trail Creek was subject to a tax rate of 1.04% of its assessed value.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under a contract with our manager, Williams Residential Management, LLC, an affiliate of our manager, will act as property manager of Trail Creek. In the opinion of the management of the Company, Trail Creek is adequately covered by insurance.

Real Estate Loan Investment

On June 30, 2011, we, through our indirectly owned subsidiary, Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC (the “Lender”), made the Mezzanine Loan to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (the “Borrower”), in connection with Borrower’s plans to construct a 96-unit townhome community in Hampton, Virginia. The Borrower was required to fully draw down the Mezzanine Loan on June 30, 2011.

The Mezzanine Loan matures on June 29, 2016, with no option to extend and pays interest at a fixed rate of 8.0% per annum. Interest will be paid monthly with principal and any accrued but unpaid interest (including the exit fee) due at maturity. Under the terms of a purchase option agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, the Lender has an option (but not an obligation) to purchase the property between and including April 1, 2014 and June 30, 2014 for $17,825,600, which is the amount of the aggregate project costs as set forth in the approved construction budget on the closing date. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party before July 1, 2014, the Lender will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 14% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party on or after July 1, 2014, then the Lender will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 12% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. The calculation of the cumulative internal rate of return will include the fees received by the Lender at the closing of the Mezzanine Loan. Since the minimum exit fee, assuming the purchase option is not exercised is the amount needed to provide a 12% cumulative internal rate of return, the Lender will accrue each period the additional exit fee earned based on the 12% rate assuming the loan was paid off at period end. The accrued exit fee will be recorded as interest income in the consolidated statements of operations the Company. As of June 30, 2011, no additional exit fee was earned by the Lender.

If the Lender exercises the purchase option and acquires the property, any accrued and unpaid exit fee will be treated as additional basis in the acquired project.

The Mezzanine Loan is secured by a pledge of 100% of the membership interests of Borrower. Partial prepayment of the Mezzanine Loan is not permitted without the Lender’s consent. The Mezzanine Loan is subordinate to a senior loan of up to an aggregate amount of $10 million that is held by an unrelated third party. W. Daniel Faulk, Jr. and Richard A. Denny, both unaffiliated third parties, have guaranteed to us the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications. This guaranty is subject to the rights held by the senior lender pursuant to a customary intercreditor agreement between the Lender and the senior lender.

In connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, the Lender received a loan fee of 2% of the loan amount, or $120,000, and a loan commitment fee of $14,333. From the loan fee paid in connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, we paid a fee of $60,000, or 1.0% of the maximum loan amount, to our manager, of which WOF received $600 through its special limited liability company interest in our manager. In addition, the borrower used proceeds of the Mezzanine Loan to pay approximately $302,300 to WRF to retire an outstanding short-term loan from WRF that matured on the closing date of the Mezzanine Loan. The net fees received by us will be recognized as an adjustment of yield over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OUR MANAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

We operate under the direction of our board of directors. The board is responsible for the overall management and control of our affairs. Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC has been formed to manage our day-to-day affairs and the acquisition and disposition of our investments, subject to the board’s supervision. Each of our executive officers, including John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein, who also serve as directors, also are officers of our manager. As a result, these individuals owe fiduciary duties to our manager, which fiduciary duties may conflict with the duties that they owe to us and our stockholders. As described in greater detail under section entitled “— The Manager” below, our manager is responsible for making investment decisions subject to the approval of its investment committee and the oversight of our board of directors.

Our charter and by-laws provide that the number of our directors may be established by a majority of the entire board of directors but may not be fewer than two nor more than ten. We currently have seven directors, including five independent directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of all the votes cast. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or officers, or officers of our manager.

During the discussion of a proposed transaction, independent directors may offer ideas for ways in which transactions may be structured to offer the greatest value to us, and our manager will take these suggestions into consideration when structuring transactions. Each director will serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Although the number of directors may be increased or decreased, a decrease will not have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

Any director may resign at any time. A director may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the total voting power of all our outstanding common stock. Notice of a special meeting to remove a director will indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director shall be removed.

Any vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors. If at any time there are no directors in office, successor directors shall be elected in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL. Each director will be bound by the charter and the by-laws.

The directors are not required to devote all their time to our business and are only required to devote the time to our affairs as their duties require. It is expected that the directors will meet quarterly or more frequently if necessary. Our directors are not required to devote a substantial portion of their time to discharge their duties as our directors. Consequently, in the exercise of their responsibilities, the directors heavily rely on our manager. Our directors have a duty to our company to supervise the relationship between us and our manager. The board is empowered to fix the compensation of all officers that it selects and approve the payment of compensation to directors for services rendered to us in any other capacity.

Our board of directors will establish policies on investments and borrowing, the general terms of which are set forth in this prospectus. The directors may establish further policies on investments and borrowings and monitor our administrative procedures, investment operations and performance to ensure that the policies are fulfilled and are in the best interest of our stockholders.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have provided below certain information about our executive officers and our directors.

   
Name   Age   Position(s)
John A. Williams   68   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Leonard A. Silverstein   53   Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and
Vice Chairman of the Board
Michael J. Cronin   56   Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
William F. Leseman   51   Executive Vice President — Property Management
Daniel M. DuPree   64   Independent Director
Timothy A. Peterson   46   Independent Director
Steve Bartkowski   58   Independent Director
Gary B. Coursey   71   Independent Director
Howard A. McLure   54   Independent Director

John A. Williams , has served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our company since our formation. Mr. Williams was born and educated in Atlanta. Following graduation from the city’s public school system, he entered the Georgia Institute of Technology where he earned a BS in Industrial Management. Mr. Williams has directed and coordinated the development, construction, and management of real estate developments since 1966. Over the course of his career, he has directed and coordinated the development, construction, and management of more than $5 billion in real estate developments. Approximately $3.5 billion of this activity has focused on multifamily housing (over 100,000 apartments), with the balance in other property types including hotels, condominiums and offices. Mr. Williams founded Post Properties, Inc. in 1970. He took Post Properties, Inc. public as a REIT in 1993. When he resigned as Chairman of Post Properties in 2003, the company had over 30,000 apartment units and had averaged Funds from Operation (FFO) growth of 7% per year commencing with the initial public offering. Mr. Williams is currently Chief Executive Officer of Williams Realty Advisors, LLC and has held this position since February 2005. He also holds interests in various other entities involving the acquisition, development, building, holding, leasing, managing, operating and exchanging of real properties and enterprises that collectively have over 800 employees and have been involved in over $3 billion in development.

Mr. Williams has been a national leader in the urban development concept. He is widely credited with coining the phrases “Smart Growth” and “Live, Work, Play.” His urban mixed-use projects have won numerous local and national awards. He was also an early pioneer in green development having advocated for recycling in apartment communities, superior insulation, energy efficient appliances, and environmentally conscious building materials. His early efforts and vision led to many of the LEED standards that are used today.

Among the 40 awards, honors and medals Mr. Williams has received over his 43 years in the industry include being named “Entrepreneur of The Year,” by both Stanford Business School and Ernst & Young in 1990 and 1988 respectively. He has been given The Wall Street Transcript “CEO Award for Commercial Real Estate,” in 1995 along with being named “CEO of The Year,” by Financial World, in 1996. Mr. Williams was listed on National Real Estate Investor’s list of “The 20th Century’s Most Influential Developers,” along with Atlanta Business Chronicle’s award for “Atlanta Residential Developer of The Decade,” for the 1990’s; followed by Harvard Business School extending its “Community Leadership Award” to Mr. Williams in 2000. He has received numerous honors and awards from Cobb County, Georgia including, “The Mack Henderson Public Service Award,” in 2005. Mr. Williams was inducted into the Multi-Housing News Hall of Fame: First Class in 2004, and given the Four Pillar Award in 2007 by The Council for Quality Growth. John A. Williams is and has always been very active in varied philanthropic activities, outreaches, and organizations in Georgia and around the World. In the spring of 2008, Mr. Williams was inducted into the Georgia State University J. Mack Robinson College of Business Hall of Fame as well as the Georgia Institute of Technology College of Management Hall of Fame.

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Williams is currently serving on the Board of Directors of the Atlanta Falcons of which he is also a minority owner. He has previously served on the boards of Riverside Bancshares, Inc., where he was the largest stockholder, the Georgia Regional Transportation Authority, the Atlanta Regional Commission, Atlanta Convention & Visitors Bureau, Post Secondary/Vocational Education, the Executive Committee of the National Apartment Association, the Board of Directors of NationsBank and Barnett Banks, Inc, the Board of Directors of Crawford & Company, and the Board of Directors of Post Properties, Inc. He is the Founder and past Chairman of the Cumberland Community Improvement District. He served as president of the Homebuilders Association of Metropolitan Atlanta, Chairman of the Metro Atlanta Chamber of Commerce, Chairman of the Metro Business Forum, Chairman of the Regional Business Coalition, Chairman of the Cobb-Marietta Coliseum and Exhibit Hall Authority, and Chairman of the Cobb County Chamber of Commerce, serving two terms.

While serving as the initial Chairman of the Cobb-Marietta Coliseum and Exhibit Hall Authority, Mr. Williams was responsible for leading the effort to build the $200 million Exhibition Meeting Venue and Ballroom complex. These facilities were completed in 1995. The large ballroom, one of the largest in the south, was named “The John A. Williams Ballroom.” He also led the effort to build the state-of-the-art Cobb Energy Performing Arts Centre which cost $150 million. The 2,800 seat main theatre is named “The John A. Williams Theatre.”

In February 2010, iStar Tara, LLC effected a non-judicial foreclosure relating to The Mansion hotel property in Atlanta, Georgia, where Mr. Williams, our sponsor, served as a guarantor to a loan related to the property. Various actions followed, culminating in a mutual settlement among the parties. Our manager, which Mr. Williams controls together with Mr. Silverstein, was not a party to this dispute, and it has informed us that the terms of the settlement are not expected to have a material impact on its business or its operations. Mr. Williams has informed us that he believes the settlement has not and will not have a material adverse impact on his financial condition.

In June 2010, litigation was initiated when Messrs. Williams and Silverstein, among others, filed a lawsuit against Synovus Bank seeking judicial declaration that they have no liability under certain guarantees executed by them in favor of Synovus Bank (as successor-in-interest to Bank of North Georgia) in connection with certain real estate loans on the basis that all such liabilities were allegedly released by Synovus Bank pursuant to a release agreement executed by Northside Guaranty, LLC, an entity wholly owned by our sponsor, and Bank of North Georgia. Synovus Bank has asserted counterclaims against, among other counterclaim defendants, Messrs. Williams and Silverstein, including counterclaims alleging that Messrs. Williams and Silverstein remain liable to Synovus Bank pursuant to the guarantees at issue. The counterclaims against Messrs. Williams and Silverstein in these legal proceedings, if adversely determined against them, would have a material adverse effect on their respective net worth. Messrs. Williams and Silverstein have informed us of their respective beliefs that they have meritorious defenses against these counterclaims and plan to pursue such defenses vigorously.

In April 2010, RBC Bank (USA) filed a lawsuit against, among others, Mr. Williams alleging that he is liable to RBC Bank (USA) for breach of certain guaranties executed by Mr. Williams in favor of RBC Bank (USA) in connection with certain real estate loans. The claims against Mr. Williams in these legal proceedings, if adversely determined against Mr. Williams, would have a material adverse effect on Mr. Williams’ net worth. Mr. Williams has informed us of his belief that he has meritorious defenses against these claims and plans to pursue such defenses vigorously. On October 13, 2011, Mr. Williams entered into a term sheet for a Settlement Agreement with RBC Bank (USA), pursuant to which his alleged guaranties in favor of the bank would be released, resulting in no material adverse effect to Mr. Williams.

On July 8, 2011, Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation (“Caterpillar”) commenced an action against Mr. Williams in the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia. In this action, Caterpillar seeks to recover $1,238,208.51, plus accrued interest, legal fees and costs, under a personal guaranty given by Mr. Williams in connection with a loan by Caterpillar to VMV, Ltd. Mr. Williams is the 100% indirect owner of VMV, Ltd. Mr. Williams has informed us of his belief that he has meritorious defenses to Caterpillar’s claims and that he intends to vigorously contest them.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that Mr. Williams’ previous experience as the founder of Post Properties, Inc. and his current role as the Chief Executive Officer of Williams Realty Advisors, LLC make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Leonard A. Silverstein , has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Vice Chairman of our company since our formation. Mr. Silverstein has also served as General Counsel of Williams Realty Advisors, LLC since February 2005 and Chief Operating Officer of Corporate Holdings, LLC since October 2004. From August 1994 to 2004, Mr. Silverstein was a partner at the law firm of McKenna, Long & Aldridge LLP. From January 1991 to August 1994, Mr. Silverstein was a partner at the law firm of Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy LLP, where he began his legal practice in 1983. Mr. Silverstein’s practice focused on securities and corporate finance law, corporate governance and mergers and acquisitions, advising both publicly-held and privately-held clients in a variety of industries, including real estate.

Mr. Silverstein currently serves on the Advisory Board of Mayer Electric Supply Co., Inc., a regional electrical equipment and supply wholesale-distributor, headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. He has served on the Board of Trustees and Executive Committee of the American Jewish Committee, Atlanta Chapter, where he currently serves as President, and on the Board of Trustees of the Jewish Federation of Greater Atlanta. He also has served on the Board of Directors of numerous other business and civic organizations, including the American-Israel Chamber of Commerce — Southeast Region, Atlanta Symphony Associates, Business Practice Section of the Atlanta Bar Association, Vanderbilt University National Alumni Association, and Zoo Atlanta, and formerly served as Vice Chairman of the Securities Law Subcommittee of the State Bar of Georgia. Mr. Silverstein received his law degree from Vanderbilt University School of Law where he served on the editorial staff of the Vanderbilt Law Review, and his BA from Vanderbilt University, where he graduated magna cum laude.

In June 2010, litigation was initiated by, among others, Mr. Williams and Leonard Silverstein, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and a Director, among others, filed a lawsuit against Synovus Bank seeking judicial declaration that they have no liability under certain guarantees executed by them in favor of Synovus Bank (as successor-in-interest to Bank of North Georgia) in connection with certain real estate loans on the basis that all such liabilities were allegedly released by Synovus Bank pursuant to a release agreement executed by Northside Guaranty, LLC, an entity wholly owned by our sponsor, and Bank of North Georgia. Synovus Bank has asserted counterclaims against, among other counterclaim defendants, Messrs. Williams and Silverstein, including counterclaims alleging that Messrs. Williams and Silverstein remain liable to Synovus Bank pursuant to the guarantees at issue. The counterclaims against each of Messrs. Williams and Silverstein in these legal proceedings, if adversely determined against him, would have a material adverse effect on his net worth. Messrs. Williams and Silverstein have informed us of their respective beliefs that they have meritorious defenses against these counterclaims and plan to pursue such defenses vigorously.

We believe that Mr. Silverstein’s previous experience as a partner in each of McKenna, Long & Aldridge LLP and Powell, Goldstein, Frazer & Murphy LLP, his current roles as General Counsel of Williams Realty Advisors, LLC and Chief Operating Officer of Corporate Holdings, LLC and his legal education make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Michael J. Cronin , has served as Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer of our company since formation. Mr. Cronin has served in various capacities since joining Williams Realty Advisors, LLC in December 2005, most recently as Chief Financial Officer since October 2008. Prior to joining Williams Realty Advisors, Mr. Cronin served as Vice President of Morgan Stanley Real Estate Advisors from February 2004 to December 2005. Mr. Cronin was the Chief Financial Officer of Hatfield Philips, a commercial real estate company, for three years prior to joining Morgan Stanley Real Estate Advisors. In total, Mr. Cronin has over 25 years of accounting, reporting and finance experience in the real estate field. He is a CPA and holds a BBA and Masters degree in Accounting from the University of Georgia.

William F. Leseman , has served as Executive Vice President — Property Management of our company since formation. Mr. Leseman has over 26 years of experience in property management and since 1995 has served as President of RAM Partners, LLC, a full-service property management firm that leases and manages over 120 multi-family properties totaling approximately 31,000 units. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Leseman served

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as Senior Vice President of property management for Post Properties, Inc. (NYSE: PPS), and was responsible for the management of more than 16,000 apartment units. He was previously a senior manager for a large regional property management company responsible for the firm’s owned and third-party portfolios. Mr. Leseman received a B.S. in Business Management from Stephen F. Austin State University in 1982. Mr. Leseman is a member of the Institute of Real Estate Management where he holds the Certified Property Management designation.

Daniel M. DuPree , was elected to our board as a Director effective as of March 31, 2011. Mr. DuPree has over 30 years of real estate experience in shopping center management, leasing and development. Since March 2009, he has served as Chief Executive Officer for The Reynolds Companies, a real estate development company in Atlanta, Georgia. From 1992 to March 2001 and then again from March 2003 to March 2009, Mr. DuPree served as President and Chief Operating Officer for Cousins Properties Incorporated (NYSE: CUZ), a real estate development, acquisition, financing, management and leasing company. From September 2002 to March 2003, Mr. DuPree served as Chief Executive Officer of Barry Real Estate Companies, a real estate development and management company. From 1982 to 1992, he served as Chief Executive Officer of New Market Development Company, a shopping center management and development company which he founded in 1982. From 1976 to 1982, Mr. DuPree served as an Executive Vice President for Post Properties, Inc. (NYSE: PPS) where he was responsible for shopping center management, leasing and development. From 1974 to 1976, Mr. DuPree was a commercial real estate broker for Coldwell Banker and Company.

Mr. DuPree has served as Capital Campaign Chair of the Atlanta Community Food Bank, as Board Chair of the Midtown Alliance, and as Transportation Committee Chair for the Metropolitan Atlanta Chamber of Commerce. He is a board member of both the University of Florida College of Business Administration and the Wake Forest University Calloway School of Business. Mr. DuPree received his Bachelor of Science Business Administration degree from the University of Florida. We believe that Mr. DuPree’s previous experience as Chief Operating Officer of Cousins Properties and his current role as Chief Executive Officer of The Reynolds Companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Timothy A. Peterson , was elected to our board as a Director, effective as of March 31, 2011. Since 2003, Mr. Peterson has been a partner, Chief Financial Officer and member of the Investment Committee of Altman Development Corporation where his primary responsibilities have been overseeing capital markets activities, financial reporting, strategic planning and budgeting. Mr. Peterson was Chief Financial Officer for Keystone Property Trust (NYSE: KTR) from 1998 to 2002, becoming Executive Vice President from 2002 to 2003. From 1989 to 1998, Mr. Peterson served in a series of positions for Post Properties, Inc. (NYSE: PPS), including as Executive Vice President. Working very closely with the president of Post Properties, Mr. Peterson was responsible for the day-to-day coordination with the accountants, attorneys and investment bankers involved in completing Post Properties’ initial public offering in July 1993. Throughout his career, Mr. Peterson has overseen in excess of $3 billion of real estate financings using public stock sales, secured and unsecured debt, tax-exempt and taxable bond issuances, private placements and joint ventures.

Mr. Peterson has been a frequent speaker on REITs and real estate development. He is a past member of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts where he served as a Co-Chairman of its Accounting Committee, and a member of the Best Financial Practices Task Force. He is a member of the Advisory Board for the University of Florida Center for Real Estate Studies and has served as Treasurer and member of the Executive Committee, and a Director and Treasurer of The Please Touch Museum (the Philadelphia children’s museum). Mr. Peterson received his undergraduate degree in Accounting from the University of Florida in 1985 and his MBA in Finance from the University of Florida in 1987. Mr. Peterson formerly was licensed as a Certified Public Accountant.

We believe that Mr. Peterson’s previous experience as Chief Financial Officer of Keystone Property Trust and Executive Vice President of Post Properties, Inc. combined with his financial reporting, accounting and initial public offering experience, makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Steve Bartkowski , was elected to our board as a Director, effective as of March 31, 2011. After graduation from high school, which included numerous personal honors in football, basketball and baseball, he chose from over 100 scholarship offers to attend the University of California at Berkeley. He was an All American in both baseball and football at the University of California at Berkeley. In 1975, he was the first pick in the NFL draft, selected by the Atlanta Falcons, serving as their starting quarterback for the following 11 seasons. Mr. Bartkowski was the NFL’s rookie of the year in 1975, the NFL’s highest rated quarterback for three years, and earned All-Pro honors for his efforts in 1980 and 1981. He was the most valuable player in the NFC in 1980. Mr. Bartkowski led the Falcons to their first play-off game in 1978 and again in 1980 and 1982. Mr. Bartkowski played his last season in the NFL for the Los Angeles Rams and retired from professional football in 1987.

Following retirement from professional football, Mr. Bartkowski produced and hosted the popular TNN outdoor television series, Backroad Adventures with Steve Bartkowski from 1994 to 1996. He was also the host of a top rated outdoor television series, Suzuki’s Great Outdoors with Steve Bartkowski, on ESPN from 1990 – 1993.

Since 1997, Mr. Bartkowski has worked in business development for DPR Construction, Inc., a global commercial contractor and construction management company. He is a well known motivational speaker on personal success and excellence, giving speeches throughout the U.S.

Mr. Bartkowski serves on the Boards of Directors of several charitable organizations, including The World Children’s Center, an orphanage being constructed in Georgia. He participates in numerous charitable fundraisers throughout the year. He is also a member of the Board of Advisors for the Atlanta Falcons. Mr. Bartkowski was inducted into the Atlanta Falcon’s Ring of Honor. He is a member of the Georgia Sports Hall of Fame and the Atlanta Sports Hall of Fame.

We believe that Mr. Bartkowski’s experience in business development for DPR Construction, Inc. and his previous leadership and management experience, both in professional football and television, make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Gary B. Coursey , was elected to our board as a Director on December 3, 2010. Mr. Coursey has over 47 years of experience in the architectural profession and has managed the completion of thousands of projects representing over $3 billion in construction costs. He founded Gary B. Coursey & Associates Architects, Inc. in 1971 and has built an innovative architectural practice focused on the highest level of creativity and design and is a LEED certified firm. Mr. Coursey has overseen the design of over 300,000 units of multi-family housing, personal care facilities, athletic facilities, office buildings, industrial buildings, financial institutions, medical facilities, military facilities, restaurants, shopping centers and churches. Mr. Coursey has experience throughout the U.S., as well as internationally.

Mr. Coursey is a registered professional architect in the states of Georgia, Alabama, California, Connecticut, Florida, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia. He is currently a member of the American Institute of Architects and is Past Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of the American Institute of Architects, Georgia Association. Mr. Coursey is a member of the Atlanta Apartment Association, the Chamber of Commerce for each of Atlanta, Cobb County and North Fulton County, and the Advisory Board for the Southern Polytechnic State University School of Architecture. Mr. Coursey also serves on the Boards of the Ronald McDonald Houses of Atlanta and the Boys & Girls Clubs of Metro Atlanta. Mr. Coursey received his Bachelor of Science in Architecture from the Georgia Institute of Technology and his Associate of Science in Building Construction from Southern Polytechnic State University.

We believe that Mr. Coursey’s experience as the founder of Gary P. Coursey & Associates Architects, Inc. and his related architectural design experience make him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Howard A. McLure , was elected to our board as a Director, effective as of March 31, 2011. Since May 2011, Mr. McLure has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of change: healthcare, Inc., a provider of healthcare cost transparency services to self-insured employers who sponsor high detectable health care benefit plans. From March 2007 until November 2009, he served as Executive Vice President of CVS Caremark Corporation (NYSE: CVS) and President of Caremark Pharmacy Services, a division of CVS

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Caremark Corporation, where he was responsible for all sales and operations of the division. From June 2005 until March 2007, Mr. McLure served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Caremark RX, Inc., listed on the New York Stock Exchange prior to the closing of the CVS Corp. — Caremark RX Inc. merger in March 2007. From May 2000 to June 2005, Mr. McLure served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Caremark RX, Inc. From June 1998 to May 2000, Mr. McLure served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Caremark RX, Inc. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. McLure was Senior Vice President and Controller of Magellan Health Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: MGLN), a specialty managed healthcare company. Mr. McLure received his Bachelor’s of Business Administration in Accounting from the University of Georgia in 1979. Mr. McLure formerly was licensed as a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

In November 2009, a securities class action lawsuit was filed in federal court in Rhode Island against CVS Caremark Corporation and certain of its officers, including Mr. McLure, which includes allegations of securities fraud relating to certain public disclosures made by CVS Caremark Corporation and allegations of insider trading. In addition, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed in December 2009 in the same court against CVS Caremark Corporation and its directors and certain officers, including Mr. McLure, which includes allegations of, among other things, securities fraud, insider trading and breach of fiduciary duties and further alleges that CVS Caremark Corporation was damaged by the purchase of stock at allegedly inflated prices under its share repurchase program. Mr. McLure has informed us of his belief that any allegations made against him in these lawsuits are without merit and that he plans to defend against them vigorously.

We believe that Mr. McLure’s previous experience as Executive Vice President of CVS Caremark Corporation and Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Caremark RX, Inc. makes him well qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Corporate Governance — Board of Directors and Committees

Our business is managed by our manager, subject to the supervision and oversight of our board of directors, which has established investment guidelines described under the section entitled “Business — Our Investment Strategy” included elsewhere in this prospectus for our manager to follow in its day-to-day management of our business. Our board of directors may amend or revise our investment guidelines without a vote of the stockholders. A majority of our board of directors will be “independent,” as determined by the requirements of the AMEX and the regulations of the SEC. Our directors keep informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

Audit Committee .  Our audit committee consists of three of our independent directors: Messrs. Timothy A. Peterson, Howard A. McLure, and Gary B. Coursey. Mr. Peterson serves as chairman of the audit committee and as the “audit committee financial expert”, as defined in applicable SEC rules. The audit committee, by approval of at least a majority of the members, will: select the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our annual financial statements; review with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement; approve the audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm; review the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm; consider the range of audit and non-audit fees; and review the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for the audit committee that sets forth its specific functions, powers, duties and responsibilities. The audit committee will have additional powers, duties and responsibilities as may be delegated to it by the board of directors.

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation Committee .  Our compensation committee consists of three of our independent directors: Messrs. Howard A. McLure, who serves as chairman, Daniel DuPree and Steve Bartkowski. Among other things, the committee charter calls upon the compensation committee to:

review and approve on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to chief executive officer compensation, if any, evaluate our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and, either as a committee or together with our independent directors (as directed by the board of directors), determine and approve the remuneration of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;
review and oversee management’s annual process, if any, for evaluating the performance of our officers and review and approve on an annual basis the remuneration of our officers;
oversee our stock incentive plan;
assist the board of directors and the chairman in overseeing the development of executive succession plans; and
determine from time to time the remuneration for our independent directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .  Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of three of the independent directors: Messrs. Daniel DuPree, who serves as chairman, Gary B. Coursey and Steve Bartkowski. The nominating and corporate governance committee was formed to establish and implement our corporate governance practices and to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by our board of directors. Among other things, the committee charter calls upon the nominating and corporate governance committee to: develop criteria for selecting new directors and identify individuals qualified to become board members and members of the various committees of the board; select, or recommend that the board select, the director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders and the committee nominees; and develop and recommend to the board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the corporation.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider nominees recommended by stockholders.

Independent Directors .  Our board of directors has determined that each of our independent directors is independent within the meaning of the applicable (i) requirements set forth in the Exchange Act and the applicable SEC rules, and (ii) rules of the AMEX.

To be considered independent under the AMEX rules, the board of directors must determine that a director does not have a material relationship with us (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with any of those entities, including our sponsor and his affiliates). Under the AMEX rules, a director will not be independent if, within the last three years:

the director was employed by us or our sponsor, our manager or any of our affiliates;
an immediate family member of the director was employed by us or our sponsor as an executive officer;
the director, or an immediate family member of the director, received more than $120,000 during any 12-month period in direct compensation from us or our sponsor, other than director and committee fees and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service);
the director was affiliated with or employed by a present or former internal or external auditor of us or our sponsor;
an immediate family member of the director was affiliated with or employed in a professional capacity by a present or former internal or external auditor of us or our sponsor;

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

an executive officer serves on our compensation committee or the board of directors of a company which employed the director, or which employed an immediate family member of the director, as an executive officer; or
the director was an executive officer or an employee (or an immediate family member of the director was an executive officer) of a company that makes payments to, or receives payments from, us or our manager for property or services in an amount which, in any single fiscal year, exceeded the greater of $1 million or 2% of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues.

Conflicts Committee .  Our conflicts committee is comprised of three of our independent directors: Messrs. Timothy A. Peterson, who serves as chairman, Howard A. McLure, and Gary B. Coursey. The conflicts committee was formed to review, among other things, (1) transactions we enter into with John A. Williams, WOF, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any of their respective affiliates, which are subject to an inherent conflict of interest, and (2) the allocation of investment opportunities among affiliated entities. For a description of certain of our conflict resolution procedures, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Conflicts of Interest — Certain Conflict Resolution Procedures” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Executive and Director Compensation

Compensation of Directors

Our compensation committee designs our director compensation with the goals of attracting and retaining highly qualified individuals to serve as independent directors and fairly compensating them for their time and efforts. Because of our intent to qualify as a REIT and the unique attributes of a REIT, service as an independent director on our board requires broad expertise in the fields of real estate and real estate investing.

We compensate each of our independent directors with an annual fee of $50,000. We also pay an additional $10,000 annual retainer to the chair of our audit committee. In addition, we pay independent directors a fee of $2,000 per meeting for attending committee meetings. All directors receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of the board of directors and committees thereof. If a director is also one of our officers, we will not pay that director any compensation for services rendered as a director. We may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to our stock incentive plan in lieu of paying an independent director his or her annual fees and/or meeting fees in cash. Any fees owed to our independent directors will be paid in shares of restricted common stock through April 2013. Afterwards, any such fees may be paid in cash or stock. If we elect to pay our independent directors in cash, subject to the consent of the compensation committee, each independent director may elect to receive his or her annual fees and/or meeting fees in the form of shares of our common stock or a combination of shares of our common stock and cash. The vesting schedule for fees paid to our independent directors in shares of our common stock will be determined by the compensation committee in connection with such award. None of the members of the board of directors will be entitled to any fees for serving on the board of directors except as set forth above or unless the board unanimously determines otherwise.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation of our directors for 2011 as of August 5, 2011 was as follows:

           
           
  FEES
EARNED OR
PAID IN
CASH
($)
  STOCK
AWARDS
($) (1)
  OPTION
AWARDS
($)
  NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE
PLAN
COMPENSATION
($)
  ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION
($)
  TOTAL
($)
John A. Williams     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Leonard A. Silverstein     0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  
Daniel M. DuPree     0.00       56,000.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       56,000.00  
Timothy A. Peterson     0.00       64,000.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       64,000.00  
Steve Bartkowski     0.00       56,000.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       56,000.00  
Gary B. Coursey     0.00       56,000.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       56,000.00  
Howard A. McLure     0.00       58,000.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       58,000.00  

(1) On April 5, 2011, we issued 26,000 restricted shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for annual service on our board of directors pursuant to our 2011 stock incentive plan. On May 5, 2011, we issued 1,872 shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for attendance at our board committee meetings pursuant to our 2011 stock incentive plan. On August 4, 2011, we issued 1,500 shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for attendance at Board committee meetings pursuant to our 2011 stock incentive plan.

Compensation of Officers

We currently intend that our officers will not receive any cash compensation from us for their services as our officers. We intend to compensate our officers in accordance with our stock incentive plan. Our compensation committee will determine if and when any of our officers will receive any compensation under our stock incentive plan. Our officers are officers of one or more of our affiliates and also may be compensated by those entities (including our manager), in part, for their services rendered to us. In addition, the operating partnership agreement of our operating partnership authorizes grants of Class B Limited Partnership Units, representing Class B limited partnership interests in our operating partnership, to our directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), employees of our manager and its affiliates, employees of entities that provide services to us, our manager and its affiliates, or to entities that provide services to us. See the section entitled “Summary of Our Operating Partnership Agreement — Class B Limited Partnership Units.” To the extent that our officers are granted Class B Limited Partnership Units in respect of their services to us, our officers will not receive duplicate compensation under our 2011 stock incentive plan. See the section entitled “Our Management — Our Directors and Executive Officers” included elsewhere in this prospectus for information about our officers. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Agreement — Compensation to Manager” included elsewhere in this prospectus for information relating to reimbursement by us to the manager for compensation of its officers.

Stock Incentive Plan

We have adopted a stock incentive plan to align the long-term financial interest of our officers with those of our stockholders. The compensation committee intends to design long-term incentive awards to ensure that our executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success, that the total compensation realized by our executive officers reflects our multi-year performance as measured by the efficient use of capital and changes in stockholder value, and that a large portion of their total compensation opportunity is earned over a multi-year period and is forfeitable in the event of termination of employment.

The compensation committee, as appointed by our board of directors, has the full authority: (a) to administer and interpret the plan; (b) to grant to eligible employees, consultants and independent directors (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted shares, (iv) performance shares, and (v) other stock-based awards; (c) to determine the eligibility of employees, consultants and independent directors of us, any of our affiliates and our manager to receive an award; (d) to determine whether and to what extent awards are to be granted; (e) to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award granted; (f) to determine the terms and conditions of any award granted (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof,

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any award and the shares of common stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the compensation committee shall determine, in its sole discretion); (g) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances grants of options and other awards are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by us outside of the stock incentive plan; (h) to determine whether and under what circumstances a stock option may be settled in cash, common stock and/or restricted shares; (i) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances common stock and other amounts payable with respect to an award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the participant in any case, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code; (j) to determine whether a stock option is an incentive stock option or non qualified stock option; (k) to determine whether to require a participant, as a condition of the granting of any award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired pursuant to an award for a period of time as determined by the compensation committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of such award; and (l) to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the compensation committee deems necessary or expedient to promote our best interests; however, neither the compensation committee nor the board of directors may take any action under our stock incentive plan that would result in a repricing of any stock option without having first obtained the affirmative vote of our stockholders. In connection with this authority, the compensation committee may, among other things, establish performance goals that must be met in order for awards to be granted or to vest, or for the restrictions on any such awards to lapse. The compensation committee consists solely of independent directors, each of whom is intended to be, to the extent required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a non-employee director and will, at such times as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, qualify as an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The total number of shares that may be made subject to awards under our stock incentive plan will not exceed 567,500 shares of our common stock.

The compensation committee intends to continually evaluate the use of equity-based awards and intends to use such awards as part of designing and administering our compensation program. We expect to make grants at regular intervals.

The compensation committee may grant equity incentives in the form of stock options (non-qualified and incentive stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, performance shares and other stock-based awards (including restricted stock units (RSUs) and deferred stock units).

We intend to follow a practice of granting equity incentives on an annual basis to our directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), employees of our manager and its affiliates, employees of entities that provide services to us, directors of the manager or of entities that provide services to us, certain of our consultants and certain consultants to the manager and its affiliates or to entities that provide services to us. We also may make grants (a) on the commencement of employment to new directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), new consultants to us and new consultants to our manager and its affiliates or to entities of such consultants that provide services to us, (b) to key employees of us or our manager or its affiliates following a significant change in job responsibilities, or (c) to meet specific retention objectives. Grants will be issued on the date they are approved by the compensation committee, except in certain circumstances, such as for new hires, who may be granted awards on the second day after we release our financial results for that quarter. The exercise price for stock options will be determined on the grant date and will be no less than the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the grant (or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, 110% of the fair market value of the common stock). The compensation committee will set the vesting schedule, which may be subject to the attainment of specified performance targets and rights of acceleration.

The stock incentive plan and the awards granted under the plan will not affect the power of the board or the stockholders to authorize: (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in our capital structure; (b) any merger or consolidation of our company; (c) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting our common stock; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of our company or an affiliate of our company; (e) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of our company or any affiliate of our company; (f) any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares; or (g) any other corporate act or proceeding. In addition, in the event of any change in our capital structure pursuant to any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares that may be issued under the stock incentive plan, any recapitalization, any merger, any consolidation, any spin off, any reorganization or any partial or complete liquidation, or similar corporate transaction or event, then the compensation committee may adjust any award or make any adjustment in the stock incentive plan in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the stock incentive plan, including: (i) the number and kind of shares of stock that may thereafter be issued in connection with awards; (ii) the number and kind of shares of stock or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding awards; (iii) the purchase price relating to any award; and (iv) the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to any award which may be granted under the plan to any individual participant. Awards under the stock incentive plan are intended to either be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code and payment in connection with any award subject to Section 409A of the Code must be in accordance with Section 409A.

Upon a change in control (as defined under the stock incentive plan) of our company, any award that was not previously vested will become fully vested and/or payable, but restrictions to which restricted shares or other awards are subject will not lapse.

Compliance with the American Jobs Creation Act

As part of our strategy for compensating our independent directors, we intend to grant equity incentives under our stock incentive plan described above. This method of compensating individuals may possibly be considered to be a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A of the Code.

Under Section 409A of the Code, “nonqualified deferred compensation plans” must meet certain requirements regarding the timing of distributions or payments and the timing of agreements or elections to defer payments, and must also prohibit any possibility of acceleration of distributions or payments, as well as certain other requirements. The guidance under Section 409A of the Code provides that there is no deferral of compensation merely because the value of property (received in connection with the performance of services) is not includible in income by reason of the property being substantially nonvested (as defined in Section 83 of the Code). Accordingly, it is intended that the restricted share awards will not be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation.”

If Section 409A of the Code applies to any of the awards issued under either plan described above, or if Section 409A of the Code applies to any other arrangement or agreement that we may make, and if such award, arrangement or agreement does not meet the timing and other requirements of Section 409A of the Code, then (i) all amounts deferred for all taxable years under the award, arrangement or agreement would be currently includible in the gross income of the recipient of such award or of such deferred amount to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in the gross income of the recipient, (ii) interest at the underpayment rate plus 1% would be imposed on the underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been includible in income when first deferred (or, if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture) would be imposed upon the recipient, and (iii) a 20% additional tax would be imposed on the recipient with respect to the amounts required to be included in the recipient’s income. Furthermore, if the affected individual is our employee, we would be required to withhold U.S. federal income taxes on the amount deferred but includible in income due to Section 409A of the Code, although there may be no funds currently being paid to the individual from which we could withhold such taxes. We would also be required to report on an appropriate form (W-2 or 1099) amounts which are deferred, whether or not they meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and if we fail to do so, penalties could apply.

We do not intend to issue any award, or enter into any agreement or arrangement that would be considered a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A of the Code, unless such award, agreement or arrangement complies with the timing and other requirements of Section 409A of the Code. It is our current belief, based upon the statute, the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code and legislative history, that the stock options we currently intend to grant and the restricted share awards we currently intend to grant will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code because neither such stock options nor such restricted share awards will be considered a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan.” Nonetheless, there can be no assurances that any stock options or restricted share awards which we

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have granted or which hereafter may be granted will not be affected by Section 409A of the Code, or that any such stock options or restricted share awards will not be subject to income taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has established a code of business conduct and ethics. Among other matters, the code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;
compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
prompt internal reporting of violations of the code of business conduct and ethics to appropriate persons identified in such code; and
accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

Waivers to the code of business conduct and ethics may only be granted by unanimous written consent of the independent directors of our board of directors. If the independent directors grant any waivers of the elements listed above to any of our officers, we expect to announce the waiver within five business days on the corporate governance section on our corporate website. The information on our website will not be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee is comprised of three of our independent directors. None of these individuals has at any time served as an officer or employee of the company. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Maryland law permits us to include in our charter a provision limiting the liability of our directors and officers to our stockholders and us for money damages, except for liability resulting from (i) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, or (ii) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and that is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland General Corporation Law requires us (unless our charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith, or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by the corporation or in its right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses. The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon receipt of a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our charter requires us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any individual who is a present or former director or officer and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or any individual who, while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. With the approval of our board of directors, we may provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of the Company, including Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any of its affiliates. This provision does not reduce the exposure of directors and officers to liability under federal or state securities laws, nor does it limit the stockholders’ ability to obtain injunctive relief or other equitable remedies for a violation of a director’s or an officer’s duties to us, although the equitable remedies may not be an effective remedy in some circumstances.

We also have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and its affiliates performing services for us from specific claims and liabilities arising out of the performance of their obligations under the management agreement. As a result, our stockholders and we may be entitled to a more limited right of action than they and we would otherwise have if these indemnification rights were not included in the management agreement.

The general effect to investors of any arrangement under which we agree to insure or indemnify any persons against liability is a potential reduction in distributions resulting from our payment of premiums associated with insurance or indemnification payments in excess of amounts covered by insurance. In addition, indemnification could reduce the legal remedies available to our stockholders and us against the officers and directors.

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our officers and directors. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, that we will indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the covered officer or director against any and all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and all reasonable and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or other proceeding that arises out of the officer’s or director’s status as a present or former officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Each indemnification agreement also requires us, upon request of the covered officer or director, to advance the expenses related to such an action provided that the officer or director undertakes to repay any amounts to which he is subsequently determined not to be entitled.

The indemnification agreement is not exclusive of any other rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which the covered officer or director may be entitled, including any rights arising under our charter or bylaws or applicable law.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OUR MANAGER AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

General

We are externally managed and advised by our manager. The executive offices of our manager are located at 3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30339, and the telephone number of our manager’s executive offices is (770) 818-4100.

Officers of Our Manager

The following sets forth certain information with respect to each of the executive officers of our manager:

   
Name   Age   Position(s)
John A. Williams   68   President and Chief Executive Officer
Leonard A. Silverstein   53   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Michael J. Cronin   56   Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
William F. Leseman   51   Executive Vice President — Property Management

Management Agreement

We have entered into a third amended and restated management agreement, or management agreement, with our manager. Pursuant to the management agreement, our manager will implement our business strategy and perform certain services for us, subject to oversight by our board of directors.

Duties of Our Manager .  Under the terms of our management agreement, our manager generally has responsibility for our day-to-day operations. Many of the services to be performed by the manager in managing our day-to-day activities are summarized below. This summary is provided to illustrate the material functions that the manager will perform for us as our manager, and it is not intended to include all the services that may be provided to us by the manager or by third parties. Under the terms of the management agreement, the manager undertakes to use commercially reasonable efforts to identify and acquire for us investment opportunities consistent with our investment policies and objectives as adopted by our board of directors. In its performance of this undertaking, the manager, either directly or indirectly by engaging an affiliate or third party, will, subject to the authority of the board of directors:

identify real estate investment opportunities consistent with our investment policies, acquisition strategy and objectives;
structure the terms and conditions of transactions pursuant to which acquisitions of properties will be made;
acquire properties on our behalf in compliance with our investment objectives and strategies;
arrange for the financing and refinancing of properties;
administer our bookkeeping and accounting functions;
serve as our consultant in connection with policy decisions to be made by our board of directors, managing our properties or causing our properties to be managed by another party; and
render other services as our board of directors reasonably requests or our manager deems appropriate.

Our manager will handle the matters relating to (1) management of our real estate, including arranging for purchases, sales, leases, maintenance and insurance, (2) the purchase, sale and servicing of our mortgages, and (3) investment advisory services.

Term of the Management Agreement .  The initial term of the management agreement expires on the fifth anniversary of the closing of the initial public offering and will be automatically renewed for a one-year term each anniversary date thereafter unless previously terminated as described below. Our independent directors will review our manager’s performance and fees that may be payable to our manager annually, and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of our independent directors, based upon (1) unsatisfactory performance that is materially

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

detrimental to us, or (2) our determination that the fees payable to our manager are not in accordance with market rates, subject to our manager’s right to prevent such termination due to above-market fees by accepting a reduction of fees to at or below market rates agreed to by at least 75% of our independent directors. We must provide 180 days’ prior written notice of any such termination. We also may terminate the management agreement at any time, including during the initial term, without the payment of any termination fee, with generally at least 30 days’ prior written notice from our board of directors for cause, as defined in the management agreement, in the absence of our manager’s cure. We do not have the right to decline to renew the management agreement. Our manager may decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days’ prior written notice. Our manager may terminate the management agreement for good reason, with at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in the absence of our cure. Unless the manager declines to renew the management agreement or the management agreement is terminated for cause, our manager will be paid accrued fees upon termination as described in the table below.

We may terminate the management agreement for cause effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice, without payment of any fees accrued, under certain conditions, including upon the occurrence of a breach of any material provision of the management agreement and such breach remains uncured for a period of 60 days, a bankruptcy event, a change of control which our independent directors determine to be materially detrimental to us, the dissolution of our manager, or a final judicial determination that our manager has committed fraud against us, embezzled our funds or otherwise acted in bad faith in a manner resulting in a materially adverse effect on us together with an affirmative vote of our independent directors. However, if the act or failure to act leading to such final determination was committed by a person other than an executive officer of our manager, our manager may cure the breach by terminating the employment of such person.

Compensation to Manager .  The management agreement provides for the manager to be paid fees in connection with services provided to us. These fees include acquisition, disposition, property management, leasing, asset management and construction, development and landscaping fees. In addition, the manager has a special limited partnership interest in the operating partnership.

We will not reimburse the manager or its affiliates for services for which the manager or its affiliates are entitled to compensation in the form of a separate fee. If the manager or its affiliates perform services that are outside of the scope of the management agreement, we will compensate them at rates and in amounts agreed upon by the manager and our independent directors.

Other than as set forth in the following paragraph, our manager bears the expenses it incurs in connection with performing its duties under the management agreement. These include salaries and fringe benefits of its directors and officers, travel costs and other administrative expenses of its directors and officers.

We may reimburse our manager for certain costs and expenses it incurs in connection with the services it provides to us including, but not limited to:

acquisition expenses incurred in connection with the selection and acquisition of investments, whether or not acquired;
general and administrative expenses;
expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of our securities and any financing transactions and other costs incident to the acquisition, disposition and financing of our investments;
costs of legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing and other similar services rendered to us by providers retained by our manager, or, if such services are provided by our manager’s personnel, costs only in amounts which are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis;
the compensation and expenses of our directors and the cost of liability insurance to indemnify us, our officers and our directors;

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

expenses related to communications to our security holders or the holders of securities of any of our subsidiaries and other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies, including all costs of preparing and filing required reports with the SEC, the costs payable by us to any transfer agent and registrar in connection with the listing and/or trading of our securities on any exchange, the fees payable by us to any such exchange in connection with the listing of our shares, costs of preparing, printing and mailing our annual report to our stockholders or our operating partnership’s partners, as applicable, and proxy materials with respect to any meeting of our stockholders or our operating partnership’s partners, as applicable;
costs associated with any computer software or hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third-party vendors that is used for us or our subsidiaries;
expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of our manager for travel on our behalf and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of our manager in connection with the purchase, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of an investment on our behalf or in connection with any financing transaction undertaken on our behalf;
costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses;
the costs of maintaining compliance with all federal, state and local rules and regulations and the rules and regulations of any regulatory agency;
all taxes and license fees;
all insurance costs incurred in connection with the operation of our business except for the costs attributable to the insurance that our manager elects to carry for itself and its personnel;
costs and expenses incurred in contracting with third parties;
all other costs and expenses relating to our business and investment operations, including acquisition expenses and the costs and expenses of owning, protecting, maintaining, developing and disposing of investments, including appraisal, reporting, audit and legal fees;
expenses relating to any office(s) or office facilities, including disaster backup recovery sites and facilities, maintained for us or our subsidiaries or our investments separate from the office or offices of our manager;
expenses related to the payment of interest, dividends or distributions in cash or any other form authorized or caused to be made by our board of directors, our operating partnership or other governing body to or on account of holders of our securities or the securities of any subsidiary, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;
any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against us or any subsidiary, or against any trustee, director, partner, member or officer of our company or our subsidiaries in his or her capacity as such for which we are or such subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director, partner, member or officer pursuant to the applicable governing instruments or any agreement or other instrument or by any court or governmental agency;
personnel costs (as described below); and
all other expenses actually incurred by our manager which are reasonably necessary or advisable for the performance by our manager of its duties and functions under the management agreement.

The officers and key personnel of our manager may spend a portion of their time on activities unrelated to us. It is currently anticipated that John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein will spend substantially all their business time on our behalf. Each of the other two executive officers, Messrs. Cronin and Leseman, currently is expected to spend a significant portion of his business time on our behalf but may not always spend a majority of his time on our behalf. In addition to the four executive officers listed above, our manager

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employs personnel who have extensive experience in selecting and managing commercial properties similar to the properties sought to be acquired by us, none of which personnel is expected to spend a majority of time on our behalf.

Our manager will be responsible for the expenses related to any and all personnel of our manager and its affiliates who provide services to us under the management agreement (including each of our officers and directors who are also directors, officers, employees or agents of our manager or any of its affiliates), including salaries, bonus and other wages, payroll taxes, the cost of employee benefit plans of such personnel, and costs of insurance with respect to such personnel. The anticipated amount of reimbursement to our manager for personnel costs will be evaluated on an ongoing basis. Such reimbursement will be based on a number of factors, including profitability, funds available and our ability to pay distributions from cash flow generated from operations. We do not intend to reimburse any compensation in 2011, however, the currently anticipated amount of reimbursement on an annual basis in 2012 for our four executive officers is as follows:

 
Executive   Anticipated
Reimbursement
Amounts for
Compensation (1)
John A. Williams   $ 250,000  
Leonard A. Silverstein   $ 200,000  
Michael J. Cronin   $ 100,000  
William F. Leseman   $ 100,000  
Total   $ 650,000  

(1) Includes base salary, bonuses and related benefits. Equity awards may be issued in the future by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any such equity award is not presently known.

Fees Payable Upon Termination of the Management Agreement .  If the management agreement is terminated by reason of a change of control of our company, by us without cause in connection with the expiration of a renewal term, by the manager for good reason or upon our liquidation, the manager will be entitled to receive payment of any earned but unpaid compensation and expense reimbursements accrued as of the date of termination.

The manager will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid compensation in cash on the effective date of the termination.

Liability and Indemnification of Manager .  Under the management agreement, we also will be required to indemnify the manager and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding with respect to the manager’s acts or omissions. For details regarding these limitations and circumstances under which we are required or authorized to indemnify and to advance expenses to the manager, see “Our Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Other Activities of Manager and its Affiliates .  The manager and its affiliates expect to engage in other business ventures, and as a result, their resources will not be dedicated exclusively to our business. However, pursuant to the management agreement, the manager must devote sufficient resources to our administration to discharge its obligations. The manager may assign the management agreement to an affiliate upon approval of a majority of the independent directors. We may assign or transfer the management agreement to a successor entity.

Amendment of the Management Agreement .  The management agreement can be amended by a written instrument that is signed by all the parties to that agreement (or their successors or assigns, where applicable).

Potential Acquisition of Manager .  Many REITs which are listed on a national stock exchange are considered “self-administered,” since the employees of such a REIT perform all significant management functions. In contrast, REITs that are not self-administered, like us, typically engage a third party, such as our manager, to perform management functions on its behalf. If for any reason our independent directors determine that we should become self-administered, we are not prohibited from acquiring the business

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conducted by the manager (including all its assets). See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Conflicts of Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Any such transaction will occur, if at all, only if our board of directors obtains a fairness opinion from a recognized financial advisor or institution providing valuation services to the effect that the consideration to be paid therefor is fair, from a financial point of view, to our stockholders.

Management Compensation

The following table summarizes the fees and expense reimbursements that we will pay to our dealer manager, our manager (or persons affiliated with or related to our manager, including our officers) and to our independent directors:

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units)/
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Selling Commission (1)   For acting as the dealer manager, we will pay to our dealer manager 7% of gross proceeds of this offering. Our dealer manager may reallow all or a portion of the selling commissions to participating broker-dealers.   $140,000/$10,500,000
Dealer Manager Fee   For acting as the dealer manager, we will pay to our dealer manager 3% of gross proceeds of this offering. Our dealer manager may reallow up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds it receives as dealer manager fees to participating broker-dealers.   $60,000/$4,500,000
Other Offering Expenses   We will reimburse our manager up to 1.5% of gross offering proceeds for actual expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Other offering expenses include all expenses to be paid by us in connection with the offering, such as our legal, accounting, printing, mailing and filing fees, charges of our escrow holder and transfer agent, reimbursement of bona fide, itemized and detailed due diligence expenses of our dealer manager.   $30,000/$2,250,0000
     Acquisition and Operational Stage     
Acquisition Fees   Fees payable to our manager in the amount of 1.0% of the gross contract purchase price of the property, loan or other real estate-related asset purchased, for services in connection with selecting, evaluating and acquiring such asset. For purposes of this prospectus, “gross contract purchase price” means the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase of a property or the amount actually paid or allocated in respect of the purchase of loans or other real-estate related assets, in each case inclusive of acquisition expenses and any indebtedness assumed or incurred in respect of such investment but exclusive of acquisition fees.   $16,700/$1,252,500 (assuming no debt) $47,714/$3,578,511 (assuming we incur our expected leverage of 65% of acquisition cost) $66,800/$5,010,000 (assuming we incur our maximum leverage of 75% of acquisition cost)

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units)/
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Acquisition Expenses (2)   We will reimburse our manager for expenses actually incurred (including personnel costs) related to selecting, evaluating and acquiring assets on our behalf, regardless of whether we actually acquire the related assets. Personnel costs associated with providing such services will be determined based on the amount of time incurred by the applicable employee of our manager and the corresponding payroll and payroll related costs incurred by our manager. In addition, we also will pay third parties, or reimburse our manager or its affiliates, for any investment-related expenses due to third parties, including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses, travel and communications expenses, costs of appraisals, accounting fees and expenses, third-party brokerage or finder’s fees, title insurance expenses, survey expenses, property inspection expenses and other closing costs, regardless of whether we acquire the related assets.   Not determinable at this time.
Asset Management Fee (3)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.50% of the total value of our assets (including cash or cash equivalents) based on the adjusted cost of our assets before reduction for depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and cumulative acquisition costs charged to expense in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP (adjusted cost will include the purchase price, acquisition expenses, capital expenditures and other customarily capitalized costs). This fee will be payable monthly in arrears, based on assets held by us on the last date of the prior month, adjusted for appropriate closing dates for individual property acquisitions.   Not determinable at this time.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units)/
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Property Management and Leasing Fee (4)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to 4% of the monthly gross revenues of our properties managed, for services in connection with the rental, leasing, operation and management of our properties and the supervision of any third parties that are engaged by our manager to provide such services. Our manager may subcontract the performance of its property management and leasing services duties to third parties or affiliates and pay all or a portion of its property management fee to such persons with whom it contracts for these services. Our manager will be responsible for all fees payable to third parties or affiliates in connection with subcontracted property management and leasing duties. The property management and leasing fee will be payable monthly in arrears, based on the actual gross revenues for the prior month.   Not determinable at this time.
General and Administrative Expenses Fee (2) (3) (4)   We will pay our manager a monthly fee equal to 2% of our monthly gross revenues.   Not determinable at this time.
Disposition Fee on Sale of Assets   We may pay our manager a commission upon the sale of one or more of our properties or other assets in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) one-half of the commission that would be reasonable, customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset, and (b) 1% of the sale price of the asset. Payment of such fee may be made only if the manager provides a substantial amount of services in connection with the sale of the asset as determined by a majority of our independent directors. In addition, the amount paid when added to all other commissions paid to unaffiliated parties in connection with such sale shall not exceed the lesser of (1) the commission that would be reasonable, customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset and (2) an amount equal to 6% of the sale price of such asset.   Not determinable at this time because actual amounts are dependent upon the sale price of specific assets and what would be reasonable, customary and competitive at the time of sale.
Construction Fee, Development Fee and Landscaping Fee   We will pay our manager a construction fee, development fee and landscaping fee at market rates customary and competitive in light of the size, type and location of the asset in connection with the construction, development or landscaping of a property, or for management and oversight of expansion projects and other capital improvements.   Not determinable at this time because actual amounts are dependent upon market rates in light of the size, type and location of the asset.

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units)/
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
Accrued Fees Upon Termination   If the management agreement is terminated by reason of a change of control, by us without cause in connection with the expiration of a renewal term, by the manager for good reason or upon our liquidation, the manager will be entitled to receive payment of any earned but unpaid compensation and expense reimbursements accrued as of the date of termination.   Not determinable at this time.
Awards Under Our Stock Incentive Plan   We have adopted a stock incentive plan pursuant to which our directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), employees of our manager and its affiliates, employees of entities that provide services to us, directors of our manager or of entities that provide services to us, certain of our consultants and certain consultants to our manager and its affiliates or entities of such consultants that provide services to us may be granted equity incentive awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares or other stock-based awards. Our compensation committee will determine all awards under our stock incentive plan and the vesting schedule for the grants.   The total number of shares that may be made subject to awards under our stock incentive plan will not exceed 567,500 shares of our common stock.
Compensation to Independent Directors   We pay to each of our independent directors a retainer of $50,000 per year. We also pay an annual retainer of $10,000 to the chair of our audit committee. In addition, each independent director will be paid a fee of $2,000 for each board committee meeting the director attends in person and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance of meetings of our board or board committees. We may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to our stock incentive plan in lieu of paying an independent director his or her annual fees and/or meeting fees in cash. To date, we have issued shares of our common stock in lieu of paying cash as compensation to our independent directors and currently expect to continue paying such compensation in shares of common stock. Any fees owed to our independent directors will be paid in shares of restricted common stock through April 2013. After such date, any such fees may be paid in cash or stock. Our independent directors also may receive awards under our stock incentive plan. Our compensation committee will determine all awards to our independent directors under our stock incentive plan and the vesting schedule for such awards.   The independent directors, as a group, will receive for a full fiscal year estimated aggregate compensation of approximately $350,000, payable in cash or shares of our common stock.

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Type of Compensation   Determination of Amount   Estimated Amount of
Minimum Offering
(2,000 Units)/
Maximum Offering
(150,000 Units)
     Liquidation Stage     
Special Limited Partnership Interest   Our manager has a special limited partnership interest in our operating partnership entitling it to distributions from our operating partnership equal to 15% of any net sale proceeds from an asset (which equals the proceeds actually received by us from the sale of such asset after paying off outstanding debt related to the sold asset and paying any seller related closing costs, including any commission paid to our manager in connection with the sale of the asset, less expenses allocable to the sold asset) remaining after the payment of (i) the capital and expenses allocable to all realized investments (including the sold asset), and (ii) a 7% priority annual return on such capital and expenses; provided, however, that all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock have been paid in full. This distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest is payable upon the sale of an asset even if holders of our preferred stock have not received a return of their capital, but only after the holders of our preferred stock have received payment in full of all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. It is also possible that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.   Not determinable at this time
     The special limited partner shall be entitled to tax distributions, at our sole discretion as the general partner, provided such distributions do not prevent us from satisfying the requirements for qualification as a REIT. Any tax distributions shall offset future distributions to which the special limited partner is entitled.

(1) The combined selling commission and dealer manager fee will not exceed 10% of gross proceeds of our offering. Our dealer manager will repay to the company any excess payments made to our dealer manager over FINRA’s 10% cap if the offering is abruptly terminated after reaching the minimum amount, but before reaching the maximum amount, of offering proceeds.
(2) Amounts paid in respect of acquisition expenses and the general and administrative expenses fee include our portion of any expenses incurred by our manager on behalf of joint ventures in which we are a participant.
(3) The total amount of the asset management, property management and leasing and general and administrative fees and expenses paid or reimbursed to our manager will be capped at 1.50% of total value of our assets (including cash and cash equivalents) based on the adjusted cost of our assets before reduction for depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and cumulative acquisition costs charged to expense in accordance with GAAP (adjusted cost will include the purchase price, acquisition expenses, capital expenditures and other customarily capitalized costs).

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) In addition to the general and administrative expenses fee, we may reimburse our manager for certain costs and expenses it incurs in connection with the services it provides to us, including, but not limited to, personnel costs, as described above in this section, “— Management Agreement.”

Investment Committee

Our manager will have an investment committee which will meet periodically, at least every quarter, to discuss investment opportunities. The investment committee will periodically review our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines described above, and provide our board of directors an investment report at the end of each quarter in conjunction with its review of our quarterly results. From time to time, as it deems appropriate or necessary, our board of directors also will review our investment portfolio and its compliance with our investment guidelines and the appropriateness of our investment guidelines and strategies.

1% Manager Revenue Interest

WOF will hold a special limited liability company interest in our manager, which interest will entitle WOF to receive an aggregate of 1% of the gross revenues (excluding amounts to reimburse our initial costs, other reimbursed expenses, and any gross revenues related to property management and leasing fees) of our manager received, directly or indirectly, from us and our operating partnership or our controlled affiliates (including any subsidiaries and/or joint ventures), or the 1% Manager Revenue Interest. Initial costs will include (a) legal and accounting fees and expenses related to organization of the company, the operating partnership and our manager as well as the private placement to WOF, (b) brokerage and advisory services, (c) capital raising costs for sales of common stock, and (d) legal, financial and regulatory fees and expenses and other expenses described in “Part II — Information Not Required in Prospectus” of this registration statement.

WOF will have the right to transfer all or part of the 1% Manager Revenue Interest to any of its affiliates without the consent of the manager. WOF will grant our manager a right of first offer prior to any transfer to a non-affiliate. Our Manager and WOF have agreed that, after a holding period of one year, either party may trigger a sale of the 1% Manager Revenue Interest to the Manager. The sale price for the 1% Manager Revenue Interest will be determined using the average of the valuation appraisals received from two independent appraisers that have reasonably suitable experience in business valuations.

For so long as WOF and any permitted transferees thereof hold the 1% Manager Revenue Interest, they will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 1% of the gross proceeds actually received by our manager, from any sale of all or substantially all of, or the internalization of, our manager.

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table provides information, as of August 5, 2011, regarding the number and percentage of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each director, each executive officer, each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock and all directors and executive officers as a group. In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person’s beneficial ownership includes all shares of common stock the person actually owns beneficially or of record, all shares of common stock over which the person has or shares voting or dispositive control (such as in the capacity as a general partner of an investment fund), and all shares the person has the right to acquire within 60 days (such as shares of restricted common stock which are scheduled to vest within 60 days). Except as otherwise provided, all shares are owned directly, and the indicated person has sole voting and investing power. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the stockholders listed below is the address of our principal executive office, 3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30339.

       
  Percentage of Common Stock Outstanding
     Immediately prior to this offering   Immediately after this offering
Beneficial Owner   Shares Owned   Percentage   Shares Owned   Percentage
Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (1) (3)     1,000,000       19.43 %       1,000,000       19.43 %  
Williams Realty Fund I, LLC (2) (3)     690,000       13.40 %       690,000       13.40 %  
NELL Partners, Inc. (3)     36,666 (4) (5)        *       36,666 (4) (5)        *  
John A. Williams (1) (2) (3)     66,661 (4) (5) (6)       1.30 %       66,661 (4) (5) (6)       1.30 %  
Leonard A. Silverstein (1) (2) (3)     37,666 (4) (5)        *       37,666 (4) (5)        *  
William F. Leseman     1,000        *       1,000        *  
Daniel M. DuPree     666        *       666        *  
Timothy A. Peterson     2,958        *       2,958        *  
Steve Bartkowski     3,166        *       3,166        *  
Gary B. Coursey     666        *       666        *  
Howard A. McLure     20,916        *       20,916        *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)     97,033       1.89 %       97,033       1.89 %  

* Less than 1%
(1) John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein are two members of the five-member investment committee of Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC. The other members of the investment committee are John A. Williams’ son, John A. Williams, Jr., Michael J. Cronin, our Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer, and an employee of a company controlled by John A. Williams. Subject to the review and approval by an external, independent advisory committee as to affiliate transactions and other conflicts of interest, the investment committee will control the voting and investment power of these shares.
(2) John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein are two members of the five-member investment committee of Williams Realty Fund I, LLC. The other members of the investment committee are John A. Williams’ son, John A. Williams, Jr., and two independent members. The investment committee will control the voting and investment power of these shares.
(3) Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, NELL Partners, Inc. and Mr. Williams’ spouse collectively own 34.12% of our common stock.
(4) NELL Partners, Inc. owns 36,666 shares of our common stock. John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein share joint voting and investment power of these shares.
(5) Although John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein share joint voting and investment power of the shares held by NELL Partners, Inc., each disclaims any economic interest in such shares. 70% of such shares are owned indirectly by the Nancy Ann Richardson Williams Children’s Trust, formed on January 30, 1995, a trust created by Mr. Williams’ spouse for the benefit of their children. 30% of such shares are owned indirectly by the Northside Partners Trust, formed on November 2, 2009, a trust created by Leonard A. Silverstein’s spouse for the benefit of their children.
(6) 29,995 of these shares are owned by Mr. Williams' spouse. Mr. Williams disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Agreements With Institutional and Other Investors

Williams Opportunity Fund — Private Placement Offering

Private Placement.   On April 5, 2011, pursuant the terms of the subscription agreement relating to the private placement offering with WOF, we completed a private placement of 500,000 shares of common stock to WOF pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act. The shares of common stock were sold at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The private placement resulted in gross proceeds of $5.0 million. The sale was not subject to any underwriting discount or commission. Aggregate offering expenses in connection with the private placement were approximately $0.3 million. WOF is an affiliate of our sponsor, John A. Williams. WOF agreed with the underwriters in the IPO, for a period ending on October 2, 2011, subject to certain exceptions, not to, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our common stock issued in connection with the private placement offering or any other securities that are convertible or exchangeable for our common stock issued in connection with the private placement offering or file any registration statement with respect to any of the foregoing or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers the economic ownership of the common stock issued in connection with the private placement offering without the prior written consent of the representative.

Registration Rights.   Concurrently with the closing of the private placement offering referred to above, we entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of WOF in connection with its holdings of common stock. WOF has piggyback registration rights. If we propose to register under the Securities Act any common stock, whether or not for the sale for our own account or for the account of another person, WOF may include in such registration statement the number of shares of common stock as WOF may request, subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement. WOF has waived such rights in respect of this offering.

Common Stock Issuance

In connection with our formation and initial capitalization, in January 2010, we issued 33,333 shares of our Class B Common Stock for total gross proceeds to us of $99,999 to NELL Partners, Inc., an entity controlled by John A. Williams and Leonard A. Silverstein. In addition, we issued 3,333 shares of our Class A Common Stock for total gross proceeds to us of $9,999 to NELL Partners, Inc. Pursuant to a change in the designation of our shares of Class A Common Stock to common stock and a change of each of our issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock to one issued and outstanding share of common stock, all pursuant to an amendment to our charter filed on February 22, 2011, NELL Partners now holds 36,666 shares of common stock.

Williams Opportunity Fund — Promissory Notes

On April 5, 2011, we paid in full the amounts owing under all our outstanding promissory notes issued to WOF consisting of: $465,050 that was outstanding on the $465,050 original principal promissory note, together with $11,642 in accrued and unpaid interest, $1.24 million that was outstanding on the $1.25 million line of credit, together with $17,453 in accrued and unpaid interest, and the $52,259 that was outstanding on the $0.75 million line of credit, together with $167 in accrued and unpaid interest. All the promissory notes issued to WOF were retired in connection with their repayment in full on April 5, 2011.

Real Estate Property Acquisitions

As of the date of this prospectus, we have acquired three multifamily communities and entered into the Mezzanine Loan related to the construction of a multifamily community that we have an option to purchase. As of June 30, 2011, we have expended a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO as follows: (1) approximately $11.9 million was expended in connection with the acquisition of the membership interests in Stone Rise on April 15, 2011; (2) approximately $13.1 million was expended in connection with the acquisition of the membership interests in Summit Crossing on April 21, 2011; (3) approximately $9.0 million was expended in connection with the acquisition of Trail Creek on April 29, 2011; (4) approximately $3.0 million was expended in connection with the $6.0 million Mezzanine Loan to Oxford

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hampton Partners LLC, through the Company's wholly owned subsidiary Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC on June 30, 2011; and (5) approximately $0.5 million was expended for our organizational costs. The aggregate amount of net proceeds expended in connection with the three acquisitions, the Mezzanine Loan and organizational costs is approximately $37.5 million. In addition to the use of IPO proceeds in connection with the three acquisitions and the Mezzanine Loan and for organizational costs, we set aside $2.5 million for a working capital and dividend reserve and approximately $0.8 million for planned non-recurring capital expenditures on the three acquisitions, leaving no remaining net proceeds from the IPO.

The Stone Rise membership interests were acquired from Oxford Rise Partners LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and WOF. WOF owns approximately 19.43% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. In addition, John A. Williams, the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, indirectly owns an approximate 1.0% membership interest in WOF. In connection with the acquisition, we paid an acquisition fee of $301,500, or 1.0% of the contract purchase price, to our manager, of which WOF received $3,015 through its special limited liability company interest in the manager which entitles WOF to receive 1% of the manager’s gross revenues.

The Summit Crossing membership interests were acquired from Oxford Summit Development LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and WRF. WRF owns approximately 13.40% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, Mr. Williams indirectly owns an approximate 7.0% membership interest in WRF. In connection with the acquisition, we paid an acquisition fee of $332,000, or 1.0% of the contract purchase price, to our manager, of which WOF received $3,220 through its special limited liability company interest in our manager.

WRF owned indirectly an approximately 10% membership interest in Oxford Trail JV. Separate from Mr. Williams’ membership interest in WRF, Mr. Williams received approximately $62,600 from Trail JV as a promoted interest in connection with the sale of Trail Creek. Leonard A. Silverstein, the Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Vice Chairman of the Board received approximately $20,375 from Oxford Trail JV as a promoted interest in connection with the sale of Trail Creek. In connection with the acquisition, we paid an acquisition fee of $235,000, or 1.0% of the contract purchase price, to our manager of which WOF received $2,350 through its special limited liability company interest in the manager which entitles WOF to receive 1% of the manager’s gross revenues.

The acquisition price for each property acquired from an affiliate was determined pursuant to the appraisals of two independent real estate appraisers. For a description of the properties and the terms of the purchase agreements, see the section entitled “Description of Real Estate Investments” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, Oxford Hampton Partners LLC used proceeds of the Mezzanine Loan to pay approximately $302,300 to WRF to retire an outstanding short term loan from WRF that matured on the closing date of the Mezzanine Loan.

In addition, in connection with the closing of the Mezzanine Loan, we received a loan fee of 2% of the maximum loan amount, or $120,000, and a loan commitment fee of $14,333. From the $120,000 loan fee, we paid a fee of $60,000, or 1.0% of the maximum loan amount, to our manager of which WOF received $600 through its special limited liability company interest in the manager which entitles WOF to receive 1% of the manager’s gross revenues.

The terms of the Mezzanine Loan were approved by our conflicts committee, which consists entirely of independent directors not otherwise interested in the transaction. For a description of the terms of Mezzanine Loan, see the section entitled “Description of Real Estate Investments” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Directed Share Program.

In connection with our initial public offering, Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor, purchased 500,000 shares of our common stock through our directed share program, and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor, purchased 690,000 shares of our common stock, through our directed share program.

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conflicts of Interest

We are subject to various conflicts of interest arising out of our relationship with Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, our manager, and its affiliates, including conflicts related to the arrangements pursuant to which Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and its affiliates will be compensated by us. Our agreements and compensation arrangements with our manager and its affiliates were not determined by arm’s-length negotiations. We anticipate that future acquisitions by us of assets likely will be mostly from unaffiliated third parties, but we would still consider an acquisition from an affiliated third party if such acquisition made financial sense to us and was approved by our conflicts committee comprised of independent directors. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the conflicts of interest in our transactions with our manager and its affiliates, and the limitations on our manager adopted to address these conflicts, are described below.

Our manager and its affiliates will try to balance our interests with their duties to other John A. Williams-sponsored programs. However, to the extent that our manager or its affiliates take actions that are more favorable to other entities than to us, these actions could have a negative impact on our financial performance and, consequently, on distributions to you and the value of our stock. In addition, our directors, officers and certain of our stockholders may engage for their own account in business activities of the types conducted or to be conducted by our subsidiaries and us. For a description of some of the risks related to these conflicts of interest, see the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our independent directors have an obligation to function on our behalf in all situations in which a conflict of interest may arise, and all our directors have a duty to act in a manner reasonably believed to be in our best interests.

Interests in Other Real Estate Programs

Affiliates of our officers and directors and entities owned or managed by such affiliates may acquire or develop real estate for their own accounts, and have done so in the past. Furthermore, except in certain circumstances, affiliates of our officers and directors and entities owned or managed by such affiliates may form additional real estate investment entities in the future, whether public or private, which can be expected to have the same investment objectives and policies as we do and which may be involved in the same geographic area, and such persons may be engaged in sponsoring one or more of such entities at approximately the same time as our shares of common stock are being offered. Our manager, its affiliates and affiliates of our officers and directors are not obligated to present to us any particular investment opportunity that comes to their attention, unless such opportunity is of a character that might be suitable for investment by us. Our manager and its affiliates likely will experience conflicts of interest as they simultaneously perform services for us and other affiliated real estate programs.

Since 2005, certain of our officers and directors and their affiliates have sponsored three private real estate programs, including one program focused on acquiring residential real estate assets and two programs focused primarily on developing real estate assets across multiple property types. All three of these programs are still operating, but only one of them, William Multifamily Acquisition Fund, has an investment objective that is similar to ours. In addition, an affiliate of one of our officers, William F. Leseman, has performed as the property manager for a number of third party clients, assisting these clients in the operation of their multifamily real estate assets and advising these clients in connection with sales of their multifamily real estate assets. Williams Residential Management, LLC also performs as a property manager for all owned assets within the Williams umbrella group. Conflicts of interest may arise between us and our sponsor’s prior programs, between us and future programs, between us and the institutional investors for which RAM Partners, LLC serves as the third party property manager, and between us and affiliates of our sponsor for which Williams Residential Management, LLC serves as the property manager.

Any affiliated entity, whether or not currently existing, could compete with us in the sale or operation of the properties. We will seek to achieve any operating efficiency or similar savings that may result from affiliated management of competitive properties. However, to the extent that affiliates own or acquire property that is adjacent, or in close proximity, to a property we own, our property may compete with the affiliate’s property for tenants or purchasers.

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Every transaction that we enter into with our manager or its affiliates is subject to an inherent conflict of interest. Our board of directors may encounter conflicts of interest in enforcing our rights against any affiliate in the event of a default by or disagreement with an affiliate or in invoking powers, rights or options pursuant to any agreement between us and our manager or any of its affiliates.

Other Activities of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and Its Affiliates

We rely on Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC for the day-to-day operation of our business. As a result of the interests of members of its management in other John A. Williams-sponsored programs and the fact that they also are engaged, and will continue to engage, in other business activities, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and its affiliates have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other John A. Williams-sponsored programs and other activities in which they are involved. Our executive officers and the key professionals associated with Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC who provide services to us are not obligated to devote a fixed amount of their time to us, but Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC believes that our executive officers and the other key professionals have sufficient time to discharge fully their responsibilities to us and to the other business in which they are involved. In addition, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC believes that it and its affiliates have sufficient time and personnel to discharge fully their responsibilities to us and all the John A. Williams-sponsored programs and other ventures in which they are involved.

In addition, each of our executive officers also serves as an officer of our manager and/or other affiliated entities. As a result, these individuals owe fiduciary duties to these other entities, in addition to the duties that they owe to us.

We may purchase properties or interests in properties from affiliates of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. The prices we pay to affiliates of our manager for these properties will not be the subject of arm’s-length negotiations, which could mean that the acquisitions may be on terms less favorable to us than those negotiated with unaffiliated parties.

Competition in Acquiring, Leasing and Operating of Properties

Conflicts of interest will exist to the extent that we may acquire, or seek to acquire, properties in the same geographic areas where properties owned by other John A. Williams-sponsored programs are located. In such a case, a conflict could arise in the acquisition or leasing of properties if we and another John A. Williams-sponsored program were to compete for the same properties or tenants in negotiating leases, or a conflict could arise in connection with the resale of properties if we and another John A. Williams-sponsored program were to attempt to sell similar properties at the same time. Conflicts of interest also may exist at such time as we or our affiliates managing property on our behalf seek to employ developers, contractors or building managers, as well as under other circumstances. Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC will seek to reduce conflicts relating to the employment of developers, contractors or building managers by making prospective employees aware of all such properties seeking to employ such persons. In addition, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC will seek to reduce conflicts that may arise with respect to properties available for sale or rent by making prospective purchasers or tenants aware of all such properties. However, these conflicts cannot be fully avoided in that there may be established differing compensation arrangements for employees at different properties or differing terms for resales or leasing of the various properties.

Moreover, our charter provides that none of John A. Williams and his affiliates has a duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, and none of our officers or directors who is a director, officer or employee of one or more of John A. Williams’ affiliates will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of any such activities. Our charter further provides that if John A. Williams or any of the officers and directors of one of his affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a business opportunity for us, John A. Williams or such officer or director will have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us and will not be liable to us or any of our stockholders for breach of any duty by reason of the fact that such business opportunity is not communicated or offered to us unless such business opportunity is offered to such person in his or her capacity as one of our directors or officers. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions.

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Special Limited Partnership Interest

At the sale of each individual asset, our manager may be entitled to distributions from our operating partnership on the special limited partnership interest held by our manager, also known as the “promote”. Our manager has a special limited partnership interest in our operating partnership entitling it to distributions from our operating partnership equal to 15% of any net sale proceeds from an asset (which equals the proceeds actually received by us from the sale of such asset after paying off outstanding debt related to the sold asset and paying any seller related closing costs, including any commission paid to our manager in connection with the sale of the asset, less expenses allocable to the sold asset) remaining after the payment of (i) the capital and expenses allocable to all realized investments (including the sold asset), and (ii) a 7% priority annual return on such capital and expenses; provided , however , that all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock have been paid in full. This distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest is payable upon the sale of an asset even if holders of our preferred stock have not received a return of their capital, but only after the holders of our preferred stock have received payment in full of all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. It is also possible that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital. Moreover, to the extent a distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest has been paid to our manager for any assets sold within 60 days prior to the sale of an asset in which the Priority Return for that asset was not met, our manager shall return to us an amount up to the distribution so received for the assets sold within such 60-day period, which shall be applied to any Priority Return shortfall actually arising from the sale of the subsequent asset.

Lack of Separate Representation

Proskauer Rose LLP acts, and may in the future act, as counsel to us, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and its affiliates in connection with the offering or otherwise. There is a possibility that in the future the interests of the various parties may become adverse, and under the Code of Professional Responsibility of the legal profession, Proskauer Rose LLP may be precluded from representing any one of such parties. If a dispute were to arise between us, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any of its affiliates, separate counsel for such matters will be retained as and when appropriate.

Joint Ventures with Affiliates of our Manager

We may enter into joint ventures with other John A. Williams-sponsored programs (as well as other parties) for the acquisition, development or improvement of properties. See the section entitled “Business — Our Investment Strategy” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our manager and its affiliates may have conflicts of interest in determining that a John A. Williams-sponsored program should enter into any particular joint venture agreement. The co-venturer may have economic or business interests or goals which are or which may become inconsistent with our business interests or goals. In addition, should any such joint venture be consummated, our manager may face a conflict in structuring the terms of the relationship between our interests and the interest of the co-venturer and in managing the joint venture. Since our manager and its affiliates will control both us and any affiliated co-venturer, agreements and transactions between the co-venturers with respect to any such joint venture will not have the benefit of arm’s-length negotiation of the type normally conducted between unrelated co-venturers.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Receipt of Fees and Other Compensation by our Manager and its Affiliates

Our manager and its affiliates will receive substantial fees from us, which fees have not been negotiated at arm’s length. Subject to oversight by our board of directors, our manager will have considerable discretion with respect to all decisions relating to the terms and timing of all transactions. The fees received by our manager and its affiliates could influence our manager’s advice to us as well as the judgment of affiliates of our manager, some of whom also serve as our executive officers and directors and as key professionals of our manager and its affiliates. Therefore, our manager may have conflicts of interest concerning certain actions taken on our behalf, particularly because such fees generally will be payable to our manager and its affiliates regardless of the quality of the properties acquired or the services provided to us. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other matters, these compensation arrangements could affect their judgment with respect to:

the continuation, renewal or enforcement of our agreements with our manager and its affiliates, including the management agreement;
sales of properties and other investments (including, subject to the approval of our conflicts committee, sales to affiliates), which entitles our manager to disposition fees and possible distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest held by our manager; provided , however , that distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest will only be payable after the return to the stockholders of their capital contributions related to each asset sold plus an amount that would be equal to the Priority Return, i.e. , a 7% cumulative, non-compounded annual return on such capital; provided , further , however , that, to the extent a distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest has been paid to our manager for any assets sold within 60 days prior to the sale of an asset in which the Preferred Return for that asset was not met, our manager shall return to us an amount up to the distribution so received for the assets sold within such 60-day period, which shall be applied to any Priority Return shortfall actually arising from the sale of the subsequent asset;
acquisitions of properties and other investments, which entitles our manager to acquisition fees and asset management fees;
borrowings to acquire properties and other investments, which borrowings will increase the acquisition and asset-management fees payable to our manager; and
whether we seek stockholder approval to internalize our management, which may entail acquiring assets (such as office space, furnishings, intellectual property and technology costs) and negotiating compensation for real estate professionals at our manager and its affiliates that may result in these individuals receiving more compensation from us than they currently receive from our manager and its affiliates.

Certain Conflict Resolution Procedures

Every transaction that we enter into with John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates will be subject to an inherent conflict of interest. Our board of directors may encounter conflicts of interest in enforcing our rights against any affiliate in the event of a default by or disagreement with an affiliate or in invoking powers, rights or options pursuant to any agreement between us and John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates.

In order to reduce or eliminate certain potential conflicts of interest, our conflicts committee will review (1) transactions we enter into with John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates, and (2) the allocation of investment opportunities among affiliated entities. Our conflicts committee may restrict us from the following transactions:

Purchasing or leasing properties in which John A. Williams, WOF, our manager, any of our directors or any of their respective affiliates has an interest without a determination by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee not otherwise interested in such transaction that such transaction is fair and reasonable to us and at a price to us no greater than the cost of the property to the seller or lessor unless there is reasonable justification for any amount that exceeds such cost and such excess amount is determined to be reasonable. We may be restricted from acquiring any such

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

property at an amount in excess of its appraised value. We may be restricted from selling or leasing properties to John A. Williams, WOF, our manager, any of our directors or any of their respective affiliates unless a majority of the members of the conflicts committee not otherwise interested in the transaction determines that the transaction is fair and reasonable to us.
Making any loans to John A. Williams, WOF, our manager, any of our directors or any of their respective affiliates, except for making or investing in mortgage, bridge or mezzanine loans involving John A. Williams, WOF, our manager, our directors or any of their respective affiliates. We may be required to obtain an appraisal of the underlying property from an independent appraiser and show that the transaction is approved as fair and reasonable to us and on terms no less favorable to us than those available from third parties. In addition, our conflicts committee may restrict John A. Williams, WOF, our manager, any of our directors or any of their respective affiliates from receiving loans from us or making loans to us or to joint ventures in which we are a joint venture partner unless approved by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee not otherwise interested in the transaction as fair, competitive and commercially reasonable, and no less favorable to us than comparable loans between unaffiliated parties.
Reimbursing John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates, at cost, for actual expenses incurred by them on behalf of us or joint ventures in which we are a joint venture partner.
Investing in an investment opportunity that becomes available that is suitable, under all the factors considered by our manager, for both us and one or more other entities affiliated with our manager and for which more than one of such entities has sufficient uninvested funds, if another such entity has had the longest period of time elapse since it was offered an investment opportunity. Such entity will first be offered such investment opportunity. It will be the duty of our conflicts committee to insure that this method is applied fairly to us. In determining whether or not an investment opportunity is suitable for more than one program, our manager, subject to approval by our conflicts committee, shall examine, among others, the following factors:
º the anticipated cash flow of the property to be acquired and the cash requirements of each program;
º the effect of the acquisition both on diversification of each program’s investments by type of property, geographic area and tenant concentration;
º the policy of each program relating to leverage of properties;
º the income tax effects of the purchase to each program;
º the size of the investment; and
º the amount of funds available to each program and the length of time such funds have been available for investment.
If a subsequent development, such as a delay in the closing of a property or a delay in the construction of a property, causes any such investment, in the opinion of our manager, to be more appropriate for a program other than the program that committed to make the investment, our manager may determine that another program affiliated with our manager or its affiliates will make the investment. Our conflicts committee has a duty to ensure that the method used by our manager for the allocation of the acquisition of properties by two or more affiliated programs seeking to acquire similar types of properties is applied fairly to us.
Accepting goods or services from John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates or entering into any other transaction with John A. Williams, WOF, our manager or any of their respective affiliates unless a majority of the members of our conflicts committee not otherwise interested in the transaction approve such transaction as fair and reasonable to us and on terms and conditions not less favorable to us than those available from unaffiliated third parties.

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart shows the ownership structure of the various entities that are affiliated with Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

(1) NELL Partners, Inc. is controlled by John A. Williams, our sponsor, and Leonard A. Silverstein.
(2) Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC is controlled by NELL Partners, Inc. Other than the 1% Manager Revenue Interest (as defined in the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — 1% Manager Revenue Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus) held by WOF, all interests of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC are held by NELL Partners, Inc.
(3) The common stock investors in the initial public offering own registered shares of common stock of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. The 500,000 shares of common stock acquired by WOF in the private placement offering are not registered shares.
(4) NELL Partners, Inc. owns 36,666 shares of common stock and WOF owns 1,000,000 shares of common stock. 690,000 shares of common stock were sold to Williams Realty Fund I, LLC in the initial public offering and 500,000 shares of common stock were sold to WOF in the initial public offering.
(5) Each property is expected to be held in a special purpose entity.
(6) As the special limited partner of the operating partnership, our manager is entitled to receive a participation in net sales proceeds of our investments. See the section entitled “Our Manager and Management Agreement — Management Compensation — Special Limited Partnership Interest” included elsewhere in this prospectus for information relating to the calculation of distributions with respect to the special limited partnership interest and conditions under which it may be paid.
(7) The shares of common stock issuable upon the redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be registered shares.

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

We were formed under the laws of the state of Maryland. The rights of our stockholders are governed by Maryland law as well as our charter and by-laws. The following summary of the terms of our capital stock is only a summary, and you should refer to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and by-laws for a full description. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the detailed information contained in our charter and by-laws. Copies of our charter and by-laws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. See the section entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our charter authorizes us to issue up to 415,066,666 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and 15,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors to amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. Prior to the offering, 5,173,399 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis, including 26,000 shares of unvested restricted common stock. Immediately following this offering, 5,173,399 shares of common stock and a minimum of 2,000 and a maximum of 150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be issued and outstanding. Under Maryland law, stockholders are not generally liable for our debts or obligations.

Our charter also contains a provision permitting our board of directors, by resolution, to classify or reclassify any unissued common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of any new class or series of stock, subject to certain restrictions, including the express terms of any class or series of stock outstanding at the time. We believe that the power to classify or reclassify unissued shares of stock and thereafter issue the classified or reclassified shares provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise.

Our charter and by-laws contain certain provisions that could make it more difficult to acquire control of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that these provisions increase the likelihood that proposals initially will be on more attractive terms than would be the case in their absence and facilitate negotiations that may result in improvement of the terms of an initial offer that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Investment Risks” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Common Stock

Subject to any preferential rights of any other class or series of stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on the ownership and transfer of stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to such distributions as may be authorized from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds and declared by us and, upon our liquidation, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to our stockholders. Holders of common stock will not have preemptive rights, which means that they will not have an automatic option to purchase any new shares that we issue, or preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights. Holders of common stock generally will have no appraisal rights.

The holders of common stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Holders of shares of common stock shall be entitled to vote for the election of directors. Directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding common stock of the Company. Vacancies on the board of directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum). Any such director elected to fill a vacancy will hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to designate and issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock and to set or change the voting, conversion or other rights, preferences, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions and qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each class of shares so issued. If any preferred stock is publicly offered, the terms and conditions of such preferred stock, including any convertible preferred stock, will be set forth in articles supplementary and described in a registration statement registering the issuance of such preferred stock, if such preferred stock is registered. Because our board of directors has the power to establish the preferences and rights of each class or series of preferred stock, it may afford the holders of any series or class of preferred stock preferences, powers, and rights senior to the rights of holders of common stock or other preferred stock. If we ever create and issue additional preferred stock with a distribution preference over common stock or preferred stock, payment of any distribution preferences of new outstanding preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of distributions on the common stock and junior preferred stock. Further, holders of preferred stock are normally entitled to receive a preference payment if we liquidate, dissolve, or wind up before any payment is made to the common stockholders, likely reducing the amount common stockholders would otherwise receive upon such an occurrence. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of additional preferred stock may delay, prevent, render more difficult or tend to discourage the following:

a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest;
the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities; or
the removal of incumbent management.

Also, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue additional preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the holders of common stock or preferred stock.

Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock

Our board of directors, including our independent directors, has created out of the authorized and unissued shares of our preferred stock, a series of redeemable preferred stock, designated as the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock Preferred Stock (the “Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock”).

The following is a brief description of the terms of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock being offered in this offering. The description of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles Supplementary for our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Rank.   Our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock ranks with respect to dividend rights and rights upon our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution:

senior to our common stock and any other class or series of our capital stock, the terms of which expressly provide that our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock ranks senior to such class or series as to dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding-up and dissolution;
junior to each class or series of our capital stock, including capital stock issued in the future, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding up and dissolution; and
junior to all our existing and future debt obligations.

Investors in the Series A Preferred Stock should note that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.

Stated Value.   Each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will have an initial “Stated Value” of $1,000, subject to appropriate adjustment in relation to certain events, such as recapitalizations, stock

150


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, as set forth in the Aricles Supplementary.

Dividends.   Subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any class or series of our capital stock ranking senior to our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, if any such class or series is authorized in the future, the holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared (or the next business day if the 20th day is not a business day), beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

Holders of our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are not entitled to any dividend in excess of full cumulative dividends on our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. Unless full cumulative dividends on our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for payment, we will not:

declare and pay or declare and set aside for payment dividends and we will not declare and make any other distribution of cash or other property (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of stock ranking junior to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as to the dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, and options, warrants or rights to purchase such shares), directly or indirectly, on or with respect to any shares of our common stock or any class or series of our stock ranking junior to or on parity with the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution for any period; or
except by conversion into or exchange for shares of stock ranking junior to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, or options, warrants or rights to purchase such shares, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (other than a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of common stock made for purposes of an employee incentive or benefit plan) for any consideration, or pay or make available any monies for a sinking fund for the redemption of, any common stock or any class or series of our stock ranking junior to or on parity with the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights on our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution.

To the extent necessary to preserve our status as a REIT, the foregoing sentence, however, will not prohibit declaring or paying or setting apart for payment any dividend or other distribution on the common stock.

Redemption at the Option of a Holder.   Beginning two years from the date of original issuance of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 10% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

Beginning three years from the date of original issuance of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 5% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

151


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Beginning four years from the date of original issuance of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, less a 3% redemption fee, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

Beginning five years from the date of original issuance of shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

For example, if after two years from the date of issuance, but prior to three years from the date of issuance, a holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock requires the Company to redeem his or her shares, then, based on an assumed annual dividend rate of six percent (6%) and the 10% redemption fee and assuming that all dividends have been timely and fully paid in cash and assuming no other distributions have been made in respect of such shares, the holder would be entitled to receive an aggregate amount that, together with all such paid dividends, would equal to 102% of the aggregate Stated Value of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock redeemed.

If a holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock causes the Company to redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, we have the right, in our sole discretion, to pay the redemption price in cash or in equal value of our common stock, based on the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the redemption.

Our obligation to redeem any shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is limited to the extent that we do not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or we are restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.

Optional Redemption Following Death of a Holder.   Subject to restrictions, beginning on the date of original issuance and ending two years thereafter, we will redeem shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock held by a natural person upon his or her death at the written request of the holder’s estate at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon through and including the date of redemption; provided, however , that our obligation to redeem any of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock is limited to the extent that we do not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or we are restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.

Optional Redemption by the Company.   We will have the right to redeem any or all shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock beginning on the tenth anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed. We will redeem such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value per share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends. We have the right, in our sole discretion, to pay the redemption price in cash or in equal value of our common stock, based on the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the redemption, in exchange for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.

We may exercise our redemption right by delivering a written notice thereof to all, but not less than all, of the holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. A notice of redemption shall be irrevocable. Each such notice will state the date on which the redemption by us shall occur, which date will be 30 days following the notice date.

Liquidation Preference.   Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, before any distribution or payment shall be made to holders of our common stock or any other class or series of capital stock ranking junior to our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid out of our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders, after payment or provision for our debts and other liabilities, a liquidation preference equal to the Stated Value per share, plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to and including the date of payment.

152


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will have no right or claim to any of our remaining assets. Our consolidation or merger with or into any other corporation, trust or other entity, the consolidation or merger of any other corporation, trust or entity with or into us, the sale or transfer of any or all our assets or business, or a statutory share exchange will not be deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs.

In determining whether a distribution (other than upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation), by dividend, redemption or other acquisition of shares of our stock or otherwise, is permitted under the MGCL, amounts that would be needed, if we were to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of holders of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will not be added to our total liabilities.

Voting Rights.   Our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock has no voting rights.

Exchange Listing.   We do not plan on making an application to list the shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on AMEX, any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Our common stock is listed on AMEX.

Common Stock Warrants

The following is a brief summary of the Warrants and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the terms set forth in the warrant agreement and global warrant certificate filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Warrant Agreement.   The Warrants to be issued in this offering will be governed by a warrant agreement to be entered into between us and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as agent for our company in respect of the Warrants. The Warrants shall be issued by “book-entry only” form to the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and evidenced by one or more global warrants. Those investors who own beneficial interests in a global warrant do so through participants in DTC’s system, and the rights of these indirect owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of DTC and its participants. The Warrants may be exercised by notifying a broker who is a DTC participant prior to the expiration of such Warrants and providing payment of the exercise price for the shares of our common stock for which such warrants are being exercised. The foregoing description of the terms of the Warrant Agreement is subject to the detailed provisions of such Warrant Agreement.

Exercisability.   Holders may exercise the Warrants at any time beginning one year from the date of issuance up to 11:59 p.m., New York time, on the date that is four years after the date of issuance. The Warrants are exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole, but not in part, by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice accompanied by payment in full for the number of shares of our common stock purchased upon such exercise (except in the case of a cashless exercise in the circumstances discussed below). Each Warrant is exercisable for 20 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment, as discussed below). The holder of Warrants does not have the right to exercise any portion of the Warrant if the holder would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% in value of the shares of our capital stock outstanding or in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

Cashless Exercise.   If, at the time of exercise of any Warrant, a registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant is not effective or the prospectus contained in the registration statement is not available for the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, the holder may only exercise its Warrant on a cashless basis. When exercised on a cashless basis, a portion of the Warrant is cancelled in payment of the purchase price payable in respect of the number of shares of our common stock purchasable upon such exercise. Any Warrant that is outstanding on the termination date of the Warrant shall be automatically terminated.

Exercise Price.   The exercise price of the common stock purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants equals 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock on the date of issuance of such Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share. The current market price will be determined using the weighted average price of the previous 20 days of trading volume. The exercise price and the

153


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to appropriate adjustment in relation to certain events, such as recapitalizations, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting our common stock, and also upon any distribution of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our stockholders.

Transferability.   Subject to applicable law, the Warrants may be transferred at the option of the holder upon surrender of the Warrants with the appropriate instruments of transfer.

Exchange Listing.   We do not plan on making an application to list the Warrants on AMEX, any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Our common stock is listed on AMEX.

Rights as Stockholder.   Except as otherwise provided in the Warrants or by virtue of such holder’s ownership of shares of our common stock, the holders of the Warrants will not have the rights or privileges of holders of our common stock, including any voting rights, until they exercise their Warrants.

Fractional Shares.   No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants. Rather, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price or round up the number of shares of common stock to be issued to the nearest whole number.

Meetings and Special Voting Requirements

Subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and the terms of each class or series of stock, including with respect to the vote by the common stock for the election of directors, each holder of common stock is entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote per share owned by such stockholder on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our board of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of shares of our outstanding common stock can elect all the directors then standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares of common stock will not be able to elect any directors.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter does not provide for a lesser percentage in these situations.

An annual meeting of our stockholders will be held each year. Special meetings of stockholders may be called upon the request of a majority of our directors, the chairman of the board, the president or the chief executive officer and must be called by our secretary to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting (subject to the stockholders’ compliance with certain procedures set forth in our by-laws). The presence of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter, either in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum.

One or more persons who together are and for at least six months have been stockholders of record of at least five percent of the outstanding shares of any class of our stock are entitled to receive a copy of our stockholder list upon request in accordance with Maryland law. The list provided by us will include each stockholder’s name and address and the number of shares owned by each stockholder and will be made available within 20 days of the receipt by us of the request. Stockholders and their representatives shall also be given access to our by-laws, the minutes of stockholder proceedings, our annual statements of affairs and any voting trust agreements on file at our principal office during usual business hours. We have the right to request that a requesting stockholder represent to us that the list and records will not be used to pursue commercial interests.

154


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we must meet the following criteria regarding our stockholders’ ownership of our shares:

we cannot be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code; that is, five or fewer individuals (as specially defined in the Code to include specified private foundations, employee benefit plans and trusts and charitable trusts and subject to certain constructive ownership rules) may not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares during the last half of a taxable year, other than our first REIT taxable year; and
100 or more persons must beneficially own our shares during at least 335 days of a taxable year of twelve months or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year, other than our first REIT taxable year.

See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of this topic. We may prohibit certain acquisitions and transfers of shares so as to ensure our initial and continued qualification as a REIT under the Code. However, there can be no assurance that this prohibition will be effective. Because we believe it is essential for us to qualify as a REIT, and, once qualified, to continue to qualify, among other purposes, our charter provides (subject to certain exceptions) that no person may own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the attribution provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of our outstanding shares of stock or more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of any class or series of our shares of our stock.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may waive this ownership limit (prospectively or retroactively) if evidence satisfactory to our directors, including certain representations and undertakings required by our charter, is presented that such ownership will not then or in the future jeopardize our status as a REIT. Our board of directors agreed to waive the 9.8% ownership limit with respect to the holdings by NELL Partners of 36,666 shares of common stock. Also, these restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our directors determine that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT or that compliance with such restrictions is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

In addition to prohibiting the transfer or ownership of our stock that would result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, shares of our stock in excess of the foregoing ownership limitations, our charter prohibits the transfer or ownership of our stock if such transfer or ownership would:

with respect to transfers only, result in our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, determined without reference to any rules of attribution;
result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (regardless of whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year);
result in our owning, directly or indirectly, more than 9.8% of the ownership interests in any tenant or subtenant; or
otherwise result in our disqualification as a REIT.

If any attempted transfer of our stock which, if effective, would result in a violation of these limitations, then the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) will be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries (or, in the case of a transfer that would result in our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, be void), and the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in the shares. To avoid confusion, these shares so transferred to a beneficial trust will be referred to in this prospectus as “Excess Securities.” Excess Securities will remain issued and outstanding shares and will be entitled to the same rights and privileges as all other shares of the same class or series. The trustee of the beneficial trust, as holder of the Excess Securities, will be entitled to receive all distributions authorized by the board of directors on such securities for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Our charter further entitles the trustee of the beneficial trust to vote all Excess Securities. If a transfer to the trust would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of any of the foregoing restrictions, the transfer resulting in such violation will be void from the time of such purported transfer.

155


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The trustee of the beneficial trust will select a transferee to whom the Excess Securities may be sold as long as such sale does not violate the 9.8% ownership limit or the other restrictions on ownership and transfer. Upon sale of the Excess Securities, the intended transferee (the transferee of the Excess Securities whose ownership would have violated the 9.8% ownership limit or the other restrictions on ownership and transfer) will receive from the trustee of the beneficial trust the lesser of such sale proceeds, or the price per share the intended transferee paid for the Excess Securities (or, in the case of a gift or devise to the intended transferee, the price per share equal to the market value per share on the date of the transfer to the intended transferee). The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the intended transferee by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the intended transferee and are owed by the intended transferee to the trustee. The trustee of the beneficial trust will distribute to the charitable beneficiary any amount the trustee receives in excess of the amount to be paid to the intended transferee.

In addition, we have the right to purchase any Excess Securities at the lesser of (i) the price per share paid in the transfer that created the Excess Securities (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of such devise or gift), and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, exercise such right. We may reduce the amount payable to the intended transferee by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the intended transferee and are owed by the intended transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to purchase the Excess Securities until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the intended transferee.

Any person who (i) acquires or attempts or intends to acquire shares in violation of the foregoing ownership limitations, or (ii) would have owned shares that resulted in a transfer to a charitable trust, is required to give us immediate written notice or, in the case of a proposed or intended transaction, 15 days’ written notice. In both cases, such persons must provide to us such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions will continue to apply until our board of directors determines it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

The 9.8% ownership limit does not apply to the underwriters in a public offering of shares. Any person who owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares during any taxable year will be asked to deliver a statement or affidavit setting forth the name and address of such owner, the number of shares beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such person also must provide us with such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the 9.8% ownership limit.

Distribution Policy and Distributions

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds, cumulative cash dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value. Dividends on each share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the date of issuance. We expect to authorize and declare dividends on the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock on a monthly basis payable on the 20th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared (or the next business day if the 20 th day is not a business day), beginning no later than the month following the first full month after we receive and accept aggregate subscriptions in excess of the minimum offering. Once we begin paying such dividends, we expect to pay them monthly, unless our results of operations, our general financing conditions, general economic conditions, applicable provisions of Maryland law or other factors make it imprudent to do so. The timing and amount of such dividends will be determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, and may vary from time to time.

On May 5, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend to our common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011, that was paid on July 15, 2011, in the amount of $0.125 per share of common stock, totaling approximately $646,487. On August 4, 2011, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.125 per share, which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011.

156


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because all our operations will be performed indirectly through Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., our operating partnership, our ability to pay distributions depends on Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P.’s ability to pay distributions to its partners, including to us. If we do not have enough cash from operations to fund the distribution, we may borrow, issue additional securities or sell assets in order to fund the distributions or make the distributions out of net proceeds from the offerings.

Distributions will be paid to our stockholders when and if authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of legally available funds as of the record dates selected by our board of directors. We expect to declare and pay distributions to our common stockholders quarterly unless our results of operations, our general financial condition, general economic conditions or other factors make it imprudent to do so. Distributions will be authorized at the discretion of our board of directors, which will be influenced in part by its intention to comply with the REIT requirements of the Code. We intend to make distributions sufficient to meet the annual distribution requirement and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our earnings; however, it may not always be possible to do so. The funds we receive from operations that are available for distribution may be affected by a number of factors, including the following:

the amount of time required for us to invest the funds received in the offering;
our operating and interest expenses;
the ability of tenants to meet their obligations under the leases associated with our properties;
the amount of distributions or dividends received by us from our indirect real estate investments;
our ability to keep our properties occupied;
our ability to maintain or increase rental rates when renewing or replacing current leases;
capital expenditures and reserves for such expenditures;
the issuance of additional shares; and
financings and refinancings.

We must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our taxable income each year in order to meet the requirements for being treated as a REIT under the Code. This requirement is described in greater detail in the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation — Annual Distribution Requirements” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our directors may authorize distributions in excess of this percentage as they deem appropriate. Because we may receive income from interest or rents at various times during our fiscal year, distributions may not reflect our income earned in that particular distribution period, but may be made in anticipation of cash flow that we expect to receive during a later period and may be made in advance of actual receipt of funds in an attempt to make distributions relatively uniform. To allow for such differences in timing between the receipt of income and the payment of expenses, and the effect of required debt payments, among other things, could require us to borrow funds from third parties on a short-term basis, issue new securities, or sell assets to meet the distribution requirements that are necessary to achieve the tax benefits associated with qualifying as a REIT. These methods of obtaining funding could affect future distributions by increasing operating costs and decreasing available cash. In addition, such distributions may constitute a return of capital. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — REIT Qualification Tests” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Stockholder Liability

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that our stockholders:

are not liable personally or individually in any manner whatsoever for any debt, act, omission or obligation incurred by us or our board of directors; and
are under no obligation to us or our creditors with respect to their shares other than the obligation to pay to us the full amount of the consideration for which their shares were issued.

157


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or
an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting any business combination with Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. As a result, Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC or any affiliate of Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC may be able to enter into business combinations with us that may not be in the best interest of our stockholders, without compliance with the super-majority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

The business combination statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Control Share Acquisitions

With some exceptions, Maryland law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of stockholders holding two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding “control shares”:

owned by the acquiring person;
owned by our officers; and
owned by our employees who are also directors.

158


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Control shares” mean voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer in respect of which the acquirer can exercise or direct the exercise of voting power, would entitle the acquiring person to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

one-tenth or more, but less than one-third of all voting power;
one-third or more, but less than a majority of all voting power; or
a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition occurs when, subject to some exceptions, a person directly or indirectly acquires ownership or the power to direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy) of issued and outstanding control shares. A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of some specific conditions, including an undertaking to pay expenses, may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of our stockholders to be held within 50 days of a request to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a meeting is made, we may present the question at any stockholders’ meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement on or before the 10 th day after the control share acquisition as required by the statute, then, subject to some conditions and limitations, we may redeem any or all the control shares (except those for which voting rights have been previously approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition. The control share acquisition statute does not apply to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation, or share exchange if we are a party to the transaction or to acquisitions approved or exempted by our charter or by-laws.

As permitted by Maryland General Corporation Law, our by-laws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions of our stock. There can be no assurance that this provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or by-laws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or by-laws, to any or all of five provisions:

a classified board;
a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;
a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;
a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Our charter and by-laws provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the remaining directors. Any such director elected to fill a vacancy will hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our charter also vests in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships.

159


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, our charter provides that any director may be removed from office, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding common stock of the Company.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We expect the transfer agent and registrar for our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants to be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. currently acts as the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

160


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to our initial public offering in April 2011, there was no established trading market for our common stock. No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our shares of common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of the stockholders to sell the shares, or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of the shares of common stock. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Investment Risks” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Any shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or upon redemption of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares of common stock held by our “affiliates”, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below. The shares of our common stock issued in our initial public offering are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares of common stock held by our “affiliates”, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock are “restricted securities”, as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. As of October 31, 2011, 5,147,399 shares of common stock are available in the public market; 1,787,033 of such shares are subject to Rule 144. If the IPO Warrant is exercised, there would be an additional 150,000 shares of common stock available in the public market.

For a description of certain restrictions on transfers of our shares of common stock held by our stockholders, see the section entitled “Description of Securities — Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates who own shares for at least six months or own shares purchased in the open market, are entitled to sell these shares as follows. Within any three-month period, each person may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, which is approximately 51,474 shares on the date of this prospectus, or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the AMEX during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice of the sale on Form 144. Sales under Rule 144 by affiliates also will be subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

A person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who owns shares within the definition of “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that were purchased from us, or any affiliate, at least six months previously, also would be entitled to sell shares under Rule 144. Such sales would be permitted without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements described above and, after one year, without any limits, including the public information requirement.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of stockholders and other factors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with closing of our private placement offering on April 5, 2011, we entered into a registration rights agreement with WOF that requires us to register under the Securities Act the shares of common stock held by it and its transferees under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions. Such securities registered under any registration statement are available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Agreements With Institutional and Other Investors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

161


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF OUR ORGANIZATIONAL DOCUMENTS

Each stockholder is bound by and deemed to have agreed to the terms of our organizational documents by virtue of the election to become a stockholder. Our organizational documents consist of our charter and by-laws. The following is a summary of material provisions of our organizational documents and does not contain all the information about our charter and by-laws that you should consider before investing in our common stock. Our organizational documents are filed as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus is part. See the section entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our charter was filed with and accepted for record by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on September 18, 2009, amended and restated on January 5, 2010, corrected pursuant to a certificate of correction on January 20, 2010, amended and restated on November 12, 2010, amended on February 22, 2011 and amended and restated on February 24, 2011. Our third amended and restated by-laws, in their present form, became operative as of February 24, 2011. Neither our charter nor by-laws have an expiration date, and therefore, both documents remain effective in their current form throughout our existence, unless they are amended.

Charter and By-law Provisions

The rights of stockholders and related matters are governed by our organizational documents and Maryland law. Certain provisions of these documents or of Maryland law, summarized below, may make it difficult to change the composition of our board and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all our assets) that might provide a premium price for holders of our common stock. See generally the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Organization, Structure and Management” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Stockholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights

We will hold an annual meeting of stockholders. The purpose of each annual meeting will be to elect directors and to transact any other business. The chairman, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the directors also may call a special meeting of the stockholders. The secretary must call a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders when stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on such matter at the meeting make a written request (subject to the stockholders’ compliance with certain procedures set forth in our by-laws).

We will give notice of any annual or special meeting of stockholders not less than ten nor more than ninety days before the meeting. The notice must state the purpose of the special meeting. At any meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on the applicable record date. In general, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting on any matter will constitute a quorum. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast and a majority of votes cast will be sufficient to approve any other matter that may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by law or our charter.

Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock have no voting rights.

Board of Directors

Under our organizational documents, we must have at least two but not more than ten directors. Our charter currently names two directors. A director may resign at any time. A director may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66-2/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding common stock of the Company. A vacancy on the board caused by the death, removal or resignation of a director or by an increase in the number of directors, within the limits described above, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors whether or not the voting directors constitute a quorum.

These provisions preclude stockholders from (1) removing incumbent directors except upon a substantial affirmative vote, and (2) filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

162


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Maryland law provides that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the board also may be taken without a meeting by the unanimous written or electronic consent of all directors.

The approval by our board and by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting shares of stock is generally necessary for us to do any of the following:

amend our charter;
transfer all or substantially all our assets other than in the ordinary course of business;
engage in mergers, consolidations or share exchanges; or
liquidate and dissolve.

Inspection of Books and Records; Stockholder Lists

Any stockholder or his or her designated representative will be permitted, during usual business hours, to inspect and obtain copies of our by-laws, the minutes of stockholder proceedings, our annual statements of affairs and any voting trust agreements on file at our principal office. One or more persons who together are and for at least six months have been stockholders of record of at least five percent of the outstanding shares of any class of our stock may also request a copy of our stockholder list, although the request cannot be made to secure a copy of our stockholder list or other information for the purpose of selling the list or using the list or other information for a commercial purpose.

Amendment of the Organizational Documents

Except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval, our charter may be amended only if the amendment is declared advisable by our board and approved by the stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our by-laws may be amended in any manner not inconsistent with the charter by a majority vote of our directors present at a board meeting at which a quorum is present.

Dissolution or Termination of the Company

As a Maryland corporation, we may be dissolved at any time after a determination by a majority of the entire board that dissolution is advisable and the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Proposals to elect directors or conduct other business at an annual or special meeting must be brought in accordance with our by-laws. The by-laws provide that any business may be transacted at the annual meeting without being specifically designated in the notice of meeting. However, with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in the notice of the special meeting may be brought at that meeting.

Our by-laws also provide that nominations of individuals for election to the board may be made at an annual meeting (1) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors, or (3) by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice pursuant to the by-laws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our by-laws. Our by-laws further provide that the proposal of other business to be considered by stockholders may be made at an annual meeting (x) pursuant to the notice of meeting, (y) by or at the direction of our board of directors, or (z) by any stockholder of record both at the time of giving notice pursuant to the by-laws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on any such other business and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our by-laws.

163


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A notice of a director nomination or stockholder proposal to be considered at an annual meeting must be delivered to our secretary at our principal executive offices:

not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day nor earlier than 150 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of release of the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting; or
if the date of the meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the anniversary date or if an annual meeting has not yet been held, not earlier than 150 days prior to the annual meeting or not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

Nominations of individuals for election to the board may be made at a special meeting, (A) by or at the direction of our board of directors, (B) by a stockholder that has requested that a special meeting be called for the purpose of electing directors in compliance with the procedures set forth in our by-laws and that has supplied the information required by our by-laws about each individual whom such stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, or (C) provided that the special meeting has been called for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in our by-laws.

A notice of a director nomination to be considered at a special meeting must be delivered to our secretary at our principal executive offices:

not earlier than 120 days prior to the special meeting; and
not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of either:
º ninety days prior to the special meeting; or
º ten days following the day of our first public announcement of the date of the special meeting and the nominees proposed by our board to be elected at the meeting.

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland General Corporation Law requires us (unless our charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his service in that capacity. The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith, or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

164


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or in our right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and
a written undertaking by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.

Our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to:

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or
any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of such corporation, REIT, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter also permits us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our officers and directors. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, that we will indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the covered officer or director against any and all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and all reasonable and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or other proceeding that arises out of the officer’s or director’s status as a present or former officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Each indemnification agreement also requires us, upon request of the covered officer or director, to advance the expenses related to such an action provided that the officer or director undertakes to repay any amounts to which he is subsequently determined not to be entitled.

The indemnification agreement is not exclusive of any other rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which the covered officer or director may be entitled, including any rights arising under our charter or bylaws or applicable law.

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT.

165


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the agreement of limited partnership that we have entered into in connection with our operating partnership, Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. This summary and the descriptions of the operating partnership agreement provisions elsewhere in this prospectus are qualified by the form of agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. See the section entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Conducting our operations through the operating partnership allows the sellers of properties to contribute their property interests to the operating partnership in exchange for Class A Units rather than for cash or our common stock. This enables the seller to defer some of or all the potential taxable gain on the transfer. From the seller’s perspective, there are also differences between the ownership of common stock and partnership units, some of which may be material because they impact the business organization form, distribution rights, voting rights, transferability of equity interests received and U.S. federal income taxation.

Description of Partnership Units

Partnership interests in the operating partnership, other than the special limited partnership interest, are divided into “units.” The operating partnership has four classes of units: (a) GP Units; (b) Class A Units; (c) Class B Units; and (d) Series A Redeemable Preferred Units.

GP Units

GP Units represent an interest as a general partner in the operating partnership and we, as general partner, will hold all such units. In return for the initial capital contribution of $109,998 we made, the operating partnership issued to us 10,999.80 general partnership units that were subsequently redesignated as 10,999.80 GP Units and 36,666 limited partnership units that were subsequently redesignated as 36,666 Class A Units.

In our capacity as general partner, we manage the operating partnership and are liable for certain unpaid debts and liabilities of the operating partnership.

Limited Partnership Units Generally

Limited partnership units represent an interest as a limited partner in the operating partnership. The operating partnership may issue additional partnership units and classes of partnership units with rights different from, and superior to, those of limited partnership units of any class, without the consent of the limited partners. Holders of limited partnership units do not have any preemptive rights with respect to the issuance of additional units.

Limited partners of any class do not have the right to participate in the management of the operating partnership. Limited partners of any class who do not participate in the management of the operating partnership, by virtue of their status as limited partners, generally are not liable for the debts and liabilities of the operating partnership beyond the amount of their capital contributions. We, however, as the general partner of the operating partnership, are liable for certain unpaid debts and liabilities of the operating partnership. The voting rights of the limited partners of any class are generally limited to approval of specific types of amendments to the operating partnership agreement (some of which exclude partnership units owned or controlled by the general partner or any person who owns more than 66-2/3 of the outstanding voting interests in the general partner). With respect to such amendments, each Class A Limited Partnership Unit has one vote. See the section entitled “— Management of the Operating Partnership” below for a detailed discussion of this subject.

In general, subject to the priorities of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units, each Class A Unit and Class B Unit (and GP Unit) will share equally in distributions from the operating partnership when such distributions are declared by us, the general partner, which decision will be made in our sole discretion. Upon the operating partnership’s liquidation, Class A Units and Class B Units (and GP Units) will share equally on a unit-by-unit basis in the assets of the operating partnership that are available for distribution, after payment of all liabilities, establishment of reserves, required withholding, payment of any preferred return owed to holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units and return of capital to the holders of Series A Redeemable

166


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Units and payment of the portion distributable to the special limited partner. In addition, a portion of the items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the operating partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be allocated to a limited partnership unit, regardless of whether any distributions are made by the operating partnership. See the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Tax Aspects of Investments in Partnerships” included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the manner in which income, gain, loss and deductions are allocated under the operating partnership agreement. As general partner, we may amend the allocation and distribution sections of the operating partnership agreement to reflect the issuance of additional units and classes of units without the consent of the limited partners.

Under certain circumstances, holders of limited partnership units of any class may be restricted from transferring their interests without the consent of the general partner. See the section entitled “— Transferability of Interests” below for a discussion of certain restrictions imposed by the operating partnership agreement on such transfers.

Class A Units

For each Class A Unit received, investors generally will be required to contribute money or property, with a net equity value determined by the general partner. Holders of Class A Units will not be obligated to make additional capital contributions to the operating partnership. Further, such holders will not have the right to make additional capital contributions to the operating partnership or to purchase additional Class A Units without our consent as general partner. For further information on capital contributions, see the section entitled “— Capital Contributions” below.

After owning a Class A Unit for one year, Class A Unit holders generally may, subject to certain restrictions, exchange Class A Units for the cash value of a corresponding number of shares of our common stock or, at our option, a corresponding number of shares of our common stock. See the section entitled “— Limited Partner Exchange Rights” below for a description of these rights and the amount and types of consideration a limited partner is entitled to receive upon exercise of such rights. These exchange rights are accelerated in the case of some extraordinary transactions. See the section entitled “— Extraordinary Transactions” below for an explanation of the exchange rights under such circumstances.

In connection with our initial public offering (including the exercise of an over-allotment option by the underwriters) and concurrent private placement, we made a capital contribution to the operating partnership of $51,073,610 and the operating partnership issued to us 5,107,361 limited partnership units that were subsequently redesignated as 5,107,361 Class A Units. In addition, the operating partnership has issued us an additional 29,372 limited partnership units that were subsequently redesignated as 29,372 Class A Units, in connection with our issuance of 26,000 shares of restricted common stock and 3,372 shares of fully vested common stock to the independent members of our board of directors in lieu of cash compensation. The 26,000 shares of restricted common stock were granted as annual compensation for service on our board of directors and related committees and the 3,372 vested shares of common stock were granted for services rendered in connection with attending committee meetings of our board of directors.

Series A Redeemable Preferred Units

The operating partnership will issue Series A Redeemable Preferred Units to correspond with our issuance of shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. The Series A Redeemable Preferred Units represent a class of limited partnership units of the operating partnership that are subject to the additional terms contained in the operating partnership agreement and summarized here. Subject to our future issuance of certain senior securities, the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units rank senior to all other limited partnership units with respect to distribution rights and rights upon our liquidation, winding-up or dissolution.

167


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Beginning two years after their initial issuance, a holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units will have the right to redeem such units at a discount plus any accrued but unpaid distributions subject to terms similar to the terms of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock. In addition, the operating partnership will have the right to redeem any or all Series A Redeemable Preferred Units beginning on the tenth anniversary of the date of their original issuance. Upon redemption of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units, the operating partnership has the right, in its sole discretion, to deliver cash or equal value of Class A Units.

Class B Units

The operating partnership intends to grant Class B Units, representing Class B limited partnership interests in the operating partnership, as equity incentive awards to our directors, officers and employees (if we ever have employees), employees of our manager and its affiliates, employees of entities that provide services to us, directors of our manager or of entities that provide services to us, certain of our consultants and certain consultants to our manager and its affiliates or to entities of such consultants that provide services to us. The Class B Units may be subject to forfeiture or other restrictions upon terms included with any such grant.

In general, the Class B Units are intended to be treated as “profits interests” in our operating partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, the Class B Units will receive allocations of net income and net loss consistent with their distribution priorities, however, periodically and upon the occurrence of certain specified events, our operating partnership will revalue its market capitalization and any increase in market capitalization will be allocated first to such Class B Units until the capital account attributable to each such Class B Units is effectively equal to our capital account attributable to each of the Class A Units we hold in our operating partnership.

At the time the capital account attributable to each such Class B Unit is effectively equal to our capital account attributable to each of the Class A Units we hold, such Class B Unit shall automatically convert into a Class A Unit and such holder shall be entitled to all rights and preferences and subject to all obligations of any other holder of Class A Units. If the Class B Units are subject to forfeiture, upon a forfeiture of Class B Units, there is a risk that we will recognize taxable income up to the amount of the capital account of such holder of such Class B Units allocable to such Class B Unit.

The Class B Units shall be entitled to distributions, even though the Class B Units are subject to forfeiture.

Management of the Operating Partnership

The operating partnership is organized as a Delaware limited partnership pursuant to the terms of the operating partnership agreement. We are the general partner of the operating partnership and expect to conduct substantially all our business through it. Pursuant to the operating partnership agreement, we, as the general partner, have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of the partnership, including the ability to enter into major transactions, such as acquisitions, dispositions and refinancings, and to cause changes in the operating partnership’s business and distribution policies. Further, we may, without the consent of the limited partners:

file a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of the partnership’s debts under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other federal or state insolvency law, or corresponding provisions of future laws, or file an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition; or
cause the operating partnership to make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature.

The limited partners, in their capacities as such, will have no authority to transact business for, or participate in the management or decisions of, the operating partnership, except as provided in the operating partnership agreement and as required by applicable law. Further, the limited partners have no right to remove us as the general partner.

168


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As general partner, we also may amend the operating partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners. However, the following amendments will require the consent of the adversely affected limited partners holding more than 66-2/3% of outstanding partnership, units held by limited partners who are adversely affected:

any amendment that alters or changes the distribution or liquidation rights of limited partners, subject to the exceptions discussed below under the “Distributions” portion of this section;
any amendment that alters or changes the limited partner’s exchange rights;
any amendment that imposes on limited partners any obligation to make additional capital contributions; or
any amendment that alters the terms of the operating partnership agreement regarding the rights of the limited partners with respect to extraordinary transactions.

Indemnification

To the extent permitted by law, the operating partnership agreement provides for indemnification of us when acting in good faith and in the best interests of the operating partnership in our capacity as general partner. It also provides for indemnification of directors, officers and other persons that we may designate under the same conditions, and subject to the same restrictions, applicable to the indemnification of officers, directors, employees and stockholders under our charter. See the section entitled “Our Management — Limited Liability and Indemnification” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Transferability of Interests

Under the operating partnership agreement, we cannot withdraw from the partnership or transfer or assign all or any of our general partnership interest without the consent of holders of two-thirds of the limited partnership units, except in connection with the sale of all or substantially all our assets meeting the conditions set forth in the operating partnership agreement. Under certain circumstances and with the prior written consent of the general partner and satisfaction of other conditions set forth in the operating partnership agreement, holders of limited partnership units are able to withdraw from the partnership and transfer and/or encumber all or any part of their units. However, although a limited partner may be able to affect a transfer of partnership interests without the consent of the general partner, the transferee remains an economic interest owner only as an assignee until the general partner admits the assignee as a substitute limited partner, in its sole and absolute discretion.

In addition, limited partnership units will not be registered under the federal or state securities laws. As a result, the ability of a holder to transfer its units may be restricted under such laws.

Extraordinary Transactions

The operating partnership agreement generally permits us and/or the operating partnership to engage in any authorized business combination without the consent of the limited partners. Generally, a business combination for these purposes is any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of any entity. We are required to send each limited partner notice of a proposed business combination at least 15 days prior to the record date for the stockholder vote on the combination, if any.

Generally, a limited partner is not able to exercise its exchange rights until it has held the units for at least one year. See the section entitled “— Limited Partner Exchange Rights” below for a description of these exchange rights. However, in the case of a proposed combination, each limited partner has the right to exercise its exchange right prior to the stockholder vote on the transaction, even if it has held its units for less than one year. Any limited partners who timely exchange their units prior to the record date for the stockholder vote on a business combination will be entitled to vote their shares in any stockholder vote on the business combination. Limited partners who exchange their units after the record date will not be able to vote their shares in any stockholder vote on the proposed business combination. The right of a limited partner to exercise its right to exchange without regard to whether they have held the units for more than a year terminates upon the earlier of (i) the disapproval of the business combination by our board of directors,

169


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(ii) the disapproval of the business combination by stockholders, (iii) the abandonment of the business combination by any of the parties to it, or (iv) the business combination’s effective date.

We cannot consummate a business combination (other than one in which we are the surviving entity) unless all limited partners receive, or have the right to elect to receive, for each limited partnership unit they own, an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the amount of cash, securities or other property or value paid in the combination to a holder of a share of common stock. If, in connection with a business combination, a tender or similar offer has been accepted by holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common stock, then each limited partner will have the option to exchange its limited partnership units for the amount of cash, securities or other property which the limited partner would have received had it exercised its exchange rights under the operating partnership agreement, and tendered the shares of common stock received upon exercise of the exchange rights immediately prior to the expiration of the offer.

However, we may merge into or consolidate with another entity without adhering to these limitations if, immediately after the merger or consolidation, substantially all the assets of the surviving entity, other than the partnership units held by us, are contributed to the operating partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets contributed as determined by the surviving entity general partner in good faith and the surviving entity general partner expressly agrees to assume all our obligations as general partner under the operating partnership agreement.

Issuance of Additional Units

As general partner of the operating partnership, we will be able to cause, without the consent of the limited partners, the operating partnership to issue additional units representing general and/or limited partnership interests. A new issuance may include preferred units, which may have rights which are different than, and/or superior to, those of GP Units, Series A Redeemable Preferred Units, Class A Units and Class B Units. Furthermore, the operating partnership agreement requires the issuance of additional units to us corresponding with any issuance of stock by us or as a result of our distributing stock in order to meet our annual distribution requirement to maintain our status as a REIT.

In connection with the exercise of the Warrants and the corresponding issuance of common stock, we will contribute the cash we receive from the issuance of such common stock to the operating partnership in exchange for an equivalent number of Class A Units at a per unit price equal to the per share price paid for each share of common stock, subject to adjustment due to stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares, or any merger, consolidation or combination of the general partner.

Capital Contributions

If the operating partnership requires additional funds at any time, or from time to time, in excess of funds available to it from prior borrowings, operating revenue or capital contributions, we, as general partner, have the right to raise additional funds required by the operating partnership by causing it to borrow the necessary funds from third parties on such terms and conditions as we deem appropriate. As an alternative to borrowing funds required by the operating partnership, we may contribute the amount of such required funds as an additional capital contribution. We must contribute cash or other property received in exchange for the issuance of equity stock to the operating partnership in exchange for units unless the issuance was in connection with an acquisition of an asset to be held directly by the general partner and such issuance was approved by a majority of independent directors of the general partner. Upon the contribution of cash or other property received in exchange for the issuance of common stock, we will receive one GP Unit for each share issued by us. Upon the contribution of the cash or other property received in exchange for the issuance of each share of equity stock other than common stock, we will receive one unit with rights and preferences respecting distributions corresponding to the rights and preferences of the equity stock that we issued. If we contribute additional capital to the operating partnership, our partnership interest will be increased on a proportionate basis. Conversely, the partnership interests of the limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis if we contribute any additional capital.

170


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distributions

The operating partnership agreement sets forth the manner in which distributions from the partnership will be made to partnership unit holders. Distributions from the partnership will be made at the times and in the amounts determined by us, as the general partner.

The operating partnership agreement provides that cash available for distribution, excluding net proceeds from any sale or other disposition of properties of the operating partnership, or net sale proceeds, will be distributed to the partners as follows:

first , 100% to us as holder of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units (which we will distribute to the holders of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock), until we have received cumulative cash dividends on each Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit at an annual rate of six percent (6%) of the stated value, or the Series A Preferred Return;
thereafter , 100% of the aggregate amount of any additional distribution will be payable to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units entitled to such distributions in proportion to respective percentage interests.

Net sale proceeds will be distributed to partners as follows:

first , 100% to us as holder of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units (which we will distribute to the holders of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock), until we have received cumulative cash dividends on each Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit equal to the Series A Preferred Return;
second , 100% to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units entitled to such distributions, in proportion to respective percentage interests, until the allocable capital contribution with respect to the real estate asset giving rise to such distribution has been received;
third , 100% to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units entitled to such distributions, in proportion to respective percentage interests, until the aggregate allocable capital contributions with respect to all realized investments has been received;
fourth , 100% to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units entitled to such distributions, in proportion to respective percentage interests, until an amount equal to the sum of the allocable expenses with respect to all realized investments, including the realized investment giving rise to such distribution has been received;
fifth , 100% to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units entitled to such distributions, in proportion to respective percentage interests, until we, and other holders of Class A Units, have received a priority return in an amount equal to a cumulative, non-compounded rate of return equal to seven percent (7%) per annum has been met with respect to the allocable capital contributions and allocable expenses distributed; and
thereafter , 15% of the aggregate amount of any additional distribution will be payable to the special limited partner, and 85% as follows: first , 100% to us as holder of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock), until the aggregate capital contributions made with respect to the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units have been returned, and thereafter , 100% among us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units (which we may distribute to the holders of our Common Stock) and any other holders of Class A Units and Class B Units entitled to such distributions in proportion to respective percentage interests.

171


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The return calculation described above applies to all distributions received and not just distributions of net sale proceeds. Achievement of a particular threshold, therefore, is determined with reference to all prior distributions made by our operating partnership to any limited partners, and to us, which we will then distribute to our stockholders.

To the extent a distribution has been paid to the special limited partner for any real estate assets sold within 60 days prior to the sale of an asset in which the seven percent (7%) priority return for that asset was not met, the special limited partner must return to us an amount up to the distribution so received for the assets sold within such 60-day period, which will be applied to any seven percent (7%) priority return shortfall actually arising from the sale of the subsequent asset.

The operating partnership agreement also provides that, as general partner, we have the right to amend the distribution provisions of the operating partnership agreement to reflect the issuance of additional classes of units. The operating partnership agreement further provides that, as general partner, we shall use our best efforts to ensure sufficient distributions are made to meet the REIT annual distribution requirements and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our earnings.

Liquidation

Upon the liquidation of the operating partnership, after payment of debts and obligations, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to partners pro rata in accordance with the priorities in which net sales proceeds are distributed to partners.

Allocations

The operating partnership agreement generally provides that net income, net loss and any other individual items of income, gain, loss or deduction of the operating partnership (other than net property gain or net property loss from capital transactions) will be allocated among the partners as follows:

first , net income, but not net loss, shall be allocated to us as the holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units to the extent of the aggregate amount of any distributions of cash available for distribution to meet the Series A Preferred Return; and
thereafter , net income and net loss shall be allocated to us as holder of GP Units and Class A Units and any other holders of Class A Units in proportion to respective percentage interests.

Net property gain and net property loss and any other individual items of gain or loss of the operating partnership will be allocated among the partners as follows:

first , net property gain, but not net property loss, shall be allocated to us as the holder of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units to the extent of the aggregate amount of any distributions of net sale proceeds to meet the Series A Preferred Return; and
thereafter , in such a manner that the capital accounts of each partner, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal proportionately to the distributions that would be made to such partner if the operating partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets were sold for cash, all operating partnership liabilities were satisfied, and the net assets of the operating partnership were distributed to the partners immediately after making such allocation.

172


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operations

The operating partnership agreement requires that the partnership be operated in a manner that will:

satisfy the requirements for our classification as a REIT;
avoid any U.S. federal income or excise tax liability, unless we otherwise cease to qualify as a REIT; and
ensure that the operating partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded partnership under the Code.

Pursuant to the operating partnership agreement, the operating partnership will assume and pay when due, or reimburse us for, payment of all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the operating partnership and the administrative costs and expenses that we incur on behalf, or for the benefit, of the operating partnership.

Limited Partner Exchange Rights

Pursuant to the operating partnership agreement, each holder of a Class A Unit (but not the holder of the special limited partner interests) has the right, but not the obligation, to exchange all or a portion of their Class A Units for cash or, at our option, for shares of our common stock on such terms and subject to such conditions and restrictions as will be contained in one or more exchange rights agreement among us, as the general partner, the operating partnership and one or more limited partner. The form of the exchange rights agreement shall be provided by the general partner.

Exercise of exchange rights will be a taxable transaction in which gain or loss will be recognized by the limited partner exercising its right to exchange its units for the cash value of a corresponding number of shares of our common stock or, at the option of the operating partnership, a corresponding number of shares of our common stock, to the extent that the amount realized exceeds the limited partner’s adjusted basis in the units exchanged.

Special Limited Partner

Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company and is a special limited partner of our operating partnership. Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC does not hold any General Partnership Units or Limited Partnership Units, as such terms are defined in the partnership agreement. Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC does not have any voting rights, approval rights, rights to distributions or any other rights under the partnership agreement other than the right to receive certain distributions in connection with the sale of each asset.

Our manager has a special limited partnership interest in our operating partnership entitling it to distributions from our operating partnership equal to 15% of any net sale proceeds from an asset (which equals the proceeds actually received by us from the sale of such asset after paying off outstanding debt related to the sold asset and paying any seller related closing costs, including any commission paid to our manager in connection with the sale of the asset, less expenses allocable to the sold asset) remaining after the payment of (i) the capital and expenses allocable to all realized investments (including the sold asset), and (ii) a 7% priority annual return on such capital and expenses; provided, however, that all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock have been paid in full. This distribution with respect to the special limited partnership interest is payable upon the sale of an asset even if holders of our preferred stock have not received a return of their capital, but only after the holders of our preferred stock have received payment in full of all accrued and unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. It is also possible that holders of common stock will receive additional distributions from the sale of a property (in excess of their capital attributable to the asset sold) before the holders of Series A Preferred Stock receive a return of their capital.

The special limited partner shall be entitled to tax distributions, at our sole discretion as the general partner, provided such distributions do not prevent us from satisfying the requirements for qualification as a REIT. Any tax distributions shall offset future distributions to which the special limited partner is entitled.

173


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tax Matters

Pursuant to the operating partnership agreement, we are the tax matters partner of the operating partnership, and as such, have authority to make tax decisions under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership. Tax income and loss generally will be allocated in a manner that reflects the entitlement of the general partner, limited partners and the special limited partner to receive distributions from the operating partnership. For a description of other tax consequences stemming from our investment in the operating partnership, see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Tax Aspects of Investments in Partnerships” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Duties and Conflicts

Except as otherwise set forth under the sections entitled “Conflicts of Interest” and “Our Management” included elsewhere in this prospectus, any limited partner may engage in other business activities outside the operating partnership, including business activities that directly compete with the operating partnership.

Term

The operating partnership will continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2099 or until sooner dissolved and terminated upon (i) our dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination, (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the operating partnership unless we, as general partner, elect to continue the business of the operating partnership to collect the indebtedness or other consideration to be received in exchange for the assets of the operating partnership, (iii) our withdrawal as general partner from the partnership, unless a majority in interest vote to continue the business of the partnership within 90 days of our withdrawal, or (iv) by operation of law.

174


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary discusses the material U.S. federal income tax considerations associated with our qualification and taxation as a REIT and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants (which together form a Unit) and our shares of common stock underlying the Warrants. This discussion is based upon the laws, regulations, and reported judicial and administrative rulings and decisions in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, retroactively or prospectively, and to possibly differing interpretations. This summary does not purport to deal with the U.S. federal income and other tax consequences applicable to all investors in light of their particular investment or other circumstances, or to all categories of investors, some of whom may be subject to special rules (for example, insurance companies, entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and investors therein, trusts, financial institutions and broker-dealers and, except to the extent discussed below, tax-exempt organizations and Non-U.S. Holders, as defined below). No ruling on the U.S. federal, state, or local tax considerations relevant to our operation or to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our shares, has been requested from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or other tax authority. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.

This summary is also based upon the assumption that the operation of the company, and of its subsidiaries and other lower-tier and affiliated entities, will in each case be in accordance with its applicable organizational documents or partnership agreements. This summary does not discuss the impact that U.S., state and local taxes and taxes imposed by non-U.S. jurisdictions could have on the matters discussed in this summary. In addition, this summary assumes that security holders hold our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the Warrants and our shares of common stock underlying the Warrants as capital assets, which generally means as property held for investment.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors in order to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the Warrants and our shares of common stock underlying the Warrants, the tax treatment of a REIT and the effect of potential changes in the applicable tax laws.

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011. Furthermore, we intend to continue operating as a REIT; however, we cannot assure you that we will meet the applicable requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws, which are highly technical and complex.

In brief, a corporation that complies with the provisions in Sections 856 through 860 of the Code and qualifies as a REIT generally is not taxed on its net taxable income to the extent such income is currently distributed to stockholders, thereby completely or substantially eliminating the “double taxation” that a corporation and its stockholders generally bear together. However, as discussed in greater detail below, a corporation could be subject to U.S. federal income tax in some circumstances even if it qualifies as a REIT and would likely suffer adverse consequences, including reduced cash available for distribution to its stockholders, if it failed to qualify as a REIT.

Proskauer Rose LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with this registration statement. Proskauer Rose LLP is of the opinion that (i) assuming that we timely file an election to be treated as a REIT and such election is not either revoked or intentionally terminated, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2011, we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code, and our proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and (ii) our operating partnership will be taxed as a partnership or a disregarded entity and not an association or publicly traded partnership (within the meaning of Code Section 7704) subject to tax as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with its first taxable year. This opinion will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, and is based and conditioned, in part, on various assumptions and representations as to factual matters and covenants made to Proskauer Rose LLP by us and based upon certain terms and conditions set forth in the opinion. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet, through operation of the properties we acquire and our investment in other assets, the applicable requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws. Proskauer Rose LLP has not reviewed these operating results for compliance with the applicable requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our actual operating results allow us to satisfy the applicable requirements to qualify as a REIT under U.S. federal income tax laws in any taxable year.

175


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

General

The term “REIT taxable income” means the taxable income as computed for a corporation which is not a REIT:

without the deductions allowed by Code Sections 241 through 247 and Code Section 249 (relating generally to the deduction for dividends received);
excluding amounts equal to: the net income from foreclosure property and the net income derived from prohibited transactions;
deducting amounts equal to: the net loss from foreclosure property, the net loss derived from prohibited transactions, the tax imposed by Code Section 857(b)(5) upon a failure to meet the 95% and/or the 75% gross income tests, the tax imposed by Code Section 856(c)(7)(C) upon a failure to meet the quarterly asset tests, the tax imposed by Code Section 856(g)(5) for otherwise avoiding REIT disqualification, and the tax imposed by Code Section 857(b)(7) on redetermined rents, redetermined deductions and excess interest;
deducting the amount of dividends paid under Code Section 561, computed without regard to the amount of the net income from foreclosure property (which is excluded from REIT taxable income); and
without regard to any change of annual accounting period pursuant to Code Section 443(b).

In any year in which we qualify as a REIT and have a valid election in place, we will claim deductions for the dividends we pay to the stockholders, and therefore will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on that portion of our taxable income or capital gain which is distributed to our stockholders.

Although we can eliminate or substantially reduce our U.S. federal income tax liability by maintaining our REIT qualification and paying sufficient dividends, we will be subject to U.S. federal tax in the following circumstances:

We will be taxed at normal corporate rates on any undistributed REIT taxable income or net capital gain.
If we fail to satisfy either the 95% Gross Income Test or the 75% Gross Income Test (each of which is described below), but our failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, and we therefore maintain our REIT qualification, we will be subject to a tax equal to the product of (a) the amount by which we failed the 75% or 95% Gross Income Test (whichever amount is greater) multiplied by (b) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
We will be subject to an excise tax if we fail to currently distribute sufficient income. In order to make the “required distribution” with respect to a calendar year, we must distribute the sum of (i) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the calendar year, and (iii) the excess, if any, of the grossed up required distribution (as defined in the Code) for the preceding calendar year over the distributed amount for that preceding calendar year. Any excise tax liability would be equal to 4% of the difference between the amount required to be distributed under this formula and the amount actually distributed and would not be deductible by us.
We may be subject to the corporate “alternative minimum tax” on our items of tax preference, including any deductions of net operating losses.
If we have net income from prohibited transactions such income would be subject to a 100% tax. See the section entitled “— REIT Qualification Tests — Prohibited Transactions” below.
We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on any non-qualifying income from foreclosure property, although we will not own any foreclosure property unless we make loans or accept purchase money notes secured by interests in real property and foreclose on the property following a default on the loan, or foreclose on property pursuant to a default on a lease.

176


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we fail to satisfy any of the REIT asset tests, as described below, other than a failure of the 5% or 10% REIT assets tests that does not exceed a statutory de minimis amount as described more fully below, but our failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, we will be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the amount determined by multiplying the highest corporate tax rate (currently 35%) by the net income generated by the non-qualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
If we fail to satisfy any other provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a gross income or asset test requirement) and that violation is due to reasonable cause, we may retain our REIT qualification, but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.
If we derive “excess inclusion income” from an interest in certain mortgage loan securitization structures ( i.e. , a “taxable mortgage pool” or a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit, or REMIC), we could be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax at a 35% rate to the extent that such income is allocable to specified types of tax-exempt stockholders known as “disqualified organizations” that are not subject to UBTI. See the “Excess Inclusion Income” portion of this section below.
We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet recordkeeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of our stockholders.
If we acquire any asset from a corporation that is subject to full corporate-level U.S. federal income tax in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the transferor corporation’s basis in the asset, and we recognize gain on the disposition of such an asset during the 10-year period beginning on the date we acquired such asset, then the excess of the fair market value as of the beginning of the applicable recognition period over our adjusted basis in such asset at the beginning of such recognition period will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest regular corporate U.S. federal income tax rate. The results described in this paragraph assume that the non-REIT corporation will not elect, in lieu of this treatment, to be subject to an immediate tax when the asset is acquired by us.
A 100% tax may be imposed on transactions between us and a TRS that do not reflect arm’s-length terms.
The earnings of our subsidiaries that are C corporations, including any subsidiary we may elect to treat as a TRS, will generally be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax.
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would include his, her or its proportionate share of our undistributed net capital gain (to the extent we make a timely designation of such gain to the stockholder) in his, her or its income as long-term capital gain, would be deemed to have paid the tax that we paid on such gain, and would be allowed a credit for his, her or its proportionate share of the tax deemed to have been paid, and an adjustment would be made to increase the stockholder’s basis in our common stock. Stockholders that are U.S. corporations will also appropriately adjust their earnings and profits for the retained capital gain in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be promulgated.

In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes, including state and local and foreign income, property, payroll and other taxes on our assets and operations. We could also be subject to tax in situations and on transactions not presently contemplated.

177


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REIT Qualification Tests

The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;
the beneficial ownership of which is evidenced by transferable shares or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest;
that would be taxable as a domestic corporation but for its qualification as a REIT;
that is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company;
that meets the gross income, asset and annual distribution requirements;
the beneficial ownership of which is held by 100 or more persons on at least 335 days in each full taxable year, proportionately adjusted for a short taxable year;
generally in which, at any time during the last half of each taxable year, no more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include specified entities);
that makes an election to be taxable as a REIT for the current taxable year, or has made this election for a previous taxable year, which election has not been revoked or terminated, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect REIT status and maintain qualification as a REIT; and
that uses a calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The first five conditions must be met during each taxable year for which REIT qualification is sought, while the sixth and seventh conditions do not have to be met until after the first taxable year for which a REIT election is made. We intend to adopt December 31 as our year-end, thereby satisfying the last condition.

Although the 25% Asset Test (as defined below) generally prevents a REIT from owning more than 10% of the stock, by vote or value, of an entity other than another REIT, the Code provides an exception for ownership of stock in a qualified REIT subsidiary and in a TRS. A qualified REIT subsidiary is a corporation that is wholly owned by a REIT, and that it is not a TRS. For purposes of the Asset Tests and Gross Income Tests (each as defined below), all assets, liabilities and tax attributes of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as belonging to the REIT. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to state or local tax. Although we expect to hold most of our investments through our operating partnership, we may hold some investments through qualified REIT subsidiaries. A TRS is described in the section entitled “— 25% Asset Test” below. With respect to the operating partnership, an entity taxed as a partnership is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and instead allocates its tax attributes to its partners. The partners are subject to U.S. federal income tax on their allocable share of the income and gain, without regard to whether they receive distributions from the partnership. Each partner’s share of a partnership’s tax attributes generally is determined in accordance with the partnership agreement. For purposes of the Asset and Gross Income Tests, we will be deemed to own a proportionate share (based on our capital interest) of the assets of the operating partnership and we will be allocated a proportionate share of each item of gross income of the operating partnership.

In satisfying the tests described above, we must meet, among others, the following requirements:

Share Ownership Tests.   The common stock and any other stock we issue must be held by a minimum of 100 persons (determined without attribution to the owners of any entity owning our stock) for at least 335 days in each full taxable year, proportionately adjusted for partial taxable years. In addition, we cannot be “closely held,” which means that at all times during the second half of each taxable year, no more than 50% in value of our stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (determined by applying certain attribution rules under the Code to the owners of any entity owning our stock) as specifically defined for this purpose. However, these two requirements do not apply until after the first taxable year an entity elects REIT qualification.

178


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our charter contains certain provisions intended to enable us to meet the sixth and seventh requirement above. First, subject to certain exceptions, our charter provides that no person may beneficially or constructively own (applying certain attribution rules under the Code) more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of our outstanding shares of stock or more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of any class or series of our shares of stock, as well as in certain other circumstances. See the section entitled “Description of Securities — Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, our charter contains provisions requiring each holder of our shares to disclose, upon demand, constructive or beneficial ownership of shares as deemed necessary to comply with the requirements of the Code. Furthermore, stockholders failing or refusing to comply with our disclosure request will be required, under Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, to submit a statement of such information to the IRS at the time of filing their annual income tax returns for the year in which the request was made.

Asset Tests.   At the close of each calendar quarter of the taxable year, we must satisfy four tests based on the composition of our assets, or the Asset Tests. After initially meeting the Asset Tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our qualification as a REIT for failure to satisfy the Asset Tests at the end of a later quarter solely due to changes in value of our assets. In addition, if the failure to satisfy the Asset Tests results from an acquisition during a quarter, the failure generally can be cured by disposing of non-qualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter. We intend to maintain adequate records of the value of our assets to ensure compliance with these tests and will act within 30 days after the close of any quarter as may be required to cure any noncompliance.

75% Asset Test.   At least 75% of the value of our assets must be represented by “real estate assets,” cash, cash items (including receivables) and government securities, which we refer to as the 75% Asset Test. Real estate assets include (i) real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property), (ii) shares in other qualifying REITs, and (iii) any property (not otherwise a real estate asset) attributable to the temporary investment of “new capital” in stock or a debt instrument, but only for the one-year period beginning on the date we received the new capital. Property will qualify as being attributable to the temporary investment of new capital if the money used to purchase the stock or debt instrument is received by us in exchange for our stock or in a public offering of debt obligations that have a maturity of at least five years. Assets that do not qualify for purposes of the 75% test are subject to the additional asset tests described below under “— 25% Asset Test” below.

Additionally, regular and residual interests in a REMIC are considered real estate assets. However, if less than 95% of the assets of a REMIC are real estate assets, we will be treated as holding and earning a proportionate share of the assets and income of the REMIC directly. If we hold a “residual interest” in a REMIC from which we derive “excess inclusion income,” we will be required to either distribute the excess inclusion income or pay tax on it (or a combination of the two), even though we may not receive the income in cash. To the extent that distributed excess inclusion income is allocable to a particular stockholder, the income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the stockholder, (2) would be subject to tax as unrelated business taxable income in the hands of most types of stockholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction pursuant to any otherwise applicable income tax treaty or other exemption, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign stockholders. Moreover, any excess inclusion income that we receive that is allocable to specified categories of tax-exempt investors which are not subject to unrelated business income tax, such as government entities or charitable remainder trusts, may be subject to corporate-level income tax in our hands, whether or not it is distributed. See the “— Excess Inclusion Income” portion of this section below.

We anticipate that substantially all our gross income will be from sources that will allow us to satisfy the income tests described below. Further, our purchase contracts for such real properties will apportion no more than 5% of the purchase price of any property to property other than “real property,” as defined in the Code. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contest such purchase price allocation. If the IRS were to prevail, resulting in more than 5% of the purchase price of property being allocated to other than “real property,” we may be unable to continue to qualify as a REIT under the 75% Asset Test, and also may be subject to additional taxes, as described below. In addition, we intend to invest funds not used to acquire

179


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

properties in cash sources, “new capital” investments or other liquid investments which allow us to continue to qualify under the 75% Asset Test. Therefore, our investment in real properties should constitute “real estate assets” and should allow us to meet the 75% Asset Test.

25% Asset Test.   Except as described below, the remaining 25% of our assets generally may be invested without restriction, which we refer to as the 25% Asset Test. However, if we invest in any securities that do not qualify under the 75% Asset Test, such securities may not exceed either: (i) 5% of the value of our assets as to any one issuer; or (ii) 10% of the outstanding securities by vote or value of any one issuer. The 10% value test does not apply to certain “straight debt” and other excluded securities, as described in the Code, including but not limited to any loan to an individual or estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, a partnership interest held by a REIT is not considered a “security” for purposes of the 10% value test; instead, the REIT is treated as owning directly its proportionate share of the partnership’s assets, which is based on the REIT’s proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership (disregarding for this purpose the general rule that a partnership interest is not a security), but excluding certain securities described in the Code.

Two modifications apply to the 25% Asset Test for “qualified REIT subsidiaries” or “taxable REIT subsidiaries.” As discussed above, the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary is not counted for purposes of the 25% Asset Test. A qualified REIT subsidiary is a corporation that is wholly owned by a REIT and that is not a TRS. All assets, liabilities and tax attributes of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as belonging to the REIT. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to other taxes. Although we expect to hold all our investments through the operating partnership, we also may hold investments separately, through qualified REIT subsidiaries. As described above, a qualified REIT subsidiary must be wholly owned by a REIT. Thus, any such subsidiary utilized by us would have to be owned by us, or another qualified REIT subsidiary, and would not be owned by the operating partnership.

Additionally, a REIT may own the stock of a TRS, which is a corporation (other than another REIT) that is owned in whole or in part by a REIT, and joins in an election with the REIT to be classified as a TRS. A corporation that is 35% owned by a TRS also will be treated as a TRS. A TRS may not be a qualified REIT subsidiary, and vice versa. A TRS is subject to full corporate-level tax on its income. As described below regarding the 75% Gross Income Test, a TRS is utilized in much the same way an independent contractor is used to provide types of services without causing the REIT to receive or accrue some types of nonqualifying income. For purposes of the 25% Asset Test, securities of a TRS are excepted from the 10% vote and value limitations on a REIT’s ownership of securities of a single issuer. However, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT may be represented by securities of one or more TRSs. In addition to using independent contractors to provide services in connection with the operation of our properties, we also may use TRSs to carry out these functions.

We believe that our holdings of real estate assets and other securities will comply with the foregoing REIT asset requirements, and we intend to monitor compliance on an ongoing basis. We may make real estate-related debt investments, provided the underlying real estate meets our criteria for direct investment. A real estate mortgage loan that we own generally will be treated as a real estate asset for purposes of the 75% REIT asset test if, on the date that we acquire or originate the mortgage loan, the value of the real property securing the loan is equal to or greater than the principal amount of the loan. Certain mezzanine loans we make or acquire may qualify for the safe harbor in Revenue Procedure 2003-65, 2003-2 C.B. 336, pursuant to which certain loans secured by a first priority security interest in ownership interests in a partnership or limited liability company will be treated as qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% real estate asset test and the 10% vote or value test. We may hold some mezzanine loans that do not qualify for that safe harbor. Furthermore, we may acquire distressed debt investments that require subsequent modification by agreement with the borrower. If the outstanding principal balance of a mortgage loan exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan at the time we commit to acquire the loan, or agree to modify the loan in a manner that is treated as an acquisition of a new loan for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then a portion of such loan may not be a qualifying real estate asset. Under current law it is not clear how to determine what portion of such a loan will be treated as a qualifying real estate asset. Under recently issued guidance, the IRS has stated that it will not challenge a REIT's treatment of a loan as being in part a real estate asset if the REIT treats the loan as being a real estate asset in an amount that is equal to the lesser of the fair market

180


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

value of the real property securing the loan, as of the date we committed to acquire or modify the loan, and the fair market value of the loan. However, uncertainties exist regarding the application of this guidance, particularly with respect to the proper treatment under the Asset Tests of mortgage loans acquired at a discount that increase in value following their acquisition, and no assurance can be given that the IRS would not challenge our treatment of such assets.

A REIT is able to cure certain asset test violations. As noted above, a REIT cannot own securities of any one issuer representing more than 5% of the total value of the REIT’s assets or more than 10% of the outstanding securities, by vote or value, of any one issuer. However, a REIT would not lose its REIT qualification for failing to satisfy these 5% or 10% asset tests in a quarter if the failure is due to the ownership of assets the total value of which does not exceed the lesser of (i) 1% of the total value of the REIT’s assets at the end of the quarter for which the measurement is done, or (ii) $10 million, provided that, in either case, the REIT either disposes of the assets within six months after the last day of the quarter in which the REIT identifies the failure (or such other time period prescribed by the Treasury), or otherwise meets the requirements of those rules by the end of that period.

If a REIT fails to meet any of the asset test requirements for a quarter and the failure exceeds the de minimis threshold described above, then the REIT still would be deemed to have satisfied the requirements if: (i) following the REIT’s identification of the failure, the REIT files a schedule with a description of each asset that caused the failure, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Treasury; (ii) the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; (iii) the REIT disposes of the assets within six months after the last day of the quarter in which the identification occurred or such other time period as is prescribed by the Treasury (or the requirements of the rules are otherwise met within that period); and (iv) the REIT pays a tax on the failure equal to the greater of (A) $50,000 and (B) an amount determined (under regulations) by multiplying (1) the highest rate of tax for corporations under section 11 of the Code, by (2) the net income generated by the assets that caused the failure for the period beginning on the first date of the failure and ending on the date the REIT has disposed of the assets (or otherwise satisfies the requirements).

Gross Income Tests.   For each calendar year, we must satisfy two separate tests based on the composition of our gross income, as defined under our method of accounting, or the Gross Income Tests.

The 75% Gross Income Test.   At least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions) must result from (i) rents from real property, (ii) interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property, (iii) gains from the sale or other disposition of real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) other than property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our trade or business, (iv) dividends from other qualifying REITs and gain (other than gain from prohibited transactions) from the sale of shares of other qualifying REITs, (v) other specified investments relating to real property or mortgages thereon, and (vi) for a limited time, temporary investment income (as described under the 75% Asset Test above). We refer to this requirement as the 75% Gross Income Test. We intend to invest funds not otherwise invested in real properties in cash sources or other liquid investments which will allow us to qualify under the 75% Gross Income Test.

Income attributable to a lease of real property generally will qualify as “rents from real property” under the 75% Gross Income Test (and the 95% Gross Income Test described below) if such lease is respected as a true lease for U.S. federal income tax purposes (see “— Characterization of Property Leases”) and subject to the rules discussed below.

Rent from a particular tenant will not qualify if we, or an owner of 10% or more of our stock, directly or indirectly, owns 10% or more of the voting stock or the total number of shares of all classes of stock in, or 10% or more of the assets or net profits of, the tenant (subject to certain exceptions). The portion of rent attributable to personal property rented in connection with real property will not qualify, unless the portion attributable to personal property is 15% or less of the total rent received under, or in connection with, the lease.

181


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Generally, rent will not qualify if it is based in whole, or in part, on the income or profits of any person from the underlying property. However, rent will not fail to qualify if it is based on a fixed percentage (or designated varying percentages) of receipts or sales, including amounts above a base amount so long as the base amount is fixed at the time the lease is entered into, the provisions are in accordance with normal business practice and the arrangement is not an indirect method for basing rent on income or profits.

If a REIT operates or manages a property or furnishes or renders certain “impermissible services” to the tenants at the property, and the income derived from the services exceeds 1% of the total amount received by that REIT with respect to the property, then no amount received by the REIT with respect to the property will qualify as “rents from real property.” Impermissible services are services other than services “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of real property and not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant.” For these purposes, the income that a REIT is considered to receive from the provision of “impermissible services” will not be less than 150% of the cost of providing the service. If the amount so received is 1% or less of the total amount received by us with respect to the property, then only the income from the impermissible services will not qualify as “rents from real property.” However, this rule generally will not apply if such services are provided to tenants through an independent contractor from whom we derive no revenue, or though a TRS. With respect to this rule, tenants will receive some services in connection with their leases of the real properties. Our intention is that the services to be provided are those usually or customarily rendered in connection with the rental of space, and therefore, providing these services will not cause the rents received with respect to the properties to fail to qualify as rents from real property for purposes of the 75% Gross Income Test (and the 95% Gross Income Test described below). The board of directors intends to hire qualifying independent contractors or to utilize our TRSs to render services which it believes, after consultation with our tax advisors, are not usually or customarily rendered in connection with the rental of space.

In addition, we have represented that, with respect to our leasing activities, we will not (i) charge rent for any property that is based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person (excluding rent based on a percentage of receipts or sales, as described above), (ii) charge rent that will be attributable to personal property in an amount greater than 15% of the total rent received under the applicable lease, or (iii) enter into any lease with a related party tenant.

Amounts received as rent from a TRS are not excluded from rents from real property by reason of the related party rules described above, if the activities of the TRS and the nature of the properties it leases meet certain requirements. The TRSs will pay regular corporate rates on any income they earn. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants whose terms are not on an arm’s-length basis.

It is possible that we will be paid interest on loans secured by real property. All interest income qualifies under the 95% Gross Income Test, and interest on loans secured by real property qualifies under the 75% Gross Income Test, provided that in both cases, the interest does not depend, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person (excluding amounts based on a fixed percentage of receipts or sales). If a loan is secured by both real property and other property, the interest on it may nevertheless qualify under the 75% Gross Income Test. We may acquire mortgage, mezzanine, bridge loans and other debt investments. Interest income constitutes qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% Gross Income Test to the extent that the obligation upon which such interest is paid is secured by a mortgage on real property. If we receive interest income with respect to a mortgage loan that is secured by both real property and other property, and the highest principal amount of the loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property on the date that we committed to acquire the loan, or agreed to modify the loan in a manner that is treated as an acquisition of a new loan for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then the interest income will be apportioned between the real property and the other collateral, and our income from the loan will qualify for purposes of the 75% Gross Income Test only to the extent that the interest is allocable to the real property. For purposes of the preceding

182


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sentence, however, under recently issued IRS guidance we do not need to re-determine the fair market value of real property in connection with a loan modification that is occasioned by a default or made at a time when we reasonably believe the modification to the loan will substantially reduce a significant risk of default on the original loan, and any such modification will not be treated as a prohibited transaction.

The 95% Gross Income Test.   In addition to deriving 75% of our gross income from the sources listed above, at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions) for the taxable year must be derived from (i) sources which satisfy the 75% Gross Income Test, (ii) dividends, (iii) interest, or (iv) gain from the sale or disposition of stock or other securities that are not assets held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our trade or business. We refer to this requirement as the 95% Gross Income Test. It is important to note that dividends and interest on obligations not collateralized by an interest in real property qualify under the 95% Gross Income Test, but not under the 75% Gross Income Test. We intend to invest funds not otherwise invested in properties in cash sources or other liquid investments which will allow us to qualify under the 95% Gross Income Test.

Our share of income from the properties will primarily give rise to rental income and gains on sales of the properties, substantially all of which generally will qualify under the 75% Gross Income and 95% Gross Income Tests. Our anticipated operations indicate that it is likely that we will have little or no non-qualifying income to cause adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

As described above, we may establish one or more TRSs with which we could enter into leases for any properties we may invest in. The gross income generated by these TRSs would not be included in our gross income. However, we would realize gross income from these subsidiaries in the form of rents. In addition, any dividends from TRSs to us would be included in our gross income and qualify for the 95% Gross Income Test, but not the 75% Gross Income Test.

If we fail to satisfy either the 75% Gross Income or 95% Gross Income Tests for any taxable year, we may retain our qualification as a REIT for such year if we satisfy the IRS that: (i) the failure was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, (ii) we attach to our return a schedule describing the nature and amount of each item of our gross income, and (iii) any incorrect information on such schedule was not due to fraud with intent to evade U.S. federal income tax. If this relief provision is available, we would remain subject to tax equal to the greater of the amount by which we failed the 75% Gross Income Test or the 95% Gross Income Test, as applicable, multiplied by a fraction meant to reflect our profitability.

Annual Distribution Requirements.   In addition to the other tests described above, we are required to distribute dividends (other than capital gain dividends) to our stockholders each year in an amount at least equal to the excess of: (a) the sum of (i) 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and by excluding any net capital gain) and (ii) 90% of the net income (after tax) from foreclosure property; over (b) the sum of some types of items of non-cash income. Whether sufficient amounts have been distributed is based on amounts paid in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if we: (A) declared a dividend before the due date of our tax return (including extensions); (B) distribute the dividend within the 12-month period following the close of the taxable year (and not later than the date of the first regular dividend payment made after such declaration); and (C) file an election with our tax return. Additionally, dividends that we declare in October, November or December in a given year payable to stockholders of record in any such month will be treated as having been paid on December 31 st of that year so long as the dividends are actually paid during January of the following year. In order for distributions to be counted as satisfying the annual distribution requirements for REITs, and to provide us with a REIT-level tax deduction, the distributions must not be “preferential dividends.” A dividend is not a preferential dividend if the distribution is (1) pro rata among all outstanding shares of stock within a particular class, and (2) in accordance with the preferences among different classes of stock as set forth in our organizational documents. If we fail to meet the annual distribution requirements as a result of an adjustment to our U.S. federal income tax return by the IRS, or under certain other circumstances, we may cure the failure by paying a “deficiency dividend” (plus penalties and interest to the IRS) within a specified period.

183


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we do not distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the undistributed portion. We also will be subject to an excise tax if we fail to currently distribute sufficient income. In order to make the “required distribution” with respect to a calendar year and avoid the excise tax, we must distribute the sum of (a) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the calendar year, (b) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the calendar year, and (c) the excess, if any, of the grossed up required distribution (as defined in the Code) for the preceding calendar year over the distributed amount for that preceding calendar year. Any excise tax liability would be equal to 4% of the difference between the amount required to be distributed and the amount actually distributed and would not be deductible by us.

We intend to pay sufficient dividends each year to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes on our earnings; however, it may not always be possible to do so. It is possible that we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet the annual distribution requirements due to tax accounting rules and other timing differences. Other potential sources of non-cash taxable income include:

“residual interests” in REMICs or taxable mortgage pools;
loans or mortgage-backed securities held as assets that are issued at a discount and require the accrual of taxable economic interest in advance of receipt in cash; and
loans on which the borrower is permitted to defer cash payments of interest, distressed loans on which we may be required to accrue taxable interest income even though the borrower is unable to make current servicing payments in cash, and debt securities purchased at a discount.

We will closely monitor the relationship between our REIT taxable income and cash flow, and if necessary to comply with the annual distribution requirements, will attempt to borrow funds to fully provide the necessary cash flow or to pay dividends in the form of taxable in-kind distributions of property, including taxable stock dividends.

Failure to Qualify.   If we fail to qualify, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a REIT in any taxable year, we may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, we will not be able to deduct our dividends and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including any applicable alternative minimum tax) on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, thereby reducing cash available for distributions. In such event, all distributions to stockholders (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be taxable as ordinary dividend income. This “double taxation” would result if we fail to qualify as a REIT. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would not be eligible to elect REIT qualification for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification was lost.

Recordkeeping Requirements.   We are required to maintain records and request on an annual basis information from specified stockholders. These requirements are designed to assist us in determining the actual ownership of our outstanding stock and maintaining our qualification as a REIT.

Prohibited Transactions.   As discussed above, we will be subject to a 100% U.S. federal excise tax on any net income derived from “prohibited transactions.” Net income derived from prohibited transactions arises from the sale or exchange of property held for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our business which is not foreclosure property. There is an exception to this rule for the sale of property that:

is a real estate asset under the 75% Asset Test;
generally has been held for at least two years;
has aggregate expenditures which are includable in the basis of the property not in excess of 30% of the net selling price;
in some cases, was held for production of rental income for at least two years;
in some cases, substantially all the marketing and development expenditures were made through an independent contractor; and

184


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

when combined with other sales in the year, either does not cause the REIT to have made more than seven sales of property during the taxable year (excluding sales of foreclosure property or in connection with an involuntary conversion) or occurs in a year when the REIT disposes of less than 10% of its assets (measured by U.S. federal income tax basis or fair market value, and ignoring involuntary dispositions and sales of foreclosure property).

Although we currently intend to sell each of the properties, our primary intention in acquiring and operating the properties is the production of rental income and we do not expect to hold any property for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our business. The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be subject to tax in the hands of the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates. As a general matter, any condominium conversions we might undertake must satisfy these restrictions to avoid being “prohibited transactions,” which will limit the annual number of transactions.

Excess Inclusion Income

Pursuant to IRS guidance, a REIT’s excess inclusion income, including any excess inclusion income from a residual interest in a REMIC, must be allocated among its stockholders in proportion to dividends paid. The REIT is required to notify stockholders of the amount of “excess inclusion income” allocated to them. A stockholder’s share of excess inclusion income:

cannot be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the stockholder;
is subject to tax as UBTI in the hands of most types of stockholders that are otherwise generally exempt from U.S. federal income tax; and
results in the application of U.S. federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction for any otherwise applicable income tax treaty or other exemption, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign stockholders.

See “— Federal Income Taxation of Stockholders.” Under recently issued IRS guidance, to the extent that excess inclusion income is allocated to a tax-exempt stockholder of a REIT that is not subject to unrelated business taxable income (such as a government entity or charitable remainder trust), the REIT may be subject to tax on this income at the highest applicable corporate tax rate (currently 35%). In that case, the REIT could reduce distributions to such stockholders by the amount of such tax paid by the REIT attributable to such stockholder’s ownership. Treasury regulations provide that such a reduction in distributions does not give rise to a preferential dividend that could adversely affect the REIT’s compliance with its distribution requirements. See “— REIT Qualification Tests — Annual Distribution Requirements.” The manner in which excess inclusion income is calculated, or would be allocated to stockholders, including allocations among shares of different classes of stock, is not clear under current law. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to make such determinations using a reasonable method. Tax-exempt investors, foreign investors and taxpayers with net operating losses should carefully consider the tax consequences described above, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.

Characterization of Property Leases.   We may purchase either new or existing properties and lease them to tenants. Our ability to claim certain tax benefits associated with ownership of these properties, such as depreciation, would depend on a determination that the lease transactions are true leases, under which we would be the owner of the leased property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, rather than a conditional sale of the property or a financing transaction. A determination by the IRS that we are not the owner of any properties for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have adverse consequences to us, such as the denial of depreciation deductions (which could affect the determination of our REIT taxable income subject to the distribution requirements) or the aggregate value of our assets invested in real estate (which could affect REIT asset testing).

185


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tax Aspects of Investments in Partnerships

General.   We anticipate holding direct or indirect interests in one or more partnerships, including the operating partnership. We intend to operate as an Umbrella Partnership REIT, or UPREIT, which is a structure whereby we would own a direct interest in the operating partnership, and the operating partnership would, in turn, own the properties and may possibly own interests in other non-corporate entities that own properties. Such non-corporate entities would generally be organized as limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts and would either be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes (if the operating partnership were the sole owner) or treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of our investment in the operating partnership if the operating partnership is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion should also generally apply to any investment by us in a property partnership or other non-corporate entity.

A partnership (that is not a publicly traded partnership taxed as a corporation) is not subject to tax as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Rather, partners are allocated their allocable share of the items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the partnership, and are potentially subject to tax thereon, without regard to whether the partners receive any distributions from the partnership. We will be required to take into account our allocable share of the foregoing items for purposes of the various REIT gross income and asset tests, and in the computation of our REIT taxable income and U.S. federal income tax liability. Further, there can be no assurance that distributions from the operating partnership will be sufficient to pay the tax liabilities resulting from an investment in the operating partnership.

Generally, an entity with two or more members formed as a partnership or limited liability company under state law will be taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless it specifically elects otherwise. Because the operating partnership was formed as a partnership under state law, for U.S. federal income tax purposes the operating partnership will be treated as a partnership, if it has two or more partners, or a disregarded entity, if it is treated as having one partner. We intend that interests in the operating partnership (and any partnership invested in by the operating partnership) will fall within one of the “safe harbors” for the partnership to avoid being classified as a publicly traded partnership. However, our ability to satisfy the requirements of some of these safe harbors depends on the results of our actual operations and accordingly no assurance can be given that any such partnership will at all times satisfy one of such safe harbors. We reserve the right to not satisfy any safe harbor. Even if a partnership is a publicly traded partnership, it generally will not be treated as a corporation if at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year is from certain sources, which generally include rents from real property and other types of passive income. We believe that our operating partnership will have sufficient qualifying income so that it would be taxed as a partnership, even if it were treated as a publicly traded partnership.

If for any reason the operating partnership (or any partnership invested in by the operating partnership) is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the character of our assets and items of gross income would change, and as a result, we would most likely be unable to satisfy the applicable REIT requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws discussed above. In addition, any change in the status of any partnership may be treated as a taxable event, in which case we could incur a tax liability without a related cash distribution. Further, if any partnership was treated as a corporation, items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such partnership would be subject to corporate income tax, and the partners of any such partnership would be treated as stockholders, with distributions to such partners being treated as dividends.

Anti-abuse Treasury Regulations have been issued under the partnership provisions of the Code that authorize the IRS, in some abusive transactions involving partnerships, to disregard the form of a transaction and recast it as it deems appropriate. The anti-abuse regulations apply where a partnership is utilized in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) with a principal purpose of substantially reducing the present value of the partners” aggregate U.S. federal tax liability in a manner inconsistent with the intent of the partnership provisions. The anti-abuse regulations contain an example in which a REIT contributes the proceeds of a public offering to a partnership in exchange for a general partnership interest. The limited partners contribute real property assets to the partnership, subject to liabilities that exceed their

186


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

respective aggregate bases in such property. The example concludes that the use of the partnership is not inconsistent with the intent of the partnership provisions, and thus, cannot be recast by the IRS. However, the anti-abuse regulations are extraordinarily broad in scope and are applied based on an analysis of all the facts and circumstances. As a result, we cannot assure you that the IRS will not attempt to apply the anti-abuse regulations to us. Any such action could potentially jeopardize our qualification as a REIT and materially affect the tax consequences and economic return resulting from an investment in us.

Income Taxation of Partnerships and their Partners.   Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of a partnership’s income and losses among the partners, such allocations may be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations. If any allocation is not recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners” economic interests in the partnership. We believe that the allocations of taxable income and loss in the operating partnership agreement comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations. For a description of allocations by the operating partnership to the partners, see the section entitled “Summary of Our Operating Partnership Agreement” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In some cases, special allocations of net profits or net losses will be required to comply with the U.S. federal income tax principles governing partnership tax allocations. Additionally, pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to property contributed to the operating partnership in exchange for units must be allocated in a manner so that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, the unrealized gain or loss attributable to the property at the time of contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or loss is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value and the adjusted basis of the property at the time of contribution. These allocations are designed to eliminate book-tax differences by allocating to contributing partners lower amounts of depreciation deductions and increased taxable income and gain attributable to the contributed property than would ordinarily be the case for economic or book purposes. With respect to any property purchased by the operating partnership, such property generally will have an initial tax basis equal to its fair market value, and accordingly, Section 704(c) will not apply, except as described further below in this paragraph. The application of the principles of Section 704(c) in tiered partnership arrangements is not entirely clear. Accordingly, the IRS may assert a different allocation method than the one selected by the operating partnership to cure any book-tax differences. In certain circumstances, we create book-tax differences by adjusting the values of properties for economic or book purposes and generally the rules of Section 704 (c) of the Code would apply to such differences as well.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, our depreciation deductions generally will be computed using the straight-line method. Residential rental buildings, structural components and improvements are generally depreciated over 27.5 years. Shorter depreciation periods apply to other properties. Some improvements to land are depreciated over 15 years. With respect to such improvements, however, taxpayers may elect to depreciate these improvements over 20 years using the straight-line method. For properties contributed to the operating partnership, depreciation deductions are calculated based on the transferor’s basis and depreciation method. Because depreciation deductions are based on the transferor’s basis in the contributed property, the operating partnership generally would be entitled to less depreciation than if the properties were purchased in a taxable transaction. The burden of lower depreciation generally will fall first on the contributing partner, but also may reduce the depreciation allocated to other partners.

Gain on the sale or other disposition of depreciable property is characterized as ordinary income (rather than capital gain) to the extent of any depreciation recapture. Buildings and improvements depreciated under the straight-line method of depreciation are generally not subject to depreciation recapture unless the property was held for less than one year. However, individuals, trusts and estates that hold shares either directly or through a pass-through entity may be subject to tax on the disposition on such assets at a rate of 25% rather than at the normal capital gains rate, to the extent that such assets have been depreciated.

Some expenses incurred in the conduct of the operating partnership’s activities may not be deducted in the year they were paid. To the extent this occurs, the taxable income of the operating partnership may exceed its cash receipts for the year in which the expense is paid. As discussed above, the costs of acquiring properties must generally be recovered through depreciation deductions over a number of years. Prepaid interest and loan fees, and prepaid management fees are other examples of expenses that may not be deducted in the year they were paid.

187


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation of U.S. Holders

The following section applies to you only if you are a U.S. Holder. Generally, for purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a person (other than a partnership or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under current Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the Warrants or shares of our common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of such shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, the Warrants or shares of our common stock by the partnership.

Allocation of Purchase Price of Unit as Between Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrant.   For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the purchase of each Unit will be treated as the purchase of an “investment unit” consisting of two components, a share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and a Warrant to purchase 20 shares of common stock exercisable by the holder at an exercise price of 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock determined using the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the date of issuance of such Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share (subject to adjustment). The purchase price for the Unit must be allocated as between the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrant in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date that the Unit is purchased. The allocation of the purchase price will establish your initial tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in your Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrant. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the allocation of the purchase price between the share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrant.

If the allocation of the purchase price between the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrant results in an “issue price” for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock that is lower than the price at which the Series A Redeemable Preferred stock may be redeemed under certain circumstances, this difference in price (the “redemption premium”) will be treated as a constructive distribution of additional stock on preferred stock under Section 305(c) of the Code, unless the redemption premium is less than a statutory de minimis amount. If shares of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock may be redeemed at more than one time, the time and price at which redemption is most likely to occur must be determined based on all the facts and circumstances as of the issue date. Any such constructive distribution must be taken into account under principles similar to the principles governing the inclusion of accrued original issue discount under Section 1272(a) of the Code. Under those principles, a U.S. Holder is required to include the redemption premium in gross income as it accrues under a constant yield method.

We intend to take a position, through an appropriate valuation methodology, on an allocation of the purchase price for the Units between the shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants that comprise the Units. If the allocation results in a value for the Warrant in excess of the statutory de minimis amount, we will report the premium in gross income of U.S. Holders as it accrues under a constant yield method and include the amount on the annual dividend reporting form, Form 1099-DIV. However, our position on the allocation of the purchase price to the Warrants is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS were to take a different position regarding such allocation, U.S. Holders would be required to include a different amount of redemption premium in gross income as it accrues under a constant yield method and may be

188


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock as ordinary income rather than as capital gain.

Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stock.   As long as we qualify as a REIT, distributions (including any deemed distributions) paid to our U.S. Holders out of current or accumulated earnings and profits (and not designated as capital gain dividends, or for tax years beginning before January 1, 2013, qualified dividend income) will be ordinary income.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated first as a tax-deferred return of capital to the U.S. Holder, reducing the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his or her stock by the amount of such distribution. Such distributions that exceed tax basis are subject to tax as capital gain. Because our earnings and profits are reduced for depreciation and other non-cash items, it is possible that a portion of each distribution will constitute a tax-deferred return of capital. Additionally, because distributions in excess of earnings and profits reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in our stock, this will increase the Holder’s gain on any subsequent sale of the stock.

Distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends will be taxed as long-term capital gain to the extent they do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which the U.S. Holder that receives such distribution has held its stock. However, corporate U.S. Holders may be required to treat up to 20% of some types of capital gain dividends as ordinary income. We also may decide to retain, rather than distribute, our net capital gain and pay any tax thereon. In such instances, U.S. Holders would include their proportionate shares of such gain in income as long-term capital gain, receive a credit on their returns for their proportionate share of our tax payments, and increase the tax basis of their shares of stock by the after-tax amount of such gain.

With respect to U.S. Holders who are taxed at the rates applicable to individuals, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, we may elect to designate a portion of our distributions (including any deemed distributions) paid to such U.S. Holders as “qualified dividend income.” A portion of a distribution that is properly designated as qualified dividend income is taxable to non-corporate U.S. Holders as capital gain, provided that the U.S. Holder has held the stock with respect to which the distribution is made for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which such stock became ex-dividend with respect to the relevant distribution. The maximum amount of our distributions eligible to be designated as qualified dividend income for a taxable year is equal to the sum of:

(1) the qualified dividend income received by us during such taxable year from C corporations (including any TRSs);
(2) the excess of any “undistributed” REIT taxable income recognized during the immediately preceding year over the U.S. federal income tax paid by us with respect to such undistributed REIT taxable income; and
(3) the excess of any income recognized during the immediately preceding year attributable to the sale of a built-in-gain asset that was acquired in a carry-over basis transaction from a non REIT corporation or had appreciated at the time our REIT election became effective over the U.S. federal income tax paid by us with respect to such built-in gain.

Generally, dividends that we receive will be treated as qualified dividend income for purposes of (1) above if the dividends are received from a regular domestic C corporation, such as any TRSs, and specified holding period and other requirements are met.

Dividend income is characterized as “portfolio” income under the passive loss rules and cannot be offset by a U.S. Holder’s current or suspended passive losses. Corporate U.S. Holders cannot claim the dividends received deduction for such dividends unless we lose our REIT qualification. Although U.S. Holders generally will recognize taxable income in the year that a distribution is received, any distribution we declare in October, November or December of any year and is payable to a U.S. Holder of record on a specific date in any such month will be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. Holder on December 31 st of the year it was declared even if paid by us during January of the following calendar year. Because we are not a

189


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders may not use any of our operating or capital losses to reduce their tax liabilities.

We have the ability to declare a large portion of a dividend in shares of our stock. As long as a portion of such dividend is paid in cash (which portion can be as low as 10% for a REIT’s taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2011) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders will be taxed on 100% of the dividend in the same manner as a cash dividend, even though most of the dividend was paid in shares of our stock. In general, any dividend on shares of our preferred stock will be taxable as a dividend, regardless of whether any portion is paid in stock.

In general, the sale of our stock held for more than 12 months will produce long-term capital gain or loss. All other sales will produce short-term gain or loss. In each case, the gain or loss is equal to the difference between the amount of cash and fair market value of any property received from the sale and the U.S. Holder’s basis in the stock sold. However, any loss from a sale or exchange of stock by a U.S. Holder who has held such stock for six months or less generally will be treated as a long-term capital loss, to the extent that the U.S. Holder treated our distributions as long-term capital gain. The use of capital losses is subject to limitations.

If excess inclusion income from a REMIC residual interest is allocated to any U.S. Holder, that income will be taxable in the hands of the Holder and would not be offset by any net operating losses of the U.S. Holder that would otherwise be available. As required by IRS guidance, we intend to notify our U.S. Holders if a portion of a dividend paid by us is attributable to excess inclusion income.

We will report to our U.S. Holders and to the IRS the amount of dividends (including any deemed dividends) paid during each calendar year, and the amount (if any) of U.S. federal income tax we withhold. A U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends (including any deemed dividends) paid unless such U.S. Holder: (i) is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories; or (ii) provides us with a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements. A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding can be credited against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of distributions made to any U.S. Holders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us. See the “— Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders” portion of this section.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, the maximum tax rate applicable to individuals and certain other noncorporate taxpayers on net capital gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of shares has been reduced from 20% to 15%, and the maximum marginal tax rate payable by them on dividends received from corporations that are subject to a corporate level of tax has been reduced. Except in limited circumstances, as discussed above, this reduced tax rate will not apply to dividends paid by us.

Legislation requires certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay a 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Warrants.

Exercise of the Warrants .  Upon the exercise of a Warrant for cash, you will not recognize gain or loss and the amount paid for the Warrant plus the amount paid at exercise will be added to your basis in the common stock received. Your holding period for the common stock purchased pursuant to exercise of a Warrant for cash will generally begin no later than the day following the exercise and will not include the period you held the Warrant.

Sale or Disposition of the Warrants .  Upon a sale or other disposition (other than exercise) of a Warrant, you will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in the Warrant. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss provided you held the Warrant for more than one year at the time of sale or other disposition.

190


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expiration.   If the Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, you will generally have a capital loss equal to your basis in the Warrant. Such loss will be a long-term capital loss provided you held the Warrant for more than one year at the time the Warrant is allowed to lapse.

Certain adjustments to, or failure to adjust, the number of shares underlying the Warrants and/or exercise price of the Warrants may cause holders of Warrants and our stock to be treated as having received a distribution, to the extent any such adjustment or failure to adjust results in an increase in the proportionate interest of such holders in our company. Such a distribution would be taxable to holders as a dividend, return of capital or capital gain in accordance with rules discussed above under “— Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stock”.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.   We will report to our U.S. Holders and the IRS the amount of dividends (including deemed dividends) paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding at the current rate of 28% with respect to dividends paid, unless the U.S. Holder (1) is a corporation or comes within other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or (2) provides a taxpayer identification number or social security number, certifies under penalties of perjury that such number is correct and that such U.S. Holder is not subject to backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. Holder that does not provide his or her correct taxpayer identification number or social security number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distribution to any U.S. Holder who fails to certify its non-foreign status.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends and proceeds of sale in respect of our stock received by U.S. Holders who own their stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect to any amounts withheld.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Holders

U.S. tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. While many investments in real estate may generate UBTI, the IRS has ruled that dividend distributions from a REIT to a tax-exempt entity do not constitute UBTI. Based on that ruling, our distributions to a U.S. Holder that is a domestic tax-exempt entity should not constitute UBTI unless such U.S. Holder borrows funds (or otherwise incurs acquisition indebtedness within the meaning of the Code) to acquire its common shares, or the common shares are otherwise used in an unrelated trade or business of the tax-exempt entity. Furthermore, even in the absence of acquisition debt, part or all of the income or gain recognized with respect to our stock held by certain domestic tax-exempt entities, including social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal service plans (all of which are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (9), (17) or (20) of the Code), may be treated as UBTI.

Special rules apply to the ownership of REIT shares by some tax-exempt pension trusts. If we would be “closely held” (discussed above with respect to the share ownership tests) because the stock held by tax-exempt pension trusts was viewed as being held by the trusts rather than by their respective beneficiaries, tax-exempt pension trusts owning more than 10% by value of our stock may be required to treat a percentage of our dividends as UBTI. This rule applies if: (i) at least one tax-exempt pension trust owns more than 25% by value of our shares, or (ii) one or more tax-exempt pension trusts (each owning more than 10% by value of our shares) hold in the aggregate more than 50% by value of our shares. The percentage treated as UBTI is our gross income (less direct expenses) derived from an unrelated trade or business (determined as if we were a tax-exempt pension trust) divided by our gross income from all sources (less direct expenses). If this percentage is less than 5%, however, none of the dividends will be treated as UBTI. Because of the

191


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restrictions in our charter regarding the ownership concentration of our common stock, we believe that a tax-exempt pension trust should not become subject to these rules. However, because our common shares may be publicly traded, we can give no assurance of this.

Prospective tax-exempt purchasers should consult their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the applicability of these rules and consequences to their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

General.   The rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders” are complex, and as such, only a summary of such rules is provided in this prospectus. Non-U.S. investors should consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners to determine the impact that U.S. federal, state and local income tax or similar laws will have on such investors as a result of an investment in our REIT. A “Non-U.S. Holder” means a person (other than a partnership or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder.

Allocation of Purchase Price as Between Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrant.   As described above in “— Allocation of Purchase Price Between Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants” under “Taxation of U.S. Holders”, a portion of the purchase price for the Unit will be allocated to the Warrant. Any redemption premium that may result will be treated as a constructive distribution of additional stock on preferred stock under Section 305(c) of the Code, unless the redemption premium is less than a statutory de minimis amount. Any such constructive distribution may need to be taken into account under principles similar to the principles governing the inclusion of accrued original issue discount under Section 1272(a) of the Code and may be subject to a withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates that tax. See “— Distributions — In General” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Withholding on Distributions below.

Distributions — In General.   Distributions paid by us that are not attributable to gain from our sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests and not designated by us as capital gain dividends will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends to Non-U.S. Holders ordinarily will be subject to a withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the dividend unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates that tax. Under some treaties, however, lower rates generally applicable to dividends do not apply to dividends from REITs. Any constructive dividends on the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock also would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax to the same extent as an actual distribution. Because constructive dividends would not give rise to any cash from which any applicable withholding tax could be satisfied, we may withhold the U.S. federal tax on such dividend from cash proceeds otherwise payable to a Non-U.S. Holder.

If income from the investment in the common shares is treated as effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a tax at the graduated rates applicable to ordinary income, in the same manner as U.S. Holders are taxed with respect to such dividends (and also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation that is not entitled to any treaty exemption). In general, Non-U.S. Holders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership of our stock. Dividends in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent they do not exceed the adjusted basis of the Non-U.S. Holder’s shares. Instead, they will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares. To the extent that such dividends exceed the adjusted basis of a Non-U.S. Holder’s shares, they will give rise to tax liability if the Non-U.S. Holder would otherwise be subject to tax on any gain from the sale or disposition of his shares, as described in the “Sale of Shares” portion of this Section below.

Distributions Attributable to Sale or Exchange of Real Property.   Distributions that are attributable to gain from our sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests will be taxed to a Non-U.S. Holder as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. Holders would thus be taxed at the normal capital gain rates applicable to U.S. Holders, and would be subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Also, such distributions may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder not entitled to any treaty exemption. However, generally such a distribution from a REIT is not treated as effectively connected

192


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income for a Non-U.S. Holder if: (i) the distribution is received with respect to a class of stock that is regularly traded on an established securities market located in the U.S.; and (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder does not own more than 5% of the class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. Distributions that qualify for this exception are subject to withholding tax in the manner described above as dividends of ordinary income. We anticipate that our shares will be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although, no assurance can be given that this will be the case.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Withholding on Distributions.   For U.S. federal income tax withholding purposes, we generally will withhold tax at the rate of 30% on the amount of any distribution (other than distributions designated as capital gain dividends) made to a Non-U.S. Holder, unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with appropriate documentation (i) evidencing that such Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for an exemption or reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, generally an IRS Form W-8BEN (in which case we will withhold at the lower treaty rate), or (ii) claiming that the dividend is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S., generally an IRS Form W-8ECI (in which case we will not withhold tax). We also generally are required to withhold tax at the rate of 35% on the portion of any dividend to a Non-U.S. Holder that is or could be designated by us as a capital gain dividend, to the extent attributable to gain on a sale or exchange of an interest in U.S. real property. Such withheld amounts of tax do not represent actual tax liabilities, but rather, represent payments in respect of those tax liabilities described above. Therefore, such withheld amounts are creditable by the Non-U.S. Holder against its actual U.S. federal income tax liabilities, including those described above. The Non-U.S. Holder would be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such Non-U.S. Holder’s actual U.S. federal income tax liabilities, provided that the Non-U.S. Holder files applicable returns or refund claims with the IRS.

Sales of Shares.   Gain recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder upon a sale of shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, provided that : (i) such gain is not effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the U.S.; (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual and is not present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions apply; and (iii) (A) our REIT is “domestically controlled,” which generally means that less than 50% in value of our shares continues to be held directly or indirectly by foreign persons during a continuous five-year period ending on the date of disposition or, if shorter, during the entire period of our existence, or (B) our common shares are “regularly traded” on an established securities market and the selling Non-U.S. Holder has not held more than 5% of our outstanding common shares at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the sale.

We cannot assure you that we will qualify as “domestically controlled.” If we were not domestically controlled, a Non-U.S. Holder’s sale of common shares would be subject to tax, unless the common shares were regularly traded on an established securities market and the selling Non-U.S. Holder has not directly, or indirectly, owned during the five-year period ending on the date of sale more than 5% in value of our common shares. We anticipate that our common shares will be “regularly traded” on an established market, although, no assurance can be given that this will be the case. If the gain on the sale of shares were to be subject to taxation, the Non-U.S. Holder would be subject to the same treatment as U.S. Holders with respect to such gain, and the purchaser of such common shares may be required to withhold 10% of the gross purchase price.

If the proceeds of a disposition of common stock are paid by or through a U.S. office of a broker-dealer, the payment is generally subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the disposing Non-U.S. Holder certifies as to its name, address and non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the payment is made outside the U.S. through a foreign office of a foreign broker-dealer. Under Treasury Regulations, if the proceeds from a disposition of common stock paid to or through a foreign office of a U.S. broker-dealer or a non-U.S. office of a foreign broker-dealer that is (i) a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) a person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for a three-year period was effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, (iii) a foreign partnership with one or more partners who are U.S. persons and who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or (iv) a foreign partnership engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., then (A) backup withholding will not apply unless the broker-dealer has actual

193


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

knowledge that the owner is not a Non-U.S. Holder, and (B) information reporting will not apply if the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status and further certifies that it has not been, and at the time the certificate is furnished reasonably expects not to be, present in the U.S. for a period aggregating 183 days or more during each calendar year to which the certification pertains. Prospective foreign purchasers should consult their tax advisors and financial planners concerning these rules.

Legislation that was signed into law by President Obama on March 18, 2010, generally imposes, effective for payments made after December 31, 2012, a withholding tax of 30% on dividends from, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our stock paid to certain foreign entities unless various information reporting requirements are satisfied. Such withholding tax will generally apply to non-U.S. financial institutions, which is generally defined for this purpose as any non-U.S. entity that (i) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business, (ii) is engaged in the business of holding financial assets for the account of others, or (iii) is engaged or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, partnership interests, commodities, or any interest in such assets. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock, as well as any the status of any legislative proposals that may pertain to a purchase of our common stock.

Warrants.    Expiration, Sale or Exercise of the Warrants.   The discussion above under “Taxation of U.S. Holders — Warrants” generally applies to Non-U.S. Holders, except that a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized upon the sale or otherwise taxable disposition of a warrant, provided, however , that: (i) such gain is not effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the U.S.; (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual and is not present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions apply; and (iii) (A) our REIT is “domestically controlled” (see “— Sale of Shares” above).

Other Tax Considerations

State, Local and Foreign Taxes.   We and you may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various jurisdictions, including those in which we transact business or you reside. Our and your state, local and foreign tax treatment may not conform to the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed above. Any foreign taxes incurred by us would not pass through to U.S. Holders as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. You should consult your own tax advisors and financial planners regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws on an investment in the common shares.

Legislative Proposals.   You should recognize that our and your present U.S. federal income tax treatment may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative actions at any time, which may be retroactive in effect. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by Congress, the IRS and the Treasury Department, and statutory changes as well as promulgation of new regulations, revisions to existing statutes, and revised interpretations of established concepts occur frequently. We are not currently aware of any pending legislation that would materially affect our or your taxation as described in this prospectus. You should, however, consult your advisors concerning the status of legislative proposals that may pertain to a purchase of our common shares.

194


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INVESTMENT BY TAX-EXEMPT ENTITIES AND ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following is a summary of certain additional considerations associated with an investment in our shares or holding of the Warrants by tax-qualified pension, stock bonus or profit-sharing plans, employee benefit plans described in Section 3(3) and subject to Title I of ERISA, annuities described in Section 403(a) or (b) of the Code, an individual retirement account or annuity described in Sections 408 or 408A of the Code, an Archer MSA described in Section 220(d) of the Code, a health savings account described in Section 223(d) of the Code, or a Coverdell education savings account described in Section 530 of the Code, which are referred to in this section as Plans and IRAs, as applicable. This summary is based on provisions of ERISA and the Code, including amendments thereto through the date of this prospectus, and relevant regulations and opinions issued by the Department of Labor and the IRS through the date of this prospectus and is designed only to provide a general conceptual understanding of certain basic issues relevant to a Plan or IRA investor. We cannot assure you that adverse tax decisions or legislative, regulatory or administrative changes that would significantly modify the statements expressed herein will not occur. Any such changes may or may not apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment.

Our management has attempted to structure us in such a manner that we will be an attractive investment vehicle for Plans and IRAs. However, in considering an investment in our shares, those involved with making such an investment decision should consider applicable provisions of the Code and ERISA. While each of the ERISA and Internal Revenue Code issues discussed below may not apply to all Plans and IRAs, individuals involved with making investment decisions with respect to Plans and IRAs should carefully review the rules and exceptions described below, and determine their applicability to their situation. This discussion should not be considered legal advice and prospective investors are required to consult their own legal advisors on these matters.

In general, individuals making investment decisions with respect to Plans and IRAs should, at a minimum, consider:

whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing such Plan or IRA;
whether the investment satisfies the prudence and diversification and other fiduciary requirements of ERISA, if applicable;
whether the investment will result in UBTI to the Plan or IRA (see the section entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Federal Income Taxation of Stockholders — Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” included elsewhere in this prospectus);
whether there is sufficient liquidity for the Plan or IRA, considering the minimum and other distribution requirements under the Code and the liquidity needs of such Plan or IRA, after taking this investment into account;
the need to value the assets of the Plan or IRA annually or more frequently; and
whether the investment would constitute or give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code, if applicable.

Additionally, individuals making investment decisions with respect to Plans and IRAs must remember that ERISA requires that the assets of an employee benefit plan must generally be held in trust.

195


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Minimum and Other Distribution Requirements — Plan Liquidity

Potential Plan or IRA investors who intend to purchase our shares or hold the Warrants should consider the limited liquidity of an investment in our shares as it relates to the minimum distribution requirements under the Code, if applicable, and as it relates to other distributions (such as, for example, cash out distributions) that may be required under the terms of the Plan or IRA from time to time. If the shares are held in an IRA or Plan and, before we sell our properties, mandatory or other distributions are required to be made to the participant or beneficiary of such IRA or Plan, pursuant to the Code, then this could require that a distribution of the shares be made in kind to such participant or beneficiary or that a rollover of such shares be made to an IRA or other plan, which may not be permissible under the terms and provisions of the IRA or Plan. Even if permissible, a distribution of shares in kind to a participant or beneficiary of an IRA or Plan must be included in the taxable income of the recipient for the year in which the shares are received at the then current fair market value of the shares, even though there would be no corresponding cash distribution with which to pay the income tax liability arising because of the distribution of shares. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — United States Federal Income Tax Risks” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The fair market value of any such distribution-in-kind can be only an estimated value per share if no public market for our shares currently exists or may ever develop. See the section entitled “— Annual or More Frequent Valuation Requirement” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Further, there can be no assurance that such estimated value could actually be realized by a stockholder because estimates do not necessarily indicate the price at which our shares could be sold. Also, for distributions subject to mandatory income tax withholding under Section 3405 or other tax withholding provisions of the Code, the trustee of a Plan may have an obligation, even in situations involving in-kind distributions of shares, to liquidate a portion of the in-kind shares distributed in order to satisfy such withholding obligations, although there might be no market for such shares. There also may be similar state and/or local tax withholding or other tax obligations that should be considered.

Annual or More Frequent Valuation Requirement

Fiduciaries of Plans may be required to determine the fair market value of the assets of such Plans on at least an annual basis and, sometimes, as frequently as quarterly. If the fair market value of any particular asset is not readily available, the fiduciary is required to make a good faith determination of that asset’s value. Also, a trustee or custodian of an IRA must provide an IRA participant and the IRS with a statement of the value of the IRA each year. However, currently, neither the IRS nor the Department of Labor has promulgated regulations definitively specifying how “fair market value” should be determined in all circumstances.

Unless and until our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock are listed on a national securities exchange, it is not expected that a public market for our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock will develop. To assist fiduciaries of Plans subject to the annual reporting requirements of ERISA and IRA trustees or custodians to prepare reports relating to an investment in our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, we intend to provide reports of our quarterly and annual determinations of the current estimated share value to those fiduciaries (including IRA trustees and custodians) who identify themselves to us and request the reports until we obtain a listing for our shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock.

We anticipate that we will provide annual reports of our determination of value (1) to IRA trustees and custodians not later than January 15 of each year, and (2) to other Plan fiduciaries within 75 days after the end of each calendar year. Each determination may be based upon valuation information available as of October 31 of the preceding year, updated, however, for any material changes occurring between October 31 and December 31.

There can be no assurance, however, with respect to any estimate of value that we prepare, that:

the estimated value per share would actually be realized by our stockholders upon liquidation, because these estimates do not necessarily indicate the price at which properties can be sold;
our stockholders would be able to realize estimated net asset values if they were to attempt to sell their shares, because no public market for our shares exists or is likely to develop; or
that the value, or method used to establish value, would comply with ERISA or Internal Revenue Code requirements described above.

196


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fiduciary Obligations — Prohibited Transactions

Any person identified as a “fiduciary” with respect to a Plan has duties and obligations under ERISA as discussed herein. For purposes of ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or control with respect to the management or disposition of the assets of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan. Further, many transactions between a Plan or an IRA and a “party-in-interest” or a “disqualified person” with respect to such Plan or IRA are prohibited by ERISA and/or the Code. ERISA also requires generally that the assets of Plans be held in trust.

If our properties and other assets were deemed to be assets of a Plan or IRA, referred to herein as “plan assets,” our directors would, and employees of our affiliates might be deemed fiduciaries of any Plans or IRAs investing as stockholders. If this were to occur, certain contemplated transactions between us and our directors and employees of our affiliates could be deemed to be “prohibited transactions.” Additionally, ERISA’s fiduciary standards applicable to investments by Plans would extend to our directors and possibly employees of our affiliates as Plan fiduciaries with respect to investments made by us.

Plan Assets — Definition

Prior to the passage of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, or the PPA, neither ERISA nor the Code contained a definition of “plan assets.” After the passage of the PPA, new Section 3(42) of ERISA now defines “plan assets” in accordance with Department of Labor regulations with certain express exceptions. A Department of Labor regulation, referred to in this discussion as the Plan Asset Regulation, as modified or deemed to be modified by the express exceptions noted in the PPA, provides guidelines as to whether, and under what circumstances, the underlying assets of an entity will be deemed to constitute “plan assets.” Under the Plan Asset Regulation, the assets of an entity in which a Plan or IRA makes an equity investment generally will be deemed to be assets of such Plan or IRA unless the entity satisfies one of the exceptions to this general rule. Generally, the exceptions require that the investment in the entity be one of the following:

in securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act;
in “publicly offered securities,” defined generally as interests that are “freely transferable,” “widely held” and registered with the SEC;
in an “operating company,” which includes “venture capital operating companies” and “real estate operating companies”; or
in which equity participation by “benefit plan investors” is not significant.

Plan Assets — Registered Investment Company Exception

The shares we are offering will not be issued by a registered investment company. Therefore we do not anticipate that we will qualify for the exception for investments issued by a registered investment company.

Publicly Offered Securities Exemption

As noted above, if a Plan acquires “publicly offered securities,” the assets of the issuer of the securities will not be deemed to be “plan assets” under the Plan Asset Regulation. The definition of publicly offered securities requires that such securities be “widely held,” “freely transferable” and satisfy registration requirements under federal securities laws.

Under the Plan Asset Regulation, a class of securities will meet the registration requirements under federal securities laws if they are (i) part of a class of securities registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, or (ii) part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities of which such security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or such later time as may be allowed by the SEC) after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred. We anticipate that we will meet the registration requirements under the Plan Asset Regulation. Also under the Plan Asset Regulation, a class of securities will be “widely held” if it is held by 100 or more persons independent of the issuer. We anticipate that this requirement will be met.

197


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although our shares are intended to satisfy the registration requirements under this definition, and we expect that our securities will be “widely-held,” the “freely transferable” requirement must also be satisfied in order for us to qualify for the “publicly offered securities” exception.

The Plan Asset Regulation provides that “whether a security is” “freely transferable’ is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.” Our shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability typically found in REITs, and are intended to ensure that we continue to qualify for U.S. federal income tax treatment as a REIT. The Plan Asset Regulation provides, however, that where the minimum investment in a public offering of securities is $10,000 or less, the presence of a restriction on transferability intended to prohibit transfers that would result in a termination or reclassification of the entity for U.S. federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily affect a determination that such securities are “freely transferable.” The minimum investment in our shares is less than $10,000. Thus, the restrictions imposed in order to maintain our status as a REIT should not prevent the shares from being deemed “freely transferable.” Therefore, we anticipate that we will meet the “publicly offered securities” exception, although there are no assurances that we will qualify for this exception.

Plan Assets — Operating Company Exception

If we are deemed not to qualify for the “publicly offered securities” exemption, the Plan Asset Regulation also provides an exception with respect to securities issued by an “operating company,” which includes “venture capital operating companies” and “real estate operating companies.” To constitute a venture capital operating company, 50% of more of the assets of the entity must be invested in “venture capital investments.” A venture capital investment is an investment in an operating company (other than a venture capital operating company but including a real estate operating company) as to which the entity has or obtains direct management rights. To constitute a real estate operating company, 50% or more of the assets of an entity must be invested in real estate which is managed or developed and with respect to which such entity has the right to substantially participate directly in the management or development activities.

While the Plan Asset Regulation and relevant opinions issued by the Department of Labor regarding real estate operating companies are not entirely clear as to whether an investment in real estate must be “direct,” it is common practice to insure that an investment is made either (i) “directly” into real estate, (ii) through wholly owned subsidiaries, or (iii) through entities in which all but a de minimis interest is separately held by an affiliate solely to comply with the minimum safe harbor requirements established by the IRS for classification as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have structured ourselves in a manner that should enable us to meet the venture capital operating company exception and our operating partnership to meet the real estate operating company exception.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, 50% of our operating partnership’s investments must be in real estate over which it maintains the right to substantially participate in the management and development activities. An example in the Plan Asset Regulation indicates that if 50% or more of an entity’s properties are subject to long-term leases under which substantially all management and maintenance activities with respect to the properties are the responsibility of the lessee, such that the entity merely assumes the risk of ownership of income-producing real property, then the entity may not be eligible for the “real estate operating company” exception. By contrast, a second example in the Plan Asset Regulation indicates that if 50% or more of an entity’s investments are in shopping centers in which individual stores are leased for relatively short periods to various merchants, as opposed to long-term leases where substantially all management and maintenance activities are the responsibility of the lessee, then the entity likely will qualify as a real estate operating company. The second example further provides that the entity may retain contractors, including affiliates, to conduct the management of the properties so long as the entity has the responsibility to supervise and the authority to terminate the contractors. We intend to use contractors over which we have the right to supervise and the authority to terminate. Due to the uncertainty of the application of the standards set forth in the Plan Asset Regulation, there can be no assurance as to our ability to structure our operations, or the operations of our operating partnership, as the case may be, to qualify for the “venture capital operating company” and “real estate operating company” exceptions.

198


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Plan Assets — Not Significant Investment Exception

The Plan Asset Regulation provides that equity participation in an entity by benefit plan investors is “significant” if at any time 25% or more of the value of any class of equity interests is held by benefit plan investors. As modified by the PPA, a “benefit plan investor” is now defined to mean an employee benefit plan subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, any plan to which Section 4975 of the Code applies and any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in such entity. If we determine that we fail to meet the “publicly offered securities” exception, as a result of a failure to sell an adequate number of shares or otherwise, and we cannot ultimately establish that we are an operating company, we intend to restrict ownership of each class of equity interests held by benefit plan investors to an aggregate value of less than 25% and thus qualify for the exception for investments in which equity participation by benefit plan investors is not significant.

Consequences of Holding Plan Assets

If our underlying assets were treated by the Department of Labor as “plan assets,” our management would be treated as fiduciaries with respect to each Plan or IRA stockholder, and an investment in our shares might expose the fiduciaries of the Plan or IRA to co-fiduciary liability under ERISA for any breach by our management of the fiduciary duties mandated under ERISA. Further, if our assets are deemed to be “plan assets,” an investment by a Plan or IRA in our shares might be deemed to result in an impermissible commingling of “plan assets” with other property.

If our management or affiliates were treated as fiduciaries with respect to Plan or IRA stockholders, the prohibited transaction restrictions of ERISA and/or the Code would apply to any transaction involving our assets. These restrictions could, for example, require that we avoid transactions with entities that are affiliated with our affiliates or us or restructure our activities in order to obtain an administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction restrictions. Alternatively, we might have to provide Plan or IRA stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us or we might dissolve or terminate.

Prohibited Transactions

Generally, both ERISA and the Code prohibit Plans and IRAs from engaging in certain transactions involving “plan assets” with specified parties, such as sales or exchanges or leasing of property, loans or other extensions of credit, furnishing goods or services, or transfers to, or use of, “plan assets.” The specified parties are referred to as “parties-in-interest” under ERISA and as “disqualified persons” under the Code. These definitions generally include “persons providing services” to the Plan or IRA, as well as employer sponsors of the Plan or IRA, fiduciaries and certain other individuals or entities affiliated with the foregoing.

A person generally is a fiduciary with respect to a Plan or IRA for these purposes if, among other things, the person has discretionary authority or control with respect to “plan assets” or provides investment advice for a fee with respect to “plan assets.” Under Department of Labor regulations, a person will be deemed to be providing investment advice if that person renders advice as to the advisability of investing in our shares, and that person regularly provides investment advice to the Plan or IRA pursuant to a mutual agreement or understanding that such advice will serve as the primary basis for investment decisions, and that the advice will be individualized for the Plan or IRA based on its particular needs. The Department of Labor has proposed regulations that, if finalized, may broaden the circumstances under which the individual or entity may become a fiduciary as a result of providing investment advice. Thus, if we are deemed to hold “plan assets,” our management could be characterized as fiduciaries with respect to such assets, and each would be deemed to be a party-in-interest under ERISA and a disqualified person under the Code with respect to investing Plans and IRAs. Whether or not we are deemed to hold “plan assets,” if we or our affiliates are affiliated with a Plan or IRA investor, we might be a disqualified person or party-in-interest with respect to such Plan or IRA investor, potentially resulting in a prohibited transaction merely upon investment by such Plan or IRA in our shares.

199


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prohibited Transactions — Consequences

ERISA forbids Plans from engaging in non-exempt prohibited transactions. Fiduciaries of a Plan that allow a non-exempt prohibited transaction to occur will breach their fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, and may be liable for any damage sustained by the Plan, as well as civil (and criminal, if the violation was willful) penalties. If it is determined by the Department of Labor or the IRS that a non-exempt prohibited transaction has occurred, any disqualified person or party-in-interest involved with the prohibited transaction would be required to reverse or unwind the transaction and, for a Plan, compensate the Plan for any loss resulting therefrom. Additionally, the Code requires that a disqualified person involved with a non-exempt prohibited transaction must pay an excise tax equal to a percentage of the “amount involved” in the transaction for each year in which the transaction remains uncorrected. The percentage is generally 15%, but is increased to 100% if the non-exempt prohibited transaction is not corrected promptly. For IRAs, if an IRA engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction, the tax-exempt status of the IRA may be lost.

Reporting

Based on certain revisions to the Form 5500 Annual Return, or Form 5500, that generally became effective on January 1, 2009, benefit plan investors may be required to report certain compensation paid by us (or by third parties) to our service providers as “reportable indirect compensation” on Schedule C to Form 5500. To the extent any compensation arrangements described herein constitute reportable indirect compensation, any such descriptions (other than compensation for which there is no formula used to calculate or determine compensation or an actual amount stated) are intended to satisfy the disclosure requirements for the alternative reporting option for “eligible indirect compensation,” as defined for purposes of Schedule C to the Form 5500.

200


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering a minimum of 2,000 shares and a maximum of 150,000 shares of our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share and Warrants to purchase up to a minimum of 40,000 shares and a maximum of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering through International Assets Advisory, LLC, our dealer manager, on a “reasonable best efforts” basis, which means that the dealer manager is only required to use its good faith efforts and reasonable diligence to sell the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants and has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any specific number or dollar amount of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants. The Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants will be sold in Units, with each Unit consisting of (i) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock with an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, and (ii) one Warrant to purchase 20 shares of common stock, exercisable by the holder at an exercise price of 120% of the current market price per share of our common stock determined using the volume weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days prior to the date of exercise of such Warrant, subject to a minimum exercise price of $9.00 per share (subject to adjustment). Each Unit will be sold at a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit. Units will not be issued or certificated. The shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately.

Our offering is scheduled to terminate by December 31, 2012. Under rules promulgated by the SEC, in some circumstances we could continue the offering until as late as December 31, 2013, in our sole discretion. If we decide to continue the offering beyond December 31, 2012, we will supplement this prospectus accordingly. We may terminate this offering at any time.

We will deposit all subscription payments in an escrow account held by the escrow agent, UMB Bank, N.A., in trust for the subscriber’s benefit, pending release to us. 2,000 Units must be sold by December 31, 2012 or we will terminate this offering and promptly return your subscription payments in accordance with the provisions of the escrow agreement.

International Assets Advisory, LLC is a securities broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member firm of FINRA. The principal business address of International Assets Advisory, LLC is 300 South Orange Ave., Suite 1100, Orlando, Florida 32801. International Assets Advisory, LLC is indirectly owned and controlled by Ed Cofrancesco, Richard Panchookian, Sheri Cuff and Jeff Winn.

Compensation of Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealers

We will pay to International Assets Advisory, LLC selling commissions of 7% of the gross offering proceeds in the offering. We will pay to International Assets Advisory, LLC 3% of the gross offering proceeds from Units sold in our offering as compensation for acting as dealer manager and for expenses incurred in connection with marketing, and due diligence of, our Units. We will not pay referral or similar fees to any accountants, attorneys or other persons in connection with the distribution of the Units.

We expect International Assets Advisory, LLC to authorize other broker-dealers that are members of FINRA, which we refer to as participating broker-dealers, to sell our Units. International Assets Advisory, LLC may reallow all or a portion of its selling commissions attributable to a participating broker-dealer International Assets Advisory, LLC may also reallow a portion of its dealer manager fee earned on the proceeds raised by the participating broker-dealer, to any participating broker-dealer as a non-accountable marketing allowance. The amount of the reallowance to any participating broker-dealer will be determined by the dealer manager in its sole discretion.

The table below sets forth the nature and estimated amount of all items viewed as “underwriting compensation” by FINRA, assuming we sell all the Units offered hereby. To show the maximum amount of dealer manager and participating broker-dealer compensation that we may pay in this offering, this table assumes that all Units are sold through distribution channels associated with the highest possible selling commissions and dealer manager fees.

201


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dealer Manager and Participating Broker-Dealer Compensation

 
Selling commissions (maximum)   $ 10,500,000  
Dealer manager fee (maximum)   $ 4,500,000  
Total   $ 15,000,000  

Subject to the cap on issuer expenses described below, we also will reimburse International Assets Advisory, LLC for reimbursements it may make to broker-dealers for bona fide due diligence expenses presented on detailed and itemized invoices.

To the extent permitted by law and our charter, we will indemnify the participating broker-dealers and International Assets Advisory, LLC against certain civil liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the dealer manager agreement. However, the SEC takes the position that indemnification against liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy and is not enforceable.

We will reimburse our manager up to 1.5% of the gross offering proceeds for actual expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Any remaining amounts will be paid by our manager without reimbursement by us. The total amount of underwriting compensation, including selling commissions and dealer manager fees paid or reimbursed by us, our manager or any other source in connection with the offering, will not exceed 10% of the gross proceeds of our offering. All organization and offering expenses, including selling commissions and dealer manager fees, will be capped at 11.5% of the gross proceeds of the offering.

IPO Warrant

In connection with the initial public offering, we issued to International Assets Advisory, LLC, in it capacity as financial advisor in the initial public offering, a warrant to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock (the “IPO Warrant”). If International Assets Advisory, LLC exercises the IPO Warrant the purchase price for each share is $12.50 per share (125% of the price per share of the common stock sold in the initial public offering), commencing on September 28, 2011, 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to our initial public offering, and expiring on March 31, 2015. Neither the IPO Warrant nor the underlying shares of common stock to be issued upon the exercise of the IPO Warrant were or will be registered. International Assets Advisory, LLC (or its permitted assignees) is not able to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the IPO Warrant or the underlying shares of common stock to be issued upon exercise of the IPO Warrant, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the IPO Warrant or the underlying securities for the period ending September 28, 2011.

Under certain circumstances, the IPO Warrant also may be exercised on a “cashless” basis, which allows International Assets Advisory, LLC to elect to pay the exercise price by surrendering the IPO Warrant for that number of shares of our common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of our common stock underlying the IPO Warrant, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the IPO Warrant and the “fair market value” (defined below) of the common stock by (y) the fair market value of the common stock. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of our common stock for the five trading days immediately preceding the date as of which the fair market value is being determined.

Subscription Procedures

To purchase Units in this offering, you must complete and sign the subscription agreement similar to the one incorporated in this prospectus as Appendix A, which is available from your registered representative. You should pay for your Units by delivering a check for the full purchase price of the Units payable to “Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.” Subscriptions will be effective upon our acceptance, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part.

202


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subject to compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Exchange Act, our dealer manager or the broker-dealers participating in the offering promptly will deposit a subscriber’s check in an escrow account maintained by UMB Bank, N.A. on the next business day following receipt of the subscriber’s subscription documents and check. In certain circumstances where the subscription review procedures are more lengthy than customary or pursuant to a participating broker-dealer’s internal supervising review procedures, a subscriber’s check will be transmitted by the end of the next business day following receipt by the review office of the dealer, which will then be promptly deposited by the end of the next business day following receipt by the review office. Subscription payments will be deposited into a special account in our name until such time as we have accepted or rejected the subscription and will be held in trust for your benefit, pending our acceptance of your subscription. The proceeds from your subscription will be deposited in a segregated escrow account and will be held in trust for your benefit, pending our acceptance of your subscription.

Subscriptions will be accepted or rejected within 10 business days of receipt by us and, if rejected, all funds shall be returned to the rejected subscribers within 10 business days. If accepted, the funds will be transferred into our general account. You will receive a confirmation of your purchase. We generally will admit stockholders on a monthly basis.

Each participating dealer who sells shares on our behalf has the responsibility to make every reasonable effort to determine that the purchase of shares is appropriate for the investor. In making this determination, the participating broker-dealer will rely on relevant information provided by the investor, including information as to the investor’s age, investment objectives, investment experience, income, net worth, financial situation, other investments and other pertinent information. Each investor should be aware that the participating broker-dealer will be responsible for determining whether this investment is appropriate for your portfolio. However, you are required to represent and warrant in the subscription agreement that you have received a copy of this prospectus and have had sufficient time to review this prospectus. International Assets Advisory, LLC and each participating broker-dealer shall maintain records of the information used to determine that an investment in the Units is suitable and appropriate for an investor. These records are required to be maintained for a period of at least six years.

Minimum Offering

All subscription proceeds will be placed in an escrow account pending our release. We initially will release subscription proceeds from escrow at such time as subscriptions aggregating at least the minimum offering of 2,000 Units have been received and accepted by us. Any Units purchased by our manager or its affiliates will not be counted in calculating the minimum offering. Subscribers may not withdraw funds from the escrow account.

If subscriptions for at least the minimum offering have not been received and accepted by December 31, 2012, our escrow agent will promptly so notify us, this offering will be terminated and your funds and subscription agreement will be returned to you within ten days after the date of such termination.

Minimum Purchase Requirements

For your initial investment in our Units, you must invest at least $5,000, or such lesser amounts in the discretion of International Assets Advisory, LLC, our dealer manager. In order to satisfy the minimum purchase requirement for retirement plans, unless otherwise prohibited by state law, a husband and wife may jointly contribute funds from their separate IRAs. You should note that an investment in the Units will not, in itself, create a retirement plan and that, in order to create a retirement plan, you must comply with all applicable provisions of the Code. If you have satisfied the applicable minimum purchase requirement, any additional purchase must be in amounts of at least $1,000, or such lesser amount in the discretion of International Assets Advisory, LLC. The investment minimum for subsequent purchases does not apply to shares purchased pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.

Unless our Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants are listed on a national securities exchange, you may not transfer a portion of your securities in a manner that causes you or your transferee to own fewer than the number of shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or Warrants required to meet the minimum purchase requirements described above, except for the following transfers without consideration: transfers by gift; transfers by inheritance; intrafamily transfers; family dissolutions; transfers to affiliates; and transfers by operation of law.

203


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of the Units and the common stock covered by the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. Proskauer Rose LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the legal matters in connection with our status as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Proskauer Rose LLP will rely on the opinion of Venable LLP as to all matters of Maryland law. Proskauer Rose LLP does not purport to represent any of our stockholders or potential investors, who should consult their own counsel. Foley & Lardner LLP is acting as counsel to the dealer-manager in connection with certain legal matters relating to the Units being offered in the offering by this prospectus.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and the consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2010 of the Company, and the combined statements of revenue and certain operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 of Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The statement of revenues and certain operating expenses of the Acquired Property (Oxford Trail Apartments) for the year ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, annual reports and other information (referred to herein as “documents”) electronically by so indicating on the subscription agreement, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Unless you elect in writing to receive documents electronically, all documents will be provided in paper form by mail. You must have internet access to use electronic delivery. While we impose no additional charge for this service, there may be potential costs associated with electronic delivery, such as on-line charges. Documents will be available on our Internet web site. You may access and print all documents provided through this service. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. If our e-mail notification is returned to us as “undeliverable,” we will contact you to obtain your updated e-mail address. If we are unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for you, we will resume sending a paper copy by regular U.S. mail to your address of record. You may revoke your consent for electronic delivery at any time and we will resume sending you a paper copy of all required documents. However, in order for us to be properly notified, your revocation must be given to us a reasonable time before electronic delivery has commenced. We will provide you with paper copies at any time upon request. Such request will not constitute revocation of your consent to receive required documents electronically.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-11 with the SEC in connection with this offering. We also file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

You may request and obtain a copy of these filings, at no cost to you, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
(770) 818-4100
Attn: Leonard A. Silverstein

One of our affiliates maintains an Internet site at www.pacapts.com , at which there is additional information about us. The contents of the site are not incorporated by reference in, or otherwise a part of, this prospectus.

204


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This prospectus is part of the registration statement and does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and all its exhibits, certificates and schedules. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to any contract or other document of ours, the reference may not be complete and you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract or document.

You may read and copy our registration statement and all its exhibits and schedules which we have filed with the SEC, at the Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. This material, as well as copies of all other documents filed with the SEC, may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549 upon payment of the fee prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements, information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including us. The address of this website is http://www.sec.gov .

205


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  
Contents

 
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. Financial Statements:
        
Unaudited Financial Statements:
        
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Equity and Accumulated Deficit (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011     F-5  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-6  
Audited Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-21  
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010     F-22  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010     F-23  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010     F-24  
Consolidated Statement of Deficit for the year ended December 31, 2010     F-25  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-26  
Unaudited Pro Forma Information:
        
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statement     F-32  
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations     F-33  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements     F-34  
Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit Audited Combined Financial Statement:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-37  
Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Operating Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-38  
Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Operating Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008     F-39  
Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit Combined Financial Statement (unaudited):
        
Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Operating Expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011     F-41  
Notes to Combined Statement of Revenue and Certain Operating Expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011     F-42  
Oxford Trail Financial Statements:
        
Independent Auditors' Report     F-44  
Statements of Revenues and Certain Operating Expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited)     F-45  
Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Operating Expenses     F-46  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010
(unaudited)

   
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
Assets
                 
Real estate
 
Land   $ 13,052,000     $  
Building and improvements     60,007,968        
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment     8,312,149        
Gross real estate     81,372,117        
Less: accumulated depreciation     (759,518 )        
Net real estate     80,612,599        
Real estate loan     6,000,000        
Total real estate and real estate loan, net     86,612,599        
Cash and cash equivalents     5,574,818       22,275  
Restricted cash     636,746        
Tenant receivables     30,774        
Acquired intangible assets, net of amortization of $2,041,823     3,495,244        
Deferred loan costs, net of amortization of $21,541     594,598        
Deferred offering costs     15,770       620,237  
Other assets     284,686       187,300  
Total assets   $ 97,245,235     $ 829,812  
Liabilities and equity
                 
Liabilities  
Mortgage notes payable   $ 55,637,000     $  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     710,307        
Note payable, related party           465,050  
Revolving line of credit, related party           200,000  
Non-revolving line of credit, related party           805,898  
Accrued interest payable     168,056       15,064  
Dividends payable     646,487        
Security deposits and prepaid rents     148,180        
Deferred real estate loan income     74,333        
Total liabilities     57,384,363       1,486,012  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
                 
Equity (deficit)
                 
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share; 400,066,666 shares authorized; 5,145,899 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011; 36,666 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010     51,459       366  
Additional paid in capital     51,027,974       109,632  
Syndication and offering costs     (6,038,515 )        
Accumulated deficit     (5,180,047 )       (766,199 )  
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     39,860,871       (656,201 )  
Non-controlling interest     1       1  
Total equity (deficit)     39,860,872       (656,200 )  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 97,245,235     $ 829,812  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the three and six months ended June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

   
  Three months
ended
June 30, 2011
  Six months
ended
June 30, 2011
Revenues:
                 
Rental revenues   $ 1,691,663     $ 1,691,663  
Other property revenues     185,275       185,275  
Interest income on real estate loan     1,333       1,333  
Total revenues     1,878,271       1,878,271  
Operating expenses:
                 
Property operating and maintenance     436,801       436,801  
Property management fees     75,053       75,053  
Real estate taxes     143,146       143,146  
General and administrative     35,385       35,385  
Depreciation and amortization     2,802,109       2,802,109  
Acquisition costs     1,442,444       1,662,160  
Organizational costs     7,072       94,372  
Insurance     28,678       28,678  
Professional fees     187,239       231,750  
Other     30,061       33,858  
Total operating expenses     5,187,988       5,543,312  
Operating loss     (3,309,717 )       (3,665,041 )  
Management fees     145,266       145,266  
Insurance     27,178       89,178  
Interest expense     418,733       434,642  
Other income and expense     79,721       79,721  
Net loss     (3,980,615 )       (4,413,848 )  
Less consolidated net loss attributable to non-controlling interests            
Net loss attributable to the Company   $ (3,980,615 )     $ (4,413,848 )  
Net loss per share of Common Stock, basic and diluted   $ (0.81 )     $ (1.78 )  
Weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, basic and diluted     4,886,486       2,474,973  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Equity and Accumulated Deficit
For the six months ended June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

             
             
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid in Capital
  Offering and
Syndication Costs
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
  Non
Controlling
Interest
  Total Equity
(Deficit)
Balance at December 31, 2010   $ 366     $ 109,632     $     $ (766,199 )     $ (656,201 )     $ 1     $ (656,200 )  
Issuance of warrant to purchase Common Stock           462,330                   462,330             462,330  
Proceeds from sale of Common Stock     51,074       51,022,536                   51,073,610             51,073,610  
Issuance of stock compensation     19       79,963                   79,982             79,982  
Syndication and offering costs                 (6,038,515 )             (6,038,515 )             (6,038,515 )  
Net loss                       (4,413,848 )       (4,413,848 )             (4,413,848 )  
Dividends to common
stockholders
          (646,487 )                   (646,487 )             (646,487 )  
Balance at June 30, 2011   $ 51,459     $ 51,027,974     $ (6,038,515 )     $ (5,180,047 )     $ 39,860,871     $ 1     $ 39,860,872  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the six months ended June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

 
Operating activities:
        
Net loss   $ (4,413,848 )  
Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities:  
Depreciation expense     759,518  
Amortization expense     2,144,114  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        
Increase in tenant accounts receivable     (30,774 )  
Decrease in other assets     4,846  
Increase in accounts payable     572,013  
Increase in accrued interest     152,992  
Decrease in security deposits and rents     (8,669 )  
Net cash used in operating activities     (819,808 )  
Investing activities:
 
Investment in real estate loan     (6,000,000 )  
Increase in deferred real estate loan income     134,333  
Acquisition of properties, net     (87,449,341 )  
Refunded deposit     150,000  
Additions to real estate assets - improvements     (59,185 )  
Increase in cash held in escrow and restricted cash     (71,031 )  
Net cash used in investing activities     (93,295,224 )  
Financing activities:
 
Proceeds from mortgage notes payable     55,637,000  
Payments for mortgage loan costs     (616,139 )  
Payments on revolving lines of credit     (200,000 )  
Payments on non-revolving lines of credit     (1,240,000 )  
Proceeds from non-revolving lines of credit     434,102  
Payments on notes payable to related parties     (465,050 )  
Proceeds from sales of common stock, net of offering costs     46,117,662  
Net cash provided by financing activities     99,667,575  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     5,552,543  
Cash beginning of period     22,275  
Cash end of period   $ 5,574,818  
Supplemental cash flow information:
        
Cash paid for interest   $ 259,847  
Supplemental disclosure of non cash activities:
        
Accrued capital expenditures   $ 54,242  
Dividends payable   $ 646,487  
Accrued deferred offering costs   $ 15,770  
Accrued deferred real estate loan acquisition cost   $ 60,000  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

1. Organization

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., or the Company, was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009, and intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) effective as of April 1, 2011 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company was formed primarily to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. As part of our property acquisition strategy, we may enter into forward purchase contracts or purchase options for to-be-built multifamily communities and we may make mezzanine loans, provide deposit arrangements, or provide performance assurances, as may be necessary or appropriate, in connection with the construction of these properties. As a secondary strategy, the Company may acquire senior mortgage loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine debt secured by interests in multifamily properties, membership or partnership interests in multifamily properties and other multifamily related assets as determined by our manager. The Company is externally managed and advised by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC (“PAA”), a Delaware limited liability company and related party (see Note 6).

The Company concluded on January 26, 2010 a private placement of 33,333 shares of Class B Common Stock to NELL Partners, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and a related party, at a price of $3.00 per share of Class B Common Stock. In addition, on that same day the Company conducted a private placement of 3,333 shares of Class A Common Stock to NELL Partners, Inc. at a price of $3.00 per share of Class A Common Stock.

On February 22, 2011, the Company effected a change in the designation of its issued and outstanding and authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, to shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and effected a change of each of its issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, into one issued and outstanding share of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, all pursuant to an amendment to the Company's charter. As a result of these actions, NELL Partners, Inc. held 36,666 shares of the Company's Common Stock as of February 22, 2011. The consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statement of equity and accumulated deficit at December 31, 2010 have been retroactively restated to reflect this change.

The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) on April 5, 2011. The IPO resulted in the sale of 4,500,000 shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $10.00, generating gross proceeds of $45.0 million. The aggregate proceeds to the Company, net of underwriters' discounts and commissions and other offering costs, were approximately $39.8 million. Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Company sold 500,000 shares of its Common Stock to the Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, or WOF, at the public offering price of $10.00 per share, for gross proceeds to the Company of $5 million. Aggregated estimated offering expenses in connection with the private placement were approximately $297,700.

On May 4, 2011, in conjunction with the IPO, the Company issued and sold 107,361 shares of Common Stock at $10.00 per share pursuant to the underwriters' exercise of their over-allotment option, for gross proceeds of approximately $1.1 million. After underwriters’ commissions, net proceeds to the Company from the over-allotment option were approximately $1.0 million.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., or the Operating Partnership. The Company controls through its sole general partner interest the Operating Partnership and plans to conduct substantially all of its business through the Operating Partnership.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Below is a discussion of significant accounting policies:

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company and the Operating Partnership as of June 30, 2011, presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain adjustments have been made consisting of normal recurring accruals, which in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's financial condition and results of operations. The year-end consolidated balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Acquisitions and Impairments of Real Estate Assets

The Company generally records its initial investments in income-producing real estate at fair value at the acquisition date, in accordance with ASC 805-10, Business Combinations . Acquisition costs, which include fees and expenses for due diligence, legal, environmental and consulting services, generally will be expensed as incurred.

The aggregate purchase price of acquired properties is apportioned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair values. The value of acquired land, buildings and improvements is estimated by formal appraisals, observed comparable sales transactions, and information gathered during pre-acquisition due diligence activities and the valuation approach considers the value of the property as if it were vacant. The values of furniture, fixtures, and equipment are estimated by calculating their replacement cost and reducing that value by factors based upon estimates of their remaining useful lives.

Intangible assets include the values of in-place leases and customer relationships. In-place lease values are estimated by calculating the estimated time to fill a hypothetically empty apartment complex to its stabilization level (estimated to be 92% occupancy) based on historical observed move-in rates for each property. Carrying costs during these hypothetical expected lease-up periods are estimated, considering current market conditions and include real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses and estimates of lost rentals at market rates. The intangible assets are calculated by estimating the net cash flows of the in-place leases to be realized, as compared to the net cash flows that would have occurred had the property been vacant at the time of acquisition and subject to lease-up. The acquired in-place lease values are amortized to operating expense over the average remaining non-cancelable term of the respective in-place leases. The above-market or below-market lease values are recorded as a reduction or increase, respectively, to rental income over the remaining average non-cancelable term of the respective leases. The values of customer relationships is estimated by calculating the product of the avoided hypothetical lost revenue and the average renewal probability and are likewise amortized to operating expense over the average remaining non-cancelable term of the respective in-place leases.

The Company evaluates its tangible and identifiable intangible real estate assets for impairment annually or when events such as declines in a property’s operating performance, deteriorating market conditions, or environmental or legal concerns bring recoverability of the carrying value of one or more assets into question. The total undiscounted cash flows of the asset, including proceeds from disposition, are compared to the net book value of the asset. If this test indicates that impairment exists, an impairment loss is recorded in earnings equal to the shortage of the book value versus the discounted net cash flows of the asset.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Loans Held for Investment

The Company records its investments in real estate loans at cost with assessments made for impairment in the event recoverability of the principal amount becomes doubtful. If, upon testing for impairment the fair value result is lower than the carrying amount of the loan, a valuation allowance is recorded to lower the carrying amount to fair value, with a loss recorded in earnings. Recoveries of valuation allowances are only recognized in the event of maturity or a sale or disposition in an amount above carrying value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. At June 30, 2011, the majority of our cash and cash equivalents were on deposit with major banks. Restricted Cash includes cash restricted by state law or contractual requirement and, as of June 30, 2011, relates primarily to tax and insurance escrows.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair value, or if they are deemed impaired, to be adjusted to reflect this condition. The Company follows the guidance provided by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , in accounting and reporting for real estate assets where appropriate, as well as debt instruments both held for investment and as liabilities. The standard requires disclosure of fair values calculated under each level of inputs within the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Deferred Loan Costs

Deferred loan costs are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the terms of the related indebtedness.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs represent offering costs incurred by the Company related to, but prior to the effective date of pending equity offerings. Following the issuance, these offering costs are reclassified to the Stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of proceeds raised.

Non-controlling Interest

Non-controlling interest represents the equity interest of the Operating Partnership that is not owned by the Company. Non-controlling interest is adjusted for contributions, distributions and earnings (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest in the consolidated entity in accordance with the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, as amended.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Revenue Recognition

Rental revenue is recognized when earned from tenants, which is over the terms of rental agreements, typically of 13 months’ duration. Differences from the straight-line method, which recognize the effect of any up-front concessions and other adjustments ratably over the lease term, have not been material.

We recognize interest income on the real estate loan on an accrual basis over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Direct loan origination fees and origination or acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to interest income. We will stop accruing interest on loans when we believe there is concern as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest of the loan.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with guidance provided by ASC 505, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees and ASC 718, Stock Compensation . We calculate the fair value of equity compensation instruments at the date of grant based upon estimates of their expected term, the expected volatility of and dividend yield on our Common Stock over this expected term period and the market risk-free rate of return. When appropriate, we will also estimate forfeitures of these instruments and accrue the compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the vesting period(s). We record the fair value of restricted stock awards as the product of the trailing 5-day volume-weighted average price and the number of shares of stock granted.

Acquisition Costs

The Company expenses property acquisition costs as incurred, which include costs such as due diligence, legal, environmental and consulting.

Capitalization and Depreciation

The Company capitalizes replacements of furniture, fixtures and equipment which exceed $500, as well as carpet, appliances, air conditioning units, certain common area items, and other assets. Significant repair and renovation costs that improve the usefulness or extend the useful life of the properties are also capitalized. These assets are then depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 
•  Buildings   40 years
•  Furniture, fixtures & equipment   5 – 10 years
•  Improvements to buildings and land   5 – 10 years
•  Acquired customer intangibles   average remaining lease term

Operating expenses related to unit turnover costs, such as carpet cleaning, mini-blind replacements, and minor repairs are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT effective as of April 1, 2011. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of the Company's annual REIT taxable income to its stockholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP). As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent it distributes qualifying dividends to its stockholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Internal Revenue Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the Company's net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. The Company intends to operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.

Since the Company intends for its REIT election to be effective as of April 1, 2011 (See Note 11), it expects to be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes for the period prior to that date. The provision for income taxes is based on income before taxes reported for financial statement purposes after adjustment for transactions that do not have tax consequences. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are realized according to the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates as of the date of the balance sheet. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is reflected in the period that includes the statutory enactment date. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded when it has been determined that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. If a valuation allowance is needed, a subsequent change in circumstances in future periods that causes a change in judgment about the realization of the related deferred tax amount could result in the reversal of the deferred tax valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes a liability for uncertain tax positions. An uncertain tax position is defined as a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that is not based on clear and unambiguous tax law and which is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company measures the tax benefits recognized based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes.

Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to the Company by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to the Company by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding plus potentially dilutive securities such as share grants or warrants. No adjustment is made for potential Common Stock equivalents that are anti-dilutive during the period.

Recent Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Business Combination (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations . This new guidance requires pro forma disclosure of revenue and earnings for the combined entity as though all business combinations that occurred during the period had occurred as of the beginning of annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. This new guidance was effective for the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010. Adoption had no effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring . This new guidance sets forth specific criteria for a creditor to evaluate whether a debt modification constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. Specifically, the creditor must conclude (i) that a restructuring involves the granting of a concession and (ii) that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The new guidance will be effective for annual and interim periods beginning

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

on or after June 15, 2011. The Company does not expect its adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 , Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . The substantive changes in this new guidance require the application of a premium or discount in valuing an instrument that is absent Level 1 inputs, when a market participant would apply such a factor in valuing an instrument. The guidance also enhances disclosure requirements: (i) for fair values of Level 3 assets, the valuation process used for those assets and the sensitivity of those calculations to changes in the amount of unobservable inputs; (ii) a reporting entity’s use of a nonfinancial asset in a way that differs from the asset’s highest and best use when that asset is measured at fair value in the statement of financial position; and (iii) the categorization by level within the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect its adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 , Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income . This new guidance removes the option of presenting elements of other comprehensive income within the statements of changes to stockholders’ equity. Instead, the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income may be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with retrospective application required. The Company does not expect its adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

3. Real Estate Assets

On April 15, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests in Stone Rise Apartments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Rise JV LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 216-unit multifamily community located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or Stone Rise, for a total purchase price of $30.15 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. The membership interests in Oxford Rise JV LLC were owned by WOF.

On April 21, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (f/k/a Oxford Summit Partners, LLC), the fee-simple owner of a 345-unit multifamily community located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia, or Summit Crossing, for a total purchase price of $33.2 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. Williams Realty Fund I, LLC, or WRF owned a majority of the membership interests in PAC Summit Crossing, LLC.

On April 29, 2011, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary Trail Creek Apartments, LLC, acquired Oxford Trail, a 204-unit multifamily community located in Hampton, Virginia, or Trail Creek, for a total purchase price of $23.5 million, exclusive of acquisition-related and financing-related transaction costs. The Company purchased a fee-simple interest in the property from Oxford Trail JV LLC. WRF owned indirectly an approximately 10% membership interest in Oxford Trail JV LLC.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

3. Real Estate Assets  – (continued)

The Company allocated the purchase prices of the three properties to the acquired assets and liabilities based upon their fair values, as follows:

       
  Trail
Creek
  Stone
Rise
  Summit
Crossing
  Total
Land   $ 2,652,000     $ 6,950,000     $ 3,450,000     $ 13,052,000  
Buildings and Improvements     17,257,845       18,637,356       24,112,767       60,007,968  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     1,841,990       2,819,094       3,591,881       8,252,965  
Intangibles     1,748,165       1,743,550       2,045,352       5,537,067  
Cash     9,301       16,101       486       25,888  
Deposits     28,160       61,276       41,525       130,961  
Prepaids and reserves     93,967       439,041       154,744       687,752  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (48,374 )       (81,677 )       (89,321 )       (219,372 )  
Net assets acquired   $ 23,583,054     $ 30,584,741     $ 33,307,434     $ 87,475,229  
Net assets excluding cash   $ 23,573,753     $ 30,568,640     $ 33,306,948     $ 87,449,341  

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization of tangible and identifiable intangible assets as follows, for the period beginning with the dates of acquisition, through June 30, 2011:

 
  Total
Depreciation:
        
Buildings and improvements   $ 311,598  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment     447,920  
       759,518  
Amortization of acquired intangible assets     2,041,823  
Website development costs     768  
Total depreciation and amortization   $ 2,802,109  

Acquired intangible assets consist of the values of leases in place, customer relationships, and above-market or below-market leases, each of which are to be amortized over the non-cancelable remaining average lease terms. The weighted-average remaining lease term is 6.2 months from the dates the properties were acquired.

4. Real Estate Loan

On June 30, 2011, the Company made a mezzanine loan investment of $6.0 million to Oxford Hampton Partners LLC (“Hampton Partners”), a Georgia limited liability company and a related party, to partially finance the construction of a 96-unit multifamily community located adjacent to the Company’s existing Trail Creek multifamily community in Hampton, Virginia. Hampton Partners was required to fully draw down the mezzanine loan on the closing date. Approximately 100% of the membership interest in Hampton Partners is owned by WRF.

The mezzanine loan matures on June 29, 2016, with no option to extend and pays interest at a fixed rate of 8.0% per annum. Interest will be paid monthly with principal and any accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity. Under the terms of a purchase option agreement entered into in connection with the closing of the mezzanine loan, the Company has an option (but not an obligation) to purchase the property between and including April 1, 2014 and June 30, 2014 for $17,825,600, which is the amount of the aggregate project costs as set forth in the approved construction budget on the closing date. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party before July 1, 2014, the Company will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

4. Real Estate Loan  – (continued)

required to provide it with a 14% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. If the property is sold to, or refinanced by, a third party on or after July 1, 2014, then the Company will be entitled to receive an exit fee equal to the amount required to provide it with a 12% cumulative internal rate of return on the loan. The calculation of the cumulative internal rate of return will include the loan’s fees received at closing. Since the minimum exit fee, assuming the purchase option is not exercised, is the amount needed to provide a 12% cumulative internal rate of return, the Company will accrue each period the additional exit fee earned based on the 12% rate assuming the loan was paid off at period end. The accrued exit fee will be recorded as interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. As of June 30, 2011, no additional exit fee was earned by the Company.

If the Company exercises the purchase option and acquires the property, any accrued and unpaid exit fee will be treated as additional basis in the acquired project.

The mezzanine loan is secured by a pledge of 100% of the membership interests of Hampton Partners. Partial prepayment of the mezzanine loan is not permitted without the Company’s consent. The mezzanine loan is subordinate to a senior loan of up to an aggregate amount of $10 million that is held by an unrelated third party. W. Daniel Faulk, Jr. and Richard A. Denny, both unaffiliated third parties, have guaranteed to us the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications. This guaranty is subject to the rights held by the senior lender pursuant to a standard intercreditor agreement with the senior lender.

In connection with the closing of the mezzanine loan, the Company received a loan fee of 2% of the loan amount, or $120,000, and a loan commitment fee of $14,333. The Company paid an acquisition fee of $60,000 to PAA out of these funds. The net fees received by the Company will be recognized as an adjustment of yield over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

5. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

On January 26, 2010, the Company issued the sole stockholder of the Company 3,333 shares of Class A Common Stock at $3.00 per share and 33,333 shares of Class B Common Stock at $3.00 per share.

On February 22, 2011, the Company effected a change in the designation of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, to shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and effected a change of each of its issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, into one issued and outstanding share of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, all pursuant to an amendment to the Company's charter. As a result of these actions, NELL Partners, Inc. held 36,666 shares of Common Stock as of February 22, 2011.

On July 29, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to $75.0 million in Class A Common Stock in an underwritten public offering. On February 25, 2011, the Company amended its prior authorization to issue up to $75.0 million in Class A Common Stock in accordance with the change in designation of all shares of Class A Common Stock to shares of Common Stock, as described above, and, as a result, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to $75.0 million in Common Stock in an IPO.

On July 29, 2010, WOF entered into a subscription agreement with the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, WOF subscribed for the purchase from the Company such number of shares of Class A Common Stock ($0.01 par value per share) of the Company having an aggregate value of $5.0 million. The price per share would equal the price per share of Class A Common Stock sold in the underwritten public offering. The subscription agreement between the Company and WOF was amended on February 28, 2011, to reflect the charter amendment changing all shares of Class A Common Stock to shares of Common Stock, as described above. Pursuant to this amendment, a subscription by WOF for such shares of Common Stock ($0.01 par value per share) of the Company having an aggregate value of $5.0 million replaced WOF's original

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

5. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  – (continued)

subscription for shares of Class A Common Stock. On April 5, 2011, WOF purchased 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to this subscription agreement.

6. Related Party Transactions

John A. Williams, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board and Leonard A. Silverstein, the Company's Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Vice Chairman of the Board, are also executive officers and directors of NELL Partners, Inc., which controls PAA, the Company’s external management company. Mr. Williams is the Chief Executive Officer and President and Mr. Silverstein is the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PAA.

Mr. Williams, Mr. Silverstein and Michael J. Cronin, the Company's Chief Accounting Officer, are executive officers of Williams Realty Advisors, LLC, or WRA, which is the manager of the day-to-day operations of WOF. WRA is also the manager of the day-to-day operations of WRF.

The management agreement between the Company and PAA entitles PAA to receive compensation for various services it performs related to acquiring and managing properties on the Company's behalf:

   
Type of Compensation   Basis of Compensation   For the Three and
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2011
Acquisition fees
  
    1% of the gross purchase price of real estate assets
acquired or loans advanced
    $ 928,500  
Asset management fees
  
    Monthly fee equal to one-twelfth of 0.50% of the total
value of assets, as adjusted
      107,727  
Property management fees
  
    Monthly fee equal to 4% of the monthly gross
revenues of the properties managed
      75,054  
General and administrative
expense fees
    Monthly fee equal to 2% of the monthly gross
revenues of the Company
      37,539  
Disposition fees
  
  
    Based on the lesser of (A) one-half of the commission
that would be reasonable and customary and (B) 1% of
the sale price of the asset
       
Construction, development and landscaping fees     Customary and competitive market rates in light of the
size, type and location of the asset
       
Special limited
partnership interest
  
  
    15% of distributions from the sale of an asset and prior
operations that are in excess of the capital contributed
by the Company plus an amount equal to a 7%
cumulative, non-compounded annual return to investors
       
           $ 1,148,820  

In addition to property management fees, the Company incurred reimbursable expenses at the properties of approximately $180,000 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2011. These costs include on-site personnel salary and related benefits.

As of June 30, 2011, the Company owed PAA approximately $126,000 in fees pursuant to the management agreement.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

7. Dividends

On May 5, 2011, the Company declared its first quarterly dividend on its Common Stock of $0.125 per share for the second quarter of 2011. The dividend, which totaled $646,487, was paid on July 15, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of June 30, 2011.

8. Lines of Credit

On October 12, 2010, the Company entered into a $1.0 million unsecured non-revolving line of credit arrangement with WOF, which matured on March 31, 2011. On March 25, 2011, the line of credit was increased to $1.25 million and the maturity date was extended to April 30, 2011. The line was to be used to fund approved expenses incurred by the Company such as organization, offering and property acquisition expenses. The line had an interest rate of 4.25% per annum. For the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, the Company incurred interest on this line of credit of $578 and $10,758, respectively. On April 5, 2011, the Company paid off and terminated this line of credit in conjunction with the closing of the IPO and the private placement with WOF.

On October 12, 2010, the Company entered into a $1.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit arrangement with WOF, which matured on March 31, 2011. On March 25, 2011, the line of credit was reduced to $750,000 and the maturity date was extended to April 30, 2011. The line was only to be used to fund certain approved deposits and escrows related to the acquisition of real estate projects and related financings. The line had an interest rate of 4.25% per annum. For the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, the Company incurred interest on this note of $24 and $880, respectively. On April 5, 2011, the Company paid off and terminated this line of credit in conjunction with the closing of the IPO and the private placement with WOF.

9. Equity Compensation

On February 25, 2011 the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and the Company’s stockholders approved the Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), to incentivize, compensate and retain eligible employees, consultants, and non-employee directors. A maximum of 567,500 shares of Common Stock may be issued under the 2011 Plan. Awards may be made in the form of issuances of Common Stock, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), performance shares, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, or other forms. Eligibility for receipt of, amounts, and all terms governing awards pursuant to the 2011 Plan, such as vesting periods and voting and dividend rights on unvested awards, are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Restricted Stock Grant

On April 5, 2011, the Company granted a total of 26,000 shares of restricted stock to its non-employee board members, in payment of their annual retainer fees. The Company generally recognizes a fair value per share for restricted stock grants of the average of the closing price on the five previous trading days. The fair value per share was deemed to be $10.00 per share (the IPO offering price) by Board resolution, since the grant was made on the fourth trading day following the IPO. Compensation cost in the amount of $260,000 will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the period ending on the first anniversary of the grant date.

For the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, stock compensation expense for these grants was $61,973 and is included in other income and expense on the consolidated statement of operations. Unrecognized compensation expense for this restricted stock grant was $198,027 and will be recognized on a straight-line basis from July 1, 2011 until the vesting date on April 4, 2012. All 26,000 unvested shares were outstanding at June 30, 2011.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

9. Equity Compensation  – (continued)

Directors’ Stock Grant

On May 5, 2011, the Company granted 1,872 shares of Common Stock to its non-employee board members, in payment of their meeting fees. The per-share fair value of this immediate-vesting award was $9.62 and the total compensation cost of $18,009 was recorded in full at that date.

Warrant

On March 31, 2011, as partial compensation for services rendered for the IPO, the Company issued to International Assets Advisory, LLC (“IAA”) a warrant to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The exercise price is $12.50 per share, which is 125% of the gross offering price to the public of $10.00 per share. The warrant may not be exercised from the date of issuance through September 27, 2011 and expires on March 31, 2015.

The Company calculated the per-share fair value of the warrant using the Black-Scholes method. The underlying valuation assumptions were:

 
Dividend yield     5.0 %  
Expected volatility     62.69 %  
Risk-free interest rate     1.765 %  
Expected option term (years)     4  

The expected dividend yield assumption was derived from the Company’s projected future quarterly dividend payments of $0.125 per share. On May 5, 2011, the Company declared a dividend of $0.125 per share payable to shareholders of record as of June 30, 2011.

Since the Company has a limited amount of operating history in the public equity market, the expected volatility assumption was derived from the observed historical volatility of the common stock prices of a select group of peer companies within the REIT industry that most closely approximate the Company’s size, capitalization, leverage, line of business and geographic focus markets.

The risk-free rate assumption was obtained from the treasury constant maturities nominal yield table obtained from the Federal Reserve, interpolated between the three-year and five-year yield percentages on U.S. Treasury securities on March 31, 2011.

The expected term assumption of 4 years is equal to the contractual term of the instrument. The fair value of the warrant was calculated to be $462,330 ($3.08 per share) and, since all service conditions had been met as of the date of issuance, was recorded in full at March 31, 2011 as an increase in the deferred offering costs on the consolidated balance sheet and an increase in additional paid-in capital. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, these deferred offering costs were removed from the consolidated balance sheet and charged against stockholders’ equity.

The warrant is exercisable, at IAA’s option, in whole or in part, by either payment of the aggregate exercise price for the number of shares exercised, plus applicable transfer taxes, or by a cashless net share settlement. Upon exercise of the warrant, shares of Common Stock will be issued from authorized but unissued Common Stock.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

10. Debt

Note Payable

On September 2, 2010, the Company borrowed $465,050 from WOF through the issuance of a promissory note. The note had an interest rate of 4.25% per annum and had a maturity date of April 30, 2011. The proceeds were used to reimburse for organizational, offering, acquisition and due diligence expenses. For the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011, the Company incurred interest on this note of $217 and $5,090, respectively. On April 5, 2011, the Company paid off this note in conjunction with the closing of the IPO and the private placement with WOF.

Mortgage Notes Payable

The Company partially financed the acquisitions of Stone Rise, Summit Crossing and Trail Creek with non-recourse mortgage notes collateralized only by the real estate, as follows:

       
  Principal
amount
6/30/2011
  Maturity
date
  Payment
terms
  Interest rate
Stone Rise mortgage   $ 19,500,000       5/1/2018       Interest only (1)       1 month LIBOR + 2.77 % (2)  
Summit Crossing mortgage     20,862,000       5/1/2018       Interest only (1)       4.71%    
Trail Creek mortgage     15,275,000       5/1/2018       Interest only (1)       1 month LIBOR + 2.80 % (2)  
Total   $ 55,637,000                    

(1) Interest only payments due from closing through May 1, 2014, then principal and interest due on a 30-year amortization schedule through date of maturity.
(2) Variable monthly interest rates are capped at 7.25% and 6.85% for Stone Rise and Trail Creek, respectively. LIBOR was 0.19% on June 30, 2011.

     
  Acquisition
date
  Current
payment terms
  Interest expense from
acquisition dates through
June 30, 2011
Stone Rise     4/15/2011       Interest only     $ 122,347  
Summit Crossing     4/21/2011       Interest only       193,791  
Trail Creek     4/29/2011       Interest only       80,216  
Total               $ 396,354  

11. Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT effective April 1, 2011, and therefore, the Company will not be subject to federal and state income taxes after this effective date. The election will be made in early 2012 with the filing of the REIT's December 31, 2011 federal tax return. For the three-month period before this election date, the Company's operations resulted in a tax loss. As of March 31, 2011, the Company had deferred federal and state tax assets totaling approximately $467,000. Since these deferred tax assets will most likely not be used once the Company elects REIT status, management has determined that a 100% valuation allowance is appropriate for the period ended June 30, 2011.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is not currently subject to any known material commitments or contingencies from its business operations, nor any material known or threatened litigation.

13. Loss Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding used in the calculation of loss per share of Common Stock:

   
  Three
months ended
June 30, 2011
  Six
months ended
June 30, 2011
Numerator:
                 
Consolidated net loss   $ (3,980,615 )     $ (4,413,848 )  
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests            
Net loss attributable to Company   $ (3,980,615 )     $ (4,413,848 )  
Denominator:
                 
Weighted average number of shares of Common Stock – basic     4,886,486       2,474,973  
Effect of dilutive securities:
Warrant (See Note A below)
           
Weighted average number of shares of Common Stock – diluted     4,886,486       2,474,973  
Basic loss per share   $ (0.81 )     $ (1.78 )  
Diluted loss per share   $ (0.81 )     $ (1.78 )  

(A) Potential dilution from 150,000 shares of Common Stock that would be outstanding due to the hypothetical exercise of a warrant issued by the Company on March 31, 2011 was excluded from the diluted shares calculation because the effect was antidilutive.

14. Pro Forma Financial Information

Contributions of revenues and earnings by the acquisitions of Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek to the Company’s results of operations from the dates of acquisition (April 15, 2011, April 21, 2011 and April 29, 2011 for Stone Rise, Summit Crossing and Trail Creek, respectively) through June 30, 2011 were:

       
  Stone
Rise
  Summit
Crossing
  Trail
Creek
  Total
Revenues   $ 706,026     $ 711,805     $ 459,107     $ 1,876,938  
Depreciation and amortization expense     968,327       1,115,637       717,377       2,801,341  
Other expenses     405,635       446,540       265,620       1,117,795  
Earnings   $ (667,936 )     $ (850,372 )     $ (523,890 )     $ (2,042,198 )  

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

14. Pro Forma Financial Information  – (continued)

For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, the Company’s condensed pro forma financial results, assuming the acquisitions of Stone Rise, Summit Crossing, and Trail Creek were hypothetically complete on January 1, 2011 were:

 
  Six months
ended
June 30, 2011
Pro forma:
        
Revenue   $ 4,858,564  
Amortization of intangibles     (5,537,067 )  
Depreciation expense     (1,956,642 )  
Acquisition costs     (1,662,160 )  
Organization costs     (94,372 )  
Property operating expenses     (2,268,640 )  
Other expenses     (1,554,860 )  
Net loss   $ (8,215,177 )  

Since the Company commenced operations with its IPO on April 5, 2011, pro forma adjustments have been made to corporate general and administrative expenses for the six month period ended June 30, 2011. These pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what historical performance would have been had these business combinations been effective January 1, 2011, nor should they be interpreted as expectations of future results.

15. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset or liability is exchanged between market participants in an orderly transaction at the reporting date. The Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payables, and accrued expenses all approximate fair value due to their short term nature.

The following table provides details on the Company’s other financial instruments, which include mortgage notes collateralized only by the three acquired apartment communities, and the real estate loan investment:

         
      Fair value measurements
using fair value hierarchy
     Carrying
value
  Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Financial Assets:
                                            
Real estate related loan   $ 6,000,000     $ 6,000,000     $     $     $ 6,000,000  
Financial Liabilities:
                                            
Mortgage notes payable   $ 55,637,000     $ 55,896,698     $     $     $ 55,896,698  

The fair values of these instruments were calculated using discounted cash flow valuation methodologies and are based upon unobservable (Level 3) assumption inputs, which included fixed-rate yield index data and spread quotes as of June 30, 2011.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2011
(unaudited)

16. Subsequent Events

The following transactions occurred subsequent to June 30, 2011 through August 15, 2011:

On August 4, 2011, the Company granted 1,500 shares of Common Stock to its non-employee board members to compensate them for their meeting fees. The award vested immediately and the per-share fair value was $7.99. Total compensation cost of this award was $11,985.

Also on August 4, 2011, the Company declared a quarterly dividend on its Common Stock of $0.125 per share, which will be paid on October 17, 2011 to all common stockholders of record as of September 30, 2011.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Stockholder of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.,

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations, of shareholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and subsidiaries (a development stage corporation) (the “Company”) at December 31, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 3, 2011

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Balance Sheet
December 31, 2010

 
ASSETS
        
Cash   $ 22,275  
Deposits and other assets     187,300  
Deferred offering costs     620,237  
Total assets   $ 829,812  
LIABILITIES and DEFICIT
        
Liabilities:
        
Note payable, to related party   $ 465,050  
Revolving line of credit, to related party     200,000  
Non-revolving line of credit, to related party     805,898  
Accrued interest     15,064  
Total liabilities     1,486,012  
Deficit:
        
Stockholder's deficit:
        
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share; 400,033,333 shares authorized; 3,333 shares issued and outstanding     33  
Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share; 33,333 shares authorized; 33,333 shares issued and outstanding     333  
Additional paid-in capital     109,632  
Accumulated deficit     (766,199 )  
Total stockholder's deficit     (656,201 )  
Noncontrolling interest     1  
Total deficit     (656,200 )  
Total liabilities and deficit   $ 829,812  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
Expenses:
        
Bank charges   $ (228 )  
Interest     (15,064 )  
Licenses, fees and taxes     (2,462 )  
Acquisition costs on properties     (388,266 )  
Organization costs     (360,179 )  
Total expenses     (766,199 )  
Net loss   $ (766,199 )  
Net loss per share
        
Basic   $ (20.90 )  
Diluted   $ (20.90 )  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
        
Basic     36,666  
Diluted     36,666  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
Operating activities
        
Net Loss   $ (766,199 )  
Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        
Increase in deposits and other assets     (187,300 )  
Increase in accrued interest     15,064  
Net cash used in operating activities     (938,435 )  
Financing activities
        
Increase in deferred offering costs     (620,237 )  
Proceeds from sale of common stock     109,998  
Proceeds from noncontrolling interest     1  
Proceeds from revolving line of credit     200,000  
Proceeds from non-revolving line of credit     805,898  
Proceeds from note payable     465,050  
Net cash provided by financing activities     960,710  
Net increase in cash     22,275  
Cash at beginning of period      
Cash at end of period   $ 22,275  
Supplemental cash flow information:
        
Cash paid for interest   $  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statement of Deficit
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

             
             
  Class A
Common
Stock
  Class B
Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholder’s
Deficit
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Deficit
Balance at January 1, 2010   $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Issuance of Class A Common Stock     33             9,966             9,999             9,999  
Issuance of Class B Common Stock           333       99,666             99,999             99,999  
Issuance of partnership interest in Operating Partnership to noncontrolling interest                                   1       1  
Net loss                       (766,199 )       (766,199 )             (766,199 )  
Balance at December 31, 2010   $ 33     $ 333     $ 109,632     $ (766,199 )     $ (656,201 )     $ 1     $ (656,200 )  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

1. Organization

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., or the Company, was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009, and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes or REIT, commencing with the tax year ending December 31, 2011. The Company was formed to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. The Company may acquire senior mortgage loans, subordinated loans or mezzanine debt secured by interests in multifamily properties, membership or partnership interests in multifamily properties and other multifamily related assets as determined by our manager. The Company will be externally managed and advised by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC (“PAA”), a Delaware limited liability company.

The Company is in the development stage and has no assets other than cash, deposits and a deferred asset related to offering costs. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has entered into contracts to purchase two real estate projects. See Note 8.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, LP, or the Operating Partnership. The Company is the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership and plans to conduct substantially all its business through the Operating Partnership following its formation.

The Company concluded on January 26, 2010 a private placement of 33,333 shares of Class B Common Stock to NELL Partners, Inc. a Georgia corporation, at a price per share equal to $3.00 per share of Class B Common Stock. In addition, on that same day the Company conducted a private placement of 3,333 shares of Class A Common Stock to NELL Partners, Inc. at a price per share equal to $3.00 per share of Class A Common Stock.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Below is a discussion of significant accounting policies as the Company prepares to commence operations and acquire real estate assets:

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company and the Operating Partnership as of December 31, 2010, presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Noncontrolling Interest

Noncontrolling interest represent the equity interest of the Operating Partnership that is not owned by the Company. Noncontrolling interest is adjusted for contributions, distributions and earnings (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the consolidated entity in accordance with its operating agreement.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of the

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Company's annual REIT taxable income to its shareholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP). As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent it distributes qualifying dividends to its shareholders. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the Company's net income and net cash available for distribution to stockholders. However, the Company intends to organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has not elected REIT status, and is therefore subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. The provision for income taxes is based on income before taxes reported for financial statement purposes after adjustment for transactions that do not have tax consequences. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are realized according to the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates as of the date of the balance sheet. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is reflected in the period that includes the statutory enactment date. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded when it has been determined that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. If a valuation allowance is needed a subsequent change in circumstances in future periods that causes a change in judgment about the realization of the related deferred tax amount could result in the reversal of the deferred tax valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes a liability for uncertain tax positions. An uncertain tax position is defined as a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that is not based on clear and unambiguous tax law and which is reflected in measuring current or deferred income tax assets and liabilities for interim or annual periods. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company measures the tax benefits recognized based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes.

Organizational and Offering Costs

The Company expenses organization costs as incurred. Offering costs, which include underwriting discounts and commissions, will be charged to stockholders' equity when the offering becomes effective. As of December 31, 2010, the Company's offering has not become effective, so all offering costs have been reflected as a deferred asset on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company will reimburse PAA and its affiliates for any out-of-pocket expenses to be incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and the proposed offering of common stock to the public. However, if the proposed offering is terminated, the Company will have no obligation to reimburse PAA and its affiliates for any organizational or offering costs incurred directly by them. As described in Note 5 and Note 6, the Company borrowed approximately $465,000 and $806,000 in 2010 from a related party in order to pay for certain approved offering, organization and due diligence costs which had been incurred on behalf of the Company.

Acquisition Costs

The Company expenses property acquisition costs as incurred, which include costs such as due diligence, legal, environmental and consulting.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Deposits and Other Assets

Deposits and other assets consist of a receivable related to an escrow deposit on a real estate purchase option that was terminated during the year and two mortgage application fees related to financings on two potential real estate acquisitions.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs represent offering costs incurred by the Company in connection with its planned initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock. Since the IPO has not gone effective as of December 31, 2010, the offering costs have been deferred. As soon as the IPO goes effective, all offering costs will be reclassified to the stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction of proceeds raised in the IPO.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an amendment to the accounting guidance for consolidation of variable interest entities, which became effective on January 1, 2010. This amendment addresses the effects of eliminating the QSPE concept and responds to concerns about the application of certain key provisions of previous accounting rules, including concerns over the transparency of an enterprises' involvement with variable interest entities, or VIEs. This guidance would be applicable in evaluating any investments made by the Company or its subsidiaries.

In December 2007, the FASB issued additional Business Combinations guidance which became effective on January 1, 2009. The objective of this guidance is to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. To accomplish that, this guidance establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; (ii) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination; and (iv) requires expensing of transaction cost associated with a business combination. The adoption of this guidance has a material effect on future acquisitions made by the Company.

3. Stockholders' Equity

On January 26, 2010, the Company issued to the sole stockholder of the Company 3,333 shares of Class A Common Stock at $3 per share and 33,333 shares of Class B Common Stock at $3 per share.

Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to elect one-third of the Board of Directors or the Board members whereas holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to elect two-thirds of the Board members. See Note 9 for subsequent events relating to the capital stock of the Company.

On July 29, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to $75.0 million in Class A Common Stock in an underwritten public offering.

On July 29, 2010, the Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, or WOF, entered into a subscription agreement with the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, WOF subscribed for the purchase from the Company such number of shares of Class A Common Stock ($0.01 par value per share) of the Company having an aggregate value of $5.0 million. The price per share will be equal to the price per share of Class A Common Stock sold in the underwritten public offering.

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

4. Related Party Transactions

John A. Williams, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, President and a Director and Leonard A. Silverstein, the Company's Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and a Director, control PAA, the Company’s external management company.

5. Note Payable

On September 2, 2010, the Company borrowed $465,050 from WOF through the issuance of a promissory note. The note has an interest rate of 4.25% per annum and has a maturity date of March 31, 2011. The proceeds were used to reimburse for organizational, offering, acquisition and due diligence expenses. For the period ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred interest on this note of $6,552. The Company plans on paying off this note and any related interest with proceeds received in connection with the IPO.

6. Lines of Credit

On October 12, 2010, the Company entered into a $1,000,000 unsecured line of credit arrangement with WOF, which matures on March 31, 2011. The line is to be used to fund approved expenses incurred by the Company such as organization, offering and property acquisition expenses. The line has an interest rate of 4.25% per annum. For the period ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred interest on this line of credit of $6,696. The Company plans on paying off this line of credit and any related interest with the proceeds received in connection with the IPO.

On October 12, 2010, the Company entered into a $1,000,000 unsecured line of credit arrangement with WOF, which matures on March 31, 2011. The line is only to be used to fund certain approved deposits and escrows related to the acquisition of real estate projects and related financings. The line has an interest rate of 4.25% per annum. On October 15, 2010, the Company borrowed $200,000 against this line of credit, in order to fund a fully refundable non-binding earnest money deposit on a potential acquisition. For the period ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred interest on this note of $1,816. The Company plans on paying off this line of credit and any related interest with the proceeds received in connection with the IPO.

7. Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company's operations resulted in a tax loss. Our benefit from income taxes attributable to operations consists of the following:

 
Current:
        
Federal   $  
State      
        
Deferred
        
Federal     252,079  
State     45,972  
Total, before valuation allowance     298,051  
Valuation allowance     (298,051 )  
Net provision for income taxes   $  

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

7. Income Taxes  – (continued)

The reason for the difference between our benefit for income taxes and the amount that results from applying the federal statutory tax rate are as follows:

 
Income benefit at statutory rate   $ 268,170  
Effect of state taxes, net of federal benefit     29,881  
       298,051  
Valuation allowance     (298,051 )  
Total   $  

Our deferred federal and state tax assets consist of the following components:

 
Acquisition costs   $ 151,035  
Organization costs     130,769  
Net operating losses     16,247  
Deferred income tax assets, before valuation allowance     298,051  
Valuation allowance     (298,051 )  
Deferred income tax assets, net of allowance   $  

The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to determine if valuation allowances are required. In the evaluation, management considers the potential realization of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and the future reversal of temporary differences, based on expectations of sufficient future taxable income. Since the Company is in the development stage and the use of these NOLs is contingent on a successful IPO and the generation of future taxable income, management has determined that a 100% valuation allowance is appropriate for the year ended December 31, 2010. The deferred tax asset valuation allowance will be reversed if and when it becomes more likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient taxable income in the future to utilize the tax benefits of the related deferred tax assets.

8. Commitments

In September 2010, the Company entered into a contract to purchase a 345 unit apartment complex in Forsyth County, Georgia for $33.2 million, from a related party.

In September 2010, the Company entered into a contract to purchase a 216 unit apartment complex in West Vincent Township, Pennsylvania for $30.15 million, from a related party.

9. Subsequent Events

On January 18, 2011, in connection with the Company's termination in 2010 of a non-binding purchase agreement for a potential acquisition, the Company was refunded $150,000. At year end 2010, this $150,000 was included in deposits and other assets.

On January 20, 2011 the Company used the refunded earnest money to pay $150,000 to WOF for amounts outstanding under its deposits line of credit. Of the $150,000 paid to WOF, $147,741 was credited to outstanding principal and $2,259 was credited to accrued but unpaid interest, leaving an outstanding principal balance of approximately $52,259 on the deposits line of credit as of January 20, 2011.

On January 18, 2011 and February 4, 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $138,158 and $55,944, respectively against the non-revolving line of credit.

As of February 4, 2011, PAA and its affiliates have incurred expenses in connection with the organization of the Company, the proposed IPO and property acquisition costs totaling approximately $216,328, which are

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

9. Subsequent Events  – (continued)

not reflected in the financial statements as of December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, these expenses were not approved for payment. Of this total amount, $138,157 was approved for payment on January 18, 2011 and $70,000 was approved for payment on February 4, 2011.

On January 25, 2011, the Company changed the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting rights for Board of Directors so that the holders of Class A Common Stock became entitled to elect a majority of the Board of Directors.

On February 22, 2011 the Company effected a change in the designation of its shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, to common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and effected a change of each of its issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, into one issued and outstanding share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, all pursuant to an amendment to the Company's charter. As a result of these actions, NELL Partners, Inc. now holds 36,666 shares of the Company’s common stock.

On February 25, 2011, the Company amended its prior authorization to issue up to $75.0 million in Class A Common Stock in accordance with the change in all shares of Class A Common Stock to shares of common stock, as described above, and the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to $75.0 million in common stock in an underwritten public offering.

The subscription agreement between the Company and WOF was amended on February 28, 2011, in accordance with the charter amendment changing all shares of Class A Common Stock to shares of common stock, as described above. Pursuant to this amendment, a subscription by WOF for such shares of common stock ($0.01 par value per share) of the Company having an aggregate value of $5.0 million replaced WOF’s original subscription for shares of Class A Common Stock.

10. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On March 25, 2011, the Company amended and restated its $1,000,000 non-revolving line of credit to increase the aggregate amount available from $1,000,000 to $1,250,000 and extend the maturity date from March 31, 2011 to April 30, 2011.

On March 25, 2011, the Company amended and restated its $1,000,000 revolving line of credit promissory note to decrease the aggregate amount available from $1,000,000 to $750,000 and extend the maturity date from March 31, 2011 to April 30, 2011.

On March 25, 2011, the Company amended and restated its $465,050 promissory note to extend the maturity date from March 31, 2011 to April 30, 2011.

On March 25, 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $240,000 against the non-revolving line of credit.

As of March 25, 2011, the Company had paid an additional $240,000 for expenses incurred in connection with the proposed IPO.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statement

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statement of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 is derived from the financial statements of: (1) the Company and (2) Oxford Rise JV, LLC, Oxford Trail JV, LLC and Oxford Summit Partners LLC, which owned the properties (the “Acquired Properties”) acquired by the Company. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 gives effect to the Company’s initial public offering, the Company’s concurrent private placement to WOF, the Company’s acquisition of the Acquired Properties and the Company’s real estate loan investment as if these events had all occurred on January 1, 2011.

The Company’s pro forma consolidated financial statement is presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s June 30, 2011 financial statements and the statements of revenues and certain expenses specified by Rule 3-14 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustment to the Company’s pro forma consolidated financial statement is based on available information and assumptions that the Company considers reasonable. The Company’s pro forma consolidated financial statement does not purport to (1) represent the results of the Company’s operations that would have actually occurred had the offerings or the acquisition of the Acquired Properties and real estate loan investment occurred on January 1, 2011, or (2) project the Company’s results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
  
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

         
  PAC
REIT
Historical
(See Note 1)
  (Pro Forma Adjustments to reflect)  
     Acquired
Properties
(See Note 1)
  Other
(See Note 1)
    Pro Forma
Combined
Revenues:
                                   
Rental revenues   $ 1,691,663     $ 2,737,330     $              $ 4,428,993  
Other property revenues     185,275       242,963                      428,238  
Interest income on real estate loan     1,333             240,000             241,333  
Total revenues     1,878,271       2,980,293       240,000                5,098,564  
Operating expenses:
                                            
Property operating and maintenance     436,801       609,436                      1,046,237  
Property management fees     75,053       88,505       29,502       AA       193,060  
Real estate taxes     143,146       234,019                      377,165  
General and administrative     35,385       121,881       197,498       BB       354,764  
Depreciation and amortization     2,802,109             4,691,600       CC       7,493,709  
Acquisition costs     1,662,160                            1,662,160  
Organizational costs     94,372                            94,372  
Insurance     28,678                            28,678  
Professional fees     231,750                            231,750  
Other     33,858                         33,858  
Total operating expenses     5,543,312       1,053,841       4,918,600             11,515,753  
Operating loss     (3,665,041 )       1,926,452       (4,678,600 )                (6,417,189 )  
Management fees     145,266             133,513       DD       278,779  
Insurance     89,178                            89,178  
Interest expense     434,642             651,481       EE       1,086,123  
Other income and expense     79,721                         79,721  
Net loss     (4,413,848 )       1,926,452       (5,463,594 )             (7,950,990 )  
Less consolidated net loss attributable to non-controlling interests                              
Net loss attributable to the Company   $ (4,413,848 )     $ 1,926,452     $ (5,463,594 )           $ (7,950,990 )  
Net loss per share of Common Stock, basic and diluted   $ (1.78 )                   FF     $ (1.55 )  
Weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, basic and diluted     2,474,973                   FF       5,144,927  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this pro forma financial statement.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statement

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) is a real estate company, focused primarily on the acquisition, ownership, operation and management of multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. Concurrent with its initial public offering, or the IPO, and its concurrent private placement to Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC, or WOF, the Company completed the acquisition transactions, pursuant to which it acquired Oxford Rise JV, LLC and Oxford Summit Partners LLC and the assets of Oxford Trail JV, LLC, or the Acquired Properties.

The Company was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009. Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., or the Operating Partnership, the Company’s operating partnership, was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on May 19, 2010.

The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) on April 5, 2011. The IPO resulted in the sale of 4,500,000 shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $10.00, generating gross proceeds of $45.0 million. Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Company sold 500,000 shares of its Common Stock to WOF, at the public offering price of $10.00 per share, for gross proceeds to the Company of $5.0 million. In addition, on May 4, 2011, the Company closed the sale of 107,361 shares of its Common Stock at the public offering price of $10.00 per share in connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to its underwriters in the IPO. The total gross proceeds to the Company from this sale were approximately $1.1 million. The Company’s operations are carried on through its operating partnership. The Company, as the general partner of the operating partnership, owns directly or indirectly, 99.9% of the operating partnership and has control of the operating partnership, as determined under the consolidation rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, the Company consolidates the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the operating partnership.

The Company is assumed to have purchased the Acquired Properties in this pro forma as of January 1, 2011. In addition, in this pro forma the Company is assumed to have made the $6.0 million real estate loan investment as of January 1, 2011.

The attached pro forma consolidated statement of operations reports four columns. The first column labeled “PAC REIT Historical” represents the actual results of the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The second column “Acquired Properties” represents the actual revenues and expenses of the three properties during the period from January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2011. In addition, we extrapolated the revenues and expenses of the three properties for the period April 1, 2011 through their respective acquisition dates (Oxford Rise — April 15, 2011, Oxford Summit — April 21, 2011, and Oxford Trail — April 29, 2011). The “Other” column represents the pro forma adjustments required to reflect the revenue and expense adjustments for the real estate loan investment, debt financing, amortization of the debt financing, additional management fees and the additional expenses incurred, assuming all investments had occurred as of January 1, 2011. In addition, the “Other” column includes an adjustment to reflect the depreciation on the properties and the amortization of lease intangible costs for the period January 1, 2011 through the date of their respective acquisitions, using the Company's basis in the properties post acquisition.

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

The adjustments to the pro forma consolidated statement of operations (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are as follows:

(AA) Effective with the purchase of the three properties by the Company, the property management fee increased from 3% of monthly gross rental income to 4% of monthly gross rental income. The pro forma adjustment reflects this additional cost burden on the properties operations for the period from January 1, 2011 through their acquisition dates in April 2011.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statement

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  – (continued)

(BB) Reflected in the pro forma adjustment is the Company’s estimate of the additional general and administrative expenses that would have been incurred if the properties had been acquired as of January 1, 2011. There are two components to the adjustment. The first pro forma adjustment was calculated based on 2% of the Acquired Properties total revenues from January 1, 2011 through their acquisition dates in April 2011, based on the fee that would have been due under the Management Agreement between the Company and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC. The second pro forma adjustment is the estimated additional miscellaneous general and administrative expenses that would have been incurred by the Company if the Acquired Properties had been purchased as of January 1, 2011. These estimated costs include professional services (legal), printing and other miscellaneous items.
(CC) Reflected in the pro forma adjustment is the Company’s estimate of the additional depreciation and amortization charges that would have been incurred by the properties assuming the purchase had occurred effective January 1, 2011 through the date of their respective acquisitions. The pro forma adjustment assumes a straight-line depreciation method using a 34.0 year life, based on a weighted average useful life of the buildings and improvements. The depreciable basis is the acquisition price of the properties less the value of the land and in-place leases. Also reflected in the pro forma adjustment is the Company’s estimate of the additional amortization charges that would have been incurred by the properties assuming the purchase had occurred effective January 1, 2011. The pro forma adjustment assumes a straight-line amortization method assuming a six month remaining average life of the in-place leases (Lease Intangible).
(DD) The asset management fee is based on 0.5% of the total value of the Company’s assets based on their adjusted cost before reduction for depreciation, amortization, impairment charges and cumulative acquisition costs charged to expense in accordance with GAAP (adjusted cost will include the purchase price, acquisition expenses, capital expenditures and other customarily capitalized costs). In calculating the additional estimated asset management fee for the period January 1, 2011 through the IPO date, the Company used the actual June 30, 2011 balance sheet, as adjusted.
(EE) Reflected in the pro forma adjustment is the Company’s estimate of additional interest expense incurred on the debt financings used to acquire the three properties, assuming the properties were acquired on January 1, 2011. We have used the actual interest rates that were negotiated when the loans closed in April 2011, which were based on the 1 month LIBOR rate of 0.2435% plus spreads of 2.77% and 2.80% for Stone Rise and Trail Creek, respectively, for the period January 2011 through June 2011. The mortgage for Summit Crossing carries a fixed rate of 4.71%. Assuming a hypothetical increase or decrease in the 1 month LIBOR rate of 0.125%, pro forma interest expense would change by approximately $10,718 for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011. Also reflected in the pro forma adjustment is the Company’s estimate of the additional deferred financing amortization charges that would have been incurred by the properties assuming the purchase had occurred effective January 1, 2011. The pro forma adjustment assumes a straight-line amortization method, which approximates the effective yield method, assuming a 7 year term on the debt financings.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statement

2. ADJUSTMENTS TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS  – (continued)

(FF) Based on the Company’s pro forma assumptions:

   
  PAC REIT
Historical
  Pro
Forma
Numerator:
                 
Net loss available to holders of common stock   $ (4,413,848 )     $ (7,950,990 )  
Denominator:
                 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock – basic     2,474,973        
Weighted average number of shares of common stock, assuming IPO closed January 1, 2011           5,144,927  
Denominator for basic earnings per share     2,474,973       5,144,927  
Denominator for diluted earnings per share     2,474,973       5,144,927  
Loss per share basic and diluted:
  $ (1.78 )     $ (1.55 )  

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc:

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses of Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit (the “Acquired Properties”) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Acquired Properties’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc, as amended, as described in note 2 to the combined financial statements. It is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Acquired Properties’ revenue and expenses.

In our opinion, the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and expenses as described in note 2 of Acquired Properties for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 3, 2011

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OXFORD RISE AND OXFORD SUMMIT

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF REVENUE AND CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES

     
  Year Ended December 31, 2010   Year Ended December 31, 2009   Year Ended December 31, 2008
Revenue:
                          
Net rental income   $ 5,809,620     $ 4,449,155     $ 3,108,920  
Other revenue     667,482       478,512       300,971  
Total revenues     6,477,102       4,927,667       3,409,891  
                             
Certain operating expenses
                          
Management fees     194,919       159,412       140,309  
Property operations & maintenance     1,516,593       1,566,500       1,213,837  
General & administrative     420,116       472,779       460,294  
Real estate taxes     514,181       559,397       318,823  
Total certain operating expenses     2,645,809       2,758,088       2,133,263  
Revenue in excess of certain operating expenses   $ 3,831,293     $ 2,169,579     $ 1,276,628  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit
  
Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

1. Organization and Formation

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009, and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or REIT, commencing with our tax year ending December 31, 2011. The Company was formed to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. The Company is in the process of completing an initial public offering. Upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering transaction, the Company has agreed to acquire the following two real estate projects (“Acquired Properties”).

The Company will acquire Oxford Rise JV, LLC (“Rise JV”), a Delaware limited liability company, which was formed on March 29, 2007. Rise JV owns a 216 unit multifamily residential project located in West Vincent, Pennsylvania.
The Company will acquire Oxford Summit Partners, LLC (“Oxford Summit”), a Georgia limited liability company, which was formed on July 6, 2005. Oxford Summit owns a 345 unit multifamily residential project located in Forsyth County, Georgia.

Oxford Properties, LLC, a related party, was responsible for the construction and development of both apartment projects. Williams Residential Management, LLC, a related party, is responsible for the property management at both projects. The Acquired Properties operations are presented on a combined basis as a result of common management.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses include the rental and property operations of the Acquired Properties for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010.

The accompanying combined statements of revenue and certain expenses were prepared for the purpose of inclusion in an initial public offering prospectus and to comply with the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the acquisition of real estate properties. The combined statement of revenue and certain expenses are not intended to be a complete presentation of the actual operations of the properties for the applicable periods, as certain expenses which may not be comparable to the expenses to be incurred in the proposed future operations of the properties have been excluded. Expenses excluded consist of interest expense on certain loans that will not be assumed by the Company, depreciation, amortization and other expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Acquired Properties. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to the property other than those discussed that would cause the reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results.

The occupancies for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 for Oxford Rise were 21.8%, 79.2% and 94%; and for Oxford Summit 76.5%, 85.4% and 95%, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the combined statements of revenue and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and certain expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Residential properties are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less. Rental revenues from residential leases, which include periods of free rent and/or scheduled increases in rental rates over the term of the lease, are recognized on a straight-line basis.

Under the terms of residential leases, residents are obliged to reimburse the projects for certain utility usage, principally water and electricity, where the projects are the primary obligor to the local public utility

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit
  
Notes to Combined Statements of Revenue and Certain Expenses

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

entity. These utility reimbursements from residents are included in other revenue in the accompanying combined statement of revenue and certain expenses. The utility reimbursements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 for Oxford Rise were $3,643, $74,571, and $163,860; and for Oxford Summit were $90,512, $98,065, $116,786.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses represent the direct expenses of operating the properties and consist primarily of payroll, utilities, repairs and maintenance, insurance, property taxes and other operating expenses that are expected to continue in the proposed future operations of the properties.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. There is no material litigation nor to management’s knowledge is any material litigation currently threatened against the properties other than routine litigation, claims and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

3. Related Party Transactions

Under the provisions of the Operating Agreement, an affiliate of the Company, Williams Residential Management, LLC, is responsible for the management of the Acquired Properties.

The Management Fee is based on 3% of monthly gross rental income, but never less than $16 per unit. Williams Residential Management, LLC also received payroll reimbursements related to management services. The payroll reimbursements are included in the Property Operations and Maintenance Expense of the combined statements. In connection with this activity, affiliates earned fees and received expense reimbursements as follows:

     
  2010   2009   2008
Management fees   $ 194,919     $ 159,412     $ 140,309  
Payroll reimbursements   $ 737,886     $ 786,358     $ 623,018           

4. Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2010 through March 3, 2011, the date which the statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the statements or additional disclosure.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OXFORD RISE AND OXFORD SUMMIT
  
COMBINED STATEMENT OF REVENUES AND CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
     (Unaudited)
Revenues
        
Net Rental Income   $ 1,545,178  
Other Revenue     187,368  
Total revenues     1,732,546  
Certain operating expenses
        
Management Fees     51,823  
Property Operations & Maintenance     357,026  
General & Administrative     87,153  
Real Estate Taxes     124,322  
Total certain operating expenses     620,324  
Revenues in excess of certain operating expenses   $ 1,112,222  

 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit
  
Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

1. Organization and Formation

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009, and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or REIT, commencing with the tax year ending December 31, 2011. The Company was formed to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. The Company completed an initial public offering on April 5, 2011. Upon completion of the Company's offering transaction, the Company acquired the following two real estate projects (“Acquired Properties”).

On April 15, 2011 the Company acquired Oxford Rise JV, LLC (“Rise JV”), a Delaware limited liability company, which was formed on March 29, 2007. Rise JV owns a 216 unit multifamily residential project located in suburban Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
On April 21, 2011 the Company acquired Oxford Summit Partners, LLC (“Oxford Summit”), a Georgia limited liability company, which was formed on July 6, 2005. Oxford Summit owns a 345 unit multifamily residential project located in suburban Atlanta, Georgia.

Oxford Properties, LLC, a related party, was responsible for the construction and development of both apartment projects. Williams Residential Management, LLC, a related party, is responsible for the property management at both projects. The Acquired Properties operations are presented on a combined basis as a result of common management.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses include the rental and property operations of the Acquired Properties for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the acquisition of real estate properties. The combined statement of revenues and certain expenses is not intended to be a complete presentation of the actual operations of the properties for the applicable period, as certain expenses which may not be comparable to the expenses to be incurred in the proposed future operations of the properties have been excluded. Expenses excluded consist of interest expense on certain loans that will not be assumed by the Company, depreciation, amortization and other expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Acquired Properties. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to the properties other than those discussed that would cause the reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results.

At March 31, 2011, the occupancies for Rise JV and Oxford Summit were 95% and 93%, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues and certain expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Residential properties are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less. Rental revenues from residential leases, which include periods of free rent and/or scheduled increases in rental rates over the term of the lease, are recognized on a straight-line basis.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit
  
Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Under the terms of residential leases, residents are obliged to reimburse the projects for certain utility usage, principally water and electricity, where the projects are the primary obligor to the local public utility entity. These utility reimbursements from residents are included in other revenue in the accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses. The utility reimbursements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 for Rise JV was $50,142 and for Oxford Summit was $36,781.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses represent the direct expenses of operating the properties and consist primarily of payroll, utilities, repairs and maintenance, insurance, property taxes and other operating expenses that are expected to continue in the proposed future operations of the properties.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. There is no material litigation nor to management’s knowledge is any material litigation currently threatened against the properties other than routine litigation, claims and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The combined statement of revenues and certain expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring matters) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information for this interim period have been included. The revenues and certain expenses for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for other interim periods or the full year.

3. Related Party Transactions

Under the provisions of the Operating Agreements, an affiliate of the Company, Williams Residential Management, LLC, is responsible for the management of the Acquired Properties.

The management fee is based on 3% of monthly gross rental income, but never less than $16 per unit. Williams Residential Management, LLC also received payroll reimbursements related to management services. The payroll reimbursements are included in the property operations and maintenance expense of the combined statement. In connection with this activity, affiliates earned fees and received expense reimbursements as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
     (Unaudited)
Management fees   $ 51,823  
Payroll reimbursements   $ 170,610  

4. Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after March 31, 2011 through June 30, 2011, the date which the statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the statements or additional disclosure.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain operating expenses (the “Statement”) of the “Acquired Property” for the year ended December 31, 2010. This statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this Statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the Statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain operating expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as discussed in Note 2 to the Statement and is not intended to be a complete presentation of the Acquired Property’s revenues and expenses.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain operating expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain operating expenses as described in Note 2 of the Statement for the year ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
  
Atlanta, Georgia
June 23, 2011

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACQUIRED PROPERTY
  
STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2011

   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
     (Unaudited)     
REVENUES:
                 
Net rental income   $ 654,461     $ 2,533,083  
Other revenue     7,870       28,025  
Total revenues     662,331       2,561,108  
CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES:
                 
Management fees     19,297       76,016  
Property operations and maintenance     132,699       597,646  
General and administrative     10,786       64,298  
Real estate taxes     63,729       278,363  
Total certain operating expenses     226,511       1,016,323  
REVENUES IN EXCESS OF CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES   $ 435,820     $ 1,544,785  

 
 
See notes to statements of revenues and certain operating expenses.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACQUIRED PROPERTY
  
NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2011

1. ORGANIZATION AND FORMATION

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on September 18, 2009, and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or Real Estate Investment Trust, commencing with the tax year ending December 31, 2011. The Company was formed to acquire multifamily properties in select targeted markets throughout the United States. The Company completed an initial public offering on April 5, 2011. The Company acquired the following real estate project (“Acquired Property”).

On April 29, 2011, the Company acquired the assets of Oxford Trail JV, LLC (“Oxford Trail”), a Delaware limited liability company, which was formed on July 5, 2005. Oxford Trail owns a 204-unit multifamily residential development located in Hampton, Virginia.

Oxford Properties, LLC, a related party, was responsible for the construction and development of Oxford Trail. Williams Residential Management, LLC, a related party, is responsible for the property management of the project.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation  — The accompanying statements of revenues and certain operating expenses include the rental and property operations of the Acquired Property for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain operating expenses was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the acquisition of real estate properties. The statements of revenues and certain operating expenses are not intended to be a complete presentation of the actual operations of the properties for the applicable periods, as certain expenses which may not be comparable to the expenses to be incurred in the proposed future operations of the properties have been excluded. Expenses excluded consist of interest expense on certain loans that will not be assumed by the Company, depreciation, amortization, professional fees, and other expenses not directly related to the proposed future operations of the Acquired Property. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to the property other than those discussed that would cause the reported financial information not to be indicative of future operating results.

The occupancy for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011, for Oxford Trail was 96% and 97% (unaudited), respectively.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of the statements of revenues and certain operating expenses in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and certain operating expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition  — Residential properties are leased under operating leases with terms of generally one year or less. Rental revenues from residential leases, which include periods of free rent and/or scheduled increases in rental rates over the term of the lease, are recognized on a straight-line basis.

Under the terms of residential leases, residents are obliged to reimburse the projects for certain utility usage, principally water and electricity, where the projects are the primary obligor to the local public utility entity. These utility reimbursements from residents are included in revenues in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain operating expenses. The utility reimbursements for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011, for Oxford Trail were $45,260 and $10,384, respectively.

Operating Expenses  — Operating expenses represent the direct expenses of operating the property and consist primarily of payroll, utilities, repairs and maintenance, insurance, property taxes, and other operating expenses that are expected to continue in the proposed future operations of the property.

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACQUIRED PROPERTY
  
NOTES TO STATEMENTS OF REVENUES AND CERTAIN OPERATING EXPENSES
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2011

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Commitments and Contingencies  — Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. There is no material litigation nor to management’s knowledge is any material litigation currently threatened against the property other than routine litigation, claims and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Under the provisions of the Operating Agreement, an affiliate of the Company, Williams Residential Management, LLC, is responsible for the management of the Acquired Property.

The management fee is based on 3% of monthly gross rental income, but never less than $16 per unit. Williams Residential Management, LLC also received payroll reimbursements related to management services. The payroll reimbursements are included in the property operations and maintenance expense in the accompanying statements. In connection with this activity, affiliates earned fees and received expense reimbursements as follows:

   
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
     (Unaudited)     
Management fees   $ 19,297     $ 76,016  
Payroll reimbursements     64,747       266,827  

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2010 through June 23, 2011, the date which the statements were available to be issued, and noted no items requiring adjustment of the statements or additional disclosure.

******

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX A
PRIOR PERFORMANCE TABLES
  
(Unaudited)

This introduction provides information relating to the real estate investment programs sponsored by the sponsor and his affiliates. The only prior program that is similar to ours is the Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund which targets the acquisition of multifamily rental properties like our program and it has investment objectives similar to ours. The other two programs described are not similar to our program because they are focused on investing in a mix of real estate projects, including development projects, across multiple property sub-types (including rental apartments, for-sale condominiums, retail, senior housing, industrial, hotels, residential lots and office) with the primary objective being value creation through capital appreciation and with a secondary focus on current income from operations. These tables provide information for use in evaluating the programs, the results of operations of the programs, and the compensation paid by the programs. These tables are furnished solely to provide prospective investors with information concerning the past performance of entities formed by the sponsor that raised capital from third parties. The information contained herein is included solely to provide prospective investors with background to be used to evaluate the real estate experience of our sponsor and his affiliates.

Information in the tables is current as of December 31, 2010. Investors are strongly encouraged to carefully review these tables in conjunction with the summary information contained in elsewhere in this prospectus in the section captioned “Prior Performance of Affiliates of our Sponsor.”

THE INFORMATION IN THIS SECTION AND THE TABLES REFERENCED HEREIN SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS INDICATIVE OF HOW WE WILL PERFORM. THIS DISCUSSION REFERS TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PRIOR PROGRAMS AND PROPERTIES SPONSORED BY OUR SPONSOR OR HIS AFFILIATES OVER THE PERIODS LISTED THEREIN. IN ADDITION, THE TABLES INCLUDED WITH THIS PROSPECTUS (WHICH REFLECT RESULTS OVER THE PERIODS SPECIFIED IN EACH TABLE) DO NOT MEAN THAT WE WILL MAKE INVESTMENTS COMPARABLE TO THOSE REFLECTED IN SUCH TABLES. IF YOU PURCHASE SECURITIES OF PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC., YOU WILL NOT HAVE ANY OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN ANY OF THE REAL ESTATE PROGRAMS DESCRIBED IN THE TABLES (UNLESS YOU ARE ALSO AN INVESTOR IN THOSE REAL ESTATE PROGRAMS).

YOU SHOULD NOT CONSTRUE INCLUSION OF THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS IMPLYING IN ANY MANNER THAT WE WILL HAVE RESULTS COMPARABLE TO THOSE REFLECTED IN THE INFORMATION BELOW BECAUSE THE YIELD AND CASH AVAILABLE AND OTHER FACTORS COULD BE SUBSTANTIALLY DIFFERENT IN OUR PROPERTIES.

The following tables are included herein:

A-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE I
  
EXPERIENCE IN RAISING AND INVESTING FUNDS

Not applicable.

A-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE II
  
COMPENSATION TO SPONSOR
  
(Unaudited)

Table II summarizes the amount and type of compensation paid to our sponsor and his affiliates for the period beginning on January 1, 2008 and ending on December 31, 2010 in connection with (1) each program that had offerings close during this period, and (2) all other programs that have made payments to the sponsor or his affiliates during this period. The only program that has an investment objective that is similar to ours is the Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund. Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC are programs focused on investing in a mix of real estate projects across multiple property sub-types and markets with the primary objective being value creation through capital appreciation and with a secondary focus on current income from operations.

     
  Williams
Multifamily
Acquisition Fund
  Williams Opportunity
Fund, LLC
  Williams Realty
Fund I, LLC
Date offering commenced     Mar-07       Dec-06       Jan-05  
Dollar amount raised   $ 300,000,000     $ 103,125,000     $ 100,000,000  
Amount paid to sponsor from proceeds of offering:
                          
Underwriting fees   $     $     $  
Acquisition fees
                          
– real estate commissions   $     $     $  
– advisory fees   $     $     $  
Asset management fees   $     $     $  
Dollar amount of cash generated (used) in 2008, 2009 and 2010 from operations before deducting payments to sponsor (1)   $ 27,021,587     $ (7,607,332 )     $ (24,044,031 )  
Amount paid to sponsor from operations in 2008:
                          
Property management fees   $ 978,433     $ 176,246     $ 793,082  
Asset management fees   $ 4,444,359     $ 2,019,591     $ 933,933  
Reimbursements   $ 3,829,809     $ 705,567     $ 3,740,132  
Leasing commissions   $     $     $ 246,872  
Landscaping fees   $ 16,174     $ 803,374     $ 523,026  
Sub-Total – Operation Fees   $ 9,268,775     $ 3,704,778     $ 6,237,045  
Development fees     N/A     $ 5,517,837     $ 4,374,927  
General contractor fees     N/A     $ 2,784,992     $ 178,792  
Total – All Fees 2008   $ 9,268,775     $ 12,007,607     $ 10,790,764  
Amount paid to sponsor from operations in 2009:
                          
Property management fees   $ 1,053,985     $ 395,192     $ 912,808  
Asset management fees   $ 3,611,768     $ 1,543,545     $ 933,933  
Reimbursements   $ 3,779,789     $ 1,952,323     $ 4,147,521  
Leasing commissions   $     $     $ 252,756  
Landscaping fees   $     $ 595,419     $ 366,031  
Sub-Total – Operation Fees   $ 8,445,542     $ 4,486,479     $ 6,613,049  
Development fees     N/A     $ 4,901,522     $ 335,144  
General contractor fees     N/A     $ 1,161,592     $ 2,198,224  
Total – All Fees 2009   $ 8,445,542     $ 10,549,593     $ 9,146,417  

A-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
  Williams
Multifamily
Acquisition Fund
  Williams Opportunity
Fund, LLC
  Williams Realty
Fund I, LLC
Amount paid to sponsor from operations in 2010:
                          
Property management fees   $ 1,072,650     $ 418,571     $ 999,653  
Asset management fees   $ 1,861,725     $ 1,475,548     $ 602,233  
Reimbursements   $ 3,896,562     $ 2,405,199     $ 3,626,491  
Leasing commissions   $     $     $ 212,353  
Landscaping fees   $ 108,776     $ 471,747     $ 247,329  
Sub-Total – Operation Fees   $ 6,939,713     $ 4,771,065     $ 5,688,059  
Development fees   $     $ 1,562,920     $  
General contractor fees   $     $ 23,457     $  
Total – All Fees 2010   $ 6,939,713     $ 6,357,442     $ 5,688,059  
Dollar amount of property sales and refinancing before deducting payments to sponsor
                          
Cash   $     $ 8,532,077     $ 28,836,970  
Notes   $     $     $  
Amount paid to sponsor from property sales and refinancing:
                          
Real estate commissions   $     $     $  
Incentive fees   $     $ 998,571     $ 6,163,236  
Other   $     $     $  

Notes:

(1) Represents the cash flow from operations on Table III for years 2008, 2009 and 2010, plus all fees paid to sponsor from operations for 2008, 2009 and 2010 (excludes capitalized costs such as development fees and general contractor fees).

A-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE III
  
OPERATING RESULTS OF PRIOR PROGRAM PROPERTIES
  
(Unaudited)

The following tables summarize the operating results of programs sponsored by our sponsor and his affiliates that have had offerings close during the five years ended December 31, 2010. All figures are as of December 31 of the year indicated. All figures are presented on the basis of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, except as otherwise noted.

       
  Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC
Year Ended December 31
     2007 (1)   2008   2009   2010
Gross revenues   $ 17,426     $ 105,591     $ 3,557,159     $ 6,790,941  
Profit on sale of properties   $     $     $ 4,997,636     $  
Interest income   $ 29,084     $ 365,788     $ 220,838     $ 966,658  
Gain on discounted loan purchase   $     $     $     $ 5,597,223  
Net gain on acquisition of property   $     $     $ 111,062     $  
Less:
                                   
Operating expenses   $ (1,508,572 )     $ (3,284,324 )     $ (5,582,907 )     $ (7,077,624 )  
Interest expense   $ (25,751 )     $ (521,340 )     $ (3,584,863 )     $ (9,526,508 )  
Depreciation and amortization   $ (21,554 )     $ (329,967 )     $ (2,831,484 )     $ (3,049,118 )  
Impairment of real estate assets   $     $     $ (27,552,496 )     $ (9,725,415 )  
Income(loss) before equity in losses of unconsolidated entities and non-controlling interests   $ (1,509,367 )     $ (3,664,252 )     $ (30,665,055 )     $ (16,023,843 )  
Equity in earnings (losses) of unconsolidated entities   $ (61,403 )     $ (1,583,439 )     $ (969,765 )     $ (5,207,571 )  
Net income (loss) before amounts attributable to non-controlling interests   $ (1,570,770 )     $ (5,247,691 )     $ (31,634,820 )     $ (21,231,414 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests   $ (5,586 )     $ (214,530 )     $ 2,273,958     $ (716,044 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to parent – GAAP basis   $ (1,565,184 )     $ (5,033,161 )     $ (33,908,778 )     $ (20,515,370 )  
Taxable income (loss):
                                   
from operations   $ (381,049 )     $ (1,516,178 )     $ (6,573,096 )     $ (1,248,695 )  
from gain (loss) on sale               $ 3,413,052     $ (5,422 )  
Cash generated (deficiency) from operations   $ (1,245,782 )     $ (3,363,448 )     $ (13,920,813 )     $ (3,285,393 )  
Cash generated (deficiency) from sales               $ 7,663,643        
Cash generated from refinancing                        
Cash generated from operations, sales and refinancing   $ (1,245,782 )     $ (3,363,448 )     $ (6,257,170 )     $ (3,285,393 )  
Less cash distributions to investors:
                                   
from operating cash flow                        
from sales and refinancing               $ (7,500,000 )        
from other                        
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions   $ (1,245,782 )     $ (3,363,448 )     $ (13,757,170 )     $ (3,285,393 )  
Less: Special items                        
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions and special items   $ (1,245,782 )     $ (3,363,448 )     $ (13,757,170 )     $ (3,285,393)  

A-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC
Year Ended December 31
     2007 (1)   2008   2009   2010
Tax and Distribution Data per $1,000 invested: (2)
                                   
Federal Income Tax Results:
                                   
Ordinary income (loss) – from operations   $ (55 )     $ (48 )     $ (119 )     $ (15.22 )  
Capital gain (loss)               $ 62     $ (0.07 )  
Cash Distributions to Investors Source (on GAAP basis):
                                   
Investment income                        
Return of capital               $ 137        
Source:
                                   
Sales               $ 7,500,000        
Refinancing                        
Operations                        
Other                        
Amount (in percentage terms) remaining invested in program properties at the end of the last year reported in the Table (original total acquisition cost of properties retained divided by original total acquisition cost of all properties in program)     N/A       N/A       91.7 %       91.7 %  

(1) 2007 is for the period February 22, 2007 (Inception) through December 31, 2007.
(2) Divided tax and distribution data by the ((weighted average capital contributed, less distributions)/$1,000).

A-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund
Year Ended December 31,
     2007 (1)   2008   2009   2010
Investment income   $ 15,645,003     $ 31,012,500     $ 32,366,305     $ 33,271,775  
Profit on sale of properties                        
Interest income   $ 92,770     $ 110,027     $ 2,366     $ 167  
Less:
                                   
Operating expenses   $ (11,607,513 )     $ (21,189,588 )     $ (20,753,298 )     $ (18,661,960 )  
Interest expense   $ (6,557,028 )     $ (11,975,428 )     $ (12,686,302 )     $ (12,657,470 )  
Depreciation and amortization (2)     N/A     $ (785,315 )     $ (572,071 )     $ (572,072 )  
Gain from insurance settlement   $ 571,627     $ 165,524       N/A     $ 8,385  
Unrealized gain (loss) on loans   $ (2,335,300 )     $ 2,335,300       N/A       N/A  
Unrealized gain (loss) on real estate (2)   $ 10,991,466     $ (42,025,243 )     $ (68,623,546 )     $ 27,405,201  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations (GAAP Basis)   $ 6,801,025     $ (42,352,223 )     $ (70,266,546 )     $ 28,794,026  
Taxable income:
                                   
from operations   $ (2,697,724 )     $ (4,821,847 )     $ (3,926,010 )     $ (2,169,973 )  
from gain on sale                        
Cash generated (deficiency) from operations   $ (6,255,883 )     $ 656,946     $ (590,207 )     $ 2,300,818  
Cash generated (deficiency) from sales                        
Cash generated from refinancing                        
Cash generated from operations, sales and refinancing   $ (6,255,883 )     $ 656,946     $ (590,207 )     $ 2,300,818  
Less cash distributions to investors:
                                   
from operating cash flow                        
from sales and refinancing                        
from other                        
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions   $ (6,255,883 )     $ 656,946     $ (590,207 )     $ 2,300,818  
Less: Special items                        
Cash generated (deficiency) after cash distributions and special items   $ (6,255,883 )     $ 656,946     $ (590,207 )     $ 2,300,818  
Tax and Distribution Data per $1,000 invested: (3)
                                   
Federal Income Tax Results:
                                   
Ordinary income (loss) – from operations   $ (34 )     $ (47 )     $ (32 )     $ (17.60 )  
Capital gain (loss)                        
Cash distributions to investors source (on GAAP basis):
                                   
Investment income                        
Return of capital                        
Source:
                                   
Sales                        
Refinancing                        
Operations                        
Other                        
Amount (in percentage terms) remaining invested in program properties at the end of the last year reported in the Table (original total acquisition cost of properties retained divided by original total acquisition cost of all properties in program)     N/A       N/A       100%       100%  

(1) 2007 is for the period April 1, 2007 (Inception) through December 31, 2007.

A-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) The Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund is a fair market value portfolio. The real estate assets are marked to market each year-end (based on independent third-party appraisals). No depreciation is taken on the real estate assets.
(3) Divided tax and distribution data by the ((weighted average capital contributed, less distributions)/$1,000).

A-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE IV
  
RESULTS OF COMPLETED PROGRAMS OF THE SPONSOR AND HIS AFFILIATES

Not applicable.

A-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE V
  
SALES OR DISPOSALS OF PROPERTIES

Not applicable.

A-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

B-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
  
INSTRUCTION PAGE

We, Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. are selling a minimum of 2,000 Units and a maximum of 150,000 Units in connection with this offering (the “Offering”).

If subscriptions for at least the minimum Offering have not been received and accepted by December 31, 2012, we will promptly notify our escrow agent, UMB Bank N.A., this Offering will be terminated and your funds and subscription agreement will be returned to you within ten days after the date of such termination.

Interest will accrue on funds in the escrow account as applicable to the short-term investments in which such funds are invested. During any period in which subscription proceeds are held in escrow, interest earned thereon will be allocated among subscribers on the basis of the respective amounts of their subscriptions and the number of days that such amounts were on deposit. Such interest will be paid to subscribers upon the termination of the escrow period, subject to withholding for taxes pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations. We will bear all expenses of the escrow and, as such, any interest to be paid to any subscriber will not be reduced for such expense.

Your broker-dealer or registered investment advisor should MAIL properly completed and executed ORIGINAL documents, along with your check payable to “UMB Bank N.A., Escrow Agent for Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.” to International Assets Advisory, LLC at the following address:

International Assets Advisory, LLC
300 S. Orange Ave., Suite 1100
Orlando, FL 32801
Phone: (800) 432-0000
Fax: (407) 254-1500

*For IRA Accounts, mail investor signed documents to the IRA Custodian for signatures.

International Assets Advisory, LLC will then forward your check to our escrow agent, UMB Bank N.A.

If you have any questions, please call your registered representative or International Assets Advisory, LLC at (800) 432-0000.

Instructions to Subscribers

Section 1: Indicate investment amount ( Make all checks payable to “UMB Bank N.A., Escrow Agent for Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.” )

Section 2: Choose type of ownership

Non-Custodial Ownership

Accounts with more than one owner must have ALL PARTIES SIGN where indicated on page 3.
Be sure to attach copies of all plan documents for Pension Plans, Trusts or Corporate Partnerships required in section 2.

Custodial Ownership

For New IRA/Qualified Plan Accounts, please complete the form/application provided by your custodian of choice in addition to this subscription document and forward to the custodian for processing.

For existing IRA Accounts and other Custodial Accounts, information must be completed BY THE CUSTODIAN . Have all documents signed by the appropriate officers as indicated in the Corporate Resolution (which are also to be included).

Section 3: All names, addresses, dates of birth, Social Security or Tax I.D. numbers of all investors or Trustees

Section 4: Choose Dividend Allocation option

B-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 6: To be signed and completed by your Financial Advisor (be sure to include CRD number for Financial Advisor and Broker Dealer Firm and the Branch Manager’s signature)

Section 7: Have ALL investors initial and sign where indicated

Section 8: All investors must complete and sign the substitute W9

B-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

1. INVESTMENT

o I/WE AM/ARE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR OTHER INDIVIDUALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY OR A FAMILY MEMBER OF ONE OF THE FOREGOING.

o CHECK HERE IF ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND COMPLETE NUMBER 3 BELOW.

Payment Instructions: Make all checks payable to “UMB Bank N.A., Escrow Agent for Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.”

 
Number of shares purchased: ______________________
  Brokerage Account No.:
Purchase price per share: $________________
  _______________________
Aggregate purchase price: $ _____________________   (If applicable)

NOTE: Cash, cashier’s checks/official bank checks in bearer form, foreign checks, money orders, third party checks, or traveler’s checks will not be accepted.

2. FORM OF OWNERSHIP ( Please choose one option within the “Non-Custodial Ownership column, or within the “Custodial Ownership” column)

 
Non-Custodial Ownership   Custodial Ownership
Individual o   Third Party Administered Custodial Plan
(new IRA accounts will require an additional application)
Joint Tenant (Joint accounts will be registered as joint tenants with rights of survivorship unless otherwise indicated) o   o IRA o ROTH/IRA
o Simple Employee Pension (S.E.P.) o IRA o SIMPLE
o OTHER (specify) _______________________
Tenants in Common o   Name of Custodian: ____________________________________
  
Mailing Address: ______________________________________
  
City, State Zip: ________________________________________
TOD  —  Optional designation of beneficiaries for individual joint owners with rights of survivorship or tenants by the entireties. (Please complete Transfer on Death Registration Form which you can obtain from International Assets Advisory, LLC) o
Corporation or Partnership (Authorized signature required. Include Corporate Resolution or Partnership Agreement, as applicable) o   Custodian Information (To be completed by Custodian above)
Uniform Gift/Transfer to Minors (UGMA/UTMA) o   Custodian Tax ID #: ____________________________________
Under the UGMA/UTMA of the State of _____________   Custodian Account #: ___________________________________
Pension or Other Retirement Plan (Include Plan Documents) o   Custodian Phone #: ____________________________________
Trust (Include title and signature pages of Trust Documents) o
Other o ______________________________ (Include title and signature pages)
3. INVESTOR INFORMATION (Please print name(s) in which shares are to be registered.)
A. Individual/Trust/Beneficial Owner

     
First Name: __________________________________________   Middle Name: _____________________________________________
Last Name: __________________________________________   Tax ID or SS# : ____________________________________________
Street Address: _______________________________________   City: ____________________   State: ________   Zip: ___________
Date of Birth: (mm/dd/yyyy): ____/____/________          
If Non-U.S. Citizen, specify Country of Citizenship: __________________________________          
Daytime Phone #:________________________________________________          
U.S. Driver’s License Number (if available):_________________________________________   State of Issue: _________________
Email Address: __________________________________________________          

B-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B. Joint Owner/Co-Trustee/Minor

     
First Name: __________________________________________   Middle Name: _____________________________________________
Last Name: __________________________________________   Tax ID or SS# : ____________________________________________
Street Address: _______________________________________   City: ____________________   State: ________   Zip: ___________
Date of Birth: (mm/dd/yyyy): ____/____/________          
If Non-U.S. Citizen, specify Country of Citizenship: __________________________________          
Daytime Phone #:________________________________________________          
U.S. Driver’s License Number (if available):_________________________________________   State of Issue: _________________
Email Address: __________________________________________________          
C. Residential Street Address (This section must be completed for verification purposes if mailing address in section 3A is a P.O. Box)

   
Street Address: __________________________________________________________________________________________________
City: _____________________________________________________   State: __________________   Zip: ___________________
D. Trust/Corporation/Partnership/Other (Trustee’s information must be provided in sections 3A and 3B)

Date of Trust: ___/__/_______

Entity Name/Title of Trust: __________________________________________________________

Tax ID Number: ___________________________________________________________________

E. Government ID (Foreign Citizens only) Identification documents must have a reference number and photo. Please attach a photocopy.

     
Place of Birth: ________________________________________   ________________________   ________________________
City   State/Providence   Country
Immigration Status:   Permanent resident   o   Non-permanent resident   o   Non-resident   o
Check which type of document you are providing:          
o   U.S. Driver’s License   o   INS Permanent resident
    alien card
  o   Passport with U.S. Visa   o   Employment Authorization
    Document
o   Passport without U.S. Visa          
Bank Name (required): __________________________________   Account No. (required): ________________________________
o   Foreign national identity documents          
Bank address (required): _________________________________   Bank Phone No. (required):_____________________________
Number for the document checked above and country of issuance:
  
___________________________________________________________________
    
F. Employer: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Retired: o

B-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4. DISTRIBUTIONS (Select only one)

Complete this section to elect how to receive your dividend distributions.

IRA accounts may not direct distributions without the custodian’s approval.

I hereby subscribe for shares of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and elect the distribution option indicated below:

A. ____ Mail Check to the address of record
B. ____ Credit Dividend to my IRA or Other Custodian Account
C. ____ Cash/Direct Deposit (Please attach a pre-printed voided check (Non-Custodian Investors only) . I authorize Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. or its agent to deposit my distribution/dividend to my checking or savings account. This authority will remain in force until I notify Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. in writing to cancel it. If Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. deposits funds erroneously into my account, they are authorized to debit my account for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit.

Name/Entity Name/Financial Institution: _________________________________________________________________

Mailing Address: ____________________________________________City: _________________  State: ________  Zip:________

Account Number: ______________________________________  Your Bank’s ABA/Routing Nbr: _______________________

Your Bank’s Account Number: _______________________________

Checking Acct: _____________________________________________  Savings Acct: ___________________________________

PLEASE ATTACH COPY OF VOIDED CHECK TO THIS FORM IF FUNDS ARE TO BE SENT TO A BANK

* The above services cannot be established without a pre-printed voided check. For electronic funds transfers, signatures of bank account owners are required exactly as they appear on the bank records. If the registration at the bank differs from that on this Subscription Agreement, all parties must sign below.

Owner Signature ________________________________________  Date ____________

Co-Owner Signature (if applicable ) _________________________  Date ____________

5. ELECTRONIC DELIVERY ELECTION

o   Check the box if you consent to the electronic delivery of documents , including the prospectus, prospectus supplements, annual and quarterly reports, and other stockholder communication and reports. E-mail address in Section 3 is required . Please carefully read the following representations before consenting to receive documents electronically. By checking this box and consenting to receive documents electronically, you represent the following:

(a) I acknowledge that access to both Internet e-mail and the World Wide Web is required in order to access documents electronically. I may receive by e-mail notification the availability of a document in electronic format. The notification e-mail will contain a web address (or hyperlink) where the document can be found. By entering this address into my web browser, I can view, download and print the document from my computer. I acknowledge that there may be costs associated with the electronic access, such as usage charges from my Internet provider and telephone provider, and that these costs are my responsibility.
(b) I acknowledge that documents distributed electronically may be provided in Adobe’s Portable Document Format (PDF). The Adobe Reader® software is required to view documents in PDF format. The Reader software is available free of charge from Adobe’s web site at www.adobe.com. The Reader software must be correctly installed on my system before I will be able to view documents in PDF format. Electronic delivery also involves risks related to system or network outage that could impair my timely receipt of or access to stockholder communications.
(c) I acknowledge that I may receive at no cost from Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically by calling International Assets Advisory, LLC at (800) 432-0000 from 9:00 am to 5:00 pm EST Monday-Friday.

B-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(d) I understand that if the e-mail notification is returned to Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. as “undeliverable,” a letter will be mailed to me with instructions on how to update my e-mail address to begin receiving communication via electronic delivery. I further understand that if Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. is unable to obtain a valid e-mail address for me, Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. will resume sending a paper copy of its filings by U.S. mail to my address of record.
(e) I understand that my consent may be updated or cancelled, including any updates in e-mail address to which documents are delivered, at any time by calling International Assets Advisory, LLC at (800) 432-0000 from 9:00 am to 5:00 pm EST Monday-Friday.
6. BROKER-DEALER/FINANCIAL ADVISOR INFORMATION (All fields must be completed)

The financial advisor must sign below to complete order. The financial advisor hereby represents and warrants that he/she is duly licensed and may lawfully sell shares of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.

   
BROKER-DEALER: __________________________   Financial Advisor Name/RIA: ____________________________
Mailing Address: ____________________________________________________________________________________
City: ________________________________________  State: ___________________________  Zip: ____________________
Business No. (required) _________________________
E-mail Address: _______________________________  Fax No.: ________________________
Broker-Dealer CRD Number: ___________________  Financial Advisor CRD Number: ______________________________

o RIA Submission Check this box to indicate whether submission is made through the Registered Investment Advisor (RIA) in its capacity as the RIA and not in its capacity as a Registered Representative of a Broker-Dealer, if applicable, whose agreement with the subscriber includes a fixed or “wrap” fee feature for advisory and related brokerage services. If an owner or principal or any member of the RIA firm is a FINRA licensed Registered Representative affiliated with a Broker-Dealer, the transaction should be completed through that Broker-Dealer, not through the RIA.

I acknowledge that (1) by checking the above box or (2) if the sale of shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement is to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families, I WILL NOT RECEIVE A SALES COMMISSION. Further, I acknowledge that if the sale of shares pursuant to this Subscription Agreement is to a holder of interests in one or both of the Funds, I WILL RECEIVE A REDUCED SELLING COMMISSION.

The undersigned further represents and certifies that in connection with this subscription for shares, he/she has complied with and has followed all applicable policies and procedures under his firm’s existing Anti-Money Laundering Program and Customer Identification Program.

Financial Advisor and /or RIA Signature: ________________________________________________________  Date: ________________

Branch Manager Signature:____________________________________________________________________  Date: ________________

B-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. SUBSCRIBER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND SIGNATURES

The undersigned hereby confirms her/his/its agreement to purchase the shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein and acknowledges and/or represents (or in the case of fiduciary accounts, the person authorized to sign on such subscriber’s behalf) the following: ( you must initial each of the representations below )

   
__________   __________     
Owner   Co-Owner   a) I/We have received the final prospectus of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
__________   __________     
Owner   Co-Owner   b) I/We accept the terms of the charter, as amended, of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
__________   __________     
Owner   Co-Owner   c) I/We am/are purchasing shares for my/our own account.
__________   __________     
Owner   Co-Owner   d) I/We am/are in compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act and not on any governmental authority watch list.
__________   __________     
Owner   Co-Owner   e) If an affiliate of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., I/we represent that the shares are being purchased for investment purposes only and not for immediate resale.
     Owner Signature: _______________________________________________________________  Date: _______________
     Co-Owner Signature: ____________________________________________________________  Date: _______________
     Signature of Custodian(s) or Trustee(s) (if applicable). Current Custodian must sign if investment is for an IRA Account
     Authorized Signature (Custodian or Trustee): ________________________________________  Date: _______________

WE INTEND TO ASSERT THE FOREGOING REPRESENTATIONS AS A DEFENSE IN ANY SUBSEQUENT LITIGATION WHERE SUCH ASSERTION WOULD BE RELEVANT. WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THIS SUBSCRIPTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, SO LONG AS SUCH PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION DOES NOT RESULT IN AN INVESTMENT OF LESS THAN THE MINIMUM AMOUNT SPECIFIED IN THE PROSPECTUS. AS USED ABOVE, THE SINGULAR INCLUDES THE PLURAL IN ALL RESPECTS IF SHARES ARE BEING ACQUIRED BY MORE THAN ONE PERSON. THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

By executing this Subscription Agreement, the subscriber is not waiving any rights under federal or state law.

B-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

What Number to Give the Requester.  — Social Security numbers (“SSN”) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (“EIN”) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service. “TIN” means taxpayers identification number.

 
For this type of account:   Give the SSN of:

1.

An individual’s account

  The individual

2.

Two or more individuals (Joint account)

  The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account (1)

3.

Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

  The minor (2)
4.     
(a) The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor also is trustee)   The grantor-trustee (1)
(b) So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law   The actual owner (1)

5.

Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC

  The owner (3)

 
For this type of account:   Give the EIN of:

6.

Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC

  The owner (3)

7.

A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

  The legal entity (4)

8.

Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832

  The corporation

9.

Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization

  The organization

10.

Partnership or multi-member LLC

  The partnership or LLC

11.

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

  The public entity

12.

A broker or registered nominee

  The broker or nominee

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
(3) You must show your individual name and you also may enter your business or “DBA” name on the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one). If you are a sole proprietor, the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note. If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

B-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Obtaining a Number

If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.socialsecurity.gov/online/ss-5.pdf . You also may get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer ID Numbers under Related Topics. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Backup withholding is not required on any payments made to the following payees:

An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (“IRA”), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).
The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

A corporation.
A foreign central bank of issue.
A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
A real estate investment trust.
An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).
A financial institution.
A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Exempt payees should complete a Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Check the “Exempt TIN” box in Part 4 of the attached Substitute Form W-9, sign and date the form and return it to the payer. Foreign payees who are not subject to backup withholding should complete an appropriate Form W-8 and return it to the payer.

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS also may provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. The IRS also may disclose this information to other countries under a

B-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties also may apply.

Penalties

Failure to Furnish TIN .  If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding .  If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information .  Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

Misuse of TINs .  If the requester discloses or uses taxpayer identification numbers in violation of Federal law, the payer may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE IRS.

SUBSTITUTE W-9

To prevent backup withholding on any payment made to a stockholder with respect to subscription proceeds held in escrow, the stockholder is generally required to provide current TIN (or the TIN of any other payee) and certain other information by completing the form below, certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such investor is awaiting a TIN), that the investor is a U.S. person, and that the investor is not subject to backup withholding because (i) the investor is exempt from backup withholding, (ii) the investor has not been notified by the IRS that the investor is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the IRS has notified the investor that the investor is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the box in Part 3 is checked and a TIN is not provided by the time any payment is made in connection with the proceeds held in escrow, 28% of all such payments will be withheld until a TIN is provided and if a TIN is not provided within 60 days, such withheld amounts will be paid over to the IRS. See the guidelines below for instructions on how to fill out the Substitute W-9 .

   
SUBSTITUTE   Part 1  — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.   Social security number
  
OR
Employer Identification Number
Form W-9
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Payer’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (“ TIN ”)
  Part 2  — Certification — Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
  
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me);
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from withholding or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and
(3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien)
  CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS — YOU MUST CROSS OUT ITEM (2) IN PART 2 ABOVE IF YOU HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED BY THE IRS THAT YOU ARE SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING BECAUSE OF UNDERREPORTING INTEREST OR DIVIDENDS ON YOUR TAX RETURNS. HOWEVER, IF AFTER BEING NOTIFIED BY THE IRS STATING THAT YOU WERE SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING YOU RECEIVED ANOTHER NOTIFICATION FROM THE IRS STATING YOU ARE NO LONGER SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING, DO NOT CROSS OUT ITEM (2). IF YOU ARE EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING, CHECK THE BOX IN PART 4.   Part 3  — Awaiting TIN o
  
Part 4  — Exempt TIN o
     SIGNATURE:                           DATE:                
     Name (Please Print):                    
     Address (Please Print):                      

B-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU FROM THE ESCROW ACCOUNT. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me and that either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center for Social Security Administration Office or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number to the Depositary by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.

SIGNATURE: _____________________________________  Date: __________________

B-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

  

 

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

  
PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.
  

Minimum of 2,000 Units consisting of 2,000 Shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Warrants to Purchase up to 40,000 Shares of Common Stock

Maximum of 150,000 Units consisting of 150,000 Shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and
Warrants to Purchase up to 3,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

  
  



 

PROSPECTUS



 

  
  

International Assets Advisory, LLC
as Dealer Manager

  
  

    , 2011

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representations must not be relied upon. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities. You should not assume that the delivery of this prospectus or that any sale made pursuant to this prospectus implies that the information contained in this prospectus will remain fully accurate and correct as of any time subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

Until         , 2011, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to any unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution (assuming sale of maximum offering).

The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) we will incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be registered pursuant to this registration statement. All amounts other than the SEC registration fee and FINRA filing fee have been estimated.

 
SEC registration fee   $ 20,550  
FINRA filing fee   $ 18,200  
AMEX listing fee   $ 60,000  
Printing and mailing expenses   $ 200,000  
Blue sky filing fees and expenses   $ 31,375  
Legal fees and expenses   $ 656,500  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 154,500  
Transfer agent and escrow fees   $ 28,000  
Advertising and sales literature   $ 640,000  
Due diligence expenses   $ 440,724  
Miscellaneous   $ 151  
Total   $ 2,250,000  

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 32. Sales to Special Parties.

None.

Item 33. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On January 26, 2010, certain of our affiliates acquired 33,333 shares of Class B Common Stock in a private placement at a price per share equal to $3.00 per share of Class B Common Stock and 3,333 shares of Class A Common Stock in a private placement at a price per share equal to $3.00 per share of Class A Common Stock. The gross proceeds we received from selling our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock in the private placement were approximately $109,998. No sales commissions or other consideration was paid in connection with such sales, which were consummated without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving any public offering. Pursuant to a change in the designation of our shares of Class A Common Stock to common stock and a change of each of our issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock to one issued and outstanding share of common stock, all effected through an amendment to our charter filed on February 22, 2011, NELL Partners now holds 36,666 shares of common stock.

On April 5, 2011, we completed the irrevocable private placement offering to WOF of 500,000 shares of our common stock, without payment of underwriting discounts and commissions by us, at the public offering price of $10.00 per share, for proceeds to us of $5 million. Aggregate estimated offering expenses in connection with the private placement were approximately $0.3 million. This sale was consummated without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving any public offering.

In connection with our initial public offering on April 5, 2011 we issued to International Assets Advisory, LLC, as our financial advisor, the IPO Warrant to purchase up to 150,000 shares of our common stock. If the financial advisor exercises the IPO Warrant, the purchase price for each share of common stock is expected to be $12.50 per share (125% of the assumed price per share of the common stock sold in the underwritten offering). Neither the IPO Warrant nor the underlying shares of common stock to be issued upon the exercise

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the IPO Warrant will be registered. This sale was consummated without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption from registration in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving any public offering.

On April 5, 2011, we issued 26,000 restricted shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for annual service on our Board pursuant to our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

On May 5, 2011, we issued 1,872 shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for attendance at Board committee meetings pursuant to our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

On August 4, 2011, we issued 1,500 shares of common stock to our independent directors in lieu of paying cash as compensation for attendance at Board committee meetings pursuant to our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 34. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Maryland law permits us to include in our charter a provision limiting the liability of our directors and officers to our stockholders and us for money damages, except for liability resulting from (i) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, or (ii) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and that is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland General Corporation Law requires us (unless our charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his service in that capacity. The Maryland General Corporation Law allows directors and officers to be indemnified against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred in a proceeding unless the following can be established:

an act or omission of the director or officer was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;
the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or
with respect to any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe his act or omission was unlawful.

A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by the corporation or in its right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses. The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon receipt of a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our charter requires us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any of our present and former directors and officers, and any individual who, while a director or officer of the Company and at the request of the Company, serves or served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and permits us, with the approval of our board of directors, to provide such indemnification and advance of expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities described above and any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of the Company. This provision does not reduce the exposure of directors and officers to liability under federal or state securities laws, nor

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

does it limit the stockholders’ ability to obtain injunctive relief or other equitable remedies for a violation of a director’s or an officer’s duties to us, although the equitable remedies may not be an effective remedy in some circumstances.

We have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and its affiliates performing services for us from specific claims and liabilities arising out of the performance of their obligations under the management agreement. As a result, our stockholders and we may be entitled to a more limited right of action than they and we would otherwise have if these indemnification rights were not included in the management agreement.

The general effect to investors of any arrangement under which we agree to insure or indemnify any persons against liability is a potential reduction in distributions resulting from our payment of premiums associated with insurance or indemnification payments in excess of amounts covered by insurance. In addition, indemnification could reduce the legal remedies available to our stockholders and us against the officers and directors.

We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our officers and directors. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, that we will indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the covered officer or director against any and all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and all reasonable and out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees), actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or other proceeding that arises out of the officer’s or director’s status as a present or former officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Each indemnification agreement also requires us, upon request of the covered officer or director, to advance the expenses related to such an action provided that the officer or director undertakes to repay any amounts to which he is subsequently determined not to be entitled.

Item 35. Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.

Not applicable.

Item 36. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements:

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. audited Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010, Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2010, and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, dated as of December 31, 2010. Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited) as of June 30, 2011, Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Accumulated Deficit (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), dated as of June 30, 2011.

(b) Exhibits:

The list of exhibits filed with or incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement is set forth in the Exhibit Index following the signature page herein.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 37. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; (2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and (3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser: (i) each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement, and (ii) each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii) or (x), for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided , however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(i) The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE VI

ACQUISITIONS OF PROPERTIES BY PROGRAMS

The table below presents information concerning the acquisition of properties from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2010 by Williams Multifamily Acquisition Fund. No other programs have investment objectives similar to ours.

                 
Property and Location   Type of Property   Number
of Units
  Closing
Date
  Mortgage Financing   Cash Investment (Equity)   Acquisition Cost   Other Cash Expenditures Expensed   Other Cash Expenditures Capitalized   Total Acquisition Cost
Vinings Corner, Atlanta, GA     Apartment       360       Apr-07     $ 27,580,000     $ 13,677,262     $ 41,257,262     $     $     $ 41,257,262  
Mission Gate, Dallas, TX     Apartment       434       Apr-07     $ 26,400,000     $ 15,584,732     $ 41,984,732     $     $     $ 41,984,732  
Lake Cameron, Raleigh, NC     Apartment       328       Apr-07     $ 17,500,000     $ 8,262,270     $ 25,762,270     $     $     $ 25,762,270  
Matthews Reserve, Charlotte, NC     Apartment       212       Apr-07     $ 13,800,000     $ 5,927,050     $ 19,727,050     $     $     $ 19,727,050  
McNeil Ranch, Austin, TX     Apartment       192       Apr-07     $ 12,250,000     $ 7,998,712     $ 20,248,712     $     $     $ 20,248,712  
Central Park, Orlando, FL     Apartment       360       Apr-07     $ 22,355,000     $ 15,712,228     $ 38,067,228     $     $     $ 38,067,228  
Ashford Park, Atlanta, GA     Apartment       408       Sep-07     $ 38,700,000     $ 20,208,406     $ 58,908,406     $     $     $ 58,908,406  
City West,
Orlando, FL
    Apartment       300       Jan-08     $ 18,300,000     $ 10,811,298     $ 29,111,298     $     $     $ 29,111,298  
St. Marin,
Dallas, TX
    Apartment       600       Apr-08     $ 40,977,607     $ 23,481,794     $ 64,459,401     $     $     $ 64,459,401  

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Atlanta, State of Georgia, on the 2 nd day of November, 2011.

 
  PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
    

By:

/s/ John A. Williams
John A. Williams
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
NAME   CAPACITY   DATE

By:

/s/ John A. Williams
John A. Williams
President, Chief

  Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  November 2, 2011

By:

/s/ Michael J. Cronin
Michael J. Cronin

  Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   November 2, 2011

By:

/s/ Leonard A. Silverstein
Leonard A. Silverstein

  Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Director   November 2, 2011

By:

/s/ William F. Leseman
William F. Leseman

  Executive Vice President — Property Management   November 2, 2011

By:

*
Daniel M. DuPree

  Independent Director   November 2, 2011

By:

*
Timothy A. Peterson

  Independent Director   November 2, 2011

By:

*
Steve Bartkowski

  Independent Director   November 2, 2011

By:

*
Gary B. Coursey

  Independent Director   November 2, 2011

By:

*
Howard A. McLure

  Independent Director   November 2, 2011

*By:

/s/ John A. Williams 
John A. Williams
Attorney-in-fact

II-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits are included, or incorporated by reference, in this registration statement on Form S-11 (and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
1.1    Form of Dealer Manager Agreement.
1.2    Form of Soliciting Dealer Agreement.
3.1 (2)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
3.2 (2)   Third Amended and Restated By-laws of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
4.1    Form of Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P.
4.2    Articles Supplementary for the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock
4.3    Form of Warrant Agreement between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Warrant Agent
4.4    Form of Subscription Agreement, included as Appendix B to the prospectus
 4.5 (15)   Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to International Assets Advisory, LLC, dated March 31, 2011
4.6    Form of Global Warrant Certificate
5.1    Opinion of Venable LLP
8.1    Opinion of Proskauer Rose LLP as to tax matters
10.1 (3)     Third Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated May 13, 2011, among Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC
10.2 (2)     The Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan
10.3 (4)     Trademark License and Assignment Agreement dated September 17, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC
10.4 (5)     Contract of Purchase and Sale, dated September 29, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC
10.5 (5)     Contract of Purchase and Sale, dated September 29, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Oxford Summit Development LLC and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC
10.6 (6)     Assignment and Assumption of Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 19, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. (Oxford Rise)
10.7 (6)     Assignment and Assumption of Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 19, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. (Oxford Summit)
10.8 (5)     Form of Intellectual Property Assignment and License Agreement between Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC and Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
10.9 (2)     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to the Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan
10.10 (7)   First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 14, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (Oxford Rise)
10.11 (7)   First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 14, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Summit Development, LLC, and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC (Oxford Summit)
10.12 (8)   Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 28, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (Oxford Rise)

II-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
10.13 (8)   Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December 28, 2010, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Summit Development, LLC, and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC (Oxford Summit)
 10.14 (2)   Third Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 15, 2011, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (Oxford Rise)
 10.15 (2)   Third Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February 15, 2011, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Summit Development, LLC and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC (Oxford Summit)
 10.16 (9)   Fourth Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (Oxford Rise)
 10.17 (9)   Fifth Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Rise Partners LLC and Williams Opportunity Fund, LLC (Oxford Rise)
 10.18 (9)   Fourth Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March 25, 2011, between Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., as assignee of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., and Oxford Summit Development, LLC and Williams Realty Fund I, LLC (Oxford Summit)
 10.19 (10)   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.20 (3)   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2010, between Oxford Trail JV LLC and Trail Creek Apartments, LLC
10.21 (3)   Reinstatement and First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as January 6, 2011, between Oxford Trail JV LLC and Trail Creek Apartments, LLC
10.22 (3)   Reinstatement and Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as April 6, 2011, between Oxford Trail JV LLC and Trail Creek Apartments, LLC
10.23 (11)   Multifamily Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2011, between Stone Rise Apartments, LLC and Jones Lang LaSalle, L.L.C.
10.24 (11)   Multifamily Note dated as of April 15, 2011, by Stone Rise Apartments, LLC in favor of Jones Lang LaSalle, L.L.C.
10.25 (12)   Multifamily Deed to Secure Debt, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011, between PAC Summit Crossing, LLC and Prudential Multifamily Mortgage, Inc.
10.26 (12)   Multifamily Note dated as of April 21, 2011, by PAC Summit Crossing, LLC in favor of Prudential Multifamily Mortgage, Inc.
10.27 (13)   Multifamily Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 2011, between Trail Creek Apartments, LLC and Jones Lang LaSalle, L.L.C.
10.28 (13)   Multifamily Note dated as of April 29, 2011, by Trail Creek Apartments, LLC in favor of Jones Lang LaSalle, L.L.C.
10.29 (14)   Note in the amount of $6,000,000 dated as of June 30, 2011 by Oxford Hampton Partners LLC to Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC
10.30 (14)   Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 among Oxford Hampton Partners LLC and Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC
10.31 (14)   Purchase Option Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Oxford Hampton Partners LLC and Trail Creek Mezzanine Lending, LLC
10.32     Form of Escrow Agreement, between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and UMB Bank, N.A.
10.33     First Amendment to Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan

II-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
12.1      Statement of Computation of Ratios
21 (15)     Subsidiaries of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3     Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4     Consent of Proskauer Rose LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1 (15)   Power of Attorney of Steve Bartkowski
24.2 (15)   Power of Attorney of Gary B. Coursey
24.3 (15)   Power of Attorney of Daniel M. DuPree
24.4 (15)   Power of Attorney of Howard A. McLure
24.5 (15)   Power of Attorney of Timothy A. Peterson
101       XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language). The following materials for the period ended June 30, 2011, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, (ii) consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, (iii) consolidated statement of equity and accumulated deficit, (iv) consolidated statement of cash flows and (v) notes to consolidated financial statements. As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purpose of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(1) To be filed by amendment.
(2) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 6 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2011
(3) Previously filed with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2011
(4) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2010
(5) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2010
(6) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 17, 2010
(7) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 4 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2010
(8) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 5 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2011
(9) Previously filed with the Pre-effective Amendment No. 9 to Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-168407) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2011
(10) Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2011
(11) Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2011
(12) Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2011
(13) Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2011
(14) Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2011
(15) Previously filed with the Form S-11 Registration Statement (Registration No.: 333-1766047) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2011

II-10


 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
UP TO 150,000 SHARES OF SERIES A REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE UP TO 3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT

[                  ], 2011

International Assets Advisory, LLC
300 S. Orange Ave., Suite 1100
Orlando, FL 32801

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is a Maryland corporation that intends to qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (a “ REIT ”) for federal income tax purposes beginning with the taxable year ending December 31, 2011.  The Company proposes to publicly offer up to an aggregate of 150,000 units (the “ Units ”), with each Unit consisting of (a) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (a “ Preferred Share ”), and (b) one warrant (a “ Warrant ”) to purchase 20 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (each a “ Common Share ”), for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit, in the offering (the “ Offering ”).

The Company currently is managed by Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Management Agreement dated as of May 13, 2011 (the “ Management Agreement ”), among the Company, Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. and the Manager.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Dealer Manager Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), the Company hereby appoints International Assets Advisory, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “ Dealer Manager ”), to act as the dealer manager for the Offering, and the Dealer Manager desires to accept such engagement.

1.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer Manager, as of the date of this Agreement and on each Effective Date, as follows:

 
 

 

(a)          REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.  In connection with the Offering, the Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement (File No. 333-176604) on Form S-11 for the registration of the Units and the Common Shares that may be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or redemption of the Preferred Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “ Securities Act Rules and Regulations ”); and one or more amendments to such registration statement have been or may be so prepared and filed.  The registration statement on Form S-11 and the prospectus contained therein, as finally amended at the date the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission (the “ Effective Date ”) are respectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ” and the “ Prospectus ”, except that (i) if the Company files a post-effective amendment to such registration statement, then the term “ Registration Statement ” shall, from and after the declaration of the effectiveness of such post-effective amendment by the Commission, refer to such registration statement as amended by such post-effective amendment, and the term “ Prospectus ” shall refer to the amended prospectus then on file with the Commission, and (ii) if the prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations shall differ from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, shall have become effective, then the term “ Prospectus ” shall refer to such prospectus filed pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c), as the case may be, from and after the date on which it shall have been filed.  The term “ preliminary Prospectus ” as used herein shall mean a preliminary prospectus related to the Units as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations included at any time as part of the Registration Statement.  As used herein, the terms “ Registration Statement ”, “ preliminary Prospectus ” and “ Prospectus ” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein.  As used herein, the term “ Effective Date ” also shall refer to the effective date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, unless the context otherwise requires.

(b)          DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.  The documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (if any), at the time they are hereafter filed with the Commission, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Exchange Act Rules and Regulations ”), and, when read together with the other information in the Prospectus, at the time the Registration Statement became effective and as of the applicable Effective Date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, did not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c)          COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, ETC.

 
(i)
On (A) each applicable Effective Date, (B) the date of the preliminary Prospectus, (C) the date of the Prospectus, and (D) the date any supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, as applicable, have complied, and will comply, in all material respects with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations; and

 
2

 
 
 
(ii)
The Registration Statement does not, and any amendment thereto will not, in each case as of the applicable Effective Date, include any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus does not, and any amendment or supplement thereto will not, as of the applicable filing date, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

provided , however , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(c) will not extend to any statements contained in, incorporated by reference in or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto that are based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use therein.

(d)          SECURITIES MATTERS.  There has not been (i) any request by the Commission for any further amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information, (ii) any issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or, to the Company’s knowledge, threat of any proceeding for that purpose, or (iii) any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Units for sale in any jurisdiction or any initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threat of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations applicable to it and its activities, including, without limitation, with respect to the Offering and the sale of the Units.
 
(e)          COMPANY STATUS.  The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the general laws of the State of Maryland, with all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

(f)           AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any political subdivision thereof which affect creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies or except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws).
 
 
3

 

The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under:  (i) the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ charter, by-laws, or other organizational documents, as applicable; (ii) any indenture, mortgage, stockholders’ agreement, note, lease or other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties is bound except, for purposes of this clause (ii) only, for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that do not result in and would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE (as defined below in this Section 1(f) ); or (iii) any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties.  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or other governmental agency or body has been obtained or is required for the performance of this Agreement or for the consummation by the Company of any of the transactions contemplated hereby (except as have been obtained under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the “ FINRA ”), or as may be required under state securities or applicable blue sky laws in connection with the offer and sale of the Units or under the laws of states in which the Company may own real properties in connection with its qualification to transact business in such states or as may be required by subsequent events which may occur).  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable.

As used in this Agreement, “ Company MAE ” means any event, circumstance, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect, individually or in the aggregate, that is materially adverse to (A) the financial condition, business affairs, properties, results of operations or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, or (B) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Units.  As used in this Agreement, “business prospects” excludes any development resulting from any event, circumstance, development, change or effect (1) in general economic or business conditions, (2) in financial or securities markets generally, or (3) generally affecting the business or industry in which the Company operates.

(g)          ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS. As of the initial Effective Date, there are no actions, suits or proceedings against, or investigations of, the Company or its subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, before any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other tribunal (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Units or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the performance by the Company of its obligations under or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or the Units, (iv) that would reasonably be expected to result in a Company MAE, or (v) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax attributes of the Units, except as described in the Prospectus.  The Company promptly will give notice to the Dealer Manager of the occurrence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of the type referred to in this Section 1(g) arising or occurring on or after the initial Effective Date.

 
4

 

(h)          SALES LITERATURE.  Any supplemental sales literature or advertisement (including without limitation any “broker-dealer use only” material), regardless of how labeled or described, used in addition to the Prospectus in connection with the Offering which previously has been, or hereafter is, furnished or approved by the Company (collectively, “ Approved Sales Literature ”), shall, to the extent required, be filed with and approved by the appropriate securities agencies and bodies, provided that the Dealer Manager will make all FINRA filings, to the extent required.  Any and all Approved Sales Literature did not or will not at the time provided for use include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(i)           AUTHORIZATION OF SHARES AND WARRANTS.  The Preferred Shares and the Warrants have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold as contemplated by the Prospectus and upon payment therefor as provided in this Agreement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.  The Common Shares that may be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or redemption of the Preferred Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold (in the case of the Warrants) as contemplated by the Prospectus and upon payment (in the case of the Warrants) therefor as provided in the Warrants and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

(j)           TAXES.  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the execution, delivery and sale of the Units have been or will be paid when due.
 
(k)          INVESTMENT COMPANY.  The Company is not, and neither the offer or sale of the Units nor any of the activities of the Company will cause the Company to be, an “investment company” or under the control of an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
(l)           TAX RETURNS.  The Company has filed all federal, state and foreign income tax returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company on or before the due dates therefor (taking into account all extensions of time to file) and has paid or provided for the payment of all such taxes indicated by such tax returns and all assessments received by the Company to the extent that such taxes or assessments have become due.
 
(m)         REIT QUALIFICATIONS.  The Company will make a timely election to be subject to tax as a REIT pursuant to Sections 856 through 860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), beginning with its taxable year ended December 31, 2011.  The Company has been organized and operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.  The Company’s current and proposed method of operation as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will enable it to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code.
 
 
5

 
 
(n)          INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.  The accountants who have certified certain financial statements appearing in the Prospectus are an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations.  Such accountants have not been engaged by the Company to perform any “prohibited activities” (as defined in Section 10A of the Exchange Act).
 
The Company and its subsidiaries each maintains a system of internal accounting and other controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“ GAAP ”), including, without limitation:  (i) policies and procedures that:  (A) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries; (B) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company or its subsidiaries are being made only in accordance with general or specific authorizations of the Company’s management and directors or the Manager; and (C) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements; and (ii) policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurances that:  (A) transactions are executed only in accordance with general or specific authorizations of the Company’s management or directors or the Manager; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets: (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of the Company’s management or directors or the Manager; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
Except as described in the Registration Statement, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated), and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
(o)          PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified.  Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto.  No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement or any applicable Prospectus.
 
 
6

 
 
(p)          MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as may otherwise be stated therein or contemplated thereby, there has not occurred a Company MAE, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
(q)          GOVERNMENT PERMITS.  The Company and its subsidiaries possess such certificates, authorities or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, other than those which the failure to possess or own would not have, individually or in the aggregate, and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in, a Company MAE.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Company MAE.
 
(r)           MANAGER; MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT.

(i)    The Manager is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(ii)   The Management Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Manager and the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Manager and the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any political subdivision thereof which affect creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies or except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws).

(iii)  The execution and delivery of the Management Agreement did not, and the performance thereunder by the Manager do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under:  (i) the Manager’s or any of its subsidiaries’ charter or by-laws, or other organizational documents, as applicable; (ii) any indenture, mortgage, stockholders agreement, note, lease or other material agreement or instrument to which the Manager or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Manager or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties is bound except, for purposes of this clause (ii) only, for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that could not reasonably be expected to have or result in, individually or in the aggregate, (A) a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business affairs, properties, results of operations or business prospects of the Manager, or (B) a Company MAE; or (iii) any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Manager or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties.  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or other governmental agency or body has been obtained nor is required for the performance of the Management Agreement by the Manager. The Manager is not in violation of its limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents, as applicable.

 
7

 

(iv)   There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Manager, threatened against or affecting the Manager .

(v)    The Manager possesses such certificates, authorities or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, other than those which the failure to possess or own would not reasonably be expected to have or result in, individually or in the aggregate, (A) a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business affairs, properties, results of operations or business prospects of the Manager, (B) a Company MAE, or (C) a material adverse effect on the performance of the services under the Management Agreement by the Manager, and the Manager has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit.
 
(s)          PROPERTIES.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus and except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE, (i) all properties and assets described in the Prospectus are owned with good and marketable title by the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries, and (ii) all liens, charges, encumbrances, claims or restrictions on or affecting any of the properties and assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which are required to be disclosed in the Prospectus are disclosed therein.
 
(t)           HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.  The Company does not have any knowledge of (i) the unlawful presence of any hazardous substances, hazardous materials, toxic substances or waste materials (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) on any of the properties owned by it or its subsidiaries or subject to mortgage loans owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any unlawful spills, releases, discharges or disposal of Hazardous Materials that have occurred or are presently occurring off such properties as a result of any construction on or operation and use of such properties, which presence or occurrence in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) would reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE.  In connection with the properties owned by the Company and its subsidiaries or subject to mortgage loans owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company has no knowledge of any material failure to comply with all applicable local, state and federal environmental laws, regulations, ordinances and administrative and judicial orders relating to the generation, recycling, reuse, sale, storage, handling, transport and disposal of any Hazardous Materials.
 
 
8

 
 
2.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE DEALER MANAGER .  The Dealer Manager hereby represents and warrants to the Company, as of the date of this Agreement and on each Effective Date, as follows:

(a)          ORGANIZATION STATUS.  The Dealer Manager is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Florida, with all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.
 
(b)          AUTHORIZATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Dealer Manager, and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Manager, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Dealer Manager enforceable against the Dealer Manager in accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any political subdivision thereof which affect creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies or except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws).
 
(c)          ABSENCE OF CONFLICT OR DEFAULT.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Dealer Manager will not conflict with or constitute a default under (i) its organizational documents, (ii) any indenture, mortgage, stockholders’ agreement, note, lease or other material agreement or instrument to which the Dealer Manager is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Dealer Manager is subject, or (iii) any rule, regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Dealer Manager or its assets, properties or operations, except in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) for such conflicts or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business affairs, properties or results of operations of the Dealer Manager.
 
(d)          BROKER-DEALER REGISTRATION; FINRA MEMBERSHIP.  The Dealer Manager is, and during the term of this Agreement will be, (i) duly registered as a broker-dealer pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange Act, (ii) a member in good standing of FINRA, and (iii) a broker or dealer duly registered as such in those states where the Dealer Manager is required to be registered in order to carry out the Offering as contemplated by this Agreement.  Each of the Dealer Manager’s employees and representatives has all required licenses and registrations to act under this Agreement.  There is no provision in the Dealer Manager’s FINRA membership agreement that would restrict the ability of the Dealer Manager to carry out the Offering as contemplated by this Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
(e)          DISCLOSURE.  The information under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus insofar as it relates to the Dealer Manager, and all other information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager in writing specifically for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
3.            OFFERING AND SALE OF THE UNITS .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby appoints the Dealer Manager as its agent and exclusive distributor to solicit and to retain the Soliciting Dealers (as defined in Section 3(a) ) to solicit subscriptions for the Units at the subscription price to be paid in cash.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Dealer Manager hereby accepts such agency and exclusive distributorship and agrees to use its reasonable best efforts during the Offering Period (as defined below) or until this Agreement is earlier terminated pursuant to Section 10 to sell or cause to be sold the Units in such quantities and to such Persons in accordance with such terms as are set forth in this Agreement, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement.  As used herein, “Person” or “person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, governmental authority or agency, or other entity of any kind.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Offering Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the initial Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of the following: (a) the later of (i) December 31, 2012 and (ii) at the Company’s election, December 31, 2013; (b) the acceptance by the Company of subscriptions for 150,000 Units; (c) the termination of this Agreement by either party pursuant to Section 10 ; and (d) the termination of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, provided that if such termination of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall occur at any time prior to June 30, 2012, the Company shall not commence or undertake any preparations to commence a public offering of Units, Warrants, Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, any other class or series of preferred stock of the Company or any securities that are similar to any of the foregoing prior to June 30, 2012.  During the period from the date hereof until the end of the Offering Period, the Company will not (and will cause its affiliates to not) engage or appoint any Person other than the Dealer Manager to solicit, or to retain any securities dealers to solicit, subscriptions for the Units, Warrants, Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock or any securities that are similar to any of the foregoing in a public offering.

The number of Units, if any, to be reserved for sale by each Soliciting Dealer may be determined, from time to time, by the Dealer Manager upon prior consultation with the Company.  In the absence of such determination, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) , accept Subscription Agreements based upon a first-come, first accepted reservation or other similar method.  Under no circumstances will the Dealer Manager be obligated to underwrite or purchase any Units for its own account.  In soliciting purchases of Units, the Dealer Manager will act solely as the Company’s agent and not as an underwriter or principal.

 
10

 
 
(a)          SOLICITING DEALERS. The Units offered and sold through the Dealer Manager under this Agreement shall be offered and sold only by the Dealer Manager and other securities dealers the Dealer Manager may engage (collectively the “ Soliciting Dealers ”); provided, however, that (i) the Dealer Manager reasonably believes that all Soliciting Dealers are registered with the Commission, are members of FINRA and are duly licensed or registered by the regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they will offer and sell Units or are exempt from broker dealer registration with the Commission and all other applicable regulatory authorities, (ii) the Dealer Manager reasonably believes that all Soliciting Dealers may lawfully offer and sell Units in the jurisdiction in which they will offer and sell Units, (iii) all such engagements are evidenced by written agreements, the terms and conditions of which substantially conform to the form of Soliciting Dealers Agreement approved by the Company and the Dealer Manager (the “ Soliciting Dealers Agreement ”), and (iv) the Company shall have previously approved each Soliciting Dealer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(b)          SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS.  Each Person desiring to purchase Units through the Dealer Manager, or any other Soliciting Dealer, will be required to complete and execute the subscription documents described in the Prospectus.

(c)          COMPLETED SALE.  A sale of a Unit shall be deemed by the Company to be completed for purposes of Section 3(d) if and only if (i) the Company has received a properly completed and executed subscription agreement, together with payment of the full purchase price of each purchased Unit, from an investor who satisfies the applicable suitability standards and minimum purchase requirements set forth in the Registration Statement as determined by the Soliciting Dealer, or the Dealer Manager, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Company has accepted such subscription, and (iii) such investor has been admitted as a stockholder of the Company.  In addition, no sale of Units shall be completed until at least five business days after the date on which the subscriber receives a copy of the Prospectus.  The Dealer Manager hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accept or reject any subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever or no reason, and no commission or dealer manager fee will be paid to the Dealer Manager with respect to that portion of any subscription which is rejected.  As used in this Agreement, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 
11

 

(d)          DEALER-MANAGER COMPENSATION.

 
(i)
Subject to the volume discounts and other special circumstances described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus or this Section 3(d) , the Company agrees to pay the Dealer Manager selling commissions in the amount of seven percent (7.0%) of the selling price of each Unit for which a sale is completed from the Units offered in the Offering.  The Company will pay reduced selling commissions or may eliminate commissions on certain sales of Units, including the reduction or elimination of selling commissions in accordance with, and on the terms set forth in, the Prospectus.  The Dealer Manager will reallow all the selling commissions, subject to federal and state securities laws, to the Soliciting Dealer who sold the Units, as described more fully in the Soliciting Dealers Agreement.

 
(ii)
Subject to the special circumstances described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus or this Section 3(d) , as compensation for acting as the dealer manager, the Company will pay the Dealer Manager, a dealer manager fee in the amount of three percent (3.0%) of the selling price of each Unit for which a sale is completed from the Units offered in the Offering (the “ Dealer Manager Fee ”).  The Dealer Manager may retain or re-allow all or a portion of the Dealer Manager Fee, subject to federal and state securities laws, to the Soliciting Dealer who sold the Units, as described more fully in the Soliciting Dealers Agreement.

 
(iii)
The Dealer Manager Fee and all selling commissions payable to the Dealer Manager will be paid on the day the investor subscribing for the Unit is admitted as a stockholder of the Company, in an amount equal to the Dealer Manager Fee and selling commissions payable with respect to such Units.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no portion of the Dealer Manager Fee or selling commissions shall be paid to the Dealer Manager unless and until the investor funds paid in connection with the sale of such Units have been released from escrow pursuant to the provisions of the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 5 ).

 
(iv)
In no event shall the total aggregate compensation payable from any source to the Dealer Manager and any Soliciting Dealers participating in the Offering, including, but not limited to, selling commissions and the Dealer Manager Fee exceed ten percent (10.0%) of gross offering proceeds from the Offering in the aggregate.

In connection with the minimum amount offered by the Company pursuant to the Prospectus and FINRA’s 10% underwriting compensation limitation under FINRA Rule 2310 (“ FINRA’s 10% cap ”), the Dealer Manager shall advance all the fixed expenses (including, but not limited to, wholesaling salaries, salaries of dual employees allocated to wholesaling activities, wholesaling expense reimbursements and the Dealer Manager’s legal expenses associated with filing the Offering with FINRA), that are required to be included within FINRA’s 10% cap to ensure that the aggregate underwriting compensation paid in connection with the Offering does not exceed FINRA’s 10% cap.

 
12

 
 
 
The Dealer Manager shall repay to the Company any excess amounts received over FINRA’s 10% cap if the Offering is abruptly terminated after receiving the minimum amount of Units offered by the Company pursuant to the Prospectus and before reaching the maximum amount of Units offered by the Company pursuant to the Prospectus.

 
(v)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company pays any selling commission to the Dealer Manager for sale by a Soliciting Dealer of one or more Units and the subscription is rescinded as to one or more of the Units covered by such subscription, then the Company shall decrease the next payment of selling commissions or other compensation otherwise payable to the Dealer Manager by the Company under this Agreement by an amount equal to the commission rate established in this Section 3(d) , multiplied by the number of Units as to which the subscription is rescinded.  If no payment of selling commissions or other compensation is due to the Dealer Manager after such withdrawal occurs, then the Dealer Manager shall pay the amount specified in the preceding sentence to the Company within a reasonable period of time not to exceed 15 days following receipt of notice by the Dealer Manager from the Company stating the amount owed as a result of rescinded subscriptions.

(e)          REASONABLE BONA FIDE DUE DILIGENCE EXPENSES.  In addition to compensation payable to the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer, but subject to the next sentence, the Company or the Manager shall reimburse the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer for reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses incurred by the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer; provided, however, that the aggregate reimbursement of such bona fide due diligence expenses shall not exceed one-half percent (0.5%) of the gross proceeds from the Offering.  The Company shall only reimburse the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer for such approved bona fide due diligence expenses to the extent such expenses have actually been incurred and are supported by detailed and itemized invoice(s) provided to the Company and permitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of FINRA.
 
(f)           CERTAIN ADVANCES TO DEALER MANAGER.  The parties hereto acknowledge that prior to the initial Effective Date, the Company may have paid to the Dealer Manager advances of monies against out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually anticipated to be incurred by the Dealer Manager in connection with the Offering (other than reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses).  Such advances, if any, shall be credited against the amount of the Dealer Manager Fee payable pursuant to Section 3(d) that is retained by the Dealer Manager and not re-allowed until the full amount of such advances is offset; provided , however , that such advances shall be credited up to a maximum of 25% of such portion of each payment of the Dealer Manager Fee until the full amount of such advances has been reimbursed to the Company.   Such advances are not intended to be in addition to the compensation set forth in Section 3(d) , and any and all monies advanced that are not utilized for out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred by the Dealer Manager in connection with the Offering (other than reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses) shall be reimbursed by the Dealer Manager to the Company.
 
 
13

 
 
4.            CONDITIONS TO THE DEALER MANAGER’S OBLIGATIONS .  The Dealer Manager’s obligations hereunder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)          The representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects and the Company shall have complied with its covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Agreement in all material respects;
 
(b)          The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued by the Commission and, to the knowledge of the Company, no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted, threatened or contemplated by the Commission; and any request by the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Dealer Manager.
 
(c)          The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendment or any supplement thereto, shall not contain any untrue statement of material fact, or omit to state a material fact that is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
 
(d)          On the initial Effective Date and at or prior to the fifth business day following the Effective Date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement that includes or incorporates by reference audited financial statements of the Company or its subsidiaries, the Dealer Manager shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or such other independent registered public accountants for the Company, (i) a letter, dated the applicable date, addressed to the Dealer Manager, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Dealer Manager, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountant’s “comfort letters” to placement agents or dealer managers, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and (ii) confirming that they are (A) independent registered public accountants as required by the Securities Act, and (B) in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.
 
 
14

 

(e)          At or prior to the fifth business day following (i) the request by the Dealer Manager in connection with any third party due diligence investigation, and (ii) the Effective Date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement (other than post-effective amendments filed solely pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act and other than the post-effective amendments referred to in Section 4(d) ), the Dealer Manager shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or such other independent public or certified public accountants for the Company, a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Dealer Manager, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the most recent letter furnished pursuant to Section 4(d) , except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the date of the letter furnished pursuant to this Section 4(e) .
 
(f)           At or prior to the initial Effective Date and at or prior to the fifth business day following the Effective Date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement (other than post-effective amendments filed solely pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act), the Dealer Manager shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of the applicable date, to the effect that:  (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made on and as of the applicable date;   and (ii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all the agreements, covenants and obligations hereunder and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the applicable date.
 
5.            COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .  The Company covenants and agrees with the Dealer Manager as follows (and, where applicable, the Dealer Manager covenants and agrees with the Company):

(a)          REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause the Registration Statement and any subsequent amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as possible, and (ii) on an ongoing basis, maintain effective status with the Commission thereafter.  The Company will furnish a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus to the Dealer Manager.  The Company will comply in all material respects with all federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations which are required to be complied with in order to permit the continuance of offers and sales of the Units in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the Prospectus.

(b)          COMMISSION ORDERS.  If the Commission shall issue any stop order or any other order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus, or shall institute any proceedings for that purpose, then the Company will promptly notify the Dealer Manager and use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and, if any such order is issued, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the removal thereof as promptly as possible.
 
 
15

 

(c)          BLUE SKY QUALIFICATIONS.  The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the Units for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Dealer Manager and the Company shall mutually agree upon and to make such applications, file such documents and furnish such information as may be reasonably required for that purpose. The Company will, at the Dealer Manager’s request, furnish the Dealer Manager with a copy of such papers filed by the Company in connection with any such qualification.  The Company will promptly advise the Dealer Manager of the issuance by such securities administrators of any stop order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and if any such order is issued, to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the removal thereof as promptly as possible.  The Dealer Manager will cause its outside counsel to furnish it and the Company with a Blue Sky Survey dated as of the initial Effective Date, which will be supplemented to reflect changes or additions to the information disclosed in such survey.

(d)          AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS.  If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Units (or any portion thereof) is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred to the knowledge of the Company, or the Company receives notice from the Dealer Manager that it believes such an event has occurred, as a result of which the Prospectus or any Approved Sales Literature as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances existing at the time it is so required to be delivered to a subscriber, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus relating to the Units (or any portion thereof) to comply with the Securities Act, then the Company will promptly notify the Dealer Manager thereof (unless the information shall have been received from the Dealer Manager) and will prepare and file with the Commission an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or effect such compliance to the extent required, and shall make available to the Dealer Manager thereof sufficient copies for its own use and/or distribution to the Soliciting Dealers.

(e)          REQUESTS FROM COMMISSION.  The Company will promptly advise the Dealer Manager of any request made by the Commission or a state securities administrator for amending the Registration Statement, supplementing the Prospectus or for additional information.
 
(f)           COPIES OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Company will furnish the Dealer Manager with one signed copy of the Registration Statement, including its exhibits, and such additional copies of the Registration Statement, without exhibits, and the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, which are finally approved by the Commission, as the Dealer Manager may reasonably request for sale of the Units.

(g)          QUALIFICATION TO TRANSACT BUSINESS.  The Company will take all steps necessary to ensure that at all times the Company will validly exist as a Maryland corporation and will be qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification and where such qualification is required under local law.

 
16

 
 
(h)          AUTHORITY TO PERFORM AGREEMENTS. The Company undertakes to obtain all consents, approvals, authorizations or orders of any court or governmental agency or body which are required for the Company’s performance of this Agreement and under the Company’s articles of incorporation (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Company’s Charter ”) and by-laws for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, respectively, or the conducting by the Company of the business described in the Prospectus.

(i)           SALES LITERATURE.  The Company will furnish to the Dealer Manager as promptly as shall be practicable upon request any Approved Sales Literature (provided that the use of said material has been first approved for use by all appropriate regulatory agencies).  Any supplemental sales literature or advertisement, regardless of how labeled or described, used in addition to the Prospectus in connection with the Offering which is furnished or approved by the Company (including, without limitation, Approved Sales Literature) shall, to the extent required, be filed with and, to the extent required, approved by the appropriate securities agencies and bodies, provided that the Dealer Manager will make all FINRA filings, to the extent required.  The Company will be responsible for all Approved Sales Literature.  The Company shall prepare all sales literature reasonably requested by the Dealer Manager in connection with the Offering.  The Company and the Dealer Manager agree that all sales literature developed in connection with the Offering shall be the property of the Company and the Company shall have control of all such sales literature.  Each of the Company and the Manager will not (and will cause its affiliates to not):  (1) show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing that is marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public, and (2) show or give to any investor or prospective investor in a particular jurisdiction any material or writing if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public in such jurisdiction.
 
(j)           CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE.  The Company shall provide, from time to time upon request of the Dealer Manager, certificates of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer of compliance by the Company of the requirements of this Agreement.
 
(k)          USE OF PROCEEDS.  The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Units as set forth in the Prospectus.
 
(l)           CUSTOMER INFORMATION.  The Company shall:

(i)        abide by and comply with (A) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “ GLB Act ”), (B) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable federal or state law, and (C) its own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time;

 
17

 

(ii)        refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers who have opted out of such disclosures except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law; and

(iii)      determine which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving an aggregated list of such customers from the Soliciting Dealers (the “ List ”) to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights.  If either party uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, that party will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights.  Each party understands that it is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.
 
(m)         DEALER MANAGER’S REVIEW OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS.  Prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement through incorporation of any report filed under the Exchange Act), the Company shall furnish to the Dealer Manager for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Dealer Manager’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(n)          CERTAIN PAYMENTS.  Without the prior consent of the Dealer Manager, none of the Company, the Manager or any of their respective affiliates will make any payment (cash or non-cash) to any associated Person or registered representative of the Dealer Manager.

(o)          REGULATORY FILINGS.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall provide the Dealer Manager for its prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) with a copy of any material notice, filing, application, registration, document, correspondence or other information that the Company proposes to deliver, make or file with any governmental authority or agency (federal, state or otherwise) or with FINRA in connection with the Offering, this Agreement or any of the transactions completed hereby.

(p)          ESCROW AGREEMENT. The Company will enter into an escrow agreement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”) with the Dealer Manager and UMB Bank, N.A., or such other bank to be agreed upon by the parties hereto, substantially in the form included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  The Company will comply with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement in all material respects.
 
 
18

 
 
6.            COVENANTS OF THE DEALER MANAGER . The Dealer Manager covenants and agrees with the Company as follows (and, where applicable, the Company covenants and agrees with the Dealer Manager):

(a)          COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. With respect to the Dealer Manager’s participation and the participation by each Soliciting Dealer in the offer and sale of the Units (including, without limitation, any resales and transfers of Units), the Dealer Manager agrees, and each Soliciting Dealer in its Soliciting Dealer Agreement will agree, to comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of (i) the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and all other federal regulations applicable to the Offering and the sale of Units, (ii) all applicable state securities or blue sky laws and regulations, from time to time in effect, and (iii) the Rules of the FINRA applicable to the Offering, from time to time in effect, specifically including, but not in any way limited to, NASD Conduct Rules 2310, 2340, 2420, 5130 and 5141 therein.  The Dealer Manager will not offer the Units for sale in any jurisdiction unless and until it has been advised that the Units are either registered in accordance with, or exempt from, the securities and other laws applicable thereto.

In addition, the Dealer Manager shall, in accordance with applicable law or as prescribed by any state securities administrator, provide, or require in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement that the Soliciting Dealer shall provide, to any prospective investor copies of the Prospectus and any supplements thereto during the course of the Offering and prior to the sale.  The Company may provide the Dealer Manager with certain Approved Sales Literature to be used by the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealers in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units.  The Dealer Manager will not deliver any Approved Sales Literature to any Person prior to the initial Effective Date.  If the Dealer Manager elects to use such Approved Sales Literature after the initial Effective Date, then the Dealer Manager agrees that such material shall not be used by it in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units and that it will direct Soliciting Dealers not to make such use unless accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus, as then currently in effect, and as it may be amended or supplemented in the future.  The Dealer Manager will not use any Approved Sales Literature other than those provided to the Dealer Manager by the Company specifically for use in the Offering.

(b)          NO ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. In offering the Units for sale, the Dealer Manager shall not, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree not to, give or provide any information or make any representation other than those contained in the Prospectus or the Approved Sales Literature. The Dealer Manager shall not (i) show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing that is supplied to it by the Company and marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public, and (ii) show or give to any investor or prospective investor in a particular jurisdiction any material or writing that is supplied to it by the Company if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public in such jurisdiction.

 
19

 
 
(c)          SALES OF SHARES. The Dealer Manager shall, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree to, solicit purchases of the Units only in the jurisdictions in which the Dealer Manager and such Soliciting Dealer are legally qualified to so act.

(d)          SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. The Dealer Manager will comply in all material respects with the subscription procedures and “Plan of Distribution” set forth in the Prospectus.  Subscriptions will be submitted by the Dealer Manager and each Soliciting Dealer to the Company only on the form which is included as Exhibit A to the Prospectus.  The Dealer Manager understands and acknowledges, and each Soliciting Dealer shall acknowledge, that the Subscription Agreement must be executed and initialed by the subscriber as provided for by the Subscription Agreement.

(e)          SUITABILITY. The Dealer Manager will offer Units, and in its agreement with each Soliciting Dealer will require that the Soliciting Dealer offer Units, only to Persons in the states in which it is advised in writing by its counsel that the Units are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required.  In offering Units, the Dealer Manager will comply, and in its agreements with the Soliciting Dealers, the Dealer Manager will require that the Soliciting Dealers comply, with the provisions of all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors, including without limitation the FINRA Conduct Rules.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dealer Manager shall not, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree not to, execute any transaction with respect to the Units in a discretionary account without prior written approval of the transaction by the customer.

(f)           SUITABILITY RECORDS.  The Dealer Manager shall, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree to, maintain, for at least six years or for a period of time not less than that required in order to comply with all applicable federal, state and other regulatory requirements, whichever is later, a record of the information obtained to determine that an investor meets the suitability standards imposed on the offer and sale of the Units (both at the time of the initial subscription and at the time of any additional subscriptions) and a representation of the investor that the investor is investing for the investor’s own account or, in lieu of such representation, information indicating that the investor for whose account the investment was made met the suitability standards.  The Company agrees that the Dealer Manager can satisfy its obligation by contractually requiring such information to be maintained by the investment advisers or banks referred to in Section 6(e) .

(g)          SOLICITING DEALER AGREEMENTS.  All engagements of the Soliciting Dealers will be evidenced by a Soliciting Dealer Agreement.
 
 
20

 

(h)          ELECTRONIC DELIVERY.  If the Dealer Manager intends to use electronic delivery to distribute the Prospectus to any Person, it will comply with all applicable requirements of the Commission, the blue sky laws and/or FINRA and any other laws or regulations related to the electronic delivery of documents.

(i)           COORDINATION. The Company and the Dealer Manager shall have the right, but not the obligation, to meet with key personnel of the other on an ongoing and regular basis to discuss the conduct of the officers.

(j)           ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING COMPLIANCE.  Although acting as a wholesale distributor and not itself selling shares directly to investors, the Dealer Manager represents and warrants to the Company that it has established and implemented anti-money laundering compliance programs (“ AML Program ”) in accordance with applicable law, including applicable FINRA Conduct Rules, Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA PATRIOT Act) of 2001, as amended (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), specifically including, but not limited to, Section 352 of the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (the “ Money Laundering Abatement Act ”, and together with the USA PATRIOT Act, the “ AML Rules ”), reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of suspicious transactions in connection with the Offering.  The Dealer Manager further represents and warrants that it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the Money Laundering Abatement Act, and the Dealer Manager hereby covenants to remain in compliance with such requirements and shall, upon request by the Company, provide a certification to the Company that, as of the date of such certification (i) its AML Program is consistent with the AML Rules, and (ii) it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the Money Laundering Abatement Act.

(k)          COOPERATION.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the Dealer Manager will cooperate fully with the Company and any other party that may be necessary to accomplish an orderly transfer and transfer to a successor dealer manager of the operation and management of the services the Dealer Manager is providing to the Company under this Agreement.  The Dealer Manager will not be entitled to receive any additional fee in connection with the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(k) , but the Company will pay or reimburse the Dealer Manager for any out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Dealer Manager in connection therewith.

(l)           CUSTOMER INFORMATION.  The Dealer Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Company with any and all subscriber information that the Company requests in order for the Company to comply with the requirements under Section 5(l) .

 
21

 
     
7.            EXPENSES .

(a)          Subject to Sections 7(b) and 7(c) , the Dealer Manager shall pay all its own costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)          The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses related to:

 
(i)
the registration of the offer and sale of the Units with the Commission;

 
(ii)
expenses of printing the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as herein provided;

 
(iii)
fees and expenses incurred in connection with any required filing with the FINRA;

 
(iv)
all the expenses of agents of the Company, excluding the Dealer Manager, incurred in connection with performing marketing and advertising services for the Company; and

 
(v)
expenses of qualifying the Units for offering and sale under state blue sky and securities laws (other than the expenses in connection with the preparation and printing of the Blue Sky Survey referred to above).

(c)          The Company shall reimburse the Dealer Manager and Soliciting Dealers for approved or deemed approved reasonable bona fide due diligence expenses in accordance with Section 3(e) .

8.            INDEMNIFICATION .

(a)          INDEMNIFIED PARTIES DEFINED.  For the purposes of this Agreement, an “ Indemnified Party ” shall mean a Person entitled to indemnification under Section 8 , as well as such Person’s officers, directors (including with respect to the Company, any Person named in the Registration Statement with his or her consent as becoming a director in the future), employees, members, managers, partners, affiliates, agents and representatives, and each Person, if any, who controls such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
22

 

(b)          INDEMNIFICATION OF THE DEALER MANAGER AND SOLICITING DEALERS.  The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealers, and their respective Indemnified Parties, from and against any losses, claims, expenses (including reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in investigating and defending such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any such Soliciting Dealers or the Dealer Manager, or their respective Indemnified Parties, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon or are related to (in whole or in part):  (i) any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by the Company, any material breach of a covenant contained herein by the Company, or any material failure by the Company to perform, its obligations hereunder or to comply with state or federal securities laws applicable to the Offering; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, (B) in any Approved Sales Literature or (C) in any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company or on its behalf specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Units for sale under the securities laws of any jurisdiction or based upon written information furnished by the Company under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being hereinafter called a “ Blue Sky Application ”); or (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto to make the statements therein not misleading or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Company will reimburse each Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, and their respective Indemnified Parties, for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, and their respective Indemnified Parties, in connection with investigating or defending such loss, claim, expense, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability arises out of, or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as required by the Company’s Charter, the indemnification and agreement to hold harmless provided in this Section 8(b) is further limited to the extent that no such indemnification by the Company of a Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, or their respective Indemnified Parties, shall be permitted under this Agreement for, or arising out of, an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws, unless one or more of the following conditions are met:  (a) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to the particular Indemnified Party; (b) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to the particular Indemnified Party; or (c) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against the particular Indemnified Party and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the securities were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws.

 
23

 

(c)          DEALER MANAGER INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE MANAGER.  The Dealer Manager will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Manager, each of their Indemnified Parties and each Person who has signed the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, expenses (including the reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in  investigating and defending any such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities to which any of the aforesaid parties may become subject under the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:  (i) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by the Dealer Manager or any material breach of a covenant contained herein by the Dealer Manager;  (ii) any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, (B) in any Approved Sales Literature, or (C) any Blue Sky Application; (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof to make the statements therein, not misleading, or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however , that in each case described in clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto; or (iv) any use of sales literature, including “broker-dealer use only” materials, by the Dealer Manager that is not Approved Sales Literature.  The Dealer Manager will reimburse the aforesaid parties for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, expense, damage, liability or action.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Dealer Manager may otherwise have.
 
(d)          SOLICITING DEALER INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMPANY.  By virtue of entering into the Soliciting Dealer Agreement, each Soliciting Dealer severally will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Dealer Manager, each of their respective Indemnified Parties, and each Person who signs the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Dealer Manager, any of their respective Indemnified Parties or any Person who signed the Registration Statement, may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, as more fully described in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement.
 
 
24

 

(e)          ACTION AGAINST PARTIES; NOTIFICATION.  Promptly after receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 8 , promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; provided, however , that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have been actually prejudiced by such failure.  In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel.  Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of, and unconditional release of all liabilities from, the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought.  Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such Indemnified Party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(f)           REIMBURSEMENT OF FEES AND EXPENSES.  An indemnifying party under Section 8 of this Agreement shall be obligated to reimburse an Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses as follows:

 
(i)
In the case of the Company indemnifying the Dealer Manager, the advancement of Company funds to the Dealer Manager for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of any legal action for which indemnification is being sought shall be permissible only if all of the following conditions are satisfied:  (A) the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company; (B) the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder of the Company or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and (C) the Dealer Manager undertakes to repay the advanced funds to the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which the Dealer Manager is found not to be entitled to indemnification.

 
(ii)
In any case of indemnification other than that described in Section 8(f)(i) , the indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided , however , that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one Indemnified Party.  If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one Indemnified Party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse the expenses and fees of the one law firm (in addition to local counsel) that has been participating by a majority of the indemnified parties against which such action is finally brought; and if a majority of such indemnified parties is unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an Indemnified Party against the action or claim.  Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

 
25

 
 
9.             CONTRIBUTION .

(a)           If the indemnification provided for in Section 8 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, from the proceeds received in the Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

(b)          The relative benefits received by the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, in connection with the proceeds received in the Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement (before deducting expenses), received by the Company, and the total selling commissions and dealer manager fees received by the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate offering price of the Units sold in the Offering as set forth on such cover.

(c)          The relative fault of the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Company, by the Dealer Manager or by the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
 
26

 

(d)          The Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer (by virtue of entering into the Soliciting Dealer Agreement) agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable contributions referred to above in this Section 9 .  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an Indemnified Party and referred to above in this Section 9 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

(e)          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9 , the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer shall not be required to contribute any amount by which the total price at which the Units sold in the Offering to the public by them exceeds the amount of any damages which the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer have otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

(f)           No party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(g)          For the purposes of this Section 9 , the Dealer Manager’s officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives, and each Person, if any, who controls the Dealer Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution of the Dealer Manager, and each officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution of the Company.  The Soliciting Dealers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the number of Units sold by each Soliciting Dealer in the Offering and not joint.

10.          TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT .

(a)          TERM; EXPIRATION.  This Agreement shall become effective on the initial Effective Date, and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall not commence until the initial Effective Date.  Unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Section 10 , this Agreement shall expire at the end of the Offering Period.  This Agreement may be earlier terminated (i) by the Company pursuant to Section 10(b), and (ii) by the Dealer Manager pursuant to Section 10(c) .  The date upon which this Agreement shall have so expired or been terminated earlier shall be referred to as the “ Termination Date ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, from and after the occurrence of the Termination Date, the Company shall have the right to commence and undertake preparations to commence a public offering of Units, Warrants, Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, any other class or series of preferred stock of the Company or any securities that are similar to any of the foregoing.

 
27

 

(b)          TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY.  This Agreement may be terminated by the Company:

 
(i)
On or after April 30, 2012, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Dealer Manager (with the effective date of such termination occurring on or after June 30, 2012); or

 
(ii)
Upon written notice of termination from the Company to the Dealer Manager if any of the following events shall occur:

 
(A) 
A Cause Event (as defined below);

 
(B)
A court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for relief in respect of the Dealer Manager in any involuntary case under the applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Dealer Manager or for any substantial part of its property or orders the winding up or liquidation of the Dealer Manager’s affairs;

 
(C)
The Dealer Manager commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Dealer Manager or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due;

As used herein, a “ Cause Event ” means (A) fraud, criminal conduct or willful misconduct by or on the part of the Dealer Manager, (B) a representation or warranty made by the Dealer Manager herein shall prove to be untrue in any material respect, or (C) a default in the due performance or observance by the Dealer Manager of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof to the Dealer Manager by the Company.

(c)          TERMINATION BY DEALER MANAGER.  This Agreement may be terminated by the Dealer Manager:

 
28

 
 
 
(i)
On or after April 30, 2012, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company (with the effective date of such termination occurring on or after June 30, 2012); or

 
(ii)
Immediately upon written notice of termination from the Dealer Manager to the Company if any of the following events occur:

 
(A)
A Good Reason Event (as defined below);

 
(B)
A court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any involuntary case under the applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or for any substantial part of its property or orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ affairs;

 
(C)
The Company or any of its subsidiaries commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or for any substantial part of their property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 
(D)
There shall have been a fundamental change in the nature of the business conducted or contemplated to be conducted as set forth in the Registration Statement at the initial Effective Date by the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity; or

 
(E)
A stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued by the Commission and is not rescinded within 15 business days after the issuance thereof;

 
(F)
There shall have occurred a Company MAE, whether or not in the ordinary course of business; or

 
(G)
A material action, suit, proceeding or investigation of the type referred to in Section 1(g) shall have occurred or arisen on or after the initial Effective Date.
 
 
29

 

As used herein, a “ Good Reason Event ” means (A) fraud, criminal conduct or willful misconduct by or on the part of the Company, (B) a representation or warranty made by the Company herein shall prove to be untrue in any material respect, or (C) a default in the due performance or observance by the Company of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof to the Company by the Dealer Manager.

(d)          DELIVERY OF RECORDS UPON EXPIRATION OR EARLY TERMINATION.  Upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Dealer Manager shall (i) promptly forward any and all funds, if any, in its possession which were received from investors for the sale of Units for the deposit of investor funds, (ii) to the extent not previously provided to the Company, provide a list of all investors who have subscribed for or purchased shares and all broker-dealers with whom the Dealer Manager has entered into a Soliciting Dealer Agreement, (iii) notify Soliciting   Dealers of such termination, and (iv) promptly deliver to the Company copies of any sales literature designed for use specifically for the Offering that it is then in the process of preparing. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Dealer Manager all compensation to which the Dealer Manager is or becomes entitled under Section 3(d) at such time as such compensation becomes payable.

11.          MISCELLANEOUS .

(a)          SURVIVAL.  The following provisions of the Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement:   Section 3(d) ; Section 3(e) ; Section 3(f) ; Section 6(f) ; Section 6(k) ; Section 7 ; Section 8 ; Section 9 ; Section 10 ; and Section 11 .  Notwithstanding anything else that may be to the contrary herein, the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not relieve a party for liability for any breach occurring prior to such expiration or earlier termination.  In no event shall the Dealer Manager be entitled to payment of any compensation in connection with the Offering that is not completed according to this Agreement; provided , however , that the reimbursement of out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred by the Dealer Manager or any Person associated with the Dealer Manager shall not be presumed to be unfair or unreasonable and shall be payable under normal circumstances.

(b)          NOTICES.  All notices, consents, approvals, waivers or other communications (each, a “ Notice ”) required or permitted hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be:  (i) delivered personally or by commercial messenger; (ii) sent via a recognized overnight courier service,; or (iii) sent by facsimile transmission, provided confirmation of receipt is received by sender and such Notice is sent or delivered contemporaneously by an additional method provided in this Section 11(a) ; in each case so long as such Notice is addressed to the intended recipient thereof as set forth below:

 
30

 

If to the Company:                            Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
3625 Cumberland Parkway, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
Tel: (770) 818-4100
Fax: (770) 818-4105
Attention:  Leonard A. Silverstein, Esq.

with a copy to:

Proskauer Rose LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Facsimile No.:  (212) 969-2900
Attention:  Peter M. Fass, Esq.
                   James P. Gerkis, Esq.

If to the Dealer Manager:                  International Assets Advisory, LLC
300 S. Orange Ave., Suite 1100
Orlando, FL 32801
Facsimile No.:   407-254-1505
Attention:  Ed Cofrancesco

with a copy to:

Kevin A. Carreno, Esq.
Kevin A. Carreno, P.A.
735 Arlington Ave, N., Suite 203
St. Petersburg, FL  33701
Facsimile No.:  727-329-8710

and

Foley & Lardner LLP
100 N. Tampa Street, Suite 2700
Tampa, Florida  33602
Facsimile No.:  813-221-4210
Attention:  Steven Vazquez, Esq.

Any party may change its address specified above by giving each party Notice of such change in accordance with this Section 11(b) .  Any Notice shall be deemed given upon actual receipt (or refusal of receipt).
 
 
31

 

(c)          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. No party shall assign (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each other party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be fully binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(d)          INVALID PROVISION.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

(e)          APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement and any disputes relative to the interpretation or enforcement hereto shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws, as opposed to the conflicts of laws provisions, of the State of New York.

(f)           WAIVER.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.  The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the terms of this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the parties hereto each hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such a New York State or Federal court.

(g)          ATTORNEYS’ FEES.  If a dispute arises concerning the performance, meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement or any document executed in connection with this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such dispute shall be awarded any and all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in enforcing, defending or establishing its rights hereunder or thereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and attorneys and expert witness fees.  In addition to the foregoing award of costs and fees, the prevailing also shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees incurred in any post-judgment proceedings to collect or enforce any judgment.

(h)          NO PARTNERSHIP. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to constitute the Dealer Manager or the Soliciting Dealers as being in association with or in partnership with the Company or one another, and instead, this Agreement only shall constitute the Dealer Manager as a broker authorized by the Company to sell and to manage the sale by others of the Units according to the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall render the Dealer Manager or the Company liable for the obligations of any of the Soliciting Dealers or one another.

 
32

 
 
(i)           THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Except for the Persons referred to in Section 8 and Section 9 , there shall be no third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and no provision of this Agreement is intended to be for the benefit of any Person not a party to this Agreement, and no third party shall be deemed to be a beneficiary of any provision of this Agreement.  Except for the Persons referred to in Section 8 and Section 9 , no third party shall by virtue of any provision of this Agreement have a right of action or an enforceable remedy against any party to this Agreement.  Each of the Persons referred to in Section 8 and Section 9 shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

(j)           ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

(k)          NONWAIVER.  The failure of any party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, such provision or right shall be and remain in full force and effect.

(l)           ACCESS TO INFORMATION. The Company may authorize the Company’s transfer agent to provide information to the Dealer Manager and each Soliciting Dealer regarding recordholder information about the clients of such Soliciting Dealer who have invested with the Company on an on-going basis for so long as such Soliciting Dealer has a relationship with such clients. The Dealer Manager shall require in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement that Soliciting Dealers not disclose any password for a restricted website or portion of website provided to such Soliciting Dealer in connection with the Offering and not disclose to any Person, other than an officer, director, employee or agent of such Soliciting Dealers, any material downloaded from such a restricted website or portion of a restricted website.

(m)         COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterpart copies, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument comprising this Agreement.

(n)          ABSENCE OF FIDUCIARY RELATIONSHIPS.  The parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the Dealer Manager’s responsibility to the Company and the Manager is solely contractual in nature, and (ii) the Dealer Manager does not owe the Company, the Manager, any of their respective affiliates or any other Person any fiduciary (or other similar) duty as a result of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 
33

 
 
(o)          DEALER MANAGER INFORMATION.  Prior to the initial Effective Date, the parties will expressly acknowledge and agree as to the information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Registration Statement.

(p)          PROMOTION OF DEALER MANAGER RELATIONSHIP.  The Company and the Dealer Manager will cooperate with each other in good faith in connection with the promotion or advertisement of their relationship in any release, communication, sales literature or other such materials and shall not promote or advertise their relationship without the approval of the other party in advance, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(q)          TITLES AND SUBTITLES.  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return it to us, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement between you and the Company in accordance with its terms.

[Signatures on following page]
 
 
34

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each duly executed this Dealer Manager Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

Accepted as of the date first above written:
 
INTERNATIONAL ASSETS ADVISORY, LLC
   
By:
 
 
Name: Edward R. Cofrancesco
 
Title: President
 
 
35

 


PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.

SOLICITING DEALER AGREEMENT

Ladies and Gentlemen:

International Assets Advisory, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “ Dealer Manager ”), entered into an exclusive dealer manager agreement dated as of [         ], 2011 (as may be amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Dealer Manager Agreement ”), with Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to which the Dealer Manager has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit subscriptions in connection with the public offering (the “ Offering ”) of up to an aggregate of 150,000 units (the " Units "), with each Unit consisting of (a) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (a “ Preferred Share ”), and (b) one warrant (a “ Warrant ”) to purchase 20 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (each a “ Common Share ”), for a purchase price of $1,000 per Unit.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings therefor as in the Dealer Manager Agreement.

In connection with the performance of the Dealer Manager’s obligations under Section 3 of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager is authorized to retain the services of securities dealers (collectively, the “ Soliciting Dealers ”) who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) to solicit subscriptions for the Units in connection with the Offering.  You are hereby invited to become one of the Soliciting Dealers and, as such, to use your reasonable best efforts to solicit subscribers for the Units, in accordance with the following terms and conditions of this Soliciting Dealer Agreement (this “ Agreement ”).

1.            Registration Statement .  A registration statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333- 176604), including a preliminary prospectus, has been prepared by the Company and was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on September 1, 2011, in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “ Securities Act Rules and Regulations ”) for the registration of the Units.  The Company has prepared and filed such amendments and supplements to the registration statement, including such amended prospectus, as may have been required to the date hereof, and will file such additional amendments and supplements thereto as may hereafter be required.  The registration statement on Form S-11 and the prospectus contained therein, as finally amended at the date the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission (the “ Effective Date ”) are respectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ” and the “ Prospectus ”, except that (a) if the Company files a post-effective amendment to such registration statement, then the term “ Registration Statement ” shall, from and after the declaration of the effectiveness of such post-effective amendment by the Commission, refer to such registration statement as amended by such post-effective amendment, and the term “ Prospectus ” shall refer to the amended prospectus then on file with the Commission, and (b) if the prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations shall differ from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, shall have become effective, then the term “Prospectus” shall refer to such prospectus filed pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c), as the case may be, from and after the date on which it shall have been filed.  As used herein, the term “ Effective Date ” also shall refer to the effective date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, unless the context otherwise requires.

 
 

 

2.            Compliance with Applicable Rules and Regulations; License and Association Membership .

Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the undersigned dealer will become one of the “Soliciting Dealers” referred to in the Dealer Manager Agreement and is referred to herein as Soliciting Dealer .  Soliciting Dealer agrees that solicitation and other activities by it hereunder shall comply with, and shall be undertaken only in accordance with, the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including, without limitation, the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions) (the “ Exchange Act Rules and Regulations ”), the Rules of Fair Practice of FINRA, the FINRA Rules (including, without limitation, Rules 2310, 2340, 2420, 5130 and 5141 of the FINRA Rules), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Soliciting Dealer will not offer the Units for sale in any jurisdiction unless and until it has been advised that the Units are either registered in accordance with, or exempt from, the securities and other laws applicable thereto.  Soliciting Dealer will offer Units only to persons in the states in which it is advised in writing by its counsel that the Units are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required.  In offering the Units, Soliciting Dealer will comply with the provisions of all applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors, including wihtout limitation the FINRA Conduct Rules.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Soliciting Dealer shall not execute any transaction with respect to the Units in a discretionary account without prior written approval of the transaction by the customer.

Soliciting Dealer’s acceptance of this Agreement constitutes a representation and warranty to the Company and to the Dealer Manager that Soliciting Dealer is a properly registered or licensed broker-dealer, duly authorized to sell the Units under federal securities laws and regulations and that it is a member in good standing of FINRA.  Soliciting Dealer represents and warrants that it is currently licensed as a broker-dealer in the state in which its principal office is located.  This Agreement shall automatically terminate with no further action by either party if Soliciting Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of the state in which Soliciting Dealer’s principal office is located.  Soliciting Dealer agrees to notify the Dealer Manager immediately if Soliciting Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of the state in which Soliciting Dealer’s principal office is located.
 
 
2

 
 
3.           Limitation of Offer .

(a)           Soliciting Dealer will not offer Units and will not permit any of its registered representatives to offer Units in any jurisdiction unless both Soliciting Dealer and such registered representative are duly licensed to transact business in securities in such jurisdiction.  In offering Units, Soliciting Dealer shall comply with the provisions of the Rules of Fair Practice set forth in the FINRA Manual, as well as all other applicable rules and regulations.

(b)           Soliciting Dealer shall maintain all Subscription Agreements (as defined below) for at least six years or for a period of time not less than that required in order to comply with all applicable federal and other regulatory requirements.  Soliciting Dealer may satisfy its obligation by contractually requiring Subscription Agreements to be maintained by the investment advisers or banks it engages.  Soliciting Dealer further agrees to comply with the record keeping requirements of the Exchange Act, including, but not limited to, Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act.  Soliciting Dealer agrees to make such documents and records available to the Dealer Manager and the Company upon request, and representatives of the Commission and FINRA upon Soliciting Dealer’s receipt of an appropriate document subpoena or other appropriate request for documents from any such agency.

4.           Delivery of Prospectus and Approved Sales Literature .

(a)           Soliciting Dealer will:  (i) deliver a Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, to each person who subscribes for Units prior to the tender of such person’s subscription agreement (the “ Subscription Agreement ”); (ii) promptly comply with the written request of any person for a copy of the Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, during the period between the initial Effective Date and the termination of the Offering; (iii) deliver to any person, in accordance with applicable law or as prescribed by any state securities administrator, a copy of any prescribed document included within the Registration Statement and any supplements thereto during the course of the Offering; (iv) not use any sales materials in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units except Approved Sales Literature (as defined below); (v) to the extent the Company provides Approved Sales Literature, not use such Approved Sales Literature unless accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus, as then currently in effect, and as may be amended or supplemented in the future; and (vi) not give or provide any information or make any representation or warranty other than information or representations contained in the Prospectus or the Approved Sales Literature.  Soliciting Dealer will not publish, circulate or otherwise use any other advertisement or solicitation material in connection with the Offering without the Dealer Manager’s express prior written approval.  As used in this Agreement, “ Approved Sales Literature ” has the meaning set forth in the Dealer Manager Agreement, but excludes material or writing marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the offer or sale of Units.

(b)           Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to make Soliciting Dealer an employee, agent, representative or partner of the Dealer Manager or the Company, and Soliciting Dealer is not authorized to act for the Dealer Manager or the Company.

 
3

 

(c)           Soliciting Dealer will not send or provide supplements to the Prospectus or any Approved Sales Literature to any prospective investor unless it has previously sent or provided a Prospectus and all supplements thereto to that prospective investor or has simultaneously sent or provided a Prospectus and all supplements thereto with such Prospectus supplement or Approved Sales Literature.

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained in this Agreement, Soliciting Dealer will not show to, or provide any prospective investor with, or reproduce any material or writing which is supplied to it by the Dealer Manager and marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the offer or sale of Units, to members of the public.

(e)          The Dealer Manager will supply Soliciting Dealer with reasonable quantities of the Prospectus (including any supplements thereto), as well as any Approved Sales Literature, for delivery to prospective investors as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available to the Dealer Manager by the Company in accordance with the Dealer Manager Agreement.

(f)           Soliciting Dealer shall furnish a copy of any revised preliminary Prospectus to each person to whom it has furnished a copy of any previous preliminary Prospectus, and further agrees that it will mail or otherwise deliver all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act.

(g)          Soliciting Dealer agrees that it will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) or in Approved Sales Literature. Soliciting Dealer is not authorized by the Dealer Manager nor the Company to give any information or to make any representation not contained in the final Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) or in Approved Sales Literature in connection with the sale of the Units.

5.            Submission of Orders; Right to Reject Orders .

(a)    With respect to Soliciting Dealer's participation in any resales or transfers of the Units, Soliciting Dealer agrees to comply with any applicable requirements set forth in Section 2 .

(b)    Payments for Units shall be made by checks payable to “UMB Bank, N.A., Escrow Agent for Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.”  Soliciting Dealer shall forward original checks for the purchase of Units together with an original Subscription Agreement, completed, executed and initialed where indicated by the subscriber as provided for in the Subscription Agreement, to UMB Bank, N.A. (the “ Escrow Agent ”) at the address provided in the Subscription Agreement.
 
 
4

 

When Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures are conducted at the site at which the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units were initially received by Soliciting Dealer from the subscriber, Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units to the Escrow Agent by the end of the next business day following receipt of the check and Subscription Agreement.  When, pursuant to Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures, Soliciting Dealer’s final internal supervisory procedures are conducted at a different location (the “ Final Review Office ”), Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the check for the purchase of Units and Subscription Agreement to the Final Review Office by the end of the next business day following Soliciting Dealer’s receipt of the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units.  The Final Review Office will, by the end of the next business day following its receipt of the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units, forward both the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units to the Escrow Agent.  If any Subscription Agreement solicited by Soliciting Dealer is rejected by the Company, then the Subscription Agreement and check will be returned to the rejected subscriber within ten business days from the date of rejection.  As used in this Agreement, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the applicable Exchange Act Rules and Regulations, if Soliciting Dealer has net capital of $250,000 or more, it may instruct its customers to make their checks payable to Soliciting Dealer.  In such case, Soliciting Dealer shall issue a check made payable to the Escrow Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(b) , as applicable.

(c)           All orders, whether initial or additional, are subject to acceptance by and shall become effective upon confirmation by the Company, which reserves the right to reject any order in its sole discretion for any or no reason.  Orders not accompanied by the required instrument of payment for Units may be rejected.  Issuance and delivery of a Unit will be made only after a sale of a Unit is deemed by the Company to be completed in accordance with Section 3(c) of the Dealer Manager Agreement.  If an order is rejected, cancelled or rescinded for any reason, then Soliciting Dealer will return to the Dealer Manager any selling commissions or Dealer Manager Fees theretofore paid with respect to such order, and, if Soliciting Dealer fails to so return any such selling commissions or Dealer Manager Fees, the Dealer Manager shall have the right to offset amounts owned against future commissions or Dealer Manager Fees due and otherwise payable to Soliciting Dealer (it being understood and agreed that such right to offset shall not be in limitation of any other rights or remedies that the Dealer Manager may have in connection with such failure).

6.            Soliciting Dealer’s Compensation .

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager shall pay to Soliciting Dealer a selling commission of up to 7.0% of the gross proceeds from the Units sold by it and accepted and confirmed by the Company.  For purposes of this Section 6(a) , Units are “sold” only if an executed Subscription Agreement is accepted by the Company and the Company has thereafter distributed the selling commission to the Dealer Manager in connection with such transaction pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement.
 
 
5

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that no selling commission shall be payable with respect to particular Units if the Company rejects a proposed subscriber’s Subscription Agreement.  Accordingly, Soliciting Dealer shall have no authority to issue a confirmation (pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 10b-10) to any subscriber; such authority residing solely in the Dealer Manager, as the dealer manager and processing broker-dealer of the Offering.

(c)           The Dealer Manager may, in its sole discretion, re-allow all or any portion of the Dealer Manager Fee received by it to Soliciting Dealer.  Subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, the Dealer Manager may, in its sole discretion, request the Company to reimburse to Soliciting Dealer for reasonable accountable bona fide due diligence expenses, provided such expenses have actually been incurred, are supported by detailed and itemized invoices provided to the Company and the Company had theretofore given its prior written approval of incurrence of such expenses.

(d)           Certain marketing expenses, such as Soliciting Dealer conferences, may be advanced to Soliciting Dealer and later deducted from the portion of the Dealer Manager Fee re-allowed to that Soliciting Dealer.  If the Offering is not consummated, Soliciting Dealer will repay any such advance to the Dealer Manager to the extent not expended on marketing expenses. Any such advance shall be deducted from the maximum amount of the Dealer Manager Fee that may otherwise be re-allowable to Soliciting Dealer.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Soliciting Dealer will not be entitled to receive any portion of the Dealer Manager Fee which would cause the aggregate amount of selling commissions, dealer manager fees and other forms of underwriting compensation (as defined in accordance with applicable FINRA rules) received by the Dealer Manager and all Soliciting Dealers to exceed 10% of the gross proceeds raised from the sale of Units in the Offering.

(e)           The Company will not be liable or responsible to Soliciting Dealer for the payment of any selling commissions or fees or any reallowance of selling commissions or fees to Soliciting Dealer, such payment and reallowance of selling commissions and fees being the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Dealer Manager (to the extent set forth in this Agreement).  Soliciting Dealer acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer Manager’s liability for selling commissions and fees payable to Soliciting Dealer is limited solely to selling commissions and fees received by the Dealer Manager from the Company pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement in connection with Soliciting Dealer’s sale of Units.

7.            Reserved Units .  The number of Units, if any, to be reserved for sale by each Soliciting Dealer may be decided by the mutual agreement, from time to time, of the Dealer Manager and the Company.  The Dealer Manager reserves the right to notify Soliciting Dealer by United States mail or by other means of the number of Units reserved for sale by Soliciting Dealer, if any.  Such Units will be reserved for sale by Soliciting Dealer until the time specified in the Dealer Manager’s notification to Soliciting Dealer. Sales of any reserved Units after the time specified in the notification to Soliciting Dealer or any requests for additional Units will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.
 
 
6

 

8.            Dealer Manager’s Authority . Subject to the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager shall have full authority to take such action as it may deem advisable with respect to all matters pertaining to the Offering or arising thereunder.  Except for obligations and liabilities expressly assumed by the Dealer Manager hereunder, the Dealer Manager shall not have any liability to Soliciting Dealer for or in respect of:  (a) the validity or value of or title to, the Units; (b) the form of, or the statements contained in, or the validity of, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; (c) any instrument executed by the Company or by others; (d) the form or validity of the Dealer Manager Agreement or this Agreement; (e) the delivery of the Units; (f) the performance by the Company or by others of any agreement on its or their part; (g) the qualification of the Units for sale under the laws of any jurisdiction; or (h) any matter in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to relieve the Company or the Dealer Manager from any liability imposed by the Securities Act. No obligations or liability on the part of the Company or the Dealer Manager shall be implied or inferred herefrom.

9.            Conditions to the Effectiveness of this Agreement .  This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a)           The Dealer Manager Agreement shall have been executed and be in force and effect.

(b)           The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued by the Commission.

(c)           On or prior to October 31, 2011, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the terms and arrangements of the distribution of Units pursuant to the Offering.

10.          Indemnification .

(a)           Under the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify Soliciting Dealer and the Dealer Manager and each person, if any, who controls Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, in certain instances and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act in certain circumstances. Soliciting Dealer hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and each person who controls it as provided in the Dealer Manager Agreement and to indemnify the Dealer Manager to the extent and in the manner that Soliciting Dealer agrees to indemnify the Company in the Dealer Manager Agreement.
 
 
7

 

(b)           In furtherance of, and not in limitation of the foregoing, Soliciting Dealer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Dealer Manager and the Company, and their officers, directors, employees, members, partners, affiliates, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls such entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each person who has signed the Registration Statement (“ Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which any of the Indemnified Parties, and each person who signed the Registration Statement, may become subject, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims and expenses (including the reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in investigating and defending any such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:  (i) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or any material breach of a covenant contained herein by Soliciting Dealer; (ii) any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or (B) in any Approved Sales Literature; (iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however , that in each case described in clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Dealer Manager by Soliciting Dealer specifically for use with reference to Soliciting Dealer in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto; (iv) any use of sales literature, including “broker dealer use only” materials, by Soliciting Dealer that is not Approved Sales Literature; (v) any untrue statement made by Soliciting Dealer or its representatives or agents or omission by Soliciting Dealer or its representatives or agents to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Units in each case, other than statements or omissions made in conformity with the Registration Statement, Prospectus, Approved Sales Literature or any other materials or information furnished by or on behalf of the Company; or (vi) any failure by Soliciting Dealer to comply with applicable laws governing money laundry abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts in connection with the Offering, including applicable FINRA Rules, Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and the USA PATRIOT Act (as defined below).  Soliciting Dealer will reimburse the aforesaid parties for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which Soliciting Dealer may otherwise have.

(c)           Promptly after receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 10 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 10 , promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; provided, however , the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have been prejudiced by such failure.  In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel.  Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of, and unconditional release of all liabilities from, the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought.  Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such Indemnified Party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 
8

 
 
(d)          An indemnifying party under this Section 10 shall be obligated to reimburse an Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses as follows: the indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided, however , that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one Indemnified Party.  If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one Indemnified Party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse the expenses and fees of the one law firm (in addition to local counsel) that has been participating by a majority of the indemnified parties against which such action is finally brought; and in the event a majority of such indemnified parties is unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an Indemnified Party against the action or claim.  Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

11.          Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 10 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, the contributions provisions set forth in Section 8 of the Dealer Manager Agreement shall be applicable.

12.          Company as Party to Agreement .  Each of the Company and the Manager shall be a third party beneficiary of Soliciting Dealer’s representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in Sections 10 and 11 .  No provision of Section 10 or Section 11 may be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Company and the Manager. The Company shall have all enforcement rights in law and in equity with respect to those portions of this Agreement as to which it is third party beneficiary.

13.          Privacy Laws; Compliance .      Soliciting Dealer agrees to: (a) abide by and comply with (i) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “ GLB Act ”); (ii) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable federal or state law; and (iii) Soliciting Dealer’s own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time; (b) refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers, except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law; and (c) determine which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving an aggregated list of such customers (the “ List ”) as provided by each to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights.  If either party uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, that party will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights.  Each party understands that it is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.

 
9

 

14.          Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Programs .          Soliciting Dealer represents to the Dealer Manager and to the Company that it has established and implemented anti-money laundering compliance programs in accordance with applicable law, including applicable FINRA Rules, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended (the “ USA PATRIOT Act ”), specifically including, but not limited to, Section 352 of the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (the “ Money Laundering Abatement Act ,” and together with the USA PATRIOT Act, the “ AML Rules ”) reasonably expected to detect and cause the reporting of suspicious transactions in connection with the offering and sale of the Units.  Soliciting Dealer further represents that it currently is in compliance with all AML Rules, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the Money Laundering Abatement Act, and Soliciting Dealer hereby covenants to remain in compliance with such requirements and shall, upon request by the Dealer Manager or the Company, provide a certification to the Dealer Manager or the Company that, as of the date of such certification (a) its AML Program is consistent with the AML Rules, and (b) it is currently in compliance with all AML Rules, specifically including, but not limited to, the Customer Identification Program requirements under Section 326 of the Money Laundering Abatement Act.  Upon request by the Dealer Manager at any time, Soliciting Dealer will (i) furnish a written copy of its AML Program to the Dealer Manager for review, and (ii) furnish a copy of the findings and any remedial actions taken in connection with its most recent independent testing of its AML Program.

15.          Confidentiality .  Each party to this Agreement agrees to maintain all information received from the other party pursuant to this Agreement in confidence, and each party to this Agreement agrees not to use any such information for any purpose, or disclose any such information to any person or entity, except as permitted by this Agreement or applicable laws, rules and regulations.  This Section 15 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

16.          Non-Solicitation .  Subject to this Section 16 , the Dealer Manager agrees that it will not (and the Dealer Manager will use reasonable good faith efforts to ensure that its employees and representatives do not) solicit business from any of Soliciting Dealer’s contacts or customers or knowingly recruit any of Soliciting Dealer’s independent registered representatives.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dealer Manager may solicit Soliciting Dealer’s contacts, customers or independent registered representatives but only to the extent that the Dealer Manager can demonstrate a relationship with such contacts, customers or independent registered representatives that was not derived through the efforts of Soliciting Dealer’s representatives who are engaged in selling efforts directly in connection with the Offering.  This Section 16 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
 
 
10

 

17.          Miscellaneous .

(a)           Soliciting Dealer hereby authorizes and ratifies the execution and delivery of the Dealer Manager Agreement by the Dealer Manager as the dealer manager of the Offering for itself and on behalf of all Soliciting Dealers, including Soliciting Dealer party hereto, and authorizes the Dealer Manager to agree to any variation of the terms or provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement and to execute and deliver any amendment, modification or supplement thereto. Soliciting Dealer hereby agrees to be bound by all provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement relating to Soliciting Dealers. Soliciting Dealer also authorizes the Dealer Manager to exercise, in the Dealer Manager’s discretion, all the authority or discretion now or hereafter vested in the Dealer Manager by the provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement and to take all such actions as the Dealer Manager may believe desirable in order to carry out the provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement and of this Agreement.

(b)           This Agreement, except for the provisions of Sections 8 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 15 , 16 , and 17 , may be terminated at any time by either party hereto upon five business days’ prior written notice to the other party and, in all events, this Agreement shall terminate on the termination date of the Dealer Manager Agreement, except for the provisions of Sections 8 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , 15 , 16 , and 17 , which shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

(c)           Any notice, waiver, consent, approval or other communication (each, a “ Notice ”) from Soliciting Dealer shall be in writing addressed to the Dealer Manager at:

International Assets Advisory, LLC
300 South Orange Ave.
Suite 1100
Orlando, Florida  32801
Facsimile No.: (407) 254-1500
Attention:  Ed Cofrancesco
   President

with a copy to:

Foley & Lardner LLP
100 North Tampa Street
Suite 2700
Tampa, Florida  33602
Facsimile No.: (813) 221-4210
Attention:  Martin Traber, Esq.
   Steven Vazquez, Esq.

Any notice from the Dealer Manager to Soliciting Dealer shall be in writing and addressed to Soliciting Dealer at Soliciting Dealer’s address appearing following its signature below, or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by Soliciting Dealer with FINRA.  Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.
 
 
11

 

Each Notice shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective upon actual receipt (or refusal of receipt).  Any party may by Notice to the other parties given in accordance with this Section 17(c) designate another address or person for receipt of Notices hereunder.  If the address of a party has changed, then such party promptly shall by Notice to the other parties given in accordance with this Section 17(c) designate a new address for receipt of Notices hereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, if a Notice given in accordance with this Section 17(c) to a party is returned to the sender as being refused or undeliverable (or having a similar status), then such Notice to such party shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective on the date that such Notice was originally sent.

(d)           Nothing herein contained shall constitute the Dealer Manger, Soliciting Dealer, the other Soliciting Dealers or any of them as an association, partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other separate entity.

(e)           If this Agreement is executed before the initial Effective Date, then the Dealer Manager will notify Soliciting Dealer in writing when the initial Effective Date has occurred.  Soliciting Dealer agrees that it will not make any offers to sell the Units or solicit purchasers for the Units until Soliciting Dealer has received such written notice of the initial Effective Date from the Dealer Manager or the Company. This Agreement shall be effective for all sales by Soliciting Dealer on and after the initial Effective Date.

(f)           The Company may authorize the Company’s transfer agent to provide information to the Dealer Manager and Soliciting Dealer regarding record holder information about the clients of Soliciting Dealer who have invested with the Company on an on-going basis for so long as Soliciting Dealer has a relationship with such client.  Soliciting Dealer shall not disclose any password for a restricted website or portion of a restricted website provided to Soliciting Dealer in connection with the Offering and shall not disclose to any person, other than an officer, director, employee or agent of Soliciting Dealer, any material downloaded from such restricted website or portion of a restricted website.

(g)           Soliciting Dealer shall have no right to assign this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder or to delegate any of its obligations hereunder.  Any purported assignment or delegation by Soliciting Dealer shall be null and void.  The Dealer Manager shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement by written notice, and Soliciting Dealer shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment by execution hereof.  Dealer Manager shall provide written notice of any such assignment to Soliciting Dealer.

(h)           This Agreement may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Soliciting Dealer’s consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Agreement, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to Soliciting Dealer of such amendment if it does not notify the Dealer Manager in writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that Soliciting Dealer does not consent to such amendment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Soliciting Dealer agrees that (i) it shall consent to any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Agreement requested by FINRA, and (ii) any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Agreement will be effective immediately and Soliciting Dealer’s consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by its sale of Units or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Soliciting Dealer.

 
12

 
 
(i)            This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterpart copies, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument comprising this Agreement.

(j)            The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

(k)           The failure of any party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, such provision or right shall be and remain in full force and effect.

[Signatures on following page]
 
 
13

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with Soliciting Dealer’s understanding and agreement, please sign and return the attached duplicate of this Agreement. Soliciting Dealer’s indicated acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding agreement between Soliciting Dealer and the Dealer Manager.

Very truly yours,
 
INTERNATIONAL ASSETS ADVISORY, LLC
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

Dealer Manager Signature Page to
Soliciting Dealer Agreement
 
 
 

 
 
The undersigned dealer confirms its agreement to act as a Soliciting Dealer pursuant to all the terms and conditions of the above Soliciting Dealer Agreement and the Dealer Manager Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto. The undersigned dealer hereby represents that it will comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations. The undersigned dealer represents and warrants that it is duly registered as a broker-dealer under the provisions of the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or is exempt from such registration.  The undersigned dealer confirms that it and each salesperson acting on its behalf are members in good standing of FINRA and duly licensed by the regulatory authority in the state in which its principal office is located, or are exempt from registration with such authorities. The undersigned dealer hereby represents that it will comply with the Rules of FINRA, all rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA and all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Dated: ______________, 2011
 
 
 
Name of Soliciting Dealer
   
   
 
 
Federal Identification Number
 
 
By:
    
 
 
Name:
   
Authorized Signatory

Kindly have checks representing selling commissions forwarded as follows (if different than above): (Please type or print)

Name of Firm:
 
 
   
Address:
 
 
 
Street
   
   
 
 
City
   
   
 
 
State and Zip Code
   
   
 
 
Telephone No.
   
   
 
 
Fax No.
   
Attention:
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit A

(Dealer Manager Agreement)

 
 

 

FORM OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
 

 
Date as of [                                ], 2011
 


 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
     
ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS
1
     
ARTICLE 2
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS
18
2.1
Formation
18
2.2
Name
18
2.3
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
18
2.4
Power of Attorney
18
2.5
Term
20
     
ARTICLE 3
PURPOSE
20
3.1
Purpose and Business
20
3.2
Powers
21
     
ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
21
4.1
Capital Contributions of the Partners
21
4.2
Additional Funds; Restrictions on the General Partner
22
4.3
Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests; Admission of Additional Limited Partners
24
4.4
Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Common Stock and Preferred Stock
25
4.5
Repurchase of Common Stock; Shares-In-Trust
25
4.6
No Third-Party Beneficiary
26
4.7
No Interest; No Return
26
4.8
No Preemptive Rights .
27
     
ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTIONS
27
5.1
Distributions
27
5.2
Qualification as a REIT
29
5.3
Withholding
29
5.4
Additional Partnership Interests
29
5.5
Tax Distributions
29
     
ARTICLE 6
ALLOCATIONS
30
6.1
Allocations
30
6.2
Revisions to Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Partnership Interests
30
     
ARTICLE 7
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS
30
7.1
Management
30
7.2
Certificate of Limited Partnership
35
7.3
Reimbursement of the General Partner
36
7.4
Outside Activities of the General Partner
37
7.5
Contracts with Affiliates
37
7.6
Indemnification
38
7.7
Liability of the General Partner
40
 
 
i

 
 
7.8
Other Matters Concerning the General Partner
41
7.9
Title to Partnership Assets
42
7.10
Reliance by Third Parties
43
7.11
Loans By Third Parties
43
     
ARTICLE 8
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
43
8.1
Limitation of Liability
43
8.2
Management of Business
43
8.3
Outside Activities of Limited Partners
44
8.4
Return of Capital
44
8.5
Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership
44
8.6
Exchange Rights Agreements
45
     
ARTICLE 9
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
45
9.1
Records and Accounting
45
9.2
Fiscal Year
46
9.3
Reports
46
     
ARTICLE 10
TAX MATTERS
46
10.1
Preparation of Tax Returns
46
10.2
Tax Elections
47
10.3
Tax Matters Partner
47
10.4
Organizational Expenses
49
10.5
Withholding
49
     
ARTICLE 11
TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS
51
11.1
Transfer
51
11.2
Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest
51
11.3
Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer
53
11.4
Substituted Limited Partners
54
11.5
Assignees
55
11.6
General Provisions
55
     
ARTICLE 12
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
57
12.1
Admission of Successor General Partner
57
12.2
Admission of Additional Limited Partners
58
12.3
Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership
59
     
ARTICLE 13
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
60
13.1
Dissolution
60
13.2
Winding Up
61
13.3
No Obligation to Contribute Deficit
62
13.4
Rights of Limited Partners
62
13.5
Notice of Dissolution
63
13.6
Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership
63
13.7
Reasonable Time for Winding-Up
63
 
 
ii

 

13.8
Waiver of Partition
63
     
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS
63
14.1
Amendments
63
14.2
Meetings of the Partners
64
     
ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS
66
15.1
Addresses and Notice
65
15.2
Titles and Captions
66
15.3
Pronouns and Plurals
66
15.4
Further Action
66
15.5
Binding Effect
66
15.6
Creditors
66
15.7
Waiver
66
15.8
Counterparts
66
15.9
Applicable Law
67
15.10
Invalidity of Provisions
67
15.11
Entire Agreement
67
15.12
Merger
67
15.13
No Rights as Stockholders
67
     
ARTICLE 16
SERIES A REDEEMABLE PREFERRED UNITS
67
16.1
Designation and Number .
67
16.2
Voting .
67
16.3
Redemptions .
68
     
ARTICLE 17
CLASS B UNITS
69
17.1
Designation and Number .
69
17.2
Voting .
70
17.3
Mandatory Unit Conversion .
70
17.4
Profits Interests .
70

EXHIBITS
   
     
Exhibit A
Partners’ Contributions and Partnership Interests
Exhibit B
Allocations
 
 
iii

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
 
THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P. dated as of [_________], 2011, is entered into among PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC., a Maryland corporation, as General Partner, and PREFERRED APARTMENT ADVISORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the Initial Limited Partner and as the Special Limited Partner, and the Limited Partners party hereto from time to time.
 
WHEREAS, the General Partner formed Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. as a limited partnership on May 13, 2010 pursuant to the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware and filed a certificate of limited partnership with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Certificate ”).
 
WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner entered into the Agreement of Limited Partnership on May 13, 2010 (the “ Original Agreement ”), amended and restated the Original Agreement on November 19, 2010 (the “ First Amended and Restated Agreement ”), and further amended and restated the First Amended and Restated Agreement on February 28, 2011 (the “ Second Amended and Restated Agreement ”).
 
WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner wish to redesignate the Partnership Interests and Partnership Units issued pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement.
 
WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner have agreed to make certain amendments and desire to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Agreement.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree that the Second Amended and Restated Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
 
ARTICLE 1
DEFINED TERMS
 
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
 
Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person that has executed and delivered an additional limited partner signature page in the form attached hereto, has been admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.3 and that is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.
 
 
 

 
 
Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the negative balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of any relevant fiscal year, determined after giving effect to the following adjustments:
 
(a)            credit to such Capital Account any portion of such negative balance which such Partner (i) is treated as obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Regulations, or (ii) is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations; and
 
(b)            debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Regulations.
 
Administrative Expenses ” means (i) all organizational, administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners have agreed, are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, General Partner Expenses; provided , however , that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner that are attributable to assets or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
 
Affected Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 3(b) of Exhibit B .
 
Affiliate ” means,
 
(a)            with respect to any individual Person, any member of the Immediate Family of such Person or a trust established for the benefit of such member, or
 
(b)            with respect to any Entity, any Person which, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, any such Entity. For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to a any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
Agreement ” means this Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as originally executed and as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, as the context requires.

 
2

 

Allocable Capital Contributions ” means, as determined as of the Distribution Date with respect to any Real Estate Asset, the amount of Capital Contributions of each Partner holding GP Units or Class A Units allocable to the acquisition or improvement of such Real Estate Asset (taking into account the distribution of the proceeds of any financing or refinancing of such Real Estate Asset), as reasonably determined by the General Partner.
 
Allocable Expenses ” means, as determined as of the Distribution Date, a proportionate share of the Expenses, which shall be determined by multiplying total Expenses with respect to which a distribution was not previously made to the Partners holding GP Units or Class A Units by the Apportionment Percentage.
 
Apportionment Percentage ” means as of each Distribution Date, a fraction, the numerator of which is the Allocable Capital Contributions made by Partners holding GP Units or Class A Units used to acquire or improve the Real Estate Asset giving rise to any distribution as of such date and the denominator of which is the aggregate Allocable Capital Contributions made by Partners holding GP Units or Class A Units used to acquire and improve all Real Estate Assets which are not Realized Investments (including as other than a Realized Investment, for this purpose, such Real Estate Asset giving rise to any distribution).
 
 “ Articles of Incorporation ” means the General Partner’s Articles of Incorporation and Articles Supplementary, filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation, or other organizational documents governing the General Partner, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
Assignee ” means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5 .
 
Available Cash ” means, with respect to the applicable period of measurement ( i.e. , any period (other than the first period in which this calculation of Available Cash is being made) beginning on the first day of the fiscal year, quarter or other period commencing immediately after the last day of the fiscal year, quarter or other applicable period for purposes of the prior calculation of Available Cash for or with respect to which a distribution has been made, and ending on the last day of the fiscal year, quarter or other applicable period immediately preceding the date of the calculation), the excess, if any, as of such date, of
 
(a)        the gross cash receipts of the Partnership for such period from all sources whatsoever, including the following:
 
(i)            all rents, revenues, income and proceeds derived by the Partnership from its operations, including distributions received by the Partnership from any Entity in which the Partnership has an interest;
 
(ii)            all proceeds and revenues received by the Partnership on account of any sales or redemptions of any Partnership Real Estate Assets or as a refinancing of or payment of principal, interest, costs, fees, penalties or otherwise on account of any borrowings or loans made by the Partnership or financings or refinancings of any Real Estate Assets or property of the Partnership, but not including any proceeds from a sale transaction if such proceeds are reinvested by the Partnership in one or more Real Estate Assets within 180 days thereafter;

 
3

 
 
(iii)            the amount of any insurance proceeds and condemnation awards received by the Partnership;
 
(iv)           all Capital Contributions and loans received by the Partnership from its Partners;
 
(v)            all cash amounts previously reserved by the Partnership, to the extent such amounts are no longer needed for the specific purposes for which such amounts were reserved; and
 
(vi)            the proceeds of liquidation of the Partnership’s property in accordance with this Agreement;
 
over
 
(b)            the sum of the following:
 
(i)            all operating costs and expenses, including taxes and other expenses of the assets directly and indirectly held by the Partnership and capital expenditures made during such period (without deduction, however, for any capital expenditures, charges for Depreciation or other expenses not paid in cash or expenditures from reserves described in clause (viii) below);
 
(ii)            all costs and expenses expended or paid during such period in connection with the sale or other disposition, or financing or refinancing, of the property directly or indirectly held by the Partnership or the recovery of insurance or condemnation proceeds;
 
(iii)            all fees provided for under this Agreement;
 
(iv)           all debt service, including principal and interest, paid during such period on all indebtedness (including under any line of credit) of the Partnership;
 
(v)            all capital contributions, advances, reimbursements, loans or similar payments made to any Person in which the Partnership has an interest;
 
(vi)            all loans made by the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
 
(vii)          all reimbursements to the General Partner or its Affiliates during such period; and
 
(viii)          the amount of any new reserve or reserves or increase in reserves established during such period which the General Partner determines is necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.

 
4

 
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include any cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made or reserves established, after commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership.
 
Average Capital Account Balance ” means the quotient of (i) the aggregate Capital Account balance attributable to the Class A Units outstanding at the time of determination, divided by (ii) the number of such Class A Units outstanding at the time of determination.  For purposes of the foregoing calculation, outstanding Class A Units shall include any other Partnership Units convertible into Class A Units, other than Class B Units or Series A Redeemable Preferred Units.
 
Business Combination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a)(iii)(C) .
 
Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to close.
 
Capital Account ” means with respect to any Partner, the Capital Account maintained for such Partner in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(a)            to each Partner’s Capital Account there shall be credited:
 
(i)            such Partner’s Capital Contributions;
 
(ii)            such Partner’s distributive share of Net Income, Net Property Gain and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2 of Exhibit B ; and
 
(iii)            the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or which are secured by any asset distributed to such Partner;
 
(b)            to each Partner’s Capital Account there shall be debited:
 
(i)              the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement;
 
(ii)             such Partner’s distributive share of Net Losses, Net Property Loss and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2 of Exhibit B ; and
 
(iii)            the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or which are secured by any asset contributed by such Partner to the Partnership; and
 
(c)            if all or a portion of a Partnership Interest is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Partnership Interest.

 
5

 
 
The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Regulations, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If the General Partner shall reasonably determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed assets or which are assumed by the Partnership, the General Partner or any Limited Partner) are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification; provided , however , that all allocations of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction continue to have “substantial economic effect” within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code and that no Limited Partner is materially adversely affected by any such modification.
 
Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Gross Asset Value of property (net of any liabilities secured by contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code) which such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Partnership pursuant to Article 4 .
 
Capital Transaction ” means:  (a) any sale, or other disposition (other than a deemed disposition pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder) of (i) a Real Estate Asset of the Partnership, (ii) all or substantially all of the Real Estate Assets and other assets and properties of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Real Estate Assets and other assets and properties of the Partnership, or (iii) all or substantially all the interests in the Partnership; (b) any merger of the Partnership, or any subsidiary or joint venture through which the Partnership owns unimproved or improved real property, with or into another person; or (c) any other transaction or series of transactions (including any financing transaction) determined to be a Capital Transaction in the reasonable discretion of General Partner.
 
Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash per Partnership Unit equal to the value of one share of Common Stock as determined under the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement on the Valuation Date of the Common Stock Amount.
 
Cash Available for Distribution ” means the Available Cash other than Net Sale Proceeds.
 
Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Claims ” has the meaning set forth in the Section 7.6(a)(i).
 
Class A Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Class A Unit of the Partnership.
 
Class B Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Class B Unit of the Partnership.
 
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.
 
 
6

 
 
Common Stock ” means the common stock of the General Partner, $.01 par value per share.  If, at any time, there is more than one class or series of Common Stock, the term “Common Stock” shall, as the context requires, be deemed to refer to the class or series of Common Stock that correspond to the class or series of Partnership Interests for which the reference to Common Stock is made.
 
Common Stock Amount ” means that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (a) the number of Partnership Units offered for exchange by an exchanging Partner, multiplied by (b) the Exchange Factor as of the Valuation Date; provided , however , that if the General Partner or the Partnership issues to all holders of Common Stock rights, options, warrants or convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities entitling the Stockholders to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ rights ”), then the Common Stock Amount shall also include the rights that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would be entitled to receive, to the extent such rights have not expired as of the Valuation Date.
 
Consent ” means the consent or approval of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Section 14.2 .
 
Consent of the Limited Partners ” means the Consent of Limited Partners holding Percentage Interests that are greater than 50% of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners who are not excluded for the purposes hereof.
 
Contributed Property ” means each property, partnership interest, contract right or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership by any Partner, including any interest in any successor partnership occurring as a result of a termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of Code.
 
Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination and without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (b) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (c) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (d) obligations of such Person incurred in connection with entering into a lease which, in accordance with GAAP, should be capitalized.

 
7

 
 
Depreciation ” means, with respect to any asset of the Partnership for any fiscal year or other period, the depreciation, depletion, amortization or other cost recovery deduction, as the case may be, allowed or allowable for federal income tax purposes in respect of such asset for such fiscal year or other period; provided , however , that except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2 of the Regulations, if there is a difference between the Gross Asset Value (including the Gross Asset Value, as increased pursuant to paragraph (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value) and the adjusted tax basis of such asset at the beginning of such fiscal year or other period, Depreciation for such asset shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to the beginning Gross Asset Value of such asset as the federal income tax depreciation, depletion, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such fiscal year or other period bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis of such asset; provided further , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, depletion, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such asset for such fiscal year or other period is zero, Depreciation of such asset shall be determined with reference to the beginning Gross Asset Value of such asset using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.
 
Distribution Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .
 
Effective Date ” means the date upon which the Registration Statement relating to the General Partner’s public offering of Common Stock has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Entity ” means any general partnership, limited partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust, business trust, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, cooperative or association.
 
ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding laws).
 
Exchange Factor ” means 1.0; provided , however , that if the General Partner:  (a) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding Common Stock in Common Stock or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding Common Stock in Common Stock; (b) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock; or (c) combines its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exchange Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, contribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purpose that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of shares of Common Stock (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination; provided   further , however , that if an Entity other than an Affiliate of the General Partner shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner with or into another Entity (the “ Successor Entity ”), the Exchange Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exchange Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity in which one share of Common Stock is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Exchange Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 
8

 
 
Exchange Right ” means the exchange right of a Limited Partner described in Section 8.6 and to be set forth in one or more Exchange Rights Agreements.
 
Exchange Rights Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6 .
 
Expenses ” means (a) all organizational, administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, including the asset management fee payable to the General Partner’s investment advisor, and (b) all REIT Offering Expenses; provided , however , that “Expenses” excludes any such expenses used to acquire and improve a Real Estate Asset and included in such Real Estate Asset’s Allocable Capital Contribution.
 
First Amended and Restated Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
 
GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the Effective Date of the Registration Statement.
 
General Partner ” means Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and any successor as general partner of the Partnership.
 
General Partner Expenses ” means (a) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of the General Partner and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of General Partner), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by the General Partner, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to any such offering of securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (c) costs and expenses associated with the repurchase of any securities of the General Partner, (d) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic report or other reports or communications by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any securities exchange, (e) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Securities and Exchange Commission and any securities exchange, (f) costs and expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation for the officers, directors or employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates, (g) costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership Interests and (h) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or in connection with the Partnership.
 
General Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner. A General Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of GP Units.

 
9

 
 
GP Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a GP Unit of the Partnership.
 
Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset of the Partnership, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
(a)            the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, without reduction for liabilities, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership on the date of contribution thereof;
 
(b)            if the General Partner determines that an adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners, the Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted in accordance with Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g) of the Regulations to equal their respective gross fair market values, without reduction for liabilities, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, as of the following times:
 
(i)             a Capital Contribution (other than a de minimis Capital Contribution) to the Partnership by a new or existing Partner as consideration for a Partnership Interest; or
 
(ii)            the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets as consideration for the repurchase or redemption of a Partnership Interest; or
 
(iii)            the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations;
 
(c)            the Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets distributed to any Partner shall be the gross fair market values of such assets (taking Section 7701(g) of the Code into account) without reduction for liabilities, as determined by the General Partner as of the date of distribution; and
 
(d)            the Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Sections 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations (as set forth in Exhibit B ); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph (d) to the extent that the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to paragraph (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (d).
 
At all times, Gross Asset Values shall be adjusted by any Depreciation taken into account with respect to the Partnership’s assets for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Loss.

 
10

 

Immediate Family ” means, as to any natural Persons:  (i) any of such Person’s parents and siblings, spouse and descendants and any of the spouses of such descendants (collectively, the “ Individual Group ”); (ii) any trust, the beneficiaries of which consist exclusively of one or more members of the Individual Group (collectively, the “ Family Trusts ”); and (iii) any entity which is controlled by, directly or indirectly, one or more members of the Individual Group and/or one or more of the Family Trusts.
 
Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means,
 
(a)            as to any individual who is a Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage his person or his estate;
 
(b)            as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter;
 
(c)            as to any partnership which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership;
 
(d)            as to any limited liability company which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the limited liability company;
 
(e)            as to any estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership;
 
(f)            as to any trustee of a trust which is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee); or
 
(g)            as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner, which shall be deemed to have occurred when:
 
(i)            the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect;
 
(ii)           the Partner is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and nonappealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Partner;
 
(iii)          the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Partner’s creditors;
 
(iv)          the Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (ii) above;
 
(v)           the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any substantial part of the Partner’s properties;

 
11

 
 
(vi)         any proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief of or against such Partner under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within 120 days after the commencement thereof;
 
(vii)        the appointment without the Partner’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within 90 days of such appointment; or
 
(viii)       an appointment referred to in clause (vii) which has been stayed is not vacated within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay.
 
include ”, “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be construed as if followed by the phrase “without limitation”.
 
Indemnitee ” means
 
(a)            any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of:
 
(i)            its status as the General Partner or Liquidator,
 
(ii)           its status as a Limited Partner,
 
(iii)          its status as an investment advisor to the General Partner,
 
(iv)          its status as a trustee, director or officer of the Partnership, the General Partner, or the investment advisor to the General Partner,
 
(v)           its status as a director, trustee, member or officer of any other Entity, each Person serving in such capacity at the request of the Partnership or the General Partner, or
 
(vi)          his or its liabilities, pursuant to a loan guarantee or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken assets subject to); and
 
(b)            such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, a Limited Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
Initial Limited Partner ” means Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States (or any successor organization).

 
12

 
 
Liability Shortfall ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 3(d) of Exhibit B .
 
Lien ” means any lien, security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge, option, right of first offer or first refusal and any other right or interest of others of any kind or nature, actual or contingent, or other similar encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.
 
Limited Partner ” means, prior to the admission of the first Additional Limited Partner to the Partnership, the Initial Limited Partner, and thereafter any Person named as a Limited Partner in Exhibit A , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time, upon the execution and delivery by such Person of an additional limited partner signature page, or any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
 
Limited Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled, as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Limited Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units (other than GP Units).
 
Liquidating Events ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 .
 
Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2 .
 
Management Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, among the Partnership and the General Partner, as advisees, and the Initial Limited Partner, as advisor, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
 
Net Income ” or “ Net Loss ” means, for each fiscal year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or period as determined for federal income tax purposes by the General Partner, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), adjusted as follows:
 
(a)            by including as an item of gross income any tax-exempt income received by the Partnership and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss;
 
(b)            by treating as a deductible expense any expenditure of the Partnership described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or which is treated as a Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss, including amounts paid or incurred to organize the Partnership (unless an election is made pursuant to Section 709(b) of the Code) or to promote the sale of interests in the Partnership and by treating deductions for any losses incurred in connection with the sale or exchange of Partnership property disallowed pursuant to Section 267(a)(1) or 707(b) of the Code as expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code;

 
13

 
 
(c)           by taking into account Depreciation in lieu of depreciation, depletion, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing taxable income or loss;
 
(d)           by computing gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Partnership property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes by reference to the Gross Asset Value of such property rather than its adjusted tax basis;
 
(e)            if an adjustment of the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset which requires that the Capital Accounts of the Partnership be adjusted pursuant to Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) and (g) of the Regulations, by taking into account the amount of such adjustment as if such adjustment represented additional Net Income or Net Loss pursuant to Exhibit B ;
 
(f)            by excluding Net Property Gain and Net Property Loss; and
 
(g)            by not taking into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss items separately allocated to the Partners pursuant to Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Exhibit B .
 
Net Property Gain ” or “ Net Property Loss ” means, for each fiscal year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable gain or loss for such year or period from a Capital Transaction, including the amount of any adjustment of the Gross Asset Value of any Real Estate Asset which requires that the Capital Accounts of the Partnership be adjusted pursuant to Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) and (g) of the Regulations.  For these purposes, the value of the Real Estate Assets shall reflect the market capitalization of the General Partner (increased by the amount of any Partnership liabilities and the amount of any Series A Preferred Return then due and unpaid).
 
Net Sale Proceeds ” means the net proceeds from a Capital Transaction, as determined by the General Partner.
 
Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c) of the Regulations.
 
Nonrecourse Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Regulations.
 
Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c)(i) .
 
Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Partner ” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners collectively.  Solely for purposes of Exhibit B , “Partner” shall include the Special Limited Partner.

 
14

 
 
Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.
 
Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.
 
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and (2) of the Regulations, and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.
 
Partnership ” means the limited partnership formed under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
 
Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership representing a Capital Contribution by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units.
 
Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(2) of the Regulations, and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in a Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership taxable year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Section 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.
 
Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or 5.1(b).
 
Partnership Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder.  Partnership Units consist of Class A Units, Class B Units, GP Units, Series A Redeemable Preferred Units and any classes or series of Partnership Units established after the date hereof.  The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests in the Partnership represented by such Partnership Units are set forth in Exhibit A , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time. The ownership of Partnership Units shall be evidenced by such form of certificate for Partnership Units as the General Partner adopts from time to time unless the General Partner determines that the Partnership Units shall be uncertificated securities.
 
Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, as set forth in Section 9.2 .
 
Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Partner, the fractional part of the Partnership Interests owned by such Partner and expressed as a percentage as specified in Exhibit A , as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time.

 
15

 
 
Permitted Transferee ” means any person to whom Partnership Units are Transferred in accordance with Section 11.3 .
 
Person ” means an individual or Entity.
 
Precontribution Gain ” has the meaning set forth in subparagraph 3(c) of Exhibit B .
 
 “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock of the General Partner, $.01 par value per share.
 
Priority Return ” means a cumulative, non-compounded rate of return equal to seven percent (7%) per annum.
 
PTP Safe Harbors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(f) .
 
Quarter ” means each of the three-month periods ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.
 
Real Estate Assets ” means any investment by the Partnership in unimproved and improved real property (including fee or leasehold interests, options and leases) or mortgage or real estate-related note, directly, through one or more subsidiaries or through a joint venture.
 
Realized Investments ” means those Real Estate Assets then and previously disposed of in any Capital Transactions.
 
Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.3(j).
 
Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by the General Partner with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any amendments thereof at any time made, relating to the initial public offering of Common Stock.
 
Regulations ” means the final, temporary or proposed income tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
 
Regulatory Allocations ” means the allocations set forth in Paragraph 2 of Exhibit B .
 
REIT ” means a real estate investment trust as defined in Section 856 of the Code.
 
REIT Offering Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 .
 
REIT Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .
 
Safe Harbor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(d) .
 
Safe Harbor Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(d) .
 
Safe Harbor Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(d) .
 
Second Amended and Restated Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 
16

 
 
Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) .
 
Series A Preferred Return ” means, for each Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, a cumulative, non-compounded rate of return equal to six percent (6%) per annum with respect to the Stated Value.  For any partial period, such return shall be calculated ratably on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
 
Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit of the Partnership.
 
Special Limited Partner ” means Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which shall be a limited partner of the Partnership and recognized as such under applicable Delaware law, but not a Limited Partner within the meaning of this Agreement.
 
Special Limited Partner Interest ” means the interest of the Special Limited Partner in the Partnership representing its right as the holder of an interest in distributions described in Section 5.1(b)(vi)(A) (and any corresponding allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction under this Agreement).
 
Stated Value ” means, as of any date, $1,000 per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, less any amounts previously distributed in respect of such Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(vi)(B)(1) .
 
Stockholder ” means a holder of Common Stock or, as the context requires, a holder of Preferred Stock.
 
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which a majority of (a) the voting power of the voting equity securities, or (b) the outstanding equity interests (whether or not voting), is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
 
Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4 .
 
Surviving General Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(d)(i)(A) .
 
Tax Allocations ” means the allocations set forth in Paragraph 4 of Exhibit B .
 
Tax Items ” has the meaning set forth in Paragraph 3(a) of Exhibit B .
 
Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(c) .
 
Transfer ” as a noun, means any sale, assignment, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, gift, encumbrance or other transfer, and as a verb, means to sell, assign, convey, pledge, hypothecate, give, encumber or otherwise transfer.

 
17

 
 
Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the Partnership and the General Partner of notice from an exchanging Partner that such Partner is exercising its Exchange Rights or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.
 
Certain additional terms and phrases have the meanings set forth in Exhibit B .
 
ARTICLE 2
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS  
 
2.1
Formation
 
The General Partner has formed the Partnership by filing the Certificate on May 13, 2010 in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State.  The Partnership is a limited partnership organized pursuant to the provision of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
 
2.2
Name
 
The name of the Partnership is Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P.  The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership”, “LP”, “Ltd.” or similar words, phrases or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
 
2.3
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
 
The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is the Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The principal office of the Partnership shall be 3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400, Atlanta, Georgia 30339, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.
 
2.4
Power of Attorney
 
(a)      Each Limited Partner and each Assignee who accepts Partnership Units (or any rights, benefits or privileges associated therewith) is deemed to irrevocably constitute and appoint the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

 
18

 
 
(i)            execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices:
 
(A)            all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may or plans to conduct business or own property, including any documents necessary or advisable to convey any Contributed Property to the Partnership;
 
(B)            all instruments that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms;
 
(C)            all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation;
 
(D)            all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article 11 , 12 or 13 or the Capital Contribution of any Partner;
 
(E)            all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interest; and
 
(F)            amendments to this Agreement as provided in Article 14 ; and
 
(ii)            execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.
 
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article 14 or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.
 
(b)       (i)        The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Limited Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner and any Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the Transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Partnership Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.

 
19

 
 
(ii)            Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or any Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney, and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or any Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney.
 
(iii)          Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the General Partner’s or Liquidator’s request therefore, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.
 
(c)      For the purposes of this Section 2.4 , the term “Limited Partner” shall be deemed to include the Special Limited Partner, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
2.5
Term
 
The term of the Partnership shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until December 31, 2099, unless the Partnership is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.
 
ARTICLE 3
PURPOSE  
 
3.1
Purpose and Business
 
(a)      The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, including to engage in the following activities:
 
(i)            to acquire, hold, own, develop, construct, improve, maintain, operate, sell, lease, transfer, encumber, convey, exchange, and otherwise dispose of or deal with the assets described in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement;
 
(ii)            to acquire, hold, own, develop, construct, improve, maintain, operate, sell, lease, transfer, encumber, convey, exchange, and otherwise dispose of or deal with real and personal property of all kinds;
 
(iii)           to enter into any partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing;
 
(iv)          to undertake such other activities as may be necessary, advisable, desirable or convenient to the business of the Partnership; and

 
20

 
 
(v)           to engage in such other ancillary activities as shall be necessary or desirable to effectuate the foregoing purposes;
 
provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner at all times to be classified as a REIT, unless the General Partner determines not to qualify as a REIT or ceases to qualify as a REIT for any reason not related to the business conducted by the Partnership.
 
(b)      The Partnership shall have all powers necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes enumerated.
 
3.2
Powers
 
(a)      The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership, including full power and authority to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, to borrow money and to issue evidences of indebtedness, whether or not secured by a Lien, and, directly or indirectly, to acquire, own, manage, improve, develop and construct real property, and lease, sell, transfer and dispose of real property; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion,
 
(i)            could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, unless the General Partner otherwise ceases to qualify as a REIT;
 
(ii)            could subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code; or
 
(iii)          could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the General Partner or its securities, unless such action (or inaction) shall have been specifically consented to by the General Partner in writing.
 
(b)      The General Partner also is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate or advisable to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” for the purposes of Section 7704 of the Code, including imposing restrictions on exchanges of Partnership Units.
 
ARTICLE 4
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS  
 
4.1
Capital Contributions of the Partners
 
(a)      The General Partner and Initial Limited Partner have made the Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A .

 
21

 
 
(b)      To the extent the Partnership acquires any property by the merger of any other Person into the Partnership or the contribution of assets by any other Person, Persons who receive Partnership Interests in exchange for their interests in the Person merging into or contributing assets to the Partnership shall become Limited Partners and shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions as provided in the applicable merger agreement or contribution agreement and as set forth in Exhibit A , as amended to reflect such deemed Capital Contributions.
 
(c)      As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have four classes of Partnership Units, entitled “Class A Units”, “Class B Units”, “GP Units” and “Series A Redeemable Preferred Units”, respectively.  Any Partnership Units representing Limited Partner Interests previously issued hereunder are redesignated as Class A Units, and any Partnership Units representing General Partner Interests previously issued hereunder are redesignated as GP Units.  The Series A Redeemable Preferred Units and Class B Units shall have the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Class A Units, except as set forth in Articles 16 and 17 .  Each Partner shall own Partnership Units in the amounts set forth for such Partner in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A , which Percentage Interest shall be adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, additional Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units, transfers of Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on any Partner’s Percentage Interest.
 
(d)      The number of Partnership Units held by the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner, as evidenced by GP Units, shall be deemed to be the General Partner Interest.
 
(e)      Except as otherwise may be expressly provided herein, the Partners shall have no obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or provide any additional funding to the Partnership (whether in the form of loans, repayments of loans or otherwise) and no Partner shall have any obligation to restore any deficit that may exist in its Capital Account, either upon a liquidation of the Partnership or otherwise.
 
4.2
Additional Funds; Restrictions on the General Partner
 
(a)  (i)       The sums of money required to finance the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be derived from the Capital Contributions made to the Partnership by the Partners as set forth in Section 4.1 and from funds generated from the operation and business of the Partnership, including rents and distributions directly or indirectly received by the Partnership from any Subsidiary.
 
(ii)            If additional financing is needed from sources other than as set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i) for any reason, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, in such amounts and at such times as it solely shall determine to be necessary or appropriate,
 
(A)          cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests and admit additional Limited Partners to the Partnership in accordance with Section 4.3 ;
 
(B)           make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership (subject to the provisions of Section 4.2(b) );

 
22

 
 
(C)           cause the Partnership to borrow money, enter into loan arrangements, issue debt securities, obtain letters of credit or otherwise borrow money on a secured or unsecured basis;
 
(D)           make a loan or loans to the Partnership (subject to Section 4.2(b) ); or
 
(E)           sell any assets or properties directly or indirectly owned by the Partnership.
 
(iii)           In no event shall any Limited Partners be required to make any additional Capital Contributions or any loan to, or otherwise provide any financial accommodation for the benefit of, the Partnership.
 
(b)      The General Partner shall not issue any debt securities, any Preferred Stock or any Common Stock (other than (x) as payment of the Common Stock Amount, or (y) in connection with the conversion or exchange of securities of the General Partner solely in conversion or exchange for other securities of the General Partner) or rights, options, warrants or convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Securities ”), other than to all holders of Common Stock, unless the General Partner shall:
 
(i)            in the case of debt Securities, lend to the Partnership the proceeds of or consideration received for such Securities on the same terms and conditions, including interest rate and repayment schedule, as shall be applicable with respect to or incurred in connection with the issuance of such Securities and the proceeds of, or consideration received from, any subsequent exercise, exchange or conversion thereof (if applicable);
 
(ii)            in the case of equity Securities senior or junior to the Common Stock as to dividends and distributions on liquidation, contribute to the Partnership the proceeds of or consideration (including any property or other non-cash assets) received for such Securities and the proceeds of, or consideration received from, any subsequent exercise, exchange or conversion thereof (if applicable), and receive from the Partnership, interests in the Partnership in consideration therefor with the substantially same terms and conditions, including dividend, dividend priority and liquidation preference, as are applicable to such Securities; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else herein to the contrary, Series A Unites may have different terms and conditions from those of the Preferred Stock; and
 
(iii)           in the case of Common Stock or other equity Securities on a parity with the Common Stock as to dividends and distributions on liquidation, (including Common Stock or other Securities granted as a stock award to directors and officers of the General Partner or directors, officers or employees of its Affiliates in consideration for services or future services, and Common Stock issued a pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan or issued to enable the General Partner make distributions to satisfy the REIT Requirements), contribute to the Partnership the proceeds of or consideration (including any property or other non-cash assets, but excluding services) received for such Securities, if any, and the proceeds of, or consideration received from, any subsequent exercise, exchange or conversion thereof (if applicable), and receive from the Partnership a number of additional Partnership Units in consideration therefor equal to the product of

 
23

 
 
(A)            the number of shares of Common Stock or other equity Securities issued by the General Partner, multiplied by
 
(B)            a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the Exchange Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
 
provided , however , that the General Partner is allowed to issue additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of an asset to be held directly by the General Partner, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the independent directors of the General Partner.  Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership, and (y) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all proceeds from any such issuance to the Partnership, including an issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a share purchase plan or equity incentive plan providing for purchases of shares of Common Stock at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to option awards, including options to purchase shares that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other share awards approved by the board of directors of the General Partner.
 
4.3
Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests; Admission of Additional Limited Partners
 
(a)      In addition to any Partnership Interests issuable by the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.2 , the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests (or options therefor) in the form of Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests in one or more series or classes, or in one or more series of any such class senior, on a parity with, or junior to the Partnership Units to any Persons at any time or from time to time, on such terms and conditions, as the General Partner shall establish in each case in its sole and absolute discretion subject to Delaware law, including (x) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each class or series of Partnership Interests, (y) the right of each class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership distributions, and (z) the rights of each class or series of Partnership Interest upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided , however , that no such Partnership Interests shall be issued to the General Partner unless:
 
(i)            the Partnership Interests are issued in connection with the grant, award, or issuance of Common Stock or other equity interests in the General Partner having designations, preferences and other rights such that the economic interests attributable to such Common Stock or other equity interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights (except voting rights) of the Partnership Interests issued to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 4.3(a) ,

 
24

 
 
(ii)            the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners holding Partnership Interests in the same class in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in such class, without any approval being required from any Limited Partner or any other Person, or
 
(iii)            the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of shares of Common Stock or other interests in the General Partner pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by the General Partner, which shares or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights (other than voting rights) of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.3 ; and
 
provided further , however , that such issuance does not cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, a “party in interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code); and such issuance would not cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Section 2510.3-101 of the regulations of the United States Department of Labor, as modified or deemed to be modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.
 
(b)      Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.3(a) , the General Partner may take such steps as it, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems necessary or appropriate to admit any Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership or to issue any Partnership Interests, including amending the Certificate, Exhibit A or any other provision of this Agreement.
 
4.4
Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Common Stock and Preferred Stock
 
In connection with any offering, grant, award or issuance of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or securities, rights, options, warrants or convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities pursuant to Section 4.2 , the General Partner shall make aggregate Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds raised in connection with such offering, grant, award or issuance, including any property issued to the General Partner pursuant to a merger or contribution agreement in exchange for Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that if the proceeds actually received by the General Partner are less than the gross proceeds of such offering, grant, award or issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commission or fee, dealer manager fee, sales commissions or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such offering, grant, award or issuance (the “ REIT Offering Expenses ”), then the General Partner shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of (a) the net proceeds of such issuance plus (b) an intangible asset in an amount equal to the capitalized costs of the General Partner relating to such issuance of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.  Upon any such Capital Contribution by the General Partner, the Capital Account of the General Partner shall be increased by the amount of its Capital Contribution as described in the previous sentence.

 
25

 
 
4.5
Repurchase of Common Stock; Shares-In-Trust
 
(a)      If the General Partner shall elect to purchase from its Stockholders Common Stock for the purpose of delivering such Common Stock to satisfy an obligation under any distribution reinvestment plan adopted by the General Partner, any employee stock purchase plan adopted by the General Partner, or for any other purpose, the purchase price paid by the General Partner for such Common Stock and any other expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with such purchase shall be considered expenses of the Partnership and shall be reimbursed to the General Partner, subject to the condition that:
 
(i)            if such Common Stock subsequently is to be sold by the General Partner, the General Partner shall pay to the Partnership any proceeds received by the General Partner from the sale of such Common Stock ( provided , however , that an exchange of Common Stock for Partnership Units pursuant to the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement would not be considered a sale for such purposes); and
 
(ii)            if such Common Stock is not re-transferred by the General Partner within 30 days after the purchase thereof, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to cancel a number of Partnership Units held by the General Partner (as applicable) equal to the product of
 
(A)           the number of shares of such Common Stock, multiplied by
 
(B)           a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the Exchange Factor in effect on the date of such cancellation.
 
(b)      If the General Partner purchases Shares-in-Trust (as from time to time defined in the Articles of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time), the Partnership will purchase from the General Partner a number of Partnership Units equal to the product of
 
(i)            the number of Shares-in-Trust purchased by the General Partner, multiplied by
 
(ii)            a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the Exchange Factor in effect on the date of such purchase.
 
4.6
No Third-Party Beneficiary
 
No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligations of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
 
4.7
No Interest; No Return
 
(a)      No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution or on such Partner’s Capital Account.

 
26

 
 
(b)      Except as provided herein or by law, no Partner shall have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution from the Partnership.
 
4.8
No Preemptive Rights .
 
Subject to any preemptive rights that may be granted pursuant to Section 4.3 , no Person shall have any preemptive or other similar right with respect to:
 
(a)      additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership; or
 
(b)      issuance or sale of any Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests.
 
ARTICLE 5
DISTRIBUTIONS  
 
5.1
Distributions
 
(a)       Cash Available for Distribution .  Subject to the other provisions of this Article 5 and to the provisions of Sections 13.2 and 16.3 , the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute, at such times as the General Partner shall determine (each a “ Distribution Date ”), an amount of Cash Available for Distribution, determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to the Limited Partners and the General Partner, as of the applicable Partnership Record Date as follows:
 
(i)             first , 100% to the Partners holding Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received in the aggregate, pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) and Section 5.1(b)(i) , an amount such that the Series A Preferred Return has been met with respect to each such Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit; and
 
(ii)             thereafter , 100% to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in accordance with each such Partner’s respective Percentage Interest.
 
(b)       Net Sale Proceeds .  Subject to the other provisions of this Article 5 and to the provisions of Sections 13.2 and 16.3 , the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute, on each Distribution Date, Net Sale Proceeds, determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to the Limited Partners, the Special Limited Partner and the General Partner, as of the applicable Partnership Record Date, as follows:
 
(i)             first , 100% to the Partners holding Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received in the aggregate, pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(i) and Section 5.1(a)(i) , an amount such that the Series A Preferred Return has been met with respect to each such Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit;
 
(ii)             second , 100% to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(ii) and Section 5.1(b)(iii) the amount of their Allocable Capital Contributions with respect to the Real Estate Asset giving rise to such distribution;

 
27

 
 
(iii)             third , 100% to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) and Section 5.1(b)(ii) cumulative amounts equal to the sum of the aggregate Allocable Capital Contributions made by such Partners for all Realized Investments;
 
(iv)             fourth , 100% to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iv) an amount equal to the sum of the Allocable Expenses with respect to all Realized Investments, including the Realized Investment giving rise to such distribution;
 
(v)             fifth , 100% to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received in the aggregate, pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(v) and Section 5.1(b)(vi)(B) , an amount such that the Priority Return has been met with respect to the Allocable Capital Contributions and Allocable Expenses distributed pursuant to Sections 5.1(b)(ii) , 5.1(b)(iii) and 5.1(b)(iv) ; and
 
(vi)             sixth , (A) fifteen percent (15%) to the Special Limited Partner, and (B) eighty-five percent (85%) to be further distributed as follows:
 
(1)             first , 100% to the Partners holding Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests until such Partners have received in the aggregate, pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(vi)(B)(1) , an amount such that the aggregate Capital Contributions made by such Partners with respect to such Series A Redeemable Preferred Units have been returned; and
 
(2)             thereafter , 100% among all Partners holding GP Units, Class A Units and/or Class B Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(c)      In no event may any Partner receive a distribution pursuant to this Section 5.1 with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a distribution with respect to Common Stock for which such a Partnership Unit has been exchanged.
 
(d)      To the extent a distribution under Section 5.1(b)(vi)(A) has been paid to the Special Limited Partner for any Real Estate Assets sold within 60 days prior to the sale of a Real Estate Asset in which the Priority Return for that Real Estate Asset was not met, the Special Limited Partner shall return to the Partnership an amount up to the distribution received for the Real Estate Assets sold within such 60-day period, which shall be applied to any Priority Return shortfall actually arising from the sale of the subsequent Real Estate Asset.

 
28

 

5.2
Qualification as a REIT
 
The General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute sufficient amounts under this Article 5 to enable the General Partner to pay dividends to the Stockholders that will enable the General Partner to (a) satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and Regulations (“ REIT Requirements ”), and (b) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability; provided , however , that the General Partner shall not be bound to comply with this covenant to the extent such distributions would (i) violate applicable Delaware law, or (ii) contravene the terms of any notes, mortgages or other types of debt obligations to which the Partnership may be subject in conjunction with borrowed funds.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited Partners agree that the General Partner may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT at any time.
 
5.3
Withholding
 
With respect to any withholding tax or other similar tax liability or obligation to which the Partnership may be subject as a result of any act or status of any Partner or the Special Limited Partner or to which the Partnership becomes subject with respect to any Partnership Unit or the Special Limited Partner Interest, the Partnership shall have the right to withhold amounts distributable pursuant to this Article 5 to such Partner or the Special Limited Partner or with respect to such Partnership Units or the Special Limited Partner Interest, to the extent of the amount of such withholding tax or other similar tax liability or obligation pursuant to the provisions contained in Section 10.5 , and the amount of any withholding shall reduce the right of such Partner or the Special Limited Partner to future distribution to the extent provided in Section 10.5 .
 
5.4
Additional Partnership Interests
 
If the Partnership issues Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.2 or 4.3 , the distribution priorities set forth in Section 5.1 shall be amended, as necessary, to reflect the distribution priority of such Partnership Interests and corresponding amendments shall be made to the provisions of Exhibit B .
 
5.5
Tax Distributions
 
The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall make, in its sole discretion and subject to Section 5.2 , distributions of cash to the Special Limited Partner to provide it with funds to pay applicable federal, state and local income tax liabilities attributable to Partnership income allocated to it (“ Tax Distributions ”), payable within 30 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters and within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount, if any, by which (i) the anticipated taxes with respect to the income attributable to the Special Limited Partner Interest for such fiscal year, exceeds (ii) the aggregate net cash distributions attributable to the Special Limited Partner Interest made to the Special Limited Partner with respect to such fiscal year.  For the purposes of this Agreement, all calculations of anticipated taxes shall assume the highest applicable marginal federal, state and local tax rates for an individual resident, or a corporation doing business, in Atlanta, Georgia, whichever is higher, for such period, taking into account (i) the character of income or gain and any allowable United States federal income tax deduction for state and local taxes, as if such person were not entitled to deduct any expenses that are deductible by an individual only under Section 212 of the Code, and using such other reasonable assumptions as the General Partner may determine and (ii) any carryovers of Partnership capital losses for prior fiscal years (but not other losses) to the extent such losses would be deductible in determining such person’s tax liability for such fiscal year, determined by taking into account only such person’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the Partnership.  The Special Limited Partner may elect to receive less than the full amount of any cash distribution to which it is otherwise entitled under this Section 5.5 .  All Tax Distributions distributed to the Special Limited Partner shall offset future distributions payable to the Special Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1 .

 
29

 

ARTICLE 6
ALLOCATIONS

6.1
Allocations
 
The Net Income, Net Loss, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss and other Partnership items shall be allocated pursuant to the provisions of Exhibit B .
 
6.2
Revisions to Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Partnership Interests
 
If the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any additional Limited Partner pursuant to Article 4 , the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Article 6 and Exhibit B as it deems necessary to reflect the terms of the issuance of such Partnership Interests, including making preferential allocations to classes of Partnership Interests that are entitled thereto. Such revisions shall not require the consent or approval of any other Partner.
 
ARTICLE 7
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS  
 
7.1
Management
 
(a)  (i)          Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership.
 
(ii)            The General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners with or without cause.
 
(iii)          In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 , including:

 
30

 

 
(A)           (1)           the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, including making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its Partners in such amounts as will permit the General Partner (so long as the General Partner qualifies as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section 4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its Stockholders in amounts sufficient to permit the General Partner to maintain REIT status,
 
(2)            the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities,
 
(3)            the issuance of evidence of indebtedness (including the securing of the same by a Lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets), and
 
(4)            the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership, including the payment of all expenses associated with the General Partner;
 
(B)            the acquisition, purchase, ownership, operation, leasing and disposition of any real property and any other property or assets, including mortgages and real estate-related notes, whether directly or indirectly;
 
(C)            the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership or the General Partner;
 
(D)            the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege, or subscription right or other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger, consolidation or other combination (each a “ Business Combination ”) of the Partnership with or into another Entity on such terms as the General Partner deems proper; provided , however , that the General Partner shall be required to send to each Limited Partner a notice of such proposed Business Combination no less than 15 days prior to the record date for the vote of the General Partner’s Stockholders on such Business Combination, if any;
 
(E)            the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms it sees fit, including,
 
(1)            the financing of the conduct of the operations of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries,

 
31

 
 
(2)            the lending of funds to other Persons (including the Subsidiaries of the Partnership and/or the General Partner) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment, and
 
(3)            the making of capital contributions to its Subsidiaries;
 
(F)            the expansion, development, redevelopment, construction, leasing, repair, rehabilitation, repositioning, alteration, demolition or improvement of any property in which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership owns an interest;
 
(G)            the negotiation, execution, and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including contracting with contractors, developers, consultants, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation out of the Partnership’s assets;
 
(H)            the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;
 
(I)             holding, managing, investing and reinvesting cash and other assets of the Partnership;
 
(J)             the collection and receipt of revenues and income of the Partnership;
 
(K)            the establishment of one or more divisions of the Partnership, the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership (including employees having titles such as “president”, “vice president”, “secretary” and “treasurer” of the Partnership), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the Partnership, and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or engagement;
 
(L)             the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners and directors and officers thereof as it deems necessary or appropriate;
 
(M)           the formation of, or acquisition of an interest (including non-voting interests in entities controlled by Affiliates of the Partnership or third parties) in, and the contribution of property to, any further Entities or other relationships that it deems desirable, including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of funds or property to, or making of loans to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person from time to time, or the incurrence of indebtedness on behalf of such Persons or the guarantee of the obligations of such Persons; provided , however , that, as long as the General Partner has determined to elect to qualify as a REIT or to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership may not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT;

 
32

 
 
(N)           the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including
 
(1)            the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment of, any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership,
 
(2)            the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitration or other forms of dispute resolution, and
 
(3)            the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurring of legal expenses, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
 
(O)           the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in its Subsidiaries or any other Person (including the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);
 
(P)            the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may adopt;
 
(Q)           the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;
 
(R)            the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;
 
(S)            the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;
 
(T)            the making, execution and delivery of any and all deeds, leases, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the General Partner, for the accomplishment of any of the foregoing;

 
33

 
 
(U)            the issuance of additional Partnership Units in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article 4 ;
 
(V)            the authorization, issuance, sale, redemption or purchase of any Partnership Units or any securities of the Partnership;
 
(W)          the opening of bank accounts on behalf of, and in the name of, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries; and
 
(X)            the amendment and restatement of Exhibit A to reflect accurately at all times the Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests of the Partners as the same are adjusted from time to time to the extent necessary to reflect redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of Partnership Units, the admission of any Additional Limited Partner or any Substituted Limited Partner or otherwise, which amendment and restatement, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement, as long as the matter or event being reflected in Exhibit A otherwise is authorized by this Agreement.
 
(b)  (i)         Each of the Limited Partners agree that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted under the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation.
 
(ii)            The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.
 
(c)      At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner at the expense of the Partnership, may or may not, cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain:
 
(i)            casualty, liability and other insurance on the assets of the Partnership;
 
(ii)            liability insurance for the Indemnitees hereunder; and
 
(iii)           such other insurance as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines to be appropriate and reasonable.
 
(d)      At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain at any and all times reserves, working capital accounts and other cash or similar balances in such amount as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

 
34

 

(e)  (i)           In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner (including the General Partner) of any action taken (or not taken) by it. The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to any Limited Partner for monetary damages or otherwise for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not delivered by such Limited Partner in connection with such decisions, provided that the General Partner has acted in good faith pursuant to its authority under this Agreement. The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the General Partner, and the General Partner’s Stockholders, collectively.
 
(ii)            The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to any Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner taken pursuant to its authority under and in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(f)      Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
 
(g)      The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.
 
7.2
Certificate of Limited Partnership
 
(a)      The General Partner has previously filed the Certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware as required by the Act.
 
(b) (i)          The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and any other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.
 
(ii)            To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all of the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware and each other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.

 
35

 
 
(iii)            The General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.
 
7.3
Reimbursement of the General Partner
 
(a)      Except as provided in this Section 7.3 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 regarding distributions, payments, and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
 
(b)  (i)         The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Administrative Expenses and expenses relating to the Partnership’s ownership of its assets. The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as it may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenses that it incurs on behalf of the Partnership relating to the ownership and operation of the Partnership’s assets, or for the benefit of the Partnership, including all expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner and the Initial Limited Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, expenses related to the operations of the General Partner and to the management and administration of any Subsidiaries of the General Partner or the Partnership or Affiliates of the Partnership, such as auditing expenses and filing fees and any and all salaries, compensation and expenses of officers and employees of the General Partner, but excluding any portion of expenses reasonably attributable to assets not owned by or for the benefit of, or to operations not for the benefit of, the Partnership or Affiliates of the Partnership; provided , however , that the amount of any such reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it in its name.
 
(ii)            Such reimbursement shall be in addition to any reimbursement made as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.6 .
 
(iii)            The General Partner shall determine in good faith the amount of expenses incurred by it related to the ownership and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership. If certain expenses are incurred for the benefit of the Partnership and other entities (including the General Partner), such expenses will be allocated to the Partnership and such other entities in such a manner as the General Partner in its reasonable discretion deems fair and reasonable. All payments and reimbursements hereunder shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner.
 
(c) (i)          Expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to the organization or reorganization of the Partnership and the General Partner the issuance of Common Stock in connection with, and as described in, the Registration Statement, the issuance of Preferred Stock and any issuance of additional Partnership Interests, Common Stock, Preferred Stock, other Securities or rights, options, warrants, or convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities pursuant to Section 4.2 and all costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any required filings or periodic reports by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations (including all costs, expenses, damage, and other payments resulting from or arising in connection with litigation related to any of the foregoing) are primarily obligations of the Partnership.

 
36

 
 
(ii)            To the extent the General Partner or its Affiliate pays or incurs such expenses, the General Partner or such Affiliate shall be reimbursed for such expenses.
 
7.4
Outside Activities of the General Partner
 
(a)      Subject to Section 7.4(b) , the Articles of Incorporation and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, Affiliate or Stockholder of the General Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.
 
(b)      The General Partner agrees that, generally, all business activities of the General Partner, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in multifamily properties or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiary Partnerships; provided, however, that the General Partner may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of additional Securities by the General Partner or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the independent directors of the General Partner. If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership), the definition of “Common Stock Amount” may be adjusted, as determined in good faith by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a share of Common Stock attributable to the General Partner’s Partnership Units and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
 
(c)      The General Partner and any Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire Limited Partner Interests and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a Limited Partner relating to such Limited Partner Interests.
 
7.5
Contracts with Affiliates
 
(a)  (i)          The Partnership may lend or contribute funds or other assets to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment and such Subsidiaries and Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner.
 
(ii)            The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.

 
37

 

(b)      Except as provided in Section 7.4 , the Partnership may Transfer assets to Entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine.
 
(c)      Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, Transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are determined by the General Partner in good faith to be fair and reasonable.
 
(d)      The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt, on behalf of the Partnership, employee benefit plans, stock option plans, and similar plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them.
 
(e)      The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, a “right of first opportunity” or “right of first offer” arrangement, non-competition agreements and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of the Partnership and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.
 
7.6
Indemnification
 
(a) (i)           To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law or as provided herein, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (collectively, “ Claims ”), that relate to the operations of the Partnership or the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement, in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, so long as (A) the course of conduct which gave rise to the Claim was taken, in the reasonable determination of the Indemnitee made in good faith, in the best interests of the Partnership or the General Partner, (B) such Claim was not the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Indemnitee, (C) the Indemnitee (if other than the General Partner) was acting on behalf or performing services for the Partnership, and (D) such indemnification is not satisfied or recoverable from the assets of the Stockholders of the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall be indemnified for any Claim arising from or out of an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless (1) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged securities law violations as to such Indemnitee, (2) such allegations have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to such Indemnitee, or (3) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of such allegations against such Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which the Common Stock was offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities law.

 
38

 
 
(ii)            Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty (except a guaranty by a Limited Partner of nonrecourse indebtedness of the Partnership or as otherwise provided in any such loan guaranty), contractual obligation for any indebtedness or other obligation or otherwise for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.6 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness.
 
(iii)            Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.6 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any Limited Partner shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Partnership, or otherwise provide funds, to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.6 .
 
(b)      Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative made or threatened against an Indemnitee upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 7.6 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
 
(c)      The indemnification provided by this Section 7.6 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in a written agreement pursuant to which such Indemnities are indemnified.
 
(d)      The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of the Indemnities and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(e)      For purposes of this Section 7.6 , the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by such Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such Indemnitee to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 7.6 .  Actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

 
39

 
 
(f)      In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners (other than the General Partner) to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
 
(g)      An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.6 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
 
(h) (i)      The provisions of this Section 7.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
 
(ii)            Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.6 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.6 , as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
(i)      If and to the extent any payments to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.6 constitute gross income to the General Partner (as opposed to the repayment of advances made on behalf of the Partnership), such amounts shall constitute guaranteed payments within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, shall be treated consistently therewith by the Partnership and all Partners, and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.
 
(j)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder for any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense for which the General Partner is obligated to indemnify the Partnership under any other agreement between the General Partner and the Partnership.
 
7.7
Liability of the General Partner
 
(a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor the investment advisor of the General Partner, nor any of their respective officers and directors, shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission unless the General Partner or its investment advisor, as the case may be, acted in bad faith and the act or omission was material to the matter giving rise to the loss, liability or benefit not derived.
 
(b) (i)         The Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner expressly acknowledge that the General Partner (and its investment advisor) is acting on behalf of the Partnership and the Stockholders of the General Partner collectively, that the General Partner (and its investment advisor), subject to the provisions of Section 7.1(e) , is under no obligation to consider the separate interest of the Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner (including the tax consequences to any Limited Partner, the Special Limited Partner or any Assignee) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions, and that the General Partner (and its investment advisor) shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner in connection with such decisions; provided , however , that the General Partner (and its investment advisor) has acted in good faith.

 
40

 
 
(ii)            With respect to any indebtedness of the Partnership which any Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner may have guaranteed, the General Partner (and its investment advisor) shall have no duty to keep such indebtedness outstanding.
 
(c)            (i)           Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a) , the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agent, including its investment advisor.
 
(ii)            The General Partner shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.
 
(d)      The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that if there is any conflict in the fiduciary duties owed by the General Partner to its Stockholders and by the General Partner, in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership, to the Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner, the General Partner may act in the best interests of the General Partner’s Stockholders without violating its fiduciary duties to the Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner, and that the General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner in connection with any such violation.
 
(e)      Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s and its officers’ and directors’ liability to the Partnership, the Special Limited Partner and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
 
7.8
Other Matters Concerning the General Partner
 
(a)      The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting, or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
(b)      The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which such General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 
41

 
 
(c) (i)    The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and duly appointed attorneys-in-fact.
 
(ii)            Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty which is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.
 
(d)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order
 
(i)            to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, or
 
(ii)            to avoid the General Partner incurring any taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code,
 
is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner.
 
7.9
Title to Partnership Assets
 
(a)      Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof.
 
(b) (i)      Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner.
 
(ii)            The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership asset for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable.
 
(iii)            All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

 
42

 

7.10
Reliance by Third Parties
 
(a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without consent or approval of any other Partner or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if the General Partner were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially.
 
(b)      Each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing.
 
(c)      In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives.
 
(d)      Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that
 
(i)            at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect;
 
(ii)            the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership; and
 
(iii)           such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
 
7.11
Loans By Third Parties
 
The Partnership may incur Debt, or enter into similar credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose (including in connection with any acquisition of asset) with any Person upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate.
 
ARTICLE 8
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS  
 
8.1
Limitation of Liability
 
No Limited Partner shall have any liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement, including Section 10.5 , or under the Act.
 
8.2
Management of Business
 
(a)      No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership.

 
43

 
 
(b)      The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.
 
8.3
Outside Activities of Limited Partners
 
(a)      Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.5 and subject to any other agreements entered into by the Special Limited Partner, a Limited Partner or any of their Affiliates with the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, any Limited Partner, the Special Limited Partner and any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of any Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership.
 
(b)      Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of the Special Limited Partner, any Limited Partner, any Assignee or any of their Affiliates.
 
(c)      No Limited Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the Partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.
 
8.4
Return of Capital
 
(a)      Except pursuant to the Exchange Rights Agreements, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein.
 
(b)      Except as provided in Articles 5 , 6 and 13 , no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.
 
8.5
Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership
 
(a)      In addition to the other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5(b) , each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Person’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at such Person’s own expense (including such reasonable copying and administrative charges as the General Partner may establish from time to time):

 
44

 
 
(i)            to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the General Partner pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(ii)            to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year.
 
(b)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5 , the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that:
 
(i)            the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business; or
 
(ii)            the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with an unaffiliated third party to keep confidential.
 
8.6
Exchange Rights Agreements
 
(a)      The Limited Partners will be granted the right, but not the obligation, to exchange all or a portion of their Partnership Units for cash or, at the option of the Partnership, for shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, on such terms and subject to such conditions and restrictions as will be contained in one or more exchange rights agreements among the General Partner, the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners (as amended from time to time, the “ Exchange Rights Agreements ”). The form of each Exchange Rights Agreement governing the exchange of Partnership Units shall hereafter be provided by the General Partner.
 
(b)      The Limited Partners and all successors, assignees and transferees (whether by operation of law, including by merger or consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of an entity that is a Limited Partner, or otherwise) shall be bound by the provisions of the Exchange Rights Agreement to which they are parties.
 
ARTICLE 9
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS  
 
9.1
Records and Accounting
 
(a)      The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership those records and documents required to be maintained by the Act and other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary for the General Partner to comply with applicable REIT Requirements and to provide to the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Sections 8.5(a) and 9.3 .

 
45

 
 
(b)      Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device, provided that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time.
 
(c)      The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP, or such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
 
9.2
Fiscal Year
 
The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.
 
9.3
Reports
 
(a)      As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date on which the General Partner mails its annual report to its Stockholders, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner, if such statements are prepared on a consolidated basis with the Partnership, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with the standards of the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States), such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner in its sole discretion.
 
(b)      If and to the extent that the General Partner mails quarterly reports to its Stockholders, then as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date such reports are mailed, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner a report containing unaudited financial statements as of the last day of the calendar quarter of the Partnership, or of the General Partner, if such statements are prepared on a consolidated basis with the Partnership, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.
 
(c)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may deliver to the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner each of the reports described above, as well as any other communications that it may provide hereunder, by E-mail or by any other electronic means.
 
ARTICLE 10
TAX MATTERS  
 
10.1
Preparation of Tax Returns
 
(a)      The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within 90 days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.  The federal income tax return of the Partnership shall be filed annually on IRS Form 1065 (or such other successor form) or on any other IRS form as may be required.
 

 
46

 
 
(b)      If required under the Code or applicable state or local income tax law, the General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of any Subsidiaries of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within 90 days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.
 
10.2
Tax Elections
 
(a)      Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code.
 
(b)      The General Partner shall elect a permissible method (which need not be the same method for each item or property) of eliminating the disparity between the book value and the tax basis for each item of property contributed to the Partnership or to a Subsidiary of the Partnership pursuant to the regulations promulgated under the provisions of Section 704(c) of the Code.
 
(c)      The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any tax election it makes, including the election under Section 754 of the Code, upon the General Partner’s determination, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.
 
(d)      The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an election (the “ Safe Harbor Election ”) to have the “liquidation value” safe harbor provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the “ Safe Harbor ”), apply to any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively, such interests are referred to as “ Safe Harbor Interests ”).  The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners.  The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance.  The General Partner is authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
 
10.3
Tax Matters Partner
 
(a) (i)           The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes.

 
47

 
 
(ii)            Pursuant to Section 6230(e) of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the Internal Revenue Service of the beginning of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters partner shall furnish the Internal Revenue Service with the name, address, taxpayer identification number, and profit interest of each of the Limited Partners, the Special Limited Partner and the Assignees; provided , however , that such information is provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners, the Special Limited Partner and the Assignees.
 
(iii)            The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:
 
(A)            to enter into any settlement with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner (including the Special Limited Partner) for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners (including the Special Limited Partner), except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner or the Special Limited Partner
 
(1)            who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the Internal Revenue Service providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner or the Special Limited Partner; or
 
(2)            who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);
 
(B)            if a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner or the Special Limited Partner for tax purposes (a “final adjustment”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the Tax Court or the filing of a complaint for refund with the United States Claims Court or the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;
 
(C)            to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner or the Special Limited Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;
 
(D)            to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the Internal Revenue Service and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the Internal Revenue Service, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

 
48

 
 
(E)            to enter into an agreement with the Internal Revenue Service to extend the period for assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to be taken account of by a Partner or the Special Limited Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and
 
(F)            to take any other action on behalf of the Partners, the Special Limited Partner or the Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.
 
The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.6 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.
 
(b) (i)       The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services.
 
(ii)            All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership.
 
(iii)            Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.
 
10.4
Organizational Expenses
 
The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 180-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.
 
10.5
Withholding
 
(a)      Each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from, or pay on behalf of or with respect to, such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445, or 1446 of the Code.
 
(b) (i)       Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner as the case may be within 15 days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless:
 
(A)            the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner; or

 
49

 
 
(B)            the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner.
 
(ii)            Any amounts withheld pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i)(A) or (B) shall be treated as having been distributed to the Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner.
 
(c) (i)       Each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest and such Special Limited Partner’s Special Limited Partner Interest, as the case may be, to secure such Limited Partner’s or Special Limited Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 10.5 .
 
(ii)           (A)           If a Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner fails to pay when due any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 , the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner.
 
(B)            Without limitation, in such event, the General Partner shall have the right to receive distributions that would otherwise be distributable to such defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner until such time as such loan, together with all interest thereon, has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been distributed to the defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner and immediately paid by the defaulting Limited Partner or Special Limited Partner to the General Partner in repayment of such loan.
 
(iii)            Any amount payable by a Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the highest base or prime rate of interest published from time to time by The Wall Street Journal, plus four percentage points, but in no event higher than the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date such amount is due ( i.e. , 15 days after demand) until such amount is paid in full.
 
(iv)            Each Limited Partner and the Special Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder.

 
50

 

ARTICLE 11
TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS  
 
11.1
Transfer
 
(a) (i)       The term “Transfer,” when used in this Article 11 with respect to a Partnership Interest or a Partnership Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner purports to assign all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person, or a Limited Partner purports to assign all or any part of its Limited Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.
 
(ii)            The term “Transfer” when used in this Article 11 does not include any exchange of Partnership Units for cash or Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, pursuant to the Exchange Rights Agreement.
 
(b) (i)       No Partnership Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11 .
 
(ii)            Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.
 
11.2
Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest
 
(a)      The General Partner may not Transfer any of its General Partner Interest or withdraw as General Partner, or Transfer any of its Limited Partner Interest, except:
 
(i)            if holders of at least two-thirds of the Limited Partner Interests consent to such Transfer or withdrawal;
 
(ii)            if such Transfer is to an entity which is wholly owned by the General Partner and is a Qualified REIT Subsidiary as defined in Section 856(i) of the Code; or
 
(iii)            in connection with a transaction described in Section 11.2(c) or 11.2(d) (as applicable)
 
For purposes of clarification, the restriction on the Transfer by the General Partner of any of its Limited Partner Interest shall not apply to any Transfer by the Special Limited Partner of its Limited Partner Interest, which shall be otherwise subject to the restrictions on Transfer under Section 11.3 .
 
(b)      If the General Partner withdraws as general partner of the Partnership in accordance with Section 11.2(a) , the General Partner’s General Partner Interest shall immediately be converted into a Limited Partner Interest.

 
51

 

(c)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.2(d) , the General Partner shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination of the General Partner with or into another Person (other than a merger in which the General Partner is the surviving entity) or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any reclassification, or any recapitalization of outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination of Common Stock) (a “ Transaction ”), unless
 
(i)            in connection with the Transaction all Limited Partners will either receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities, or other property equal to the product of the Exchange Factor and the amount of cash, securities or other property or value paid in the Transaction to or received by a holder of one share of Common Stock corresponding to such Partnership Unit in consideration of one share of Common Stock at any time during the period from and after the date on which the Transaction is consummated; provided , however , that if, in connection with the Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer (“ Offer ”) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock, each holder of Partnership Units shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for the amount of cash, securities, or other property which a Limited Partner would have received had it
 
(A)            exercised its Exchange Right and
 
(B)            sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Exchange Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer.
 
The foregoing is not intended to, and does not, affect the ability of (i) a Stockholder of the General Partner to sell its Common Stock in the General Partner or (ii) the General Partner to perform its obligations (under agreement or otherwise) to such Stockholders (including the fulfillment of any obligations with respect to registering the sale of Common Stock under applicable securities laws).
 
(d) (i)   Notwithstanding Section 11.2(c) , the General Partner may merge into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation
 
(A)            substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “ Surviving General Partner ”), other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner, are contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Surviving General Partner in good faith and
 
(B)            the Surviving General Partner expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder.
 
(ii)            (A)           Upon such contribution and assumption, the Surviving General Partner shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement and the Exchange Rights Agreement as set forth in this Section 11.2(d) .

 
52

 

(B)           (1)           The Surviving General Partner shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Exchange Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.
 
(2)            Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of Common Stock or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been redeemed for Common Stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.
 
(C)            Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Exchange Factor.
 
(iii)           The above provisions of this Section 11.2(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
 
11.3
Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer
 
(a)      Subject to the provisions of Sections 11.3(c) , 11.3(d) , 11.3(e) , 11.4 and 11.6 , a Limited Partner may, without the consent of the General Partner, Transfer all or any portion of its Limited Partner Interest, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic right as a Limited Partner. In order to effect such transfer, the Limited Partner must deliver to the General Partner a duly executed copy of the instrument making such transfer and such instrument must evidence the written acceptance by the assignee of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and represent that such assignment was made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.
 
(b)  (i)      If a Limited Partner is Incapacitated, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all of the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to Transfer all or any part of his or its interest in the Partnership.
 
(ii)            The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.
 
(c)      The General Partner may prohibit any Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in its sole and absolute discretion, if it reasonably believes (based on the advice of counsel) such Transfer would require filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units.
 
(d)      No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units may be made to any Person if
 
(i)            it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or would subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code;

 
53

 
 
(ii)            it would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;
 
(iii)           such Transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code);
 
(iv)           such Transfer would, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101, as modified or deemed to be modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA;
 
(v)            such Transfer would subject the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as amended;
 
(vi)           such Transfer is a sale or exchange, and such sale or exchange would, when aggregated with all other sales and exchanges during the 12-month period ending on the date of the proposed Transfer, result in 50% or more of the interests in Partnership capital and profits being sold or exchanged during such 12-month period without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; or
 
(vii)          such Transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.
 
(e)      No transfer of any Partnership Units may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a nonrecourse liability (within the meaning of Section 1.752-1(a)(2) of the Regulations), without the consent of the General Partner, which may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that as a condition to such consent the lender will be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the General Partner to exchange for the Cash Amount any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held simultaneously with the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code.
 
(f)      Any Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Section 11.3 shall be void and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the Partnership.
 
11.4
Substituted Limited Partners
 
(a)  (i)      No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a Permitted Transferee for a Limited Partner in its place.

 
54

 

(ii)            The General Partner shall, however, have the right to consent to the admission of a Permitted Transferee of the Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
(iii)            The General Partner’s failure or refusal to permit such transferee to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner.
 
(b)      A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.
 
(c)  (i)      No Permitted Transferee will be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, unless such transferee has furnished to the General Partner evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, as it relates to the Substituted Limited Partners, the Exchange Rights Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 .
 
(ii)            Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, number of Partnership Units, and Percentage Interest of such Substituted Limited Partner, and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.
 
11.5
Assignees
 
(a)      If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any transferee as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4(a) , such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(b)      An Assignee shall be deemed to have had assigned to it, and shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss, and any other items of gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Units assigned to such transferee, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Partnership Units for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to vote such Partnership Units in any matter presented to the Limited Partners, for a vote (such Partnership Units being deemed to have been voted on such matter in the same proportion as all other Partnership Units held by Limited Partners are voted).
 
(c)      If any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Units, such transferee shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of Partnership Units.
 
11.6
General Provisions
 
(a)      No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units in accordance with this Article 11 or, as it relates to the Limited Partners, pursuant to exchange of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement.

 
55

 
 
(b) (i)      Any Limited Partner which shall Transfer all of its Partnership Units in a Transfer permitted pursuant to this Article 11 shall cease to be a Limited Partner upon the admission of all Assignees of such Partnership Units as Substituted Limited Partners.
 
(ii)            Similarly, any Limited Partner which shall Transfer all of its Partnership Units pursuant to an exchange of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to an Exchange Rights Agreement shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
 
(c)      Other than pursuant to the Exchange Rights Agreement or with the consent of the General Partner, transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may only be made as of the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership.
 
(d)  (i)      If any Partnership Interest is transferred or assigned during the Partnership’s fiscal year in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11 or exchanged pursuant to the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method.
 
(ii)            Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which the Transfer or assignment occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Partner, and none of such items for the calendar month in which an exchange occurs shall be allocated to the exchanging Partner, provided , however , that the General Partner may adopt such other conventions relating to allocations in connection with transfers, assignments, or exchanges as it determines are necessary or appropriate.
 
(iii)            All distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 attributable to Partnership Units, with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such Transfer, assignment, or exchange of such Partnership Units, shall be made to the transferor Partner or the exchanging Partner, as the case may be, and in the case of a Transfer or assignment other than an exchange, all distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 thereafter attributable to such Partnership Units shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 
56

 

(e)      In addition to any other restrictions on transfer herein contained, including the provisions of this Article 11 , in no event may any Transfer or assignment of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including pursuant to Section 8.6 ) be made without the express consent of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest; (iv) if in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership such transfer would cause a termination of the Partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (except as a result of the exchange for Common Stock of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners or pursuant to a transaction expressly permitted under Section 7.11 or Section 11.2 ); (v) if in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, there would be a significant risk that such transfer would cause the Partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (except as a result of the exchange for Common Stock of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners or pursuant to a transaction expressly permitted under Section 7.11 or Section 11.2 ); (vi) if such transfer requires the registration of such Partnership Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws; (vii) if such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or such transfer causes the Partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) or Section 7704(b) of the Code ( provided , however , that this clause (vii) shall not be the basis for limiting or restricting in any manner the exercise of the Exchange Right under Section 8.6 unless, and only to the extent that, outside tax counsel provides to the General Partner an opinion to the effect that, in the absence of such limitation or restriction, there is a significant risk that the Partnership will be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” and, by reason thereof, taxable as a corporation); (viii) such transfer could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to remain qualified as a REIT; or (ix) if in the opinion of legal counsel of the transferring Partner (which opinion and counsel are reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership), or legal counsel of the Partnership, such transfer would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, if the General Partner has elected to be qualified as a REIT.
 
(f)      The General Partner shall monitor the transfers of interests in the Partnership to determine (i) if such interests are being traded on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code, and (ii) whether additional transfers of interests would result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for at least one of the “safe harbors” set forth in Section 1.7704-1 of the Regulations (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the “ PTP Safe Harbors ”). The General Partner shall take all steps reasonably necessary or appropriate to prevent any trading of interests or any recognition by the Partnership of transfers made on such markets and, except as otherwise provided herein, to insure that at least one of the PTP Safe Harbors is met; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not authorize the General Partner to limit or restrict in any manner the right of any holder of a Partnership Unit to exercise the Exchange Right in accordance with the terms of the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement unless, and only to the extent that, outside tax counsel provides to the General Partner an opinion to the effect that, in the absence of such limitation or restriction, there is a significant risk that the Partnership will be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” and, by reason thereof, taxable as a corporation.
 
ARTICLE 12
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
 
12.1
Admission of Successor General Partner
 
(a)  (i)           A successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Article 11 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately following such transfer and the admission of such successor General Partner as a general partner of the Partnership upon the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth in Section 12.1(b) .

 
57

 
 
(ii)            Any such transferee shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.
 
(b)      A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
 
(i)            the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner;
 
(ii)            if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
 
(iii)            counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause
 
(A)            the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or
 
(B)            the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.
 
(c)      In the case of such admission on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, all items attributable to the General Partner Interest for such Partnership Year shall be allocated between the transferring General Partner and such successor as provided in Section 11.6(d) .
 
12.2
Admission of Additional Limited Partners
 
(a)      A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner
 
(i)            evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Exchange Rights Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 , and
 
(ii)            such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

 
58

 
 
(b)  (i)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2 , no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.
 
(ii)            The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.
 
(c)  (i)      If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss, each item thereof and all other items allocable among Partners and Assignees for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Partners and Assignees by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method.
 
(ii)            (A)           Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which an admission of any Additional Limited Partner occurs shall be allocated among all of the Partners and Assignees, including such Additional Limited Partner.
 
(B)            distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees, other than the Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 thereafter shall be made to all of the Partners and Assignees, including such Additional Limited Partner.
 
(d)      Upon the admission of the first Additional Limited Partner to the Partnership, the Initial Limited Partner’s original interest in the Partnership shall automatically, and without further action on the part of the Initial Limited Partner or the Partnership, be withdrawn and the Initial Limited Partner shall no longer be a Limited Partner for purposes of this Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall continue to be the Special Limited Partner.
 
12.3
Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership
 
For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A ) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 .

 
59

 
 
ARTICLE 13
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION  
 
13.1
Dissolution
 
(a)      The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners, Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership.
 
(b)      The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, only upon the first to occur of any of the following (each, a “ Liquidating Event ”):
 
(i)            the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.5 ;
 
(ii)            an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner, as defined in the Act (other than an event of bankruptcy), unless, within 90 days after such event of withdrawal, a “majority in interest” (as defined below) of the remaining Partners Consent in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a successor General Partner;
 
(iii)           an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, with the Consent of the Limited Partners holding at least a majority of the Percentage Interest of the Limited Partners (including Limited Partner Interests held by the General Partner);
 
(iv)           entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;
 
(v)            a final and non-appealable judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction ruling that the General Partner is bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction against the General Partner, in each case under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect, unless prior to the entry of such order or judgment and a “majority in interest” (as defined below) of the remaining Partners Consent in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of a date prior to the date of such order or judgment, of a substitute General Partner;
 
(vi)           the passage of 90 days after a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership; provided , however , that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved, under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full.
 
As used herein, a “majority in interest” shall refer to Partners (excluding the General Partner) who hold more than 66-2/3% of the outstanding Percentage Interests not held by the General Partner.

 
60

 
 
13.2
Winding Up
 
(a)  (i)      Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners.
 
(ii)            No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs.
 
(iii)            The General Partner, or, if there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected unanimously by the Limited Partners holding at least a “majority in interest” (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Liquidator ”), shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include shares of Common Stock or other securities of the General Partner) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:
 
(A)             first , to the payment and discharge of all the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;
 
(B)             second , to the payment and discharge of all the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner;
 
(C)             third , to the payment and discharge of all the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and
 
(D)             the balance , if any, shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1(b) .
 
(iv)           The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13 .
 
(v)            Any distributions pursuant to this Section 13.2(a) shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation).
 
(b)  (i)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners (considered as a whole) and the Special Limited Partner, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any asset except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Partners, including the Special Limited Partner, as creditors) or distribute to the Partners (and the Special Limited Partner), in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2(a) , undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation.

 
61

 
 
(ii)           Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interests of the Partners (considered as a whole) and the Special Limited Partner, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.
 
(iii)           The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
(c)      In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this Article 13 may be:
 
(A)            distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership; the assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement; or
 
(B)            withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided , however , that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2(a) , as soon as practicable.
 
13.3
No Obligation to Contribute Deficit
 
If any Partner or the Special Limited Partner has a deficit balance in his Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner or the Special Limited Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.
 
13.4
Rights of Limited Partners
 
(a)      Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

 
62

 
 
(b)      Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Partner as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions, or allocations.
 
13.5
Notice of Dissolution
 
If a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for the provisions of an election or objection by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1 , result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within 30 days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners (including the Special Limited Partner).
 
13.6
Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership
 
Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets, as provided in Section 13.2 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the state of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
 
13.7
Reasonable Time for Winding-Up
 
A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect among the Partners (including the Special Limited Partner) during the period of liquidation.
 
13.8
Waiver of Partition
 
Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
 
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS  
 
14.1
Amendments
 
(a)      The General Partner shall have the power, without the consent of the Limited Partners or the Special Limited Partner, to amend this Agreement except as set forth in Section 14.1(b) .  The General Partner shall provide notice to the Limited Partners and the Special Limited Partner when any action under this Section 14.1(a) is taken in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
 
(b)      Notwithstanding Section 14.1(a) , this Agreement shall not be amended with respect to:
 
(i)            any Partner, including the Special Limited Partner, adversely affected without the Consent of such Partner adversely affected if such amendment would:

 
63

 
 
(A)            convert a Limited Partner’s or the Special Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership into a General Partner Interest;
 
(B)            modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner in a manner adverse to such Limited Partner or the Special Limited Partner; or
 
(C)            amend this Section 14.1(b)(i) ; and
 
(ii)            any Limited Partner adversely affected without the Consent of Limited Partners holding more than 66-2/3% of the outstanding Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners adversely affected if such amendment would:
 
(A)            alter or change Exchange Rights;
 
(B)            create an obligation to make Capital Contributions not contemplated in this Agreement;
 
(C)            alter or change the terms of this Agreement or the Exchange Rights Agreement regarding the rights of the limited partners with respect to Business Combinations;
 
(D)            alter or change the distribution and liquidation rights provided in Sections 5 and 13 hereto, except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement; or
 
(E)            amend this Section 14.1(b)(ii) .
 
(iii)            the Special Limited Partner without the Consent of the Special Limited Partner if such amendment would adversely affect the Special Limited Partner.
 
(c)       Section 14.1(b)(i) does not require unanimous consent of all Partners adversely affected unless the amendment is to be effective against all Partners adversely affected.
 
14.2
Meetings of the Partners
 
(a)  (i)       Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner and shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written request by Limited Partners holding 25 percent or more of the Partnership Interests.
 
(ii)            The request shall state the nature of the business to be transacted.
 
(iii)            Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven days nor more than 30 days prior to the date of such meeting.
 
(iv)            Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.
 
(v)            Whenever the vote or Consent of the Limited Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a meeting of the Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.1(a) .

 
64

 
 
(vi)           Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Consent of holders of a majority of the Percentage Interests held by Partners (including the General Partner) shall control.
 
(b)  (i)      Subject to Section 14.2(a)(vi) , any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).
 
(ii)            Such Consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).
 
(iii)            Such Consent shall be filed with the General Partner.
 
(iv)            An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date of the Consent as certified by the General Partner.
 
(c)  (i)      Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting.
 
(ii)            Every proxy must be signed by the Partner or an attorney-in-fact and a copy thereof delivered to the Partnership.
 
(iii)            No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
 
(iv)            Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the General Partner’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Partner executing such proxy.
 
(d)  (i)      Each meeting of the Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate.
 
(ii)            Meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the Stockholders of the General Partner and may be held at the same time, and as part of, meetings of the Stockholders of the General Partner.
 
 
65

 
 
ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1
Addresses and Notice
 
Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or five days after being sent by first class United States mail or by overnight delivery or via facsimile to the Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address of which the Partner shall notify the General Partner in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may elect to deliver any such notice, demand, request or report by E-mail or by any other electronic means, in which case such communication shall be deemed given or made one day after being sent.
 
15.2
Titles and Captions
 
All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and shall in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.
 
15.3
Pronouns and Plurals
 
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.
 
15.4
Further Action
 
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
15.5
Binding Effect
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
 
15.6
Creditors
 
Other than as expressly set forth herein with respect to the Indemnities, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
 
15.7
Waiver
 
No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
15.8
Counterparts
 
This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

 
66

 

15.9
Applicable Law
 
This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
 
15.10
Invalidity of Provisions
 
If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
 
15.11
Entire Agreement
 
This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect thereto.
 
15.12
Merger
 
Subject to Section 4.2 , the Partnership may merge with, or consolidate into, any Person or Entity in accordance with Section 17-211 of the Act.
 
15.13
No Rights as Stockholders
 
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the holders of the Partnership Units any rights whatsoever as Stockholders of the General Partner, including any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to Stockholders or to vote or to consent or receive notice as Stockholders in respect to any meeting or Stockholders for the election of directors of the General Partner or any other matter.
 
ARTICLE 16
SERIES A REDEEMABLE PREFERRED UNITS  
 
 
16.1
Designation and Number .
 
A series of Partnership Units in the Partnership, designated as the “Series A Redeemable Preferred Units,” is hereby established.  The number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units shall be 150,000.  Except as set forth in Article 5 , Article 6 and this  Article 16 , and except where the context elsewhere in this Agreement otherwise requires, Series A Redeemable Preferred Units shall have the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Class A Units.
 
 
16.2
Voting .
 
Holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit shall not have any voting rights, except those matters required by law, in which case holders of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units only shall vote as a single class.
 

 
67

 
 
 
16.3
Redemptions .
 
(a)      If the General Partner redeems or otherwise purchases any shares of Preferred Stock in the open market, by tender or by private agreement, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units on the Redemption Date.
 
(b)      If the General Partner elects to redeem any shares of Preferred Stock on or after the tenth anniversary of the date of original issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to its right under the Articles of Incorporation, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.
 
(c)      On or after the second anniversary of the date of original issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, if a holder of such shares of Preferred Stock elects to redeem all or a portion of such shares of Preferred Stock, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 90% of the Stated Value per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.
 
(d)      On or after the third anniversary of the date of original issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, if a holder of such shares of Preferred Stock elects to redeem all or a portion of such shares of Preferred Stock, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 95% of the Stated Value per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.
 
(e)      On or after the fourth anniversary of the date of original issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, if a holder of such shares of Preferred Stock elects to redeem all or a portion of such shares of Preferred Stock, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 97% of the Stated Value per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.
 
(f)      On or after the fifth anniversary of the date of original issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, if a holder of such shares of Preferred Stock elects to redeem all or a portion of such shares of Preferred Stock, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value per Series A Redeemable Preferred Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.

 
68

 
 
(g)      If the General Partner redeems any shares of Preferred Stock held by a natural person upon his or her death at the written request of the holder’s estate pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, the Partnership shall redeem a corresponding number of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units pursuant to Section 16.3(a) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value per Unit, plus the amount of Series A Preferred Return accumulated and accrued to and including the Redemption Date in respect of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units being so redeemed that has not been distributed previously pursuant to Section 5.1 , if any.
 
(h)      The General Partner has the right, in its sole discretion, to receive proceeds from the redemption of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in cash or in equal value of Class A Units, based on the volume weighted average price of the corresponding Common Stock for the 20 trading days prior to the Redemption Date.
 
(i)      The obligation to redeem any of the Series A Redeemable Preferred Units is limited to the extent that the Partnership does not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or the Partnership is restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.
 
(j)      As used in this Agreement, “ Redemption Date ” means the date of redemption or other purchase of Preferred Stock by the General Partner.  Any redemption of Series A Redeemable Preferred Units shall be deemed to occur on the Redemption Date immediately prior to the related redemption or other purchase of shares of Preferred Stock.
 
ARTICLE 17
CLASS B UNITS  
 
 
17.1
Designation and Number .
 
A series of Partnership Units in the Partnership, designated as the “Class B Units,” is hereby established.  The number of Class B Units shall be 1,000,000.  Except as set forth in this Article 17 , Class B Units shall have the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Class A Units.  The General Partner is authorized to issue Class B Units to employees and other natural persons providing services to the Partnership or the General Partner, on such terms and conditions as the General Partner deems advisable, including, for example, conditions of vesting, forfeiture and transfer restrictions.  Class B Units issued to eligible persons may be issued pursuant to an equity compensation plan established by the Partnership or pursuant to stand-alone, written agreements, as determined by the General Partner.  Any award agreement issued in connection with Class B Units granted pursuant to an equity compensation plan or any stand-alone written agreement providing for the grant of Class B Units to a service provider shall constitute part of the “partnership agreement” of the Partnership as the term “partnership agreement” is defined in Section 761(c) of the Code and Treas. Regs. Sec. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h).  The General Partner shall have complete discretion with respect to the selection of persons to receive grants of one or more Class B Units, and the terms and conditions of such grants.
 
 
69

 
 
 
17.2
Voting .
 
Each Class B Unit shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Partnership Units.
 
 
17.3
Mandatory Unit Conversion .
 
At such time as the Capital Account attributable to a Class B Unit is equal to the Average Capital Account Balance, such Class B Unit shall automatically convert into one Class A Unit (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Class A Units).
 
 
17.4
Profits Interests .
 
(a)  Each Class B Unit shall be treated as a separate “profits interest” within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 93-27, 1993-2 C.B. 343 and as a Safe Harbor Interest.
 
(b)  In accordance with Rev. Proc. 2001-43, 2001-2 CB 191, the Partnership shall treat a holder of Class B Units as the owner of such Class B Units from the date such Class B Units are granted, and shall file its Internal Revenue Service Form 1065 (or such successor form), and issue appropriate Schedule K-1s (or such successor schedules) to such holder of Class B Units, allocating to such holder its distributive share of all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit associated with such Class B Units as if it were fully vested.  Each holder of Class B Units shall take into account such distributive share in computing its federal income tax liability for the entire period during which it holds the Class B Units.  Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall claim a deduction (as wages, compensation or otherwise) for the fair market value of such Class B Units issued to a holder of such Class B Units, either at the time of grant of the Class B Units or at the time the Class B Units becomes substantially vested.  The undertakings contained in this Section 17.4(b) shall be construed in accordance with Section 4 of Rev. Proc. 2001-43.
 
(c)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner is hereby authorized and directed in its sole determination to cause the Partnership to make a Safe Harbor Election with respect to the Class B Units.  The Partnership shall make any allocations of items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit (including forfeiture allocations and elections as to allocation periods) necessary or appropriate to effectuate and maintain the Safe Harbor Election.
 
(d)  Without limitation of any other provision herein, no Transfer of any Class B Units by a holder thereof, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, shall be effective unless prior to such Transfer, the transferee, assignee or intended recipient of such Class B Units shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of Section 10.2(d) and this Section 17.4 , in form satisfactory to the General Partner.
 
(e)  The provisions of this Section 17.4 shall apply regardless of whether or not such holder of a Class B Unit files an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 
70

 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 
71

 

Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., among the undersigned and the other parties thereto.
 
General Partner :
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
     
By:
 
  Name:
  Title:
     
Initial Limited Partner :
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
     
By:
NELL Partners, Inc., its Member
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
Special Limited Partner :
     
PREFERRED APARTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
     
By:
NELL Partners, Inc., its Member
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
 

 

Corporate/Limited Liability Company Additional Limited Partner Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., among the undersigned and the other parties thereto.
 
Dated:  ____________ __, 20___
[Name of Corporation/LLC]
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
 

 

Individual Additional Limited Partner Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., among the undersigned and the other parties thereto.
 
Dated:  ____________ __, 20___
 
   
   
 
 
 

 

Partnership Limited Partner Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P., among the undersigned and the other parties thereto.
 
Dated:  ____________ __, 20___
[Name of LP]
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
 

 

Exhibit A
 
Partners’ Contributions and Partnership Interests
 
Name and Address  of Partner
 
Type of  Interest
 
Type of Units
 
Capital
Contribution
 
Number of
Partnership
Units
 
Percentage
Interest
                     
Preferred Apartment
Communities, Inc.
3625 Cumberland Boulevard
Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
 
General Partner
Interest
 
GP Units
 
$109,998
 
36,666
 
0.708741%
                     
Preferred Apartment
Communities, Inc.
 
Limited Partner
Interest
 
Series A
Redeemable
Preferred Units
 
None
 
Not applicable
 
Not
applicable
                     
Preferred Apartment
Communities, Inc.
 
 
Limited Partner
Interest
 
Class A Units
 
$51,363,514
 
5,136,733
 
99.291257%
                     
Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC
3625 Cumberland Boulevard
Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339
 
Limited Partner
Interest
 
Class A Units
 
$1
 
.1
 
0.000002%
   
Limited Partner
Interest
 
Class B Units
 
None
 
Not applicable
 
Not
applicable
                     
Preferred Apartment Advisors, LLC
 
Special Limited
Partner Interest
 
None
 
None
 
Not applicable
 
Not
applicable
 
 
 

 

Exhibit B
 
Allocations
 
For purposes of this Exhibit B , the term “Partner” shall include the Special Limited Partner.
 
1.            Allocations .
 
(a)            Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, for each taxable year or portion thereof, Net Income, Net Loss and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain, loss or deduction, of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners as follows:
 
(i)             first , if the Partnership has Net Income for any taxable year or portion thereof, such Net Income shall be allocated to the Partners holding Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests to the extent of and until such Partners have received allocations of Net Income equal to the aggregate amount of distributions made to such Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i) ; and
 
(ii)            thereafter , to the Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units in accordance with each such Partner’s respective Percentage Interest; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, Net Loss, and to the extent necessary, individual items of loss or deductions shall only be allocable to Partners holding GP Units and Class A Units.
 
(b)            Allocations of Net Property Gain and Net Property Loss (including any revaluations to adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners) .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, for each taxable year or portion thereof, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss and, to the extent necessary, individual items of gain or loss of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners as follows:
 
(i)             first , if the Partnership has Net Property Gain for any taxable year or portion thereof, such Net Property Gain shall be allocated to the Partners holding Series A Redeemable Preferred Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests to the extent of and until such Partners have received allocations of Net Property Gain equal to the aggregate amount of distributions made to such Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) ; and
 
(ii)            thereafter , in a manner determined in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner such that the Capital Account of each Partner immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal proportionately to (i) the distributions that would be made to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(b) if the Partnership were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Value, all Partnership liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability), and the net assets of the Partnership were distributed in accordance with Section 5.1(b) to the Partners immediately after making such allocation, minus (ii) such Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain and the amount, if any and without duplication, that the Partner would be obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership, all computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets.

 
 

 
 
(c)            General Partner Gross Income Allocation . Prior to any allocations under subparagraph 1(a), there shall be specially allocated to the General Partner an amount of (i) first, items of Partnership income and (ii) second, items of Partnership gain during each fiscal year or other applicable period in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the cumulative distributions made to the General Partner under Section 7.3(b) of the Agreement, other than distributions which would properly be treated as “guaranteed payments” or which are attributable to the reimbursement of expenses which would properly be deductible by the Partnership, over (B) the cumulative allocations of Partnership income and gain to the General Partner under this subparagraph 1(c).
 
2.            Regulatory Allocations . Notwithstanding any provisions of paragraph 1 of this Exhibit B , the following special allocations shall be made.
 
(a)            Minimum Gain Chargeback (Nonrecourse Liabilities) . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain for any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain to the extent required by Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f) and (i) of the Regulations. This subparagraph 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in said section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations pursuant to this subparagraph 2(a) shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant hereto.
 
(b)            Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to that Partner’s share of the net decrease in the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain to the extent and in the manner required by Section 1.704-2(i) of the Regulations. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and (j)(2) of the Regulations. This subparagraph 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement with respect to Partner Nonrecourse Debt contained in said section of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations pursuant to this subparagraph 2(b) shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant hereto.

 
 

 

(c)            Qualified Income Offset . If a Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) of the Regulations, and such Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible as required by the Regulations. This subparagraph 2(c) is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” under Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(d)            Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other applicable period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
 
(e)            Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other applicable period with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt shall be specially allocated to the Partner that bears the economic risk of loss for such Partner Nonrecourse Debt (as determined under Sections 1.704-2(b)(4) and 1.704-2(i)(1) of the Regulations).
 
(f)            Section 754 Adjustment . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset of the Partnership pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which each of their respective Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such section of the Regulations.
 
(g)            Gross Income Allocation . If any Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any fiscal year or other applicable period which is in excess of the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this subparagraph 2(g) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in excess of such amount after all other allocations provided for under this Agreement have been made as if subparagraph 2(c) and this subparagraph 2(g) were not in this Agreement.
 
3.            Tax Allocations .
 
(a)            Items of Income or Loss . Except as is otherwise provided in this Exhibit B , an allocation of Partnership Net Income, Net Loss, Net Property Gain or Net Property Loss to a Partner shall be treated as an allocation to such Partner of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and item of tax-exempt income or Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure (or item treated as such expenditure pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations) (“ Tax Items ”) that is taken into account in computing Net Income, Net Loss, Net Property Gain or Net Property Loss.
 

 
 

 

(b)            Section 1245/1250 Recapture . Subject to subparagraph 3(c) below, if any portion of gain from the sale of Partnership assets is treated as gain which is ordinary income by virtue of the application of Sections 1245 or 1250 of the Code (“ Affected Gain ”), then such Affected Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in the same proportion that the depreciation and amortization deductions giving rise to the Affected Gain were allocated. This subparagraph 3(b) shall not alter the amount of Net Income or Net Property Gain (or items thereof) allocated among the Partners, but merely the character of such Net Income or Net Property Gain (or items thereof). For purposes hereof, in order to determine the proportionate allocations of depreciation and amortization deductions for each fiscal year or other applicable period, such deductions shall be deemed allocated on the same basis as Net Income, Net Loss, Net Property Gain and Net Property Loss for such respective period.
 
(c)            Precontribution Gain, Revaluations . With respect to any Contributed Property, the Partnership shall use any permissible method contained in the Regulations promulgated under Section 704(c) of the Code selected by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset and the fair market value of such asset as of the time of the contribution (“ Precontribution Gain ”). Each Partner hereby agrees to report income, gain, loss and deduction on such Partner’s federal income tax return in a manner consistent with the method used by the Partnership. If any asset has a Gross Asset Value which is different from the Partnership’s adjusted basis for such asset for federal income tax purposes because the Partnership has revalued such asset pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the Regulations, the allocations of Tax Items shall be made in accordance with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations and the methods of allocation promulgated thereunder. The intent of this subparagraph 3(c) is that each Partner who contributed to the capital of the Partnership a Contributed Property will bear, through reduced allocations of depreciation, increased allocations of gain or other items, the tax detriments associated with any Precontribution Gain. This subparagraph 3(c) is to be interpreted consistently with such intent.
 
(d)            Excess Nonrecourse Liability Safe Harbor . Pursuant to Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Regulations, solely for purposes of determining each Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership (as defined in Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Regulations), the Partners’ respective interests in Partnership profits shall be determined under any permissible method reasonably determined by the General Partner; provided , however , that each Partner who has contributed an asset to the Partnership shall be allocated, to the extent possible, a share of “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership which results in such Partner being allocated nonrecourse liabilities in an amount which is at least equal to the amount of income pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Liability Shortfall ”). If there is an insufficient amount of nonrecourse liabilities to allocate to each Partner an amount of nonrecourse liabilities equal to the Liability Shortfall, then an amount of nonrecourse liabilities in proportion to, and to the extent of, the Liability Shortfall shall be allocated to each Partner.
 
(e)            References to Regulations . Any reference in this Exhibit B or the Agreement to a provision of proposed and/or temporary Regulations shall, if such provision is modified or renumbered, be deemed to refer to the successor provision as so modified or renumbered, but only to the extent such successor provision applies to the Partnership under the effective date rules applicable to such successor provision.)
 
(f)            Successor Partners . For purposes of this Exhibit B , a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall be deemed to have been allocated the Net Income, Net Loss, Net Property Gain, Net Property Loss and other items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to the transferred Partnership Interest that previously have been allocated to the transferor Partner pursuant to this Agreement.
 

 
 

 

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
Articles Supplementary
Series A Redeemable
Preferred Stock
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that:
 
FIRST :  Under a power contained in Article VI of the charter of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”), the Board of Directors by duly adopted resolutions classified and designated 150,000 shares of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock (as defined in the Charter) as shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, with the following preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption, which, upon any restatement of the Charter, shall become part of Article VI of the Charter, with any necessary or appropriate renumbering or relettering of the sections or subsections hereof.
 
Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock
 
1.             Designation and Number .  A series of Preferred Stock, designated the “Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), is hereby established.  The number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 150,000.
 
2.             Definitions .  In addition to the capitalized terms elsewhere defined herein, the following terms, when used herein, shall have the meanings indicated:
 
(a)            “ AMEX ” shall mean the NYSE Amex.
 
(b)            “ Person ” shall mean any company, limited liability company, partnership, trust, organization, association, other entity or individual.
 
(c)            “ Trading Day ” shall mean, (i) if the Common Stock (as defined in the Charter) is listed or admitted to trading on the AMEX, a day on which the AMEX is open for the transaction of business, (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the AMEX but is listed or admitted to trading on another national securities exchange or automated quotation system, a day on which the principal national securities exchange or automated quotation system, as the case may be, on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
(d)            “ VWAP ” shall mean, for any Trading Day, the volume-weighted average price, calculated by dividing the aggregate value of Common Stock traded on the AMEX during regular hours (price per share multiplied by number of shares traded) by the total volume (number of shares) of Common Stock traded on the AMEX for such Trading Day, or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such Trading Day as determined by the Board of Directors in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method.
 
 
 

 
 
3.             Rank .  The Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, rank (a) senior to all classes or series of Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which specifically provide that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends or amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series (the “ Junior Stock ”); (b) on a parity with any class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which specifically provide that the holders of such class or series of stock and the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends and amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in proportion to their respective amounts of accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends per share or liquidation preferences, without preference or priority of one over the other (the “ Parity Stock ”); and (c) junior to any class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which specifically provide that the holders of such class or series are entitled to receive dividends or amounts distributable upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference or priority to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Senior Stock ”).
 
4.             Dividends .
 
(a)            Subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class or series of Senior Stock, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cash dividends at the rate of 6% per annum of the initial stated value of $1,000 per share (the “ Stated Value ”) (equivalent to a fixed annual rate of $60 per share).  The dividends on each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from the first date on which such share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued and shall be payable monthly on the 20 th day of the month following the month for which the dividend was declared or, if not a business day, the next succeeding business day (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”).  Any dividend payable on the Series A Preferred Stock for any partial dividend period shall be computed ratably on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Dividends shall be payable in arrears to holders of record as they appear in the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the applicable record date (the “ Dividend Record Date ”) 15 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date.  The term “business day” shall mean any day, other than Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law to close, or a day which is or is declared a national or a New York state holiday.
 
(b)            Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends in excess of cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on the Series A Preferred Stock.
 
 
2

 
 
(c)            No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series A Preferred Stock that may be in arrears.
 
(d)           When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Stock, or a sum sufficient for such payment is not set apart, all dividends declared upon the Series A Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock shall be declared ratably in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends accumulated, accrued and unpaid on the Series A Preferred Stock and accumulated, accrued and unpaid on such Parity Stock (which shall not include any accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods if such Parity Stock does not have a cumulative dividend).
 
(e)            Except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, unless full cumulative dividends equal to the full amount of all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been, or are concurrently therewith, declared and paid, or declared and set apart for payment, for all past dividend periods, no dividends (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of Junior Stock or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of Junior Stock) shall be declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment by the Corporation and no other distribution of cash or other property may be declared and made, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation with respect to any shares of Junior Stock or Parity Stock, nor shall any shares of Junior Stock or Parity Stock be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired (other than a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Common Stock made for purposes of an equity incentive or benefit plan of the Corporation) for any consideration (or any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock), directly or indirectly, by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of Junior Stock, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of Junior Stock), nor shall any other cash or other property be paid or distributed to or for the benefit of holders of shares of Junior Stock or Parity Stock.
 
(f)             Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4 , the Corporation shall not be prohibited from (i) declaring or paying or setting apart for payment any dividend or other distribution on any shares of Junior Stock or Parity Stock, or (ii) redeeming, purchasing or otherwise acquiring any Junior Stock or Parity Stock, in each case, if such declaration, payment, setting apart for payment, redemption, purchase or other acquisition is necessary in order to maintain the continued qualification of the Corporation as a real estate investment trust (“ REIT ”) under Section 856 of the Code (as defined in the Charter).
 
 
3

 
 
5.             Liquidation Preference .
 
(a)            Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, before any payment or distribution by the Corporation shall be made to or set apart for the holders of any shares of Junior Stock, the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation that are legally available for distribution to the stockholders, a liquidation preference equal to the Stated Value per share (the “ Liquidation Preference ”), plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to and including the date of payment.  Until the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid the Liquidation Preference in full, plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to the date of final distribution to such holders, no payment will be made to any holder of Junior Stock upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.  If upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the available assets of the Corporation, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full the above described Liquidation Preference and the liquidating payments on any shares of any class or series of Parity Stock, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock ratably in the same proportion as the respective amounts that would be payable on such Series A Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full.  After payment of the full amount of the Liquidation Preference to which they are entitled, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Corporation.
 
(b)            Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment shall have been made in full to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, the holders of any classes or series of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive any and all assets of the Corporation remaining to be paid or distributed, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.
 
(c)            The consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, trust or entity or of any other corporation, trust or entity with or into the Corporation, or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation or a statutory share exchange, shall not be deemed to constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
(d)            In determining whether a distribution (other than upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation), by dividend, redemption or other acquisition of shares of stock of the Corporation or otherwise, is permitted under the Maryland General Corporation Law, amounts that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be added to the Corporation’s total liabilities.
 
 
4

 
 
6.             Redemption by the Corporation .
 
(a)            The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable by the Corporation prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed.  However, in order to ensure that the Corporation remains qualified as a REIT under Section 856 of the Code, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be subject to the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Charter.  Pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Charter, and without limitation of any provisions of such Section 4.04, the Series A Preferred Stock, together with all other Shares (as defined in the Charter), owned by a stockholder in excess of the Aggregate Share Ownership Limit (as defined in the Charter) will automatically be transferred to a Trust (as defined in the Charter) for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary (as defined in the Charter) and the Corporation shall have the right to purchase such transferred shares from the Trust.  For this purpose, the Market Price (as defined in the Charter) of Series A Preferred Stock shall equal the Stated Value, plus an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to and including the date of purchase.
 
(b)            On and after the tenth anniversary of the date of original issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation may, at its option, redeem such shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, in whole or from time to time, in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value per share, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to and including the date fixed for redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”).
 
(c)            The Redemption Date shall be selected by the Corporation and shall be 30 days after the date on which the Corporation sends the notice of redemption.
 
(d)            If full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment for all past dividend periods, no shares of the Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed pursuant to this Section 6 , unless all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are simultaneously redeemed, and neither the Corporation nor any of its affiliates may purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the Series A Preferred Stock otherwise than pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to all holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.
 
(e)            If fewer than all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 6 , the Corporation shall select those shares to be redeemed pro rata or in such manner as the Board of Directors may determine.
 
(f)            Written notice as to the redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, to each such record holder of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the respective mailing addresses of each such holder as the same shall appear on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.  No failure to give such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any such shares of Series A Preferred Stock except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given.
 
 
5

 
 
(g)            In addition to any information required by law or by the applicable rules of any exchange upon which Series A Preferred Stock may then be listed or admitted to trading, such notice shall state:  (i) the Redemption Date; (ii) the redemption price payable on the Redemption Date, including without limitation a statement as to whether or not accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends shall be payable as part of the redemption price, or payable on the next Dividend Payment Date to the record holder at the close of business on the relevant Dividend Record Date as described above; (iii) whether the redemption price will be paid in cash or Common Stock; and (iv) that dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such Redemption Date.  If less than all the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice mailed to such holder also shall specify the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder to be redeemed.
 
(h)            If notice of redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock has been given and if the funds necessary for such redemption have been set apart by the Corporation for the benefit of the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption, then, from and after the Redemption Date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, such shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemed in accordance with the notice and shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares will terminate, except the right to receive the cash or Common Stock payable upon such redemption without interest thereon.  No further action on the part of the holders of such shares shall be required.
 
(i)             Subject to applicable law and the limitation on purchases when dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are in arrears, the Corporation may, at any time and from time to time, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Series A Preferred Stock in the open market, by tender or by private agreement.
 
7.             Redemption at the Option of a Holder .
 
(a)            Subject to the provisions in this Section 7 , each holder of Series A Preferred Stock may deliver written notice to the Corporation requesting that the Corporation redeem each share of Series A Preferred Stock, held by such holder for cash or equal value of Common Stock (as set forth in Section 9(a)) as follows:
 
(i)            On and after the second anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder will have the right to require the Corporation to redeem such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 90% of the Stated Value, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends.
 
(ii)           On and after the third anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder thereof will have the right to require the Corporation to redeem such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 95% of the Stated Value, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends.
 
(iii)          On and after the fourth anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder thereof will have the right to require the Corporation to redeem such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 97% of the Stated Value, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends.
 
 
6

 
 
(iv)         On and after the fifth anniversary of the date of original issuance of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the holder thereof will have the right to require the Corporation to redeem such shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Stated Value, plus all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends.
 
(b)            If a holder of Series A Preferred Stock requires the Corporation so to redeem such shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 7 , the holder shall be entitled to receive, in cash, an amount equal to all accumulated, accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock up to and including the respective redemption date of the Series A Preferred Stock.
 
(c)            The obligation to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock is limited to the extent that the Corporation does not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or the Corporation is restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.
 
8.             Optional Redemption Following Death of a Holder .
 
(a)            Beginning on the date of original issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed and ending two years thereafter, the Corporation will redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by a natural person upon his or her death at the written request of the holder’s estate at a redemption price equal to the Stated Value, plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon through and including the date of redemption, less all dividends previously paid to the holder or the estate; provided , however , that the Corporation’s obligation to redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock is limited to the extent that the Corporation does not have sufficient funds available to fund any such redemption or the Corporation is restricted by applicable law from making such redemption.
 
9.             Redemption Price .
 
(a)            The redemption price payable pursuant to any redemption pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 shall be paid in cash or, at the election of the Corporation, in shares of Common Stock, based on the VWAP of the Common Stock for the 20 Trading Days immediately preceding the Redemption Date.
 
(b)            In the event of any redemption pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 , if the Redemption Date occurs after a Dividend Record Date and on or prior to the related Dividend Payment Date, the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date in respect of such shares called for redemption shall be payable on such Dividend Payment Date to the holders of record at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date, and shall not be payable as part of the redemption price for such shares.
 
10.             No Fractional Shares .  The Corporation shall not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon any redemption pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 , but in lieu of fractional shares, the Corporation shall round up or down to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock to be issued.
 
 
7

 
 
11.           Appointment of Transfer Agent; Mechanics of Redemption .
 
(a)            The Corporation shall maintain or cause to be maintained a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Corporation shall provide for the registration of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and of transfers of shares of Series A Preferred Stock for the purpose of registering shares of Series A Preferred Stock and of transfers of shares of Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided. The initial registrar and transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  The Corporation may appoint one or more additional transfer agents as it shall determine. The Corporation may change the transfer agent without prior notice to any holder.
 
(b)            If the Corporation elects to pay the redemption price in Common Stock pursuant to Section 9(a) , the Corporation shall cause the transfer agent to, as soon as practicable, but not later than three (3) business days after the effective date of such redemption, register the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as a result of such redemption.  The Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such redemption shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of the effective date of such redemption.
 
12.           Reservation of Shares .
 
(a)            The Corporation shall reserve and shall at all times have reserved out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit any redemption pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  All shares of Common Stock when issued upon redemption of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
(b)            Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall, after such redemption or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, without designation as to class or series until such shares are once more classified and designated as part of a particular class or series by the Board of Directors.
 
13.           Adjustments .  If a redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 , Section 7 or Section 8 occurs less than 20 Trading Days after the Corporation: (i) declaring a dividend or making a distribution on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock, (ii) subdividing or splitting the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combining or reclassifying the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) consolidating with, or merging with or into, any other Person, or engaging in any reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization that is effected in such a manner that the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock (other than as a cash dividend or distribution declared by the Corporation), the Stated Value shall be adjusted so that the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock less than 20 Trading Dats after such event shall entitle the holder to receive the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or cash which, if the Series A Preferred Stock had been redeemed immediately prior to such event, such holder would have owned upon such redemption and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination, consolidation, merger, reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization.
 
 
8

 
 
14.           Voting Rights .  Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights.
 
15.           Conversion .  The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or securities of the Corporation.
 
SECOND :  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been classified and designated by the Board of Directors under the authority contained in the Charter.
 
THIRD :  These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.
 
FOURTH :  The undersigned acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties of perjury.
 
 
9

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 31st day of October, 2011.
 
ATTEST:
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES,
INC.
           
By:
/s/ Leonard A. Silverstein
 
By:
/s/ John A. Williams
(SEAL)
 
Leonard A. Silverstein
   
John A. Williams
 
 
Secretary
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
10

 
 

 
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
 
and
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.,
 
Warrant Agent
 

 
Warrant Agreement
 
Dated as of [                                ], 2011
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
    Page
Section 1.
Certain Definitions
1
     
Section 2.
Appointment of Warrant Agent.
2
     
Section 3.
Issuance and Form of Global Warrant Certificate.
2
     
Section 4.
Warrant Register
3
     
Section 5.
Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.
3
     
Section 6.
Exercise of Warrants; Mechanics of Exercise.
3
     
Section 7.
Adjustment of Exercise Price
6
     
Section 8.
Certain Representations; Reservation and Availability of Shares of Common Stock or Cash.
7
     
Section 9.
Fractional Shares of Common Stock.
7
     
Section 10.
Warrant Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder
8
     
Section 11.
The Warrant Agent.
8
     
Section 12.
Purchase or Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent.
9
     
Section 13.
Duties of Warrant Agent.
10
     
Section 14.
Change of Warrant Agent.
12
     
Section 15.
Issuance of New Global Warrant Certificates.
12
     
Section 16.
Notices.
12
     
Section 17.
Supplements and Amendments
13
     
Section 18.
Successors
13
     
Section 19.
Benefits of this Agreement
13
     
Section 20.
Governing Law
13
     
Section 21.
Counterparts
13
     
Section 22.
Captions
13
     
Section 23.
Information
13
     
Section 24.
Force Majeure
13
 
 
i

 

WARRANT AGREEMENT
 
WARRANT AGREEMENT dated as of [_______], 2011(this “ Agreement ”), between Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Computershare, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., national banking association (collectively, the “ Warrant Agent ” or individually “ Computershare ” and the “ Trust Company ”, respectively).
 
WITNESSETH
 
WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue up to 150,000 units (the “ Units ”) in connection with the Company’s public offering (the “ Offering ”), with each unit comprised of (i) one share of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and (ii) one warrant (each, a “ Warrant ,” and collectively, the “ Warrants ”) to purchase 20 shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Stock ”).  The Units will not be certificated.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange, exercise and replacement of the Warrants, and this Agreement sets forth, among other things, the form and provisions of the Warrants and the terms and conditions on which they may be issued, transferred, exchanged, exercised and replaced;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
Section 1.       Certain Definitions .    For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
 
Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).
 
AMEX ” means the NYSE Amex.
 
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
Close of Business ” on any given date means 5:00 p.m., New York City time , on such date; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day, it means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.
 
Exercise Price ”, for any particular Warrant, means the Initial Exercise Price, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 7 .
 
Holder ” means a holder of beneficial interest in a Warrant.
 
 
 

 
 
Initial Exercise Price ”, for any particular Warrant, means the greater of (i) $9.00 and (ii) 120% of the VWAP for the consecutive 20 Trading Days immediately prior to the date of issuance of such Warrant.
 
Person ” means an individual, corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency or other entity.
 
Trading Day ” means, (i) if the Common Stock (as defined in the Charter) is listed or admitted to trading on the AMEX, a day on which the AMEX is open for the transaction of business, (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the AMEX but is listed or admitted to trading on another national securities exchange or automated quotation system, a day on which the principal national securities exchange or automated quotation system, as the case may be, on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
VWAP ” means, for any Trading Day, the volume-weighted average price, calculated by dividing the aggregate value of Common Stock traded on the AMEX during regular hours (price per share multiplied by number of shares traded) by the total volume (number of shares) of Common Stock traded on the AMEX for such Trading Day, or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock on such Trading Day as determined by the Board of Directors in a commercially reasonable manner, using a volume-weighted average price method.
 
Warrant Shares ” means shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants.  Initially, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Warrant may be exercised is 20.
 
Section 2.          Appointment of Warrant Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment.  The Company may from time to time appoint such Co-Warrant Agents as it may, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.
 
Section 3.          Issuance and Form of Global Warrant Certificate .
 
(a)          The Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver one or more global certificates (each, a “ Global Warrant Certificate ”), evidencing the Warrants, and each such Global Warrant Certificate (i) shall be registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”) or of the nominee of the Depository, and (ii) shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instructions or held by the Warrant Agent as custodian for the Depository.  Each Global Warrant Certificate shall evidence such number of Warrants as is set forth therein.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)          Each Global Warrant Certificate shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.  The Global Warrant Certificate may bear such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Agreement, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Depository, any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company executing such Global Warrant Certificate, as evidenced by their execution of the Global Warrant Certificate, which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent.

Section 4.          Warrant Register .  The Warrants will be issued in registered form only.  The Warrant Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at one of its offices in Canton, Massachusetts, or at the office of one of its agents, books for registration and transfer of the Global Warrant Certificates issued hereunder.  The Warrant Agent will create a special account for the issuance of Global Warrant Certificates.
 
Section 5.          Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .
 
(a)          The registration of the transfer and exchange of Warrants or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository in accordance with this Agreement and the procedures of the Depository. The Company may instruct the Warrant Agent from time to time that certain Warrants are subject to restrictions on transfer, in which case the Warrant Agent shall not permit the transfer of such Warrants without the consent of the Company.  A Global Warrant Certificate may only be transferred as a whole, and not in part, and only by (i) the Depository to a nominee of the Depository, (ii) a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository, or (iii) the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or its nominee.
 
(b)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign, by either manual or facsimile or other electronic submission, each Global Warrant Certificate.  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange. Any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange shall be paid by the Holder of such Warrants.  All Warrants issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be valid obligations of the Company, entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrants surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
Section 6.          Exercise of Warrants; Mechanics of Exercise .
 
(a)          Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in each Global Warrant Certificate, each Warrant shall be exercisable for 20 shares of Common Stock at the Exercise Price (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 7 ) commencing one year from the date of issuance thereof (the “ Initial Exercise Date ”).  Such Warrant shall cease to be exercisable and shall terminate and become void, and all rights thereunder and under this Agreement shall cease, at the Close of Business on the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).
 
 
3

 
 
(b)          A Holder may exercise a Warrant in whole, but not in part, by delivering, not later than 5:00 p.m. New York time, on any Business Day to the Warrant Agent at its office:  (i) the exercise notice set forth in Exhibit B (the “ Exercise Notice ”) and (ii) payment, for the account of the Company, of an amount equal to the product of (A) the Exercise Price and (B) 20.  Such payment shall be made in United States dollars by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer of funds to an account designated by the Company for such purpose. Any Holder shall effect compliance with the requirements in clauses (i) and (ii) above through the relevant members of the Depository in accordance with the procedures of the Depository. If the Exercise Notice or the Exercise Price is received by the Warrant Agent after the Close of Business, the Warrant will be deemed to be received and exercised on the next Business Day. If the Warrant is received or deemed to be received after the Expiration Date, the exercise thereof will be null and void and any funds delivered to the Warrant Agent will be returned to the Holder as soon as practicable. In no event will interest accrue on funds deposited with the Warrant Agent in respect of an exercise or attempted exercise of a Warrant.
 
(c)          Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if on the date of any exercise of any Warrant a registration statement covering the Warrant Shares is not effective and an exemption from registration is not available for the resale of such Warrant Shares, the Holder may satisfy its obligation to pay the Exercise Price through a “cashless exercise,” in which event the Warrant Agent shall issue to the Holder the number of Warrant Shares as follows (the “ Cashless Exercise Ratio ”):
 
X = Y [(A-B)/A]
 
where:
 
X = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the holder
 
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised
 
A = the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock
 
B = the Exercise Price
 
For the purpose of computation of the Cashless Exercise Ratio, the “Fair Market Value” per share of Common Stock at any date shall be deemed to be the closing price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date as of which the Fair Market Value is being determined.
 
(d)          No payment or adjustment shall be made on account of any distributions or dividends on the Warrant Shares.  The Company shall calculate and transmit to the Warrant Agent, and the Warrant Agent shall have no obligation under this section to calculate, the Cashless Exercise Ratio.
 
 
4

 
 
(e)          If less than all the Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate surrendered are exercised, a new Global Warrant Certificate shall be issued for the remaining number of Warrants evidenced by the Global Warrant Certificate so surrendered, and the Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign the new Global Warrant Certificate pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 and this Section 6 .
 
(f)          The Warrant Agent shall not effect any exercise of any Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise a Warrant to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below).  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other Warrants or any other securities of the Company subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein, in each case beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section (6)(e) , beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith.  To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 6(e) applies, the determination of whether the Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of the Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination and shall have no liability for exercises of the Warrant that are in non-compliance with the Beneficial Ownership Limitation.  In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The “ Beneficial Ownership Limitation ” shall be 9.8% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the Warrant Shares.  The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 6 to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation.  The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of the Warrant.
 
(g)          As soon as reasonably practicable after the exercise of any Warrant, the Company shall issue, or otherwise deliver, in authorized denominations to or upon the order of the holder of such by same-day or next-day credit to the Depository for the account of such holder or for the account of a participant in the Depository the Warrant Shares to which such holder is entitled, in each case registered in such name and delivered to such account as directed in the Exercise Notice by such Holder or by the direct participant in the Depository through which such holder is acting.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 7.          Adjustment of Exercise Price .  The Exercise Price and the Warrant Shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 7 .
 
(a)          In case the Company shall, while any Warrants remain outstanding and unexpired, (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on its outstanding Common Stock in Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) enter into any transaction whereby the outstanding shares of Common Stock are at any time changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or of another entity through reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation or recapitalization, then an appropriate adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock (or other securities for which such shares of Common Stock have previously been exchanged or converted) purchasable under the Warrants shall be made and the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation or recapitalization shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of this warrant exercised after such date shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares or other securities which, if the Warrant had been exercised by such holder immediately prior to such date, the holder would have been entitled to receive upon such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation or recapitalization.  For example, if the Company declares a two-for-one stock subdivision (split) and the Exercise Price hereof immediately prior to such event was $10.00 and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant was 20, the adjusted Exercise Price immediately after such event would be $5.00 and the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant would be 40.  Any such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
 
(b)          No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant; provided , however , that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 7(b) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment(s). All calculations shall be made to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share.
 
(c)          When a specified event requiring an adjustment occurs, the Company shall promptly prepare a certificate setting forth, as applicable:  (i) the Exercise Price of each Warrant, and (ii) the number of Warant Shares covering each Warrant, each as adjusted, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment.  The Company shall promptly file with the Warrant Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock a copy of such certificate and instruct the Warrant Agent to mail a brief summary thereof to each Holder.
 
 
6

 
 
Section 8.          Certain Representations; Reservation and Availability of Shares of Common Stock or Cash .

(a)          This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Warrant Agent, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and the Warrants have been duly authorized, executed and issued by the Company and, assuming due authentication thereof by the Warrant Agent pursuant hereto, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits hereof; in each case except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
 
(b)          As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 400,066,666 shares of Common Stock, of which (A) 5,173,399 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (B) 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants, (C) 30,000,000 shares are reserved for issuance upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, (D) 150,000 shares of Common Stock are issuable upon exercise of previously issued and outstanding warrants, and (E) 538,128 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of an equity incentive plan, and (ii)150,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of up to 150,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock are issuable in connection with the Offering.  As of the date hereof, there are no other outstanding obligations, warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for or purchase from the Company any class of capital stock of the Company.
 
(c)          The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or its authorized and issued shares of Common Stock held in its treasury, free from preemptive rights, the number of shares of Common Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants.
 
(d)          The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Global Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Shares.  The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or governmental charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the transfer or delivery of a Global Warrant Certificate or the issuance of Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the Holder until any such tax or governmental charge shall have been paid (any such tax or governmental charge being payable by the Holder at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or governmental charge is due.
 
Section 9.          Fractional Shares of Common Stock .
 
(a)          The Company shall not issue fractions of Warrant Shares.  Whenever any fraction of Warrant Shares would otherwise be required to be issued or distributed, (i) a cash adjustment shall be paid in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price, or (ii) the actual issuance or distribution made shall reflect a rounding of such fraction to the nearest whole share (up or down), with half shares or less being rounded down and fractions in excess of half of a share being rounded up.
 
 
7

 
 
(b)          The Holder of a Warrant by the acceptance of the Warrant expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Warrant Share.
 
Section 10.    Warrant Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder .   No Holder of a Warrant or record holder of a Global Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or distributions on, or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Warrants represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Global Warrant Certificate be construed to confer upon the Holder of a Warrant or record holder of a Global Warrant Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders, or to receive dividends or distributions or subscription rights, or otherwise, until such Warrant(s) evidenced by such Global Warrant Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.
 
Section 11.    The Warrant Agent .
 
(a)          The Company agrees to pay to the Warrant Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Warrant Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, as set forth in the attached Fee Schedule.
 
(b)          The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and to hold the Warrant Agent harmless against any costs, expenses (including reasonable fees of its legal counsel), losses or damages, which may be paid, incurred or suffered by or to which it may become subject, arising from or out of, directly or indirectly, any claims or liability resulting from its actions as Warrant Agent pursuant hereto; provided, that such covenant and agreement does not extend to, and the Warrant Agent shall not be indemnified with respect to, such costs, expenses, losses and damages incurred or suffered by the Warrant Agent as a result of, or arising out of, its gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct.
 
(c)          Promptly after the receipt by the Warrant Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, the Warrant Agent shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, notify the Company thereof in writing.   The Company shall be entitled to participate as its own expense in the defense of any such claim or proceeding, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim or of any other legal action or proceeding. For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “expense or loss” means any amount paid or payable to satisfy any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding settled with the express written consent of the Warrant Agent, and all reasonable costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.
 
 
8

 
 
(d)          The Warrant Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to the Warrant Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of Warrant Agent’s negligence or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of the Warrant Agent hereunder, for which the Warrant Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection  with  this  Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid under this Agreement by the Company to Warrant Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses.
 
(e)          Promptly after the receipt by the Company of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, the Company shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Warrant Agent, notify the Warrant Agent thereof in writing.  The Warrant Agent shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or proceeding, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim or of any other legal action or proceeding.  For the purposes of this Section 11 , the term “expense or loss” means any amount paid or payable to satisfy any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding settled with the express written consent of the Company, and all reasonable costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.
 
Section 12.    Purchase or Consolidation or Change of Name of Warrant Agent .
 
(a)          Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent shall be party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent, shall be the successor to the Warrant Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 14 .  In case at the time such successor Warrant Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Warrant Agent and deliver such Global Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Warrant Agent or in the name of the successor Warrant Agent; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
(b)          If at any time the name of the Warrant Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Global Warrant Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Global Warrant Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Warrant Agent may countersign such Global Warrant Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Global Warrant Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Global Warrant Certificates and in this Agreement.
 
Section 13.        Duties of Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the Holders of the Warrants, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
 
(a)          The Warrant Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Warrant Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.
 
(b)          Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman, President or any Vice President of the Company and by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent; and such certificate shall be full authentication to the Warrant Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
 
(c)          The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct pursuant to Section 11 .
 
(d)          The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Global Warrant Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
 
(e)          The Warrant Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Warrant Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Global Warrant Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Global Warrant Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for the adjustment of the Exercise Price or the making of any change in the number of Warrant Shares required under the provisions of Section 7 or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such change or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment or change (except with respect to the exercise of Warrants evidenced by a Global Warrant Certificate after actual notice of any adjustment of the Exercise Price); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Global Warrant Certificate or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
 
10

 
 
(f)          The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Warrant Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(g)          The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the Chairman or the President or any Vice President or the Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable and shall be indemnified and held harmless for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer, provided Warrant Agent carries out such instructions without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
 
(h)          The Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Warrants or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.
 
(i)          The Warrant Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorney or agents, and the Warrant Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorney or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 14.    Change of Warrant Agent .  The Warrant Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days’ notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the Holders by first-class mail.  The Company may remove the Warrant Agent or any successor Warrant Agent upon 30 days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Warrant Agent or successor Warrant Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the Depository by first-class mail.  If the Warrant Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Warrant Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Warrant Agent or by the Depository, then the Depository may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Warrant Agent.  Any successor Warrant Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Warrant Agent and to the Company an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder and thereupon such new warrant agent without any further act or deed shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of the Warrant Agent hereunder with like effect as if it had been named as warrant agent; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or expedient to have the former warrant agent execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed, the same shall be done at the expense of the Company and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the former warrant agent. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof with the former Warrant Agent and each transfer agent for the Common Stock, and shall forthwith mail notice thereof to the registered holders at their addresses as they appear on the registry books. Failure to file or mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the appointment of the successor Warrant Agent.
 
Section 15.    Issuance of New Global Warrant Certificates Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Warrants to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Global Warrant Certificate(s) evidencing the Warrants in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price per share and the number or kind or class of shares of stock or other securities or property purchasable under Global Warrant Certificate(s) made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
Section 16.    Notices .  All notices, demands, approvals, consents and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder (each a “ Notice ”) shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) registered or certified first-class mail (return receipt requested), (b) courier service, (c) personal delivery, or (d) telecopier (provided that, in the case of this clause (d), such Notice also is sent concurrently by another means specified above) as follows:
 
(a)         If to the Company, to:
 
   Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
   3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
   Atlanta, Georgia 30339
   Attention:  Jeffrey Sprain, Esq.
   Fax:  (770) 818-4105
 
(b)         If to the Warrant Agent, to:
 
   Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
   250 Royall Street
   Canton, Massachusetts 02021
   Attention:  Client Administration
   Fax:  (781) 575-2549
 
Any notice required to be delivered by the Company to the registered holder of any Global Warrant Certificate may be given by the Warrant Agent on behalf of the Company.
 
 
12

 
 
Each Notice shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective upon actual receipt (or refusal of receipt).  Any party may by Notice to the other parties given in accordance with this Section 16 designate another address or person for receipt of Notices hereunder.  If the address of a party has changed, then such party promptly shall by Notice to the other parties given in accordance with this Section 16 designate a new address for receipt of Notices hereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, if a Notice given in accordance with this Section 16 to a party is returned to the sender as being refused or undeliverable (or having a similar status), then such Notice to such party shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective on the date that such Notice was originally sent.
 
Section 17.        Supplements and Amendments.   The Company and the Warrant Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders.
 
Section 18.        Successors .  All covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
 
Section 19.        Benefits of this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Person other than the Company and the Warrant Agent any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders.
 
Section 20.        Governing Law .  This Agreement and each Global Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
 
Section 21.        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
Section 22.        Captions .  The captions of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
 
Section 23.        Information .  The Company agrees to promptly provide the Holders the information it is required to provide to the holders of the Common Stock.
 
Section 24.        Force Majeure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, terrorist acts, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.
 
 
13

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
  PREFERRED APARTMENT
  COMMUNITIES, INC.
     
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
  COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
  COMPUTERSHARE INC.
     
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
14

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                   , 20[  ]

THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE, EXCHANGE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [           ], 2011 (THE “ WARRANT AGREEMENT ”), BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE WARRANT AGENT NAMED THEREIN. BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, THE RECIPIENT OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT.  A COPY OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE CORPORATE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER OF THIS CERTIFICATE.

NO. [        ]
 
[          ] WARRANTS TO PURCHASE [      ]
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

CUSIP # [            ]

DISTRIBUTION DATE:  [            ], 2011

This Global Warrant Certificate (this “ Global Warrant Certificate ”) certifies that Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of warrants (each a “ Warrant ”) of PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC. , a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), set forth above to purchase the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of the Company set forth above (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement). This Global Warrant Certificate is exercisable beginning on [    ], 2012 (the “ Initial Exercise Date ”), which is one year from the date of issuance, and expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on [         ], 20[  ] (the “ Expiration Date ”) and entitles the holder upon exercise at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, on or after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the Expiration Date to purchase from the Company up to the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock set forth above at an exercise price equal to $[   ] per share of Common Stock (the “ Exercise Price ”).  Each Warrant may be exercised in whole (and not in part) to purchase 20 shares of Common Stock.  The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. SUCH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.
 
 
1

 

 
This Global Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Warrant Agreement.
 
 
2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Global Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Acknowledged and Agreed to
as of the date first written above:
   
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
COMPUTERSHARE INC.
   
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:

[Signature Page to Global Warrant Certificate]
 
 
3

 
 
FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF GLOBAL WARRANT CERTIFICATE

Each Warrant evidenced by this Global Warrant Certificate is a part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants.  The Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the registered holders of Global Warrant Certificates.

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer and surrender of the Warrants at the office of the Warrant Agent designated for such purpose, a new Global Warrant Certificate or Global Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Global Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations set forth in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other charge.

Subject to Section 9 of the Warrant Agreement, the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares of Common Stock.

No Warrants may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, state securities laws or other applicable law. The Warrants do not entitle the registered holder hereof or the Holders to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

The Company and Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Global Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent) for the purpose of any exercise hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Global Warrant Certificate is held by The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”) or its nominee in custody for the benefit of the beneficial owners hereof, and is not transferable to any Person under any circumstances except that (i) this Global Warrant Certificate may be transferred pursuant to Section 5 of the Warrant Agreement, and (ii) this Global Warrant Certificate may be delivered to the Warrant Agent for cancellation pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Warrant Agreement.

Unless this Global Warrant Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depository to the Company or the Warrant Agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co., or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository (and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any Person is wrongful because the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

No registration or transfer of the securities issuable pursuant to the Warrants will be recorded on the books and records of the Company or the Warrant Agent until the provisions set forth in the Warrant Agreement have been complied with.
 
 
4

 

 
In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Global Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agreement shall control.
 
 
5

 

 
EXHIBIT B

EXERCISE FORM FOR HOLDERS
HOLDING WARRANTS THROUGH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

TO BE COMPLETED BY DIRECT PARTICIPANT
IN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

To be executed upon exercise of the Warrant(s)

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by Global Warrant Certificate No. ___ held for its benefit through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”), to purchase  shares of Common Stock of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and (check one or both):

o
herewith tenders in payment for such shares an amount of $            by certified or official bank check made payable to the order of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account arranged with Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.; and/or

o
herewith tenders Warrant(s) for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the cashless exercise provision of Section 6(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

The undersigned requests that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant(s) be in registered form in the authorized denominations, registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below; provided , however , that if the shares of Common Stock are evidenced by global securities, the shares of Common Stock shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee.

Dated: _________, 20___

THIS EXERCISE NOTICE MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE WARRANT AGENT, PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. THE WARRANT AGENT SHALL NOTIFY YOU OF (A) THE WARRANT AGENT’S ACCOUNT AT THE DEPOSITORY TO WHICH YOU MUST DELIVER YOUR WARRANT(S) ON THE EXERCISE DATE, AND (B) THE ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER AND FACSIMILE NUMBER WHERE YOU CAN CONTACT THE WARRANT AGENT AND TO WHICH WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICES ARE TO BE SUBMITTED.

ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS USED HEREIN BUT NOT DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS ASSIGNED TO THEM IN THE WARRANT AGREEMENT.
 

NAME OF DIRECT PARTICIPANT IN THE DEPOSITORY:
 
6

 

 
Account
   
Name
 
   
     
   
(Please Print)
     
Address:
 
   
     
   
   
     
Contact
   
Name:
 
      
     
Telephone:
   
     
Fax:
 
    

Social Security Number or Other Taxpayer Identification Number (if applicable): ___________________
Account from which Warrant(s) are Being Delivered: ___________________
Depository Account Number: ___________________

FILL IN IF YOUR PRIMER BROKER IS PICKING UP COMMON STOCK ON YOUR BEHALF:
 
Exact Name that your shares of Common Stock are to be registered in:
       
   
(Please Print)
   
         
Name of
DTC
Participant:
       

 
 
7

 

 
DTC
Participant
Number:
       
         
Name of Account at DTC Participant being credited with the Common Stock:
       

WARRANT HOLDER DELIVERING WARRANT(S), IF OTHER THAN THE DIRECT PARTICIPANT:

Name:
       
         
Contact
Name:
       
         
Address:
       
         
         
         
Telephone:
       
         
Fax:
       

Account from which the shares of Common Stock are to be Credited: ___________________
Depository Account Number: ___________________

 

FILL IN FOR DELIVERY OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, IF OTHER THAN TO THE PERSON DELIVERING THIS WARRANT EXERCISE NOTICE:
 
 
8

 

 
Name:
   
     
   
(Please Print)
     
Address:
   
     
     
     
Contact Name:
   
     
Telephone:
   
     
Fax:
   

Social Security Number or Other Taxpayer Identification Number (if applicable):
 

 
Signature:
   
     
Name:
   

Capacity in which Signing:
       
         
Signature Guaranteed By:
       

 
9

 
 
November 2, 2011

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Suite 400
3625 Cumberland Boulevard
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

 
Re:
Registration Statement on Form S-11 (File No. 333-176604)

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have served as Maryland counsel to Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of (a) up to 150,000 units (the “Units”), each consisting of (i) one share (each, a “Preferred Share” and collectively, the “Preferred Shares”) of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) one warrant (each, a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 20 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms thereof, and (b) the shares of Common Stock (the “Common Shares” and, together with the Units, the “Securities”) to be issued from time to time upon redemption of Preferred Shares or exercise of Warrants.  The Securities are covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).
 
In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (herein collectively referred to as the “Documents”):
 
1.           The Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;
 
2.           The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);
 
 
 

 
 

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
November 1, 2011
Page 2
 
3.           The Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
 
4.           A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;
 
5.           Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company relating to, among other matters, the sale, issuance and registration of the Units and the issuance and registration of the Common Shares (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;
 
6.           The form of Warrant;
 
7.           A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and
 
8.           Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.
 
In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
 
1.           Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.
 
2.           Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
 
3.           Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.
 
4.           All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic.  The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered.  All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents.  All signatures on all such Documents are genuine.  All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete.  All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete.  There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
 
 
 

 
 

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
November 1, 2011
Page 3
 
5.           The Securities will not be issued in violation of any restriction or limitation contained in Section 4.04 of Article 4 of the Charter.
 
6.           Upon the issuance of any of the Units, the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.  Upon the issuance of any of the Common Shares, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.
 
7.           Each Warrant will be exercised in accordance with its terms.
 
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:
 
1.           The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.
 
2.           The issuance of the Units has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Resolutions, the Preferred Shares and the Warrants will be validly issued and the Preferred Shares will be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
3.           The issuance of the Common Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered upon redemption of Preferred Shares or exercise of Warrants in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Resolutions, the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.  We express no opinion as to compliance with any federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or as to federal or state laws regarding fraudulent transfers.  To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter.  The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of judicial decisions which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.
 
 
 

 
 

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
November 1, 2011
Page 4
 
The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.  We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.
 
This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

Very truly yours,
 
   
/s/ Venable LLP
 

 
 

 
     Proskauer Rose LLP   Eleven Times Square   New York, NY 10036-8299
 
November 2, 2011

Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Re: Opinion of Proskauer Rose LLP as to Tax Matters

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have acted as counsel to Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), with respect to certain tax matters in connection with the sale by the Company of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase shares of common stock (collectively, the Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Warrants to purchase shares of common stock are referred to herein as the “ Stock ”) as described in the Registration Statement on Form S-11, Registration No. 333-176604, initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on September 1, 2011, as amended through the date hereof (the “ Registration Statement ”). In connection with the sale of Stock, we have been asked to provide an opinion regarding (i)  the classification of the Company as a real estate investment trust (“ REIT ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) 1 ; (ii) the accuracy and fairness of the discussion in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”) under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”; and (iii) the treatment of Preferred Apartment Communities Operating Partnership, L.P. (the “ Operating Partnership ”) as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
 
The opinions set forth in this letter are based on relevant provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (including Proposed and Temporary Regulations), and interpretations of the foregoing as expressed in court decisions, administrative determinations, and the legislative history as of the date hereof. These provisions and interpretations are subject to differing interpretations or change at any time, which may or may not be retroactive in effect, and which might result in modifications of our opinions. In this regard, an opinion of counsel with respect to an issue represents counsel’s best judgment as to the outcome on the merits with respect to such issue, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) or the courts, and is not a guarantee that the IRS will not assert a contrary position with respect to an issue, or that a court will not sustain such a position if asserted by the IRS.
 
In rendering our opinions, we have made such factual and legal examinations, including an examination of such statutes, regulations, records, certificates and other documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, the following: (1) the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto); (2)   the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company, dated as of November 1, 2011; (3) the form of the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership; (4) the Management Agreement, made by and among the Operating Partnership, the Company and the Property Managers thereto (each a “ Manager ”), dated May 13, 2011; and (5) the Articles Supplementary of the Company regarding Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, dated October 31, 2011. The opinions set forth in this letter also are based on certain written factual representations and covenants made by officers of the Company and the Operating Partnership in a letter to us of even date herewith (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”) relating to, among other things, those factual matters as are germane to the determination that the Company and the Operating Partnership, and the entities in which they hold direct or indirect interests, have been and will be formed, owned and operated in such a manner that the Company has and will continue to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code (collectively, the Officer’s Certificate, and the documents described in the immediately preceding sentence are referred to herein as the “ Transaction Documents ”).


1   Unless otherwise stated, all section references herein are to the Code.
 
Boca Raton | Boston | Chicago | Hong Kong | London | Los Angeles | New Orleans | New York | Newark | Paris | São Paulo | Washington, D.C.
 
 
 

 
 
 
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
November 2, 2011
Page 2
 
In our review, we have assumed, with your consent, that all of the factual representations, covenants and statements set forth in the Transaction Documents are true and correct, and all of the obligations imposed by any such documents on the parties thereto have been and will be performed or satisfied in accordance with their terms. Moreover, we have assumed that the Company and the Operating Partnership each will be operated in the manner described in the relevant Transaction Documents. We have, consequently, assumed and relied on your representations that the information presented in the Transaction Documents accurately and completely describe all material facts relevant to our opinion. We have not undertaken any independent inquiry into, or verification of, these facts for the purpose of rendering this opinion. While we have reviewed all representations made to us to determine their reasonableness, we have no assurance that they are or will ultimately prove to be accurate. No facts have come to our attention, however, that would cause us to question the accuracy or completeness of such facts or Transaction Documents in a material way. Our opinion is conditioned on the continuing accuracy and completeness of such representations, covenants and statements. Any material change or inaccuracy in the facts referred to, set forth, or assumed herein or in the Transaction Documents may affect our conclusions set forth herein.
 
We also have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the proper execution of all documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of documents submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals from which any copies were made. Where documents have been provided to us in draft form, we have assumed that the final executed versions of such documents will not differ materially from such drafts.
 
With respect to matters of Maryland law, we have relied upon the opinion of Venable LLP, counsel for the Company, dated November 1, 2011, that the Company is a validly organized and duly incorporated corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland.
 
Based upon, and subject to the foregoing and the discussion below, we are of the opinion that:
 
 
(i)
commencing with the Company’s taxable year ending on December 31, 2011, the Company will be organized in conformity with requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code, and the Company’s proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code;
 
 
(ii)
the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” to the extent it constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters or legal conclusions, is a fair and accurate summary of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that are likely to be material to a holder of the Company’s Stock; and
 
 
(iii)
the Operating Partnership will be taxed as a partnership or a disregarded entity and not an association or publicly traded partnership (within the meaning of section 7704) subject to tax as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with its first taxable year.
 
 
 

 

 
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
November 2, 2011
Page 3
 
We express no opinion on any issue relating to the Company, the Operating Partnership or the discussion in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” other than as expressly stated above.
 
The Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT will depend upon the Company’s ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating and other results, the various requirements under the Code as described in the Registration Statement with regard to, among other things, the sources of its gross income, the composition of its assets, the level of its distributions to stockholders, and the diversity of its stock ownership. Proskauer Rose LLP will not review the Company’s compliance with these requirements on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of the operations of the Company and the Operating Partnership, the sources of their income, the nature of their assets, the level of the Company’s distributions to stockholders and the diversity of its stock ownership for any given taxable year will satisfy the requirements under the Code for the Company’s qualification and taxation as a REIT.
 
This opinion letter is rendered to you for your use in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and your stockholders.  Except as provided in the next paragraph, this opinion letter may not be distributed, quoted in whole or in part or otherwise reproduced in any document, filed with any governmental agency, or relied upon by any other person for any other purpose (other than as required by law) without our express written consent.
 
We consent to the use of our name under the captions “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus and to the use of these opinions for filing as Exhibit 8 to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
 
Sincerely yours,

/s/ Proskauer Rose LLP
 
 
 

 
Exhibit 12.1

Statement of Computation of Ratios
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Six months
 
   
ended June 30,
 
     2011  
Fixed Charges:
     
Interest expensed
  $ 413,100  
Amortization of deferred loan costs related to mortgage indebtedness
    21,541  
         
Fixed Charges
    434,642  
         
Earnings:
       
Net loss
    (4,413,848 )
Add: Fixed charges
    434,642  
         
Earnings
  $ (3,979,206 )
         
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    (A )
 
 
(A)  Due to the net loss incurred, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1. We would have needed to generate additional earnings of approximately $4.4 million to achieve a coverage of 1:1 for the six months ended June 30, 2011.
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
SUBSCRIPTION ESCROW AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION ESCROW AGREEMENT dated as of November [  ], 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into among International Assets Advisory, LLC (the “ Dealer Manager ”), Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and UMB Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”).

WHEREAS, the Company intends to raise cash funds from Investors (as defined below) pursuant to a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of not less than (a) 2,000 units, having a purchase price of $1,000 per unit (for an aggregate offering amount of $2,000,000), consisting of (i) 2,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (ii) warrants to purchase 40,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Minimum Amount” ), and not more than (b) 150,000 units, having a purchase price of $1,000 per unit (for an aggregate offering amount of $150,000,000), consisting of (i) 150,000 shares of Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (ii) warrants to purchase 3,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (collectively, the “ Securities ”), pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-11 of the Company (No. 333- 176604) (as amended, the “ Offering Document ”).

WHEREAS , the Escrow Agent is willing to accept appointment as escrow agent only for the express duties set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.            Proceeds to be Escrowed. On or before the date the Offering Document is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the Company shall establish an escrow account with the Escrow Agent to be invested in accordance with Section 7 entitled “ESCROW ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF INVESTORS OF UNITS OF PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.” (including such abbreviations as are required for the Escrow Agent’s systems) (the “ Escrow Account ”).  All checks, wire transfers and other funds received from subscribers of Securities (“ Investors ”) in payment for the Securities (“ Investor Funds ”) will be delivered to the Escrow Agent within one business day following the day upon which such Investor Funds are received by the Company or its agents, and shall, upon receipt by the Escrow Agent, be retained in escrow by the Escrow Agent.  During the term of this Agreement, the Company or its agents shall cause all checks received by and made payable to it for payment for the Securities to be endorsed in favor of the Escrow Agent and delivered to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account.

The initial escrow period (the “ Initial Escrow Period ”) shall commence upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and shall continue until the earliest to occur of:  (a) the close of business on December 31, 2012; (b) the date upon which the Escrow Agent receives confirmation that the Company has raised the Minimum Amount of at least $2,000,000 of gross offering proceeds (such date, the “ Break Escrow Date ”); (c) the date the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Company that it is abandoning the sale of the Securities; and (d) the date the Escrow Agent receives notice from the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state regulatory authority that a stop or similar order has been issued with respect to the Offering Document and has remained in effect for at least 20 days. The Escrow Account shall not be an interest-bearing account.
 
 
 

 

The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to make any disbursement, investment or other use of Investor Funds until and unless it has good and collected funds.  If any checks deposited in the Escrow Account are returned or prove uncollectible after the funds represented thereby have been released by the Escrow Agent, then the Company shall promptly reimburse the Escrow Agent for any and all costs incurred for such, upon request, and the Escrow Agent shall deliver the returned checks to the Company.  The Escrow Agent shall be under no duty or responsibility to enforce collection of any check delivered to it hereunder.  

2.            Investors. Investors will be instructed by the Dealer Manager or any soliciting dealers retained by the Dealer Manager (the “ Soliciting Dealers ”) to remit the purchase price in the form of checks ( “ instruments of payment ”) payable to the order of, or funds wired in favor of, “UMB BANK, N.A., ESCROW AGENT FOR PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.”  Any checks made payable to a party other than the Escrow Agent shall be returned to the Dealer Manager or Soliciting Dealer that submitted the check.

If any subscription agreement for the purchase of Securities solicited by a Soliciting Dealer is rejected by the Company, then the subscription agreement and check for the purchase of Securities will be returned to the rejected subscriber within ten business days from the date of rejection.

All Investor Funds deposited in the Escrow Account shall not be subject to any liens or charges by the Company or the Escrow Agent, or judgments or creditors’ claims against the Company, until and unless released to the Company as hereinafter provided.  The Company understands and agrees that the Company shall not be entitled to any Investor Funds on deposit in the Escrow Account and no such funds shall become the property of the Company, or any other entity except as released to the Company pursuant to Section 3 . The Escrow Agent will not use the information provided to it by the Company for any purpose other than to fulfill its obligations as Escrow Agent hereunder.  The Escrow Agent will treat all Investor information as confidential.

3.           Disbursement of Funds.

(a) Break Escrow – Initial Closing The Escrow Agent agrees that the Minimum Amount of $2,000,000 shall not be released from the Escrow Account to the Company until and unless the Escrow Agent receives joint written instructions, in a form substantially similar to the Form of Escrow Release Notice (the “ Escrow Release Notice ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C , to release the funds from (i) the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) the Dealer Manager’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 
2

 

           If the Minimum Amount of $2,000,000 has not been sold on or prior to the Termination Date (as defined in Section 4 ), the Company shall notify the Escrow Agent in writing of such.  If the Company notifies the Escrow Agent in writing that the Minimum Amount has not been sold prior to the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall, promptly following the Termination Date, but in no event more than 30 days after the Termination Date, refund to each Investor by check, funds deposited in the Escrow Account, or shall return the instruments of payment delivered to Escrow Agent if such instruments have not been processed for collection prior to such time, directly to each Investor at the address previously provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall not be required to remit any payments until funds represented by such payments have been collected by the Escrow Agent. Additionally, at the end of the third business day following the Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall notify the Company of the amount of the Investor Funds received. Further, once the Offering has closed, the Company shall notify the Escrow Agent of the same in writing.

If the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Company that the Company intends to reject an Investor’s subscription, the Escrow Agent shall pay to the applicable Investor, within a reasonable time not to exceed ten business days after receiving notice of the rejection, by first class United States mail at the address provided on such Investor’s subscription agreement, or at such other address as shall be furnished to the Escrow Agent by the Investor in writing, all collected sums paid by the Investor for Securities and received by the Escrow Agent (without interest thereon).

(b) Post Escrow Break Period .  From and after the Break Escrow Date until the Termination Date (the “ Post Escrow Break Period ”), the Escrow Agent, upon receipt of Escrow Release Notices, shall periodically transfer any portion of the Investor Funds to the Company or such other parties as set forth in the applicable Escrow Release Notice.  The Escrow Agent shall effect such transfer by the close of business on the date the Escrow Agent receives the applicable Escrow Release Notice; provided , however , if the Escrow Agent receives the applicable Escrow Release Notice after 2pm Central Time, then the Escrow Agent shall effect such transfer by the close of business on the next succeeding business day

4.            Term of Escrow. The “ Termination Date ” shall be the earliest of:  (a) the close of business on December 31, 2012; (b) all funds held in the Escrow Account are distributed to the Company or to Investors pursuant to Section 3 and the Company has informed the Escrow Agent in writing to close the Escrow Account; (c) the date the Escrow Agent receives written notice from the Company that it is abandoning the sale of the Securities; and (d) the date the Escrow Agent receives notice from the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state regulatory authority that a stop or similar order has been issued with respect to the Offering Document and has remained in effect for at least 20 days.  After the Termination Date, the Company and its agents shall not deposit, and the Escrow Agent shall not accept, any additional amounts representing payments by prospective Investors.
 
 
3

 
 
5.            Duty and Liability of the Escrow Agent. The sole duty of the Escrow Agent shall be to receive Investor Funds and subscription agreements and hold them subject to release, in accordance herewith, and the Escrow Agent shall be under no duty to determine whether the Company, the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer is complying with requirements of this Agreement, the Offering or applicable securities or other laws in tendering the Investor Funds to the Escrow Agent. No other agreement entered into between the parties, or any of them, shall be considered as adopted or binding, in whole or in part, upon the Escrow Agent notwithstanding that any such other agreement may be referred to herein or deposited with the Escrow Agent or the Escrow Agent may have knowledge thereof, including specifically but without limitation the Offering Document or any other document related to the Offering (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto), and the Escrow Agent’s rights and responsibilities shall be governed solely by this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for or be required to enforce any of the terms or conditions of the Offering Document or any other document related to the Offering (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) or other agreement between the Company and any other party.  The Escrow Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected in acting upon any statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or liability to verify any such statement, certificate, notice, request, consent, order or other document, and its sole responsibility shall be to act only as expressly set forth in this Agreement. Concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Dealer Manager shall each deliver to the Escrow Agent an authorized signers form in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit A-1 to this Agreement, as applicable.  The Escrow Agent shall be under no obligation to institute or defend any action, suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement unless first indemnified to its satisfaction.  The Escrow Agent may consult counsel of its own choice with respect to any question arising under this Agreement and the Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted in good faith upon advice of such counsel.  The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct was the primary cause of loss. The Escrow Agent is acting solely as escrow agent hereunder and owes no duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise, to any other person by reason of this Agreement, except as otherwise stated herein, and no implied duties, covenants or obligations, fiduciary or otherwise, shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent.  If any disagreement between any of the parties to this Agreement, or between any of them and any other person, including any Investor, resulting in adverse claims or demands being made in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement, or if the Escrow Agent is in doubt as to what action it should take hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, at its option, refuse to comply with any claims or demands on it, or refuse to take any other action hereunder, so long as such disagreement continues or such doubt exists, and in any such event, the Escrow Agent shall not be or become liable in any way or to any person for its failure or refusal to act, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to continue so to refrain from acting until (a) the rights of all interested parties shall have been fully and finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (b) all differences shall have been adjudged and all doubt resolved by agreement among all of the interested persons, and the Escrow Agent shall have been notified thereof in writing signed by all such persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent may in its discretion obey the order, judgment, decree or levy of any court, whether with or without jurisdiction and the Escrow Agent is hereby authorized in its sole discretion to comply with and obey any such orders, judgments, decrees or levies.  If any controversy should arise with respect to this Agreement the Escrow Agent shall have the right, at its option, to institute an interpleader action in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of the parties.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ESCROW AGENT BE LIABLE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF THE ESCROW AGENT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION.  The parties hereto agree that the Escrow Agent has no role in the preparation of the Offering Documents (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) and makes no representations or warranties with respect to the information contained therein or omitted therefrom.  The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation, duty or liability with respect to compliance with any federal or state securities, disclosure or tax laws concerning the Offering Documents or any other document related to the Offering (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) or the issuance, offering or sale of the Securities.  The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or obligation to monitor the application and use of the Investor Funds once transferred to the Company, that being the sole obligation and responsibility of the Company.
 
 
4

 
 
6.            Escrow Agent’s Fee. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to compensation for its services as stated in the fee schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B , which compensation shall be paid by the Company. The fee agreed upon for the services rendered hereunder is intended as full compensation for the Escrow Agent’s services as contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that if (a) the conditions for the disbursement of funds under this Agreement are not fulfilled, (b) the Escrow Agent renders any material service not contemplated in this Agreement, (c) there is any assignment of interest in the subject matter of this Agreement, (d) there is any material modification hereof, (e) any material controversy arises hereunder, or (f) the Escrow Agent is made a party to any litigation pertaining to this Agreement or the subject matter hereof, then the Escrow Agent shall be reasonably compensated for such extraordinary services and reimbursed for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, occasioned by any delay, controversy, litigation or event, and the same shall be recoverable from the Company.  The Company’s obligations under this Section 6 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the assignment or termination of this Agreement.

7.            Investment of Investor Funds .  Investor Funds shall be deposited in the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 1 and held uninvested in the Escrow Account, which shall be non-interest bearing.

8.            Notices.  All notices, requests, demands, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the day of transmission if sent by facsimile/email transmission bearing an authorized signature to the facsimile number/email address given below, and written confirmation of receipt is obtained promptly after completion of transmission, (c) on the day after delivery to Federal Express or similar overnight courier or the Express Mail service maintained by the United States Postal Service, or (d) on the fifth day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given, by first class mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid, and properly addressed, return receipt requested, to the party as follows:

If to the Company:
 
Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
3625 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 400
Atlanta, Georgia  30339
Fax: (770) 818-4105
Attention:  John A. Williams, President and Chief Executive Officer
Attention:  Leonard A. Silverstein, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
 
5

 
 
with a copy to:
 
Proskauer Rose LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Fax: (212) 969-2900
Attention: Peter M. Fass, Esq.
  James P. Gerkis, Esq.

If to the Dealer Manager:

International Assets Advisory, LLC
300 South Orange Ave., Suite 1100
Orlando, Florida  32801
Fax: (407) 254-1500
Attention:  Ed Cofrancesco

with a copy to:

Foley & Lardner, LLP
100 North Tampa Street
Suite 2700
Tampa, Florida  33602
Fax: (813) 221-4210
Attention:  Martin Traber, Esq.
                  Steven Vasquez, Esq.

If to Escrow Agent:

UMB Bank, National Association
1010 Grand Blvd. 4 th Floor
Mail Stop: 1020409
Kansas City, Missouri 64106
Attention:  Lara Stevens, Corporate Trust
Telephone: (816) 860-3017
Fax: (816) 860-3029
Email: lara.stevens@umb.com

Any party may change its address for purposes of this Section by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

9.            Indemnification of Escrow Agent. The Company and the Dealer Manager hereby agree to, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Escrow Agent from and against, any and all losses, liabilities, costs, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses, which the Escrow Agent may suffer or incur by reason of any action, claim or proceeding brought against the Escrow Agent arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement or any transaction to which this Agreement relates unless such loss, liability, cost, damage or expense is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been primarily caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent.  The terms of this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.
 
 
6

 
 
10.          Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any such attempted assignment without such prior written consent shall be void and of no force and effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.  Any corporation or association into which the Escrow Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which the Escrow Agent is a party, shall be and become the successor Escrow Agent under this Agreement and shall have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance of any further act.

11.          Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed, performed, and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

12.          Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared by any court or other judicial or administrative body to be null, void, or unenforceable, said provision shall survive to the extent it is not so declared, and all of the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

13.          Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended or modified, and any of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. Any waiver by any party of any condition, or of the breach of any provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall not be deemed to be nor construed as further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the breach of any other provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty of this Agreement.  The Company and the Dealer Manager agree that any requested waiver, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be consistent with the terms of the Offering.

14.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the escrow contemplated hereby and supersedes and replaces all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, oral or written, with regard to such escrow.

15.          Section Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute the same instrument.
 
 
7

 

17.          Resignation. The Escrow Agent may resign upon 30 days’ advance written notice to the parties hereto. If a successor escrow agent is not appointed by the Company within the 30-day period following such notice, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor escrow agent, or may interplead the Investor Funds with such court, whereupon the Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder shall terminate.

18.          References to Escrow Agent.  Other than the Offering Document, any of the other documents related to the Offering (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto, no printed or other matter in any language (including, without limitation, notices, reports and promotional material) which mentions the Escrow Agent’s name or the rights, powers, or duties of the Escrow Agent shall be issued by the Company or the Dealer Manager, or on the Company’s or the Dealer Manager’s behalf, unless the Escrow Agent shall first have given its specific written consent thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment or supplement to the Offering Document or any other document related to the Offering (including the subscription agreement and exhibits thereto) that revises, alters, modifies, changes or adds to the description of the Escrow Agent or its rights, powers or duties hereunder shall not be issued by the Company or the Dealer Manager, or on the Company’s or the Dealer Manager’s behalf, unless the Escrow Agent has first given specific written consent thereto.

19.          Patriot Act Compliance.  The Company shall provide to the Escrow Agent upon the execution of this Agreement any documentation requested and any information reasonably requested by the Escrow Agent to comply with the USA Patriot Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]
 
 
8

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the date and year first set forth above.
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
 
By:
   
 
Name: 
John A. Williams
 
 
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
INTERNATIONAL ASSETS ADVISORY, LLC
 
By:
   
 
Name: 
Ed Confrancesco
 
 
Title:
President
 
 
UMB BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Escrow Agent
 
By:
   
 
Name: 
 Lara L. Stevens
 
 
Title:
 Vice President
 
 
 
9

 

Exhibit A
 
CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
 
  Account Name:

  Account Number:
 
The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc.
 
Name/Title
Specimen Signature
   
John A. Williams
 
President and Chief Executive Officer   Signature
   
Leonard A. Silverstein
 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Signature
   
Michael J. Cronin
 
Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Signature
   
William F. Leseman
 
Executive Vice President – Property Management Signature

 
10

 

Exhibit A-1

CERTIFICATE AS TO AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
 
  Account Name:

  Account Number:
 
The specimen signatures shown below are the specimen signatures of the individuals who have been designated as Authorized Representatives of International Assets Advisory, LLC and are authorized to initiate and approve transactions of all types for the above-mentioned account on behalf of International Assets Advisory, LLC.
 
Name/Title
Specimen Signature
   
Ed Cofrancesco
 
President
Signature
   
Sheri Cuff
 
Chief Operating Officer
Signature
   
Ann A. Moore
 
Chief Compliance Officer
Signature

 
11

 

Exhibit B

ESCROW FEES AND EXPENSES

Acceptance Fee  
     Review document, establish accounts, and
$3,000
     Set up recon file/feeds with Transfer Agent  

Annual Fee  
     Annual Escrow Agent
$3,000

Transactional Fees, if applicable
 
     Outgoing Wire Transfer
$15 each
     Daily Recon File to Transfer Agent
$2.50 per Business Day
     Web Exchange Access
$60 per month
     Overnight Delivery/Mailings
$16.50 each
     IRS Tax Reporting
$10 per 1099
 
Acceptance and Annual Fee will be payable at the initiation of the escrow.  Transactional fees, if any, will be billed quarterly in arrears. Other fees and expenses will be billed as incurred.
 
Fees specified are for the regular, routine services contemplated by the Escrow Agreement, and any additional or extraordinary services, including, but not limited to disbursements involving a dispute or arbitration, or administration while a dispute, controversy or adverse claim is in existence, will be charged based upon time required at the then standard hourly rate.
 
 
12

 
 
Exhibit C

FORM OF ESCROW RELEASE NOTICE
 
Date:

 
UMB Bank, National Association
1010 Grand Blvd. 4 th Floor
Mail Stop: 1020409
Kansas City, Missouri 64106
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the terms of Section 3 of the Subscription Escrow Agreement dated as of November [__], 2011 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Escrow Agreement ”), among Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (the “ Company ”), International Assets Advisory, LLC (the “ Dealer Manager ”) and UMB Bank, National Association (the “ Escrow Agent ”), the Company and the Dealer Manager hereby notify the Escrow Agent that the ________ closing will be held on ___________ for gross proceeds of $_________.

PLEASE DISTRIBUTE FUNDS BY WIRE TRANSFER (or as indicated) AS FOLLOWS
(wire instructions attached):

$
   
$

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.,
 
as the Company
   
 
By:
 
    Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 
 
INTERNATIONAL ASSETS ADVISORY, LLC, as the Dealer Manager
 
 
13

 
 
  By:  
    Name:
 
    Title:
 
 
 
14

 

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
PREFERRED APARTMENT COMMUNITIES, INC.
2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

This FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) to the Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is made effective as of November 1, 2011, with respect to all Awards (as defined in the Plan) outstanding as of such date and granted on or after such date, by Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Plan was established by the Company effective as of February 25, 2011; and

WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan to clarify the definition of Consultant;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the authority reserved in Section 13.1 of the Plan, the Plan is amended as follows:

1.           Section 2.12 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Consultant means any natural person who, directly or indirectly, provides bona fide consulting or advisory services to the Company or any of its Affiliates pursuant to a written agreement, which are not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not, directly or indirectly, promote or maintain a market for the Company’s or its Affiliates’ securities.
 
2.           Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer on this the 1st day of November, 2011.

PREFERRED APARTMENT
COMMUNITIES, INC.
   
By:
/s/ John A. Williams 
 
Name: John A. Williams
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 

 
Exhibit 23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. of our report dated March 3, 2011 relating to the financial statements of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. (a development stage company), which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc. of our report dated March 3, 2011 relating to the combined statements of revenue and certain operating expenses of Oxford Rise and Oxford Summit, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
November 2, 2011
Atlanta, Georgia

 
 

 

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-176604 of our report dated June 23, 2011 relating to the statement of revenues and certain operating expenses of the Acquired Property (Oxford Trail Apartments) for the year ended December 31, 2010, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Atlanta, Georgia

November 2, 2011